Issued  December  i,  1916 
Washington,  D.  C. 


LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS 

OF  THE 

CARNEGIE  INSTITUTION  OF  WASHINGTON 


Issued  December  i,  1916 
Washington,  D.  C. 


The  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  has  issued  or  has  in 
press  the  publications  listed  herewith.  Copies  of  each  publication, 
except  the  Index  Medicus,  are  sent  gratuitously  to  a  carefully 
selected  list  of  the  greater  libraries  of  the  world,  while  the  remain- 
der of  the  edition  is  held  for  sale  at  a  price  sufBcient  only  to 
cover  the  cost  of  publication  and  of  transportation  to  purchasers. 
The  editions  are  necessarily  restricted,  and  no  copies  are  donated 
except  to  the  list  referred  to  above. 

The  prices  quoted  are  for  books  in  strong  paper  covers.  Usually 
a  few  books  are  bound  in  cloth,  and  when  available  these  can  be 
had  at  50  cents  advance  on  the  quoted  price. 

Publications  will  be  sent  post-paid  at  the  prices  indicated.  Each 
order  should  be  accompanied  by  a  remittance  payable  to  the 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington, 

Correspondents  desiring  price  lists  or  descriptive  lists,  as  issued, 
may  have  them  by  furnishing  requisite  addresses. 

Special  bibliographies  of  the  publications  of  the  Department 
of  Economics  and  vSociology,  the  Geophysical  Laboratory,  the 
Department  of  Terrestrial  Magnetism,  and  the  Mount  Wilson 
Solar  Observatory  may  be  had  on  application. 

Address  all  communications  to  the 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington^  Washington,  D.  C. 


CONTENTS 


Price  List    2  jg 

Classics  of  International  Law   I9 

Astronomy  and  Mathematics   21-29 

Engineering  

Giemistry  and  Physics   ^1-46 

Terrestrial  Magnetism    4g_49 

^^^^°gy   51-54 

Paleontology    5g_5g 

Archeology    5p_g2 

Climatology  and  Geography   ^3 

^^^tory    g5_7Q 

American  Economic  History   72-74 

Literature    75-77 

Philology,  etc   7g_79 

Folk  Lore    gQ 

Embryology   gj_g2 

Index  Medicus    g3 

Nutrition  and  other  Subjects  of  Allied  Interest   85-92 

Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity  94-105 

Stereochemistry  Applied  to  Biology  106-107 

 109-118 

^^^^ogy   120-130 


LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS. 


Index  Medicus  (Second  Series)  :  A  monthly  classified  record  of  the  current  medical 
literature  of  the  world.  Edited  by  Fielding  H.  Garrison,  M.D.  The  prices 
below  include  postage  for  the  United  States,  Canada,  and  Mexico,  with  60 
cents  additional  on  each  volume  for  postage  to  other  countries, 

Vols.  1-6  (1903-1908)  per  volume  

Vols.  7-13  (1909-1915)  per  volume  

Vol.  14  (1916)  in  progress  


Year  Book  No.  1, 

1902. 

Octavo, 

No.  2, 

1903. 

Octavo, 

No.  3, 

1904. 

Octavo, 

No.  4, 

1905. 

Octavo, 

No.  5, 

1906. 

Octavo, 

No.  6, 

1907. 

Octavo, 

No.  7, 

1908. 

Octavo, 

No.  8, 

1909. 

Octavo, 

No.  9, 

1910. 

Octavo, 

No.  10, 

1911. 

Octavo, 

No.  11, 

1912. 

Octavo, 

No.  12, 

1913. 

Octavo, 

No.  13, 

1914. 

Octavo, 

No.  14, 

1915. 

Octavo, 

No.  15, 

1916. 

Octavo 

(Out  of  print.) 
(Out  of  print.) 


viii-f303  pages,  7  plates 
viii-|-266  pages,  13  plates 
vii-i-242  pages,  11  plates 
vii-l-240  pages,  12  plates 
vii-1-260  pages,  16  plates 
xvi-1-258  pages,  5  plates  . 


3  plates,  4  figs. 


$5.00 
$8.00 
$8.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
$1.00 
In  press 

Out  of 
.  $0.10 

.  $0.10 

$0.10 


1.  The  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  D.  C.     Octavo,  16  pagei. 

print  

2.  Articles  of  Incorporation,  etc.   Octavo,  IS  pages.   Out  of  print 

3.  Proceedings  of  Board  of  Trustees.  Octavo,  IS  pages.   Out  of  print 

[The  matter  contained  in  Nos.  i,  2,  and  3  is  embodied  in  Year  Book  No.  i.J 

4.  Conard,  H.  S.  The  Waterlilies.    A  Monograph  of  the  Genus  Nymphaea. 

Quarto,  xiii+279  pages,  30  plates,  including  12  plates  colored  to  life,  82  text 
figures  $6.50 

5.  Burnham,  S.  W.   General  C:atalogue  of  Double  Stars  within  121*  of  the 

North  Pole.    Quarto,  2  vols  |H.00 

Vol.  1,  The  Catalogue,  LV-f256  (2S6a-256r)  oagcs. 
Vol.  2,  Notes  to  the  Catalogue,  viii-h257-1086  pages. 

6.  Coville,  F.  V.,  and  D.  T.  MacDougal.    Desert  Botanical  Laboratory  of 

the  Carnegie  Institution.   Octavo,  vi4-58  pages,  29  plates.    (In  cloth)  $1.00 

7.  Richards,  T.  W.,  and  W.  N.  Stull.    New  Method  for  Determining  Com- 

pressibility.  Octavo,  45  pages,  S  text  figures  $0.25 

8.  Farlow,  W.  G.    Bibliographic  Index  of  North  American  Fungi.  Octavo, 

Vol.  1,  part  1,  xxxv-f  312  pp  $2.00 

Vol.  1,  part  2,  and  vol.  2. 

9.  Hill,  George  William.    The  Collected  Mathematical  Works  of  George 

William  Hill.  Quarto,  4  vols.  Vol.  1,  xviii-j-363  pages;  Vol.  2,  vii4-339 
pages;  Vol.  3,  577  pages;  Vol.  4,  vi-f460  pages     .     .     per  volume  $2.50 

10.  Newcomb,  Simon.    Contributions  to  Stellar  Statistics.   On  the  Position  of 

the  Galactic  and  Other  Principal  Planes  toward  which  the  Stars  Tend  to 
Crowd.   Quarto,  34  pages  $0.25 

11.  Newcomb,  Simon.    A  Statistical  Inquiry  into  the  Probability  of  Causes  of 

the  Production  of  Sex  in  Human  Offspring.   Octavo,  34  pages     .  $0.25 

12.  Nogucbi,  Hideyo.  The  Action  of  Snake  Venom  upon  Cold-blooded  Animals. 

Octavo,  16  pages.    (Embodied  in  Publication  No.  111.)      .      .      .  $025 


Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  3 

13.  Adams,  E.  D.    Influence  of  Grenvillc  on  Pitt's  Foreign  Policy,  1787-1798. 

Octavo,  79  pages  .  .|o5 

14.  Van  Tyne,  C.  H.,  and  W.  G.  Iceland.    Guide  to  Archives  of  the  Govern. 

ment  of  the  United  States  m  Washington.  Octavo,  xin4-215  pages.  Out  of 
print   (See  Pubhcation  No.  92.)   $100 

15.  Mottier,  I>.  M.    Fecundation  in  Plants.    Octavo,  viii+187  pages.  75  text 

figures.    (Out  of  print.)   .  $150 

15.  Jennings,  H.  S.     Contributions  to  the  Study  of  the  Behavior  of  Lower 
Organisms.   Octavo,  256  pages,  81  text  figures  $1.00 

17.  Dorsey,  G.  A.   Traditions  of  the  Arikara.  Octavo,  202  pages     .     .  $1.00 

18.  (See  No.  68.)  Morse,  Albert  P.    Researches  on  North  American  Acridiida. 

Octavo,  56  pages,  8  plates  |0  5q 

19.  Enteman,  Wilhelmine  M.    Coloration  in  Polistes.    Octavo,  88  pages,  6 

colored  plates,  27  text  figures  \     .  $1.00 

20.  Duerden,  J.  E.    The  Coral  Siderastrea  radians.    Quarto,  v+130  pages,  11 

plates,  13  text  figures   $1.00 

21.  Dorsey,  G.  A.  Mythology  of  the  Wichita.   Octavo,  viii+351  pages  .  $1.50 

22.  McLaugWin,  A.  C.   Report  on  the  Diplomatic  Archives  of  the  Department 

of  btate,  1789-1840.   Octavo,  73  pages   ^25 

22.  Revised  edition  of  the  preceding   |q2S 

23.  Castle,  W.E       Heredity  of  Coat  Characters  in  Guinea-pigs  and  Rabbits. 

(Paper  No.  1  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo,  78  pages  6 
plates,  8  text  figures  f„  clothr$l'.00 

24.  (See  No.  81.)  MacDongal,  D.  T.,  A.  M.  Vail,  G.  H.  Shnll,  and  J.  K. 

Small.  Mutants  and  Hybrids  of  the  Oenotheras.  (Paper  No  2  Station 
for  Experimental  Evolution.)    Octavo,  57  pp.,  22  pis.    (Out  of  print.)  $1.00 

25.  Gulick,  J.  T.    Evolution,  Racial  and  Habitudinal.    Octavo,  xii-4-269  pages, 

J  plates  QQ 

26.  Pumpelly,  Raphael,  W.  M.  Davis,  R.  W.  PumpeUy,  and  Ellsworth 

Huntm|ton.    Explorations  in  Turkestan,  with  an  Account  of  the  Basin  of 

6^pir,  vTi!Af::''''\ 

27.  Smith,  Erwin  F.    Bacteria  in  Relation  to  Plant  Diseases.  Quarto. 

Vol.  1.  Methods  of  Work  and  General  Literature  of  Bacteriology  cxclti- 
V  1  P^fnt  Diseases.  xii4-285  pages,  31  plates,  146  text  figures.  $4.00 

vol.  11.    History,  General  Considerations,  Vascular  Diseases,  viii+368 
pages,  22  plates  (4  colored),  149  text  figures     ...  $5  QO 

Vol.  III.   Vascular  Diseases,   viii+309  pp.,  45  pis.,  138  text  figs.    *  $5"00 

28.  Richards,  T  W.  and  R.  C.  Wells.    A  Revision  of  the  Atomic  Weights  of 

bodium  and  Chlorine.   Octavo,  70  pages  $0  50 

29.  Baird,  J.  W.    The  Color  Sensitivity  of  the  Peripheral  Retina.   Octavo  80 

^^^^^  ^.50 

30.  Shull,  G.  H.     Stages  in  the  Development  of  Sium  cicut^folium.  (Paper 

11  text  figures        Experimental  Evolution.)    Octavo,  28  pages,  7  plates, 

31.  Day,  Arthur  L.,  E.  T.  Allen,  J,  P.  Iddings,  G.  F.  Becker.  Th« 

Isomorphism  and  Thermal  Properties  of  the  Feldspars.  Part  I.  Therma! 
Study;  by  A.  L.  Day  and  E.  T.  Allen.  Part  II,  Optical  Study  by  TP 
25''text'figures'"  ^l^'^^^^^^'j^"  ^'  ^^^^^^   O^^avo,  95  pagel,'26  plat^! 

""TgefTlT^^^^^^  thai:  Development.  'Qu^tc^Sj 

in  stellar  Photometry.    Quarto,  192  pages,  13 


4  Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 

34.  Wieland,  G.  R.      American  Fossil  Cycads.  Quarto. 

Vol.  I.  Structure,  viii+296  pages,  51  plates,  141  text  figures.  .  $6.25  - 
Vol.  II.   Taxonomy,   vii+277  pages,  58  plates,  97  text  figures     .  $6.25. 

35.  (See  Nos.  65  and  97.)  Coblentz,  W.  W.    Investigations  of  Infra-red  Spectra.. 

Part  I.  Infra-red  Absorption  Spectra.  Part  II.  Infra-red  Emission  Spec- 
tra.   Octavo,  331  pages,  152  text  figures  $1.75 

36.  Stevens,      M.  Studies  in  Spermatogenesis  with  especial  reference  to  the 

"Accessory  Chromosome."    Octavo,  32  pages,  7  plates      .      .      .  $0.25 

 Part  II :   A  comparative  study  of  the  heterochromosomes  in  certain  specie! 

of  Coleoptera,  Hemiptera,  and  Lepidoptera,  with  especial  reference  to  sex 
determination.    Octavo,  pages  33-74,  plates  viii-xv     ....  $0.25 

37.  Harper,  K.  A.  Sexual  Reproduction  and  the  Organization  of  the  Nucleus  in 

certain  Mildews.    Octavo,  104  pages,  7  plates  $0.75 

38.  McLaughlin,  A.  C,  W.  A.  Slade,  and  E.  D.  Lewis.      Writings  on 

American  History,  1903.  A  bibliography  of  books  and  articles  on  United 
States  History  published  during  the  year  1903,  with  some  memoranda  on 
other  portions  of  America.    Octavo,  xiv-f  172  pages    .      .      .      .  $1.00 

39.  Handbook  of  Learned  Societies  and  Institutions — America.   Octavo,  viii+592 

pages  $4.00 

40.  (See  Nos.  62  and  96.)    Barus,  Carl.   The  Nucleation  of  the  Uncontaminated 

Atmosphere.    Octavo,  xii+152  pages,  104  figures  $1.00 

41.  Dorsey,  G.  A.  Traditions  of  the  Caddo.    Octavo,  136  pages     .     .  $0.50 

42.  Atwater,  W.  O.,  and  F.  G.  Benedict.    A  Respiration  Calorimeter  with 

Appliances  for  the  Direct  Determination  of  Oxygea  Octavo,  193  pages,  49 
figures   .     .     .  $1.25 

43.  Peters,  C.  H.  F.    Heliographic  Positions  of  Sun-Spots,  observed  at  Hamilton 

College  from  1860  to  1870.  (Edited  by  K  B.  Frost.)  Quarto,  xin-J-189 
pages    $2.50 

44.  Scripture,  E.  W.     Researches  in  Experimental  Phonetics.    The  Study  of 

Speech  Curves.    Quarto,  204  pages,  13  plates,  138  text  figures     .  $2.00 

45.  Furness,  Caroline  E.    Catalogue  of  Stars  within  two  degrees  of  the  North 

Pole,  deduced  from  Photographic  Measures.    Octavo,  85  pages     .  $0.50 

46.  Adams,  F.  D.,  and  E.  G.  Coker.      An  Investigation  into  the  Elastic 

Constants  of  Rocks,  more  especially  with  reference  to  Cubic  Compressi- 
bility.   Octavo,  69  pages,  16  plates,  26  text  figures     .     .     .     .  $1.75 

47.  Mayer,  A.  G.    Rhythmical  Pulsation  in  Scyphomedusae.    Octavo,  62  pages, 

2  plates,  36  text  figures  $0.50 

48.  Tower,  W.  L.     An  Investigation  of  Evolution  in  Chrysomelid  Beetles  of  the 

Genus  Leptinotarsa.  (Paper  No.  4,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Octavo,  x-l-320  pages,  30  plates,  31  text  figures  $3.25 

49.  Castle,  W.  E.,  and  Alexander  Forbes.     Octavo  $0.25 

Heredity  of  Hair-length  in  Guinea-nigs,  and  its  Bearing  on  the  Theory  of 
Pure  Gametes.  (Paper  No.  5,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
By  W.  E.  Castle  and  Alexander  Forbes.    10  pages,  2  figures. 

The  Origin  of  a  Polydactylous  Race  of  Guinea-pigs.  (Paper  No.  6,  Statioa 
for  Experimental  Evolution.)    By  W.  E.  Castle.    13  pages. 

50.  Livingston,  Burton  E.     The  Relation  of  Desert  Plants  to  Soil  Moisture 

and  to  Evaporation.   Octavo,  78  pages,  16  text  figures     ....  $0.40 

61.  Stevens,  N.  M.     Studies  on  the  Germ-Cells  of  Aphids.    Octavo,  28  pages, 
4  plates     ...  $0.25 

52.  Davenport,  C.  B.    Inheritance  in  Poultry.    (Paper  No.  7,  Station  for  Ex- 

perimental Evolution.)    Octavo,  v-f-136  pages,  17  plates     .     .     .  $1.(X) 

53.  Miiller,  W.  Max.    Egyptological  Researches : 

Vol.  1.  Results  of  a  Journey  in  1904.    Quarto,  62  pages,  106  plates.  $2.75 
VoL  2.  Results  of  a  Journey  in  1906.    Quarto,  v-|-188  pages,  47  plates,  68 
text  figures  ^.00 


Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  5 

54.  Willis,  Bailey, Charles  D.  Walcott,  and  others.    Research  in  China,  in 

three  volumes  and  atlas. 

Vol.  1,  in  two  parts  qq 

Part  I.  Descriptive  Topography  and  Geology;  by  Bailey  Willis, 
Eliot  Blackwelder,  and  R.  H.  Sargent.  Quarto,  pages  xiv-f3534- 
XVI,  plates  i-Li,  65  text  figures. 
Part  II.  Petrography  and  Zoology;  by  Eliot  Blackwelder.  Syllabary 
for  the  Transcription  of  Chinese  Sounds;  by  Friedrich  Hirth. 
Quarto,  pages  vi-f 355-528-]-xvii-xxiv,  plates  lii-lxiii  (including  6 
plates  of  birds  colored  to  life). 
Atlas.    By  Bailey  Willis,  Eliot  Blackweldeh,  and  R.  H.  Sargent. 

Folio,  42  maps  and  21  other  illustrations  $7.00 

Vol.  2.   Systematic  Geology.     By  Bailey  Willis.     Quarto,  v+133-fv 

pages,  8  plates   .     ^  $2.00 

Vol.  3.    Paleontology.    Quarto,  375  pages,  29  plates,  9  figures     .  $5.00 
The  Cambrian  Faunas  of  China,  pages  3-276,  24  plates,  9  figs.;  by  C. 
D.  Walcott. 

A  Report  on  Ordovician  Fossils  collected  in  Eastern  Asia  in  1903-04 
pages  277-294,  2  plates;  by  Stuart  Weller. 
A  Report  on  Upper  Paleozoic  Fossils  collected  in  China  in  1903-04, 
pages  295-334,  3  plates;  by  George  H.  Girty. 

55.  Case,  E.  C.      A  Revision  of  the  Pelycosauria  of  North  America.  Quarto, 

176  pages,  35  plates,  73  text  figures  $3.(X) 

56.  Richards,  T.  W.,  and  G.  S.  Forbes.   The  Energy  Changes  involved  in  the 

Dilution  of  Zinc  and  Cadmium  Amalgams.   Octavo,  68  pages,  10  figs.  $0.50 

57.  Washington,  H.  S.    The  Roman  Comagmatic  Region.     Octavo,  vi-fl99 

pages,  3  text  figures  ^1  OQ 

58.  Pearl,  Raymond.    Variation  and  Differentiation  in  Ceratophyllum.  Octavo, 

136  pages,  2  plates,  26  text  figures  |1.00 

59.  Dorsey,  G.  A.   The  Pawnee:  Mythology  (Part  1).   Octavo,  546  pages.  $2.00 

60.  (See  Nos.  80,110,130,160,170.180,190.210,  230.)    Jones,  Harry  C,  assisted 

by  F.  H.  Getman,  H.  P.  Bassett,  L.  McMaster,  and  H.  S.  Uhler.  Hydrates 
in  Aqueous  Solution.    Octavo,  viii-f264  pages,  35  plates,  76  figs.    .  $2.50 

61.  Richards,  T.  W.,  and  G.  E.  Behr.    The   Electromotive   Force  of  Iron 

under  Varying  Conditions,  and  the  Effect  of  Occluded  Hydrogen.  Octavo, 
43  pages,  6  text  figures  ^0.25 

62.  (See  Nos.  40  and  96.)    Barns,  Carl.    Condensation  of  Vapor  as  induced  by 

Nuclei  and  by  Ions.    Octavo,  x-f  164  pages,  66  text  figures     .      .  $1.50 

63.  Noyes,  Arthur  A.,  assisted  by  W.  D.  Coolidge,  A.  C.  Melcher   H  C 

Cooper,  Yogoro  Kato,  R.  B.  Sosman,  G.  W.  Eastman,  C.  W.  Kan^lt  and 
W.  Bottger.  The  Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions.  Octavo 
vi-l-352  pages,  20  text  figures  |2.S0 

64.  Pearl,  Raymond,  and  A.  B.  Clawson.    Variation  and  Correlation  in  the 

Crayfish,  with  special  reference  to  the  Influence  of  Differentiation  and 
Homology  of  Parts.    Octavo,  70  pages,  8  text  figures      .      .  $1,00 

65.  (See  Nos  35  and  97.)  Coblentz,  W.  W.  Investigations  of  Infra-red  Spectra. 

A  :  "  i?o^^^  Transmission  Spectra.  IV:  Infra-red  Reflection  Spectra. 
Octavo,  128  pages,  93  text  figures  $1.00 

66.  Go8S,W.F.  M.     High   Steam  Pressure  in  Locomotive  Service.  Octavo, 

144  pages,  12  plates,  120  text  figures  $12^ 

67.  Banta,  A.  M.    The  Fauna  of  Mayfield's  Cave.    Octavo,  114  pages,  2  plates. 

13  text  figures  f  »   »       $0  50 

68.  (See  No.  18.)    Morse,  A.  P.     Further  Researches  on  North  Amencan 

Acndiidae.    Octavo,  54  pages,  10  plates.  I  text  figure  ...  $0.59 


6  Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 

69.  Richards,  T.  W.,  assisted  by  Arthur  Staehler,  G.  S.  Forbes,  Edwau 

Mueller,  and  Grinnell  Jones,  Further  Researches  concerning  the  Atomic 
Weights  of  Potassium,  Silver,  Chlorine,  Bromine,  Nitrogen,  and  Sulphur. 
Octavo,  88  pages,  4  text  figures  $0.50 

70.  MacCurdy,  Hansford,  and  W.  E.  Castle.    Selection  and  Cross-breeding  in 

relation  to  the  Inheritance  of  Coat-pigments  and  Coat-patterns  in  Rats  and 
Guinea-pigs.  (Paper  No.  8,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo, 
50  pages,  2  plates,  5  text  figures  $0.50 

71.  Uliler,  H.  S.,  and  K.  W.  Wood.     Atlas  of  Absorption  Spectra.  Quarto, 

59  pages,  26  plates,  7  text  figures  $1.50 

72.  Newcomb,  Simon,  assisted  by  Frank  E.  Ross.   Investigation  of  Inequalities 

in  the  Motion  of  the  Moon  produced  by  the  Action  of  the  Planets.  Quarto, 
viii-l-160  pages  $1.00 

73.  Pumpelly,  Raphael,  et  al.    Explorations  in  Turkestan,  Expedition  of  1904. 

Prehistoric  Civilizations  of  Anau.    In  two  volumes.    Quarto     .  $10.00 

Vol.  1.  Reports  by  Raphael  Pumpelly  and  Hubert  Schmidt,  with 
contributions  by  Homer  Kidder,  Ellsworth  Huntington,  and  F.  A- 
GoocH.    Pages  xxxv-f-l-240-j-vi,  plates  1-60,  and  text  figures  1--430. 

Vol.  2.  Reports  by  R.  W.  Pumpelly  and  J.  U.  Duerst,  with  contribu- 
tions by  G.  Sergi,  Th.  Mollison,  H.  C.  Schellenberg,  and  Langdon 
Warner.    Pages  x-|-241-494-|-x,  plates  61-97,  and  text  figures  431-548. 

74.  Sommer,  H.  Oskar.     Vulgate  Version  of  the  Arthurian  Romances 
from  MSS.  in  the  British  Museum.    Quarto.    Per  volume 


Vol.  I.  Lestoire  del  Saint  Graal,  296  pages  .... 

Vol.  II.  Lestoire  de  Merlin,  466  pages  

Vol.  III.  Le  Livre  de  Lancelot  del  Lac,  Part  I,  430  pages 
Vol.  IV.  Le  Livre  de  Lancelot  del  Lac,  Part  II,  399  pages 
Vol.  V.  Le  Livre  de  Lancelot  del  Lac,  Part  III,  474  pages 


Edited 
$5.00 

$5;oo 

$5.00 

$5.00 
$5.00 

,    ,  .        .  _  $5.00 

Vol  VI  \  ''''  V  ^^'^^^^      ^""'"^  ^""^^^  \  388  pp.  $5.00 

vol.  VI.  I  j^jj  ^/^^^^  |g  j^py  Artus     ....  3 

Vol.  Vn.   Le   Livre  d'Artus.     MS.   No.  337,  Bibliotheque 

Nationale,  370  pages  $5.00 

Index  of  Names  and  Places  to  above  volumes,  85  pages. 

75.  Hay,  O.  P.   The  Fossil  Turtles  of  North  America.    Quarto,  iv-f 568  pages, 

113  plates,  704  text  figures  $9.00 

76.  Richards,  T.   W.,  and  Collaborators.   The  Compressibilities  of  the  Ele- 

ments, and  Their  Periodic  Relations.   Octavo,  67  pages,  8  text  figures  $0.50 

77.  Benedict,  F.  G.  The  Influence  of  Inanition  on  Metabolism.    Octavo,  vri-f- 

542  pages,  2  text  figures  $2.75 

78.  Shaw,  James  Byrnie.  Synopsis  of  Linear  Associative  Algebra :  A  Report 

on  its  Natural  Development  and  the  Results  reached  up  to  the  present 
time.   Quarto,  145  pages  $1.50 

79.  Dnrand,  W.  F.     Researches  on  the  Performance  of  the  Screw  Propeller. 

Octavo,  61  pages,  85  text  figures  $0.75 

80.  (See  Nos. 60, 110, 130, 160, 170. 180,190,210.  230.)  Jones,  Harry  C,  assisted  by 

C.  F.  Lindsay,  C.  G.  Carroll,  H.  P.  Bassett,  E.  C.  Bingham,  C.  A. 
Rouiller,  L.  McMaster,  and  W.  R.  Veazey.  Conductivity  and  Viscosity  in 
Mixed  Solvents.    Octavo,  vH-235  pages,  103  text  figures     .      .      .  $2.00 

81.  (See  No.  24.)  MacBougal,  B.  T.,  A. M.  Vail,  and  G.  H.  Shull.  Mutations, 

Variations,  and  Relationships  of  the  Oenotheras.  (Paper  No.  9,  Station 
for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo,  92  pages,  22  plates,  73  text 
figures  $1.(K) 

82.  Ljloyd,  Francis  E.  The  Physiology  of  Stomata.   Octavo,  142  pages,  40  text 

figures,  14  plates  $1.50 


Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  7 

83.  Perez,  Luis  Marino.  Guide  to  the  Materials  for  American  History  in 
Cuban  Archives.   Octavo,  x-f  142  pages  $0.75 

M.  Osborne,  Thomas  B.  The  Proteins  of  the  Wheat  Kernel.  Octavo,  119 
pages  $0.75 

B5.  Hasse,  Adelaide  R.  Index  of  Economic  Material  in  the  Documents  of  the 
States  of  the  United  States,  Prepared  for  and  under  the  direction  of  the 
Department  of  Economics  and  Sociology  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington.    Separate  volume  for  each  State.  Quarto. 

85  (Maine)  (1820-1904),  95  pages  $0.75 

85  (New  Hampshire)  (1789-1904),  66  pages      ....  $0.50 

85  (Vermont)  (1789-1904),  71  pages  $0.50 

85  (Massachusetts)  (1789-1904),  310  pages        ....  $2.2S 

85  (Rhode  Island)  (1789-1904),  95  pages  $07S 

85  (New  York)  (1789-1904),  553  pages   $3.75 

85  (California)  (1849-1904),  316  pages   $2.25 

85  (Illinois)  (1809-1904),  393  pages  $5.00 

85  (Kentucky)  (1792-1904),  452  pages    ......  $5.00 

85  (Delaware)  (1789-1904),  137  pages  $1.50 

85  (Ohio)  (1787-1904),  1136  pages  $14.00 

85  (New  Jersey)  (1789-1904),  705  pages  ....  $8.00 
85  (Pennsylvania)  In  press 

86.  Peters,  C.  H.  F.,  and  E.  B.  Knobel.  Ptolemy's  Catalogue  of  Stars. 
A  Revision  of  the  Almagest.    Quarto,  iii4-207  pages       .     .     .  $3.50 

S7.  The  California  Earthquake  of  April  18,  1906.  Report  of  the  State  Earthquake 
Investigation  Commission,  Andrew  C.  Lawson,  Chairman.  Quarto,  two 
volumes  and  Atlas. 

Vol.  1  (in  2  parts).   Report  of  the  Commission. 

Part  I,  pages  xviii+254,  plates  1-98,  text  figures  1-54. 
Part  II,  pages  255-451,  plates  99-146,  text  figures  55-69.      V  $17.00 
Atlas  contains  25  maps  relating  to  volume  1  and  15  sheets  of 

seismograms  relating  to  volume  2. 
Vol.  2.    The  Mechanics  of  the  Earthquake.   By  H.  F.  Reid,  viii-f  192 
pages,  2  plates,  62  text  figures  $2.00 

88.  Bjerknes,  V.,  and  J.  W.  Sandstrom,     Dynamic  Meteorology  and  Hydrog- 

raphy. Part  I,  Statics.  Quarto,  pp.  146+la-36a,  lb-30b,  and  lc-22c.  (Out 
of  print.)  $5.50 

as.  Bjerknes,  V.,  Th.  Hesselberg-,  and  O.  Devik.  Dynamic  Meteo- 
rology and  Plydrography.  Part  2,  Kinematics.  Quarto,  ix+175  pages,  113 
text  figures.    (With  Atlas  of  60  Charts.)   $().00 

89.  Hodell,  Charles  W.  The  Old  Yellow  Book :  Source  of  Browning's  "The  Ring 

and  the  Book."   Octavo,  cclxii+345  pages,  4  plates.    (Out  of  print.)  $7.00 

89.  Reprint  of  the  above  $3.50;  in  half  leather.  $5.00 

90.  Andrews,  Charles  M.,  and  Frances  G.  Davenport.    Guide  to  the 

Manuscript  Materials  for  the  History  of  the  United  States  to  1783,  in  the 
British  Museum,  in  Minor  London  Archives,  and  in  the  Libraries  of  Ox- 
ford and  Cambridge.    Octavo,  xiv-f499  pages  $2.00 

90a.  Andrews,  Charles  M.  Guide  to  the  Materials  for  American  History,  to 
1783,  in  the  Public  Record  Office  of  Great  Britain.    Octavo,  two  volumes. 

Vol.  I.  The  State  Papers,  xi-f346  pages  $250 

Vol.  II.  Departmental  and  Miscellaneous  Papers,  viii-}-427  pp.  $3.00 
90B.PauUin,  C.  0.,andF.  li.  Paxson.     Guide  to  the  Materials  in  London 
Archives  for  United  States  History  since  1783.   Octavo,  xi-f-642  pages  $4.00 

91.  Shepherd,  W.  R.     Guide  to  the  Materials  for  the  History  of  the  United 

States  in  Spanish  Archives  (Simancas,  the  Archivo  Historic©  Nadonal, 
and  Seville).    Octavo,  107  pages  $0,50 

92.  Van  Tyne,  C.  H.,  and  W.  G.  Leland.    Guide  to  the  Archives  of  the 

Government  of  the  United  States  in  Washington.  Revised  and  enlarged 
edition  of  Publication  No.  14.    Octavo,  xni-f-327  pages     .     .     .  $I.2S 


8         Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 

93.  Hale,  Georg^eE.,  and  Philip  Fox.    The  Rotation  Period  of  the  Sun,  as 

determined  by  the  Motion  of  the  Calcium  Flocculi.  Octavo,  54  pages,  2 
plates,  5  text  figures  „  $0.40 

94.  Conard,  Henry  S.  The  Structure  and  Life-history  of  the  Hay-scented  Fern. 

Octavo,  56  pages,  25  plates  |0.50 

95.  Davenport,  C.  B.      Inheritance  in  Canaries.    (Paper  No.  10,  Station  for 

Experimental  Evolution.)    Octavo,  26  pages,  3  plates  colored  to  life    .  $0.80 

96.  (See  Nos.  40  and  62.)  Barns,  Carl.  Condensation  of  Vapor  as  induced  by 

Nuclei  and  by  Ions.   Report  III.  Octavo,  vi-hl39  pages,  48  text  figures.  $1.25 

 (Part  II).   Report  IV.   Octavo,  viii-f84  pages,  21  text  figures     .  $0.75 

97.  (See  Nos.  35  and  65.)  Coblentz,  W.  W.    Supplementary  Investigations  of 

Infra-red  Spectra.  V.  Infra-red  Reflection  Spectra.  VI.  Infra-red  Trans- 
mission Spectra.  VII.  Infra-red  Emission  Spectra.  Octavo,  183  pages, 
107  text  figures  $1.25 

fCannon,  W.  A.    The  Topography  of  the  Chlorophyll  Apparatus! 
J    in  Desert  Plants.    Octavo,  42  pages,  15  text  figures,  5  plates    .       I  tn?? 
*   I  Knox,  Alice  A.     Induction,  Development,  and  Heritability  of  \  ^''^ 
[     Fasciations.   Octavo,  20  pages,  1  text  figure,  5  plates     .     .  J 

99.  Macl>ongal,  I>.  T.      Botanical   Features   of   North  American  Deserts. 

Octavo,  iv-j-l  11  pages,  62  plates,  6  text  figures  $1.75 

100.  Ward,  William  Hayes.      The  Seal  Cylinders  of  Western  Asia.  Quarto, 

xxix-l-428  pages,  1500  text  figures  $7.50 

101.  Liutz,  Frank  E.       The  Variation  and  Correlation  of  the  Taxonomic 

Characters  of  Gryllus.  (Paper  No.  11,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolu- 
tion.)   Octavo,  63  pages,  6  text  figures  $0.40 

102.  Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washing- 

ton.   Vol.  I.    Octavo,  v+191  pages,  41  text  figures,  43  plates     .  $2.00 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Jordan,  H.  E. — The  Germinal  Spot  in  Echinoderm  Eggs.    12  pages. 

Jordan,  H.  E. — The  Spermatogenesis  of  Aplopus  mayeri.    24  pages,  5  plates. 

JORDAN,  H.  E. — The  Relation  of  the  Nucleolus  to  the  Chromosomes  in  the  Primary 
Oocyte  of  Asterias  forbesii.    36  pages,  7  plates. 

Brooks,  VV.  K. — Pelagic  Tunicata  of  the  Gulf  Stream:  Part  II,  Salpa  floridana.  Part 
III.  The  Subgenus  Cyclosalpa.  Part  IV,  On  Oikopleura  tortugensis,  a  new  Ap- 
pendicularian  from  the  Dry  Tortugas,  with  Notes  on  its  Embryology.    16  pp.,  8  pi. 

Brooks,  VV.  K.,  and  B.  McGlone. — Origin  of  the  Lung  of  Ampullaria.    8  pp.,  7  pi. 

Mayer,  A.  G. — The  Annual  Breeding-swarm  of  the  Atlantic  Palolo.    8  pp.,  i  pi. 

Mayer,  A.  G. — Rhythmical  Pulsation  in  Scyphomedusas.    18  pages. 

Perkins,  H.  F. — Notes  on  Medusae  of  the  Western  Atlantic.    84  pages,  4  plates. 

Linton,  Edwin. — Helminth  Fauna  of  the  Dry  Tortugas.    I,  Cestodes.    34  pp.,  11  pi. 

Edmondson,  C.  H. — A  Variety  of  Anisonema  vitrea.    i  page. 

103.  Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washing- 

ton.   Vol.  IT.    Octavo,  v+325  pages,  62  text  figures,  41  plates     .  $3.00 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

CowLEs,  R.  p. — Habits,  Reactions,  and  Associations  in  Ocypoda  arenaria.  41  pp.,  4  pi. 
Stockard,  C.  R. — Habits,  Reactions,  and  Mating  Instincts  of  the  Walking-stick.  17 


.  J  pl. 

Stockard,  C.  R. — Studies  of  Tissue  Growth,  I.  An  Experimental  Study  of  the  Rate 
of  Regeneration  in  Cassiopea  xamachana.    42  pages. 

Zeleny,  Charles. — Some  Internal  Factors  Concerned  with  the  Regeneration  of  the 
Chelse  of  the  Gulf-weed  Crab.    36  pages. 

Chapman,  F.  M. — A  Contribution  to  the  Life-histories  of  the  Booby  and  Man-o'-war 
Bird.    13  pages,  6  plates. 

CoNKLiN,  E.  G. — The  Habits  and  Early  Development  of  Linerges  mercurius.  i8  pp.,  8  pi. 

Conklin,  E.  G. — Two  Peculiar  Actinian  Larvae  from  Tortugas,  Florida.    i6  pp.,  4  pi. 

Watson,  J.  B. — The  Behavior  of  Noddy  and  Sooty  Terns.    69  pages,  11  plates. 

Reighard,  Jacob. — An  Experimental  Field-Study  of  Warning  Coloration  in  Coral- 
reef  Fishes.    69  pages,  5  plates. 

104.  Eigrenmann,  Carl  H.  Cave  Vertebrates  of  America:  A  Study  in  Degen- 
erative Evolution.   Quarto,  ix+241  pages,  31  plates,  72  text  figures.  $5.00 


Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  9 

105.  Lehmer,  Derrick  N.    Factor  Table  for  the  First  Ten  Millions,  containing 

the  smallest  factor  of  every  number  not  divisible  by  2,  3,  5,  or  7  between 

the  limits  0  and  10017000.    Folio,  xivH-476  pages. 

Bound  in  leather  and  buckram  $20.00 

Unbound  $18.00 

106.  Cliamberlm,  R.  T.      Contributions  to  Cosmogony  and  the  Fundamental 

Problems  of  Geology.    Gases  in  Rocks.    Octavo,  80  pages     .      .  $0.50 

107.  Chamberlin,  T.  C,  et  al.    Contributions  to  Cosmogony  and  the  Funda- 

mental Problems  of  Geology.    The  Tidal  and  Other  Problems.  Octavo, 

iv-l-264  pages,  19  text  figures  $1.50 

This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

I.  The  Tidal  Problem: 

Chambeklin,  T.  C. — Former  Rates  of  the  Earth's  Rotation  and  their  Bearings  on 
its  Deformation. 

Slighter,  Charles  S. — The  Rotation  Period  of  a  Heterogeneous  Spheroid. 
MacMillan,  William  D. — On  the  Loss  of  Energy  by  Friction  of  the  Tides. 
MouLTON,  F.  R. — On  Certain  Relations  Among  Possible  Changes  in  the  Motions 

of  Mutually  Attracting  Spheres  when  disturbed  by  Tidal  Interactions. 
MoULTON,  F.  R. — Notes  on  the  Possibility  of  Fission  of  a  Contracting  Rotating 

Fluid  Mass. 

Chamberlin,  T.  C. — The  Bearing  of  Molecular  Activity  on  Spontaneous  Fission 
in  Gaseous  Spheroids. 
II.  LufiN,  Arthur  C. — Geophysical  Theory  under  the  Planetesimal  Hypothesis. 
III.  Stieglitz,  Julius. — Relations  of  Equilibrium  between  the  Carbon  Dioxide  of  the 
Atmosphere  and  the  Calcium  Sulphate,  Calcium  Carbonate,  and  Calcium  Bicar- 
bonate of  Water  Solutions  in  Contact  with  it. 

108.  Van  Deman,  Esther  B.    The  Atrium  Vestse.    Octavo,  xii-|-47  pages,  17 

plates  $1.50 

109.  Mayer,  Alfred  G.    The  Medusae  of  the  World.  Quarto.   Per  volume  $6.00 

Vol.      I.  The  Hydromedusae,  pp.  i-230-fxv,  pi.  1-29,  text  figs.  1-119. 

,Y°,'"  '^^^  Hydromedusae  (continued),  pp.  231-498-f  xv,  pi.  30-55.  text  figs.  120-337. 

Vol.  III.  The  Scyphomedusse,  111  +  499-735,  pi.  56-76,  text  hgs.  328-428. 

110.  (Sec  Nos.  60, 80, 130, 160, 170, 180, 190,210,230.)  Jones,  Harry  C,  and  J.  A. 

Anderson.  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions.  Octavo,  vi+110  pp.,  81  pi. 
In  cloth  $3.50 

111.  Noguchi,  Hideyo.  Snake  Venoms:  An  Investigation  of  Venomous  Snakes 

with  Special  Reference  to  the  Phenomena  of  their  Venoms.  Octavo,  xvii-f- 
315  pages,  33  plates,  16  text  figures.   In  cloth  $10.50 

112.  Sbull,  G.  H.  Bursa  bursa-pastoris  and  Bursa  heegeri:  Biotypes  and  Hybrids. 

(Paper  No.  12,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo,  57  pages, 
4  plates,  23  text  figures  $0.50 

113.  Spalding,  Volney  M.    Distribution  and  Movements  of  Desert  Plants. 

Octavo,  v+144  pages,  31  plates,  3  text  figures  $2.00 

114.  Castle,  W.  E.,  et  al.  Studies  of  Inheritance  in  Rabbits.    (Paper  No.  13, 

Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)    Octavo,  70  pages,  4  plates     .  $0.75 

115.  Boss,  liewls.    Preliminary  General  Catalogue  of  6188  Stars  for  the  Epoch 

1900,  including  those  visible  to  the  naked  eye  and  other  well-determined 
Stars.   Quarto,  xxxvii-}-345  pages.    (Out  of  print.)       .     .     .  $7.00 
lis.   Reprint  of  the  above  $3.50 

116.  Reichert,  Edward  T.,  and  Amos  P.  Brown.     The  Differentiation  and 

Specificity  of  Corresponding  Proteins  and  other  Vital  Substances  in  rela- 
tion to  Biological  Classification  and  Organic  Evolution:  The  Crystallog- 
raphy of  Hemoglobins.  Quarto,  xix-f-338  pages,  100  plates,  411  text  figures. 
In  cloth  binding  $9.00 

117.  Gannon,  W.  A.  Studies  in  Heredity  as  Illustrated  by  the  Trichomes  of 

Species  and  Hybrids  of  Juglans,  Oenothera,  Papaver,  and  Solanum. 
Octavo,  111+67  pages,  10  plates,  20  text  figures  ^.75 

118.  Richards,  Theodore  W.,  with  collaboration  of  J.  Hunt  Wilson  and  R.  N. 

Gareod-Thomas.  Electrochemical  Investigation  of  Liquid  Amalgams  of 
Thallium,  Indium,  Tin,  Zinc,  Cadmium,  Lead,  Copper,  and  Lithium. 
Octavo,  iii-f  72  pages,  12  text  figures  $0.50 

119.  Perrine,  Charles  D.     Determination  of  the  Solar  Parallax  from  Photo- 

graphs of  Eros  made  with  the  Crossley  Reflector  of  the  Lick  Observatory. 
Quarto,  v+98  pages,  1  plate,  2  text  figures  $2.50 


10        Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 

120.  I>ecker,  Floyd  F.    The  Symmetric  Function  Tables  of  the  Fiftecnthic 

Quarto,  21  pages  11,25 

121.  Davenport,  C.  B.     Inheritance  of   Characteristics  in  Domestic  Fowl. 

(Paper  No.  14,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Quarto,  100  pages, 
12  colored  plates  ^5(j 

122.  Johnson,  RosweU  H.    Determinate  Evolution  in  the  Color  Pattern  of  the 

Lady  Beetles.  (Paper  No.  15,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Oc- 
tavo, iv-f  104  pages,  92  text  figures  $1.00 

123.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Thorne  M.  Carpenter.     Respiration  Cal- 

orimeters for  Studying  the  Respiratory  Exchange  and  Energy  Transfor- 
mations of  Man.   Octavo,  vii+102  pages,  32  figures     ....  $0.75 

124.  Robertson,  James  A.    List  of  Documents  in  Spanish  Archives  relating 

to  the  History  of  the  United  States,  which  have  been  Printed  or  of  which 
Transcripts  are  Preserved  in  American  Libraries.  Octavo,  xv+368  pp.  $2.25 

125.  Richards,  Theodore  W.,  and  H.  H.  Willard.    Determinations  of  Atomic 

Weights.   Octavo,  iv+113  pages,  4  text  figures  $0.75 

This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Richards,  T  W.,  and  H.  H.  Willard.— Further  Investigation  Concerning  the  Atomic 

Weights  of  Silver,  Lithium,  and  Chlorine. 
Richards,  T.  W.—Harvard  Determinations  of  Atomic  Weights  between  1870  and  loro. 
Richards,  T.  W. — Methods  Used  in  Precise  Chemical  Investigation. 

126.  Benedict,  F.  G.,  and  T.  M.  Carpenter.     The  Metabolism  and  Energy 

Transformations  of  Healthy  Man  during  Rest.  Octavo,  viii-|-255  pp.  $1.75 

127.  Goss,  W.  F.  M.  Superheated  Steam  in  Locomotive  Service.    Octavo,  v4-144 

pages,  6  plates,  88  text  figures  $1.25 

128.  Fish,  C.  R.    Guide  to  the  Materials  for  American  History  in  Roman  and 

other  Italian  Archives.    Octavo,  ix-}-259  pages  $2.00 

129.  MacDougal,  I>.  T.,  and  W.  A.  Cannon.  The  Conditions  of  Parasitism  in 

Plants.    Octavo,  111+6O  pages,  10  plates,  2  text  figures     .      .      .  $1.00 

130.  (See  Nos.  60,  80,  110, 160, 170,  180,  190,210,  230.)   Jones,  H.  C,  and  W.  W. 

Strong.  A  Study  of  the  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  of  Certain  Salts 
of  Potassium,  Cobalt,  Nickel,  Copper,  Chromium,  Erbium,  Praseodymium, 
Neodymium,  and  Uranium,  as  affected  by  Chemical  Agents  and  by  Tem- 
perature.   Octavo,  ix-f-159  pages,  98  plates.    In  cloth  binding     .  $5.00 

131.  Cannon,  William  A.  The  Root  Habits  of  Desert  Plants.  Octavo,  96  pages, 

23  plates,  17  text  figures  $1.50 

132.  Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washing- 

ton.  Vol.  III.    Octavo,  152  pages,  38  text  figures,  17  plates     .     .  $3.00 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately; 

G.— The  Converse  Relation  between  Ciliary  and  Neuro-muscular 
Movements.    25   pages,  8  figs. 
Harvey,  E.  Newton.— Effect  of  Different  Temperatures  on  the  Medusa  Cassiopea, 
with  Special  Reference  to  the  Rate  of  Conduction  of  the  Nerve  Impulse.  13 
pages,  5  figs. 

Stockaed,  Charles  R.— The  Influence  of  Regenerating  Tissue  on  the  Animal  Body. 
8  pages,  3  figs. 

Hargitt,  Charles  W. — Cradactis  variabilis:  An  Apparently  New  Tortugan  Actinian. 
5  pages,  I  plate. 

McClendon,  J.  F. — On  Adaptations  in  Structure  and  Habits  of  Some  Marine  Ani- 
mal? of  Tortugas,  Florida.    8  pages,  2  plates,  i  fig. 

Mast,  S.  O. — Behavior  of  the  Loggerhead  Turtle  in  Depositing  its  Eggs.    5  pages. 

Hooker,  Davenport. — Certain  Reactions  to  Color  in  the  Young  Loggerhead  Turtle. 
8  pages,  2  plates,  i  fig. 

Stromsten,  Frank  A. — A  Contribution  to  the  Anatomy  and  Development  of  the 
Posterior  Lymph  Hearts  of  the  Turtle.     11  pages,  2  plates,  s  figs. 

Hartmeyei?,  R. — Polycitor  (Endistoma)  mayeri  nov.  sp.,  from  the  Tortugas.  s 
pages,  I  plate. 

CowLES,  R.  p.— Reaction  to  Light  and  other  points  in  the  Behavior  of  the  Starfish. 
16  pages,  6  figs. 

Tennent.  D.  H.,  and  V.  H.  Keiller. — The  Anatomy  of  Pentaceros  reticulatus.  6 

pages,  3  plates,  2  figs. 
Tennent,  D.  H. — Echinoderm  Hybridization.    33  pages,  6  plates,  7  figs. 

133.  Papers  from  the  Tortuga^i  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washing- 

ton.   Vol.  IV.   Octavo,  III+185  pages,  17  text  figures,  43  plates     .  $4.00 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately ; 
Pratt,  H.  S. — Monocotyle  floridana,  a  new  monogenetic  Trematode.    9  pp. 
Liwton,  Edwin. — Helminth  Fauna  of  the  Dry  Tortugas.    II.  Trcmatodcs.    87  pp., 
28  plates. 

Vaughan,  T.  Watlakd. — A  Contribution  to  the  Geologic  History  of  tha  Floridias 
Plateau.    86  pp.,  15  plates. 


Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  11 

134.  Churchill,  William.  The  Polynesian  Wanderings.    Tracks  of  the  Migra- 

tion deduced  from  an  Examination  of  the  Proto-Samoan  Content  of  Efati 
and  other  Languages  of  Melanesia.    Octavo,  viii-j-516  pages,  2  plates.  $3.50 

135.  Baxter,  G.  P.,  in  collaboration  with  M.  A.  Hines,  H.  L.  Frevert,  J. 

Hunt  Wilson,  F,  B.  Coffin,  G.  S.  Tilley,  Edward  Mueller,  R.  H. 
Jesse,  Jr.,  and  Grinnell  Jones.  Researches  upon  the  Atomic  Weights  of 
Cadmium,  Manganese,  Bromine,  Lead,  Arsenic,  Iodine,  Silver,  etc.  Octavo, 
vii-l-185  pages,  5  text  figures  $2.00 

136.  Benedict,  Fi-ancis  G.,  and  Elliott  P.  Joslin.    Metabolism  in  Diabetes 

Mellitus.  Octavo,  vi-{-234  pages,  2  plates  $2.00 

137.  Allison,  William  H.    Inventory  of  Unpublished  Material  for  American 

Religious  History  in  Protestant  Church  Archives  and  other  Repositories. 
Octavo,  vii-f254  pages  $1.50 

138.  Adams,  Walter  S.,  assisted  by  Jennie  B.  Lasby.   An  Investigation  of  the 

Rotation  Period  of  the  Sun  by  Spectroscopic  Methods.  Quarto,  iii-f-132 
pages,  2  plates,  5  text  figures  $3.00 

139.  Ijloyd,  Francis  E.    Guayule:  A  Rubber  Plant  of  the  Chihuahuan  Desert. 

Octavo,  viii-l-213  pages,  46  plates,  20  text  figures     ....  $3.50 

140.  Campbell,  Douglas  H.    The  Eusporangiatae :   The  Comparative  Morphol- 

ogy of  the  Ophioglossacese  and  Marattiaceae.  Quarto,  vi+229  pages,  13 
plates,  192  text  figures  $4,00 

141.  MacDougal,  I>.  T.,  and  E.  S.  Spalding.    Water  Balance  of  Succulent 

Plants.   Octavo,  iv+77  pages,  8  plates,  16  text  figures     .     .     .  $1.00 

142.  liOng,  J.  A.,  and  E.  L..  Mark.    The  Maturation  of  the  Egg  of  the  Mouse. 

Octavo,  iv+72  pages,  7  plates,  7  text  figures  $1.50 

143.  liUtz,  Frank  E.     Experiments  with  Drosophila  ampelophila,  concerning 

Evolution.  (Paper  No.  16,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo, 
III+40  pages,  53  text  figures  $0.50 

144.  Castle,  W.  E.,  and  J.  C.  Phillips.    On  Germinal  Transplantation  in  Ver- 

tebrates. (Paper  No.  17,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo, 
26  pages,  2  plates  $0.50 

145.  Case,  E.  C.     A  Revision  of  the  Cotylosauria  of  North  America.  Quarto, 

122  pages,  14  plates,  52  text  figures     ........  $3,00 

146.  Case,  E.  C.     l\evision  of  the  Amphibia  and  Pisces  of  the  Permian  of  North 

America.    Quarto,  184  pages,  32  plates,  56  text  figures     .      .  $4.00 

147.  RusseU,  Henry  Norris.    Determinations  of  Stellar  Parallax,  based  upon 

photographs  taken  at  the  Cambridge  Observatory  by  Arthur  R.  Hinks  and 
the  writer;  with  Magnitudes  and  Spectra  determined  at  the  Harvard  Col- 
lege Observatory  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  E.  C.  Pickering.  Quarto 
vi-fl42  pages  |2.od 

148.  Parker,  David  W.    Calendar  of  Papers   in  Washington  Archives  relating 

to  the  Territories  of  the  United  States.   Octavo,  476  pages     .     .  $3.00 

149.  Barns,  Carl.    The  Production  of  Elliptic  Interferences  in  Relation  to  Inter- 

ferometry.   Octavo,  vi-|-77  pages,  33  text  figures     ...  $1  25 

  (Part  II)  :  Octavo,  pages  vi-f 79-168.  text  figures  34-64     .     .    *  $100 

 (Part  III)  :  Octavo,  pages  vi-}-169-273,  text  figures  65-119     .      .  $1.00 

150.  Learned,  Marion  D.   Guide  to  the  Manuscript  Material  relating  to  Ameri- 

can History  m  the  German  State  Archives.    Octavo,  vii-f 352  pages,  $2.25 

151.  Stager,  Henry  W.  A  Sylow  Factor  Table  of  the  First  Twelve  Thousand 

Numbers,  givmg  the  Possible  Number  of  Sylow  Sub-Groups  of  a  Group 
of  Given  Order  between  the  Limits  of  0  and  12000.  Quarto  x4-120  pages 
1  P^ate  ^  ^^5(J 

152.  Nichols,  Edward  IL^  and  Ernest  MerriU.    Studies  in  Luminescence. 

Octavo,  226  pages,  190  text  figures  $2.00 

163.  King,  Arthur  S.    The  Influence  of  a  Magnetic  Field  upon  the  Spark 
bpectra  of  Iron  and  Titanium.   Quarto,  66  pages,  6  plates,  3  text  figs.  $1.50 


12        Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 

154.  Churchill,  William.    Beach-la-mar:  The  Jargon  or  Trade  Speech  of  the 

Western  Pacific   Octavo,  54  pages  $0.50 

155.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Edgar  P.  Slack.     A  Comparative  Study 

of  Temperature  Fluctuations  in  Different  Parts  of  the  Human  Body. 
Octavo,  v+73  pages,  38  figures  |0.50 

156.  Osborne,  Thomas  B.,  and  Lafayette  B.  Mendel.    Feeding  Experi- 

ments with  Isolated  Food-Substances.  Octavo,  53  pages,  text  figs,  i-xxi.  $0.50 
 (Part  II)  :    Octavo,  pages  ii-|-55-138,  text  figures  xxii-cxxix     .  $1.00 

157.  Day,  Arthur  L<.,  and  Kobert  B.  Sosman.      High  Temperature  Gas 

Thermometry.  With  an  Investigation  of  the  Metals,  by  E.  T.  Allen. 
Octavo,  vi-f  129  pages,  1  plate,  18  figures  $1.25 

168.  Wright,  F.  E.  The  Methods  of  Petrographic-Microscopic  Research :  Their 
Relative  Accuracy  and  Range  of  Application.  Octavo,  204  pages,  11  plates, 
118  text  figures.    (Out  of  print.)  $2.50 

159.  Howard,  Li.  O.,  Harrison  G.  Byar,  and  Frederick  Knab.  The  Mos- 

quitoes of  North  and  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies.  In  4  volumes. 
Octavo  Per  set  of  4  vols.  $10.00 

Vol.  1.  A  General  Consideration  of  Mosquitoes,  their  Habits  and  their 
Relations  to  the  Human  Species,   vii+520  pages,  14  plates,  6  figs. 

Vol.  2.   x  pages,  150  plates. 

Vol.  3.    Systematic  Description,  Part  I.    Pages  vi+523. 

Vol.  4.    Systematic  Description,  Part  II     ....     In  press 

160.  (See  Nos.  60,  80, 110, 130, 170,  180, 190,  210.230.)   Jones,  Harry  C.  and  W. 

W.  Strong".  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  of  Comparatively  Rare  Salts, 
including  those  of  Gadolinium,  Dysprosium,  and  Samarium;  the  Spectro- 
photography  of  Certain  Chemical  Reactions,  and  the  Effect  of  High  Tem- 
perature on  the  Absorption  Spectra  of  Non-aqueous  Solutions.  Octavo, 
viiiH-112  pages,  67  plates.   In  cloth  binding  $4.00 

161.  Moulton,  F.  K.,  in    collaboration   with    Daniel    Buchanan,  Thomas 

Buck,  Frank  L.  Griffin,  William  R.  Longley,  and  William  D.  Mac- 
MiLLAN.    Periodic  Orbits.   Quarto  In  press 

162.  Mayer,  Alfred  G.   Ctenophores  of  the  Atlantic  Coast  of  North  America. 

Octavo,  58  pages,  17  plates,  12  text  figures  $2.75 

163.  Bolton,  Herbert  E,    Guide  to  Materials  for  the  History  of  the  United 

States  in  the  Principal  Archives  of  Mexico.   Octavo,  xv+553  pp.     .  $3.50 

164.  Coblentz,  W.  W.  A  Physical  Study  of  the  Firefly.  Octavo,  47  pages,  1  plate, 

14  text  figures  $0.50 

165.  Lehmer,  Derrick  N.   List  of  Prime  Numbers  from  1  to  10,006,721.  Folio, 

XVI4-133  pages  $5.00 

166.  Benedict,  Francis  G.  The  Composition  of  the  Atmosphere  with  Special 

Reference  to  its  Oxygen  Content.   Octavo,  115  pages,  1  plate    .     .  $2.00 

167.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Walter  G.  Cady.  A  Bicycle  Ergometer  with 

an  Electric  Brake.   Octavo,  44  pages,  16  text  figures     ....  $0.50 

168.  Burnham,  S.  W.  Measures  of  Proper  Motion  Stars.    Quarto,  iv4-311 

pages  $4.00 

169.  CaUaway,  Morgan.    The  Infinitive  in  Anglo-Saxon.     Octavo,  xiii+339 

pages  $5.00 

170.  (See  Nos.  60,80,  110,  130,  160,  180,  190,  210,  230.)  Jones,  Harry  C,  et  al. 

Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Temperature  Coefficients  of  Con- 
ductivity (from  Zero  to  Sixty-five  Degrees)  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 
Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids.   Octavo,  iv-|-148  pages,  5  figs.  $1.50 

171.  Lancaster,  H.  C.  Pierre  Du  Ryer,  Dramatist    Octavo,  v-f-182  pages,  1 

plate  $U5 

172.  Parker,  David  W.  Guide  to  the  Materials  for  United  States  History  in 

Canadian  Archives.   Octavo,  x-f 339  pages     ......  $2.00 


Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  13 

173.  Beichert,  Edward  T.  The  Differentiation  and  Specificity  of  Starches  in 

relation  to  Genera,  Species,  etc :  Stereochemistry  applied  to  Protoplasmic 
Processes  and  Products,  and  as  a  strictly  Scientific  Basis  for  the  Classi- 
fication of  Plants  and  Animals.    Quarto,  in  two  parts     .     .     .  $16.00 

Part  I.  The  Starch-Substance  and  Starch-Grain.  Pages  i-xvii-f-1-342,  102 
plates  containing  612  photomicrographs,  charts  A-J. 

Part  II.  The  Differentiation  and  Specificity  of  Starches.  Pages  i-xvii-f343-900 
and  400  charts. 

174.  ChurchiU,  William.    Easter  Island,  Rapanui  Speech,  and  the  Peopling  of 

Southeast  Polynesia.   Octavo,  340  pages  fe75 

175.  Bauer,  L.  A.  Land  Magnetic  Observations,  1905-1910.    (Researches  of  the 

Department   of    Terrestrial    Magnetism.)     Quarto,   v+lSS    pages,  10 

plates  $3.00 

175.  Vol.11.  Bauer,  li.  A.,  and  J.  A.  Fleming-.  Land  Magnetic  Observations,  1911- 
1913,  and  Reports  on  Special  Researches.  (Researches  of  the  Department 
of  Terrestrial  Magnetism.)    Quarto,  v+278  pages,  13  plates,  9  figs.  $5.00 

175.  Vol.  III.  Bauer,  Li.  A.,  in  collaboration  with  W.  J.  Peters,  J.  A.  Fleming, 

J.  P.  AuLT,  and  W.  F.  G.  Swann.  Ocean  Magnetic  Observations  1905- 
1916,  and  Reports  on  Special  Researches.  (Researches  of  the  Department 
of  Terrestrial  Magnetism.)    Quarto  In  press 

176.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Elliott  P.  Josl in.  A  Study  of  Metabolism 

in  Severe  Diabetes.    Octavo,  vi-f  135  pages,  1  text  figure     .      .  $1.25 

177.  liOeb,  Leo,    in  collaboration  with  Carl  L.  Alsberg,  Elizabeth  Cooke, 

Ellen  P.  Corson-White,  Mover  S.  Fleisher,  Henry  Fox,  T.  S.  Githens, 
Samuel  Leopold,  M.  K.  Meyers,  M.  E.  Rehfuss,  D.  Rivas,  and  Lucius 
Tuttle.  The  Venom  of  Heloderma.   Octavo,  250  pages,  38  figs.     .  $1.50 

178.  Gannon,  W.  A.   Botanical  Features  of  the  Algerian  Sahara.    Octavo,  vi-f 

81  pages,  37  plates  $2.50 

179.  Castle,  W.  E.,  and  C.  C.  Little.    Octavo  $2.00 

Reversion  in  Guinea-pigs  and  Its  Explanation.  (Paper  No.  18,  Station 
for  Experimental  Evolution.)    By  W.  E.  Castle.    10  pages. 

Experimental  Studies  of  the  Inheritance  of  Color  in  Mice.  (Paper  No.  19, 
Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  By  C.  C.  Little.  92  pages,  5 
colored  plates. 

180.  (See  Nos.  60, 80, 110, 130, 160, 170, 190, 210, 230.)   Jones,  Harry  C,  and  Col- 

laborators. The  Freezing-point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Viscosity  of 
Solutions  of  Certain  Electrolytes  in  Water,  Methyl  Alcohol,  Ethyl  Alcohol, 
Acetone,  and  Glycerol,  and  in  Mixtures  of  These  Solvents  with  One 
Another.    Octavo,  vii-}-214  pages,  85  text  figures     ....  $2.00 

181.  Case,  E.  C,  S.  W.  Williston,  and  M.  G.  Mehl.  Permo-Carboniferous 

Vertebrates  from  New  Mexico.    Quarto,  v-f81  pp.,  1  plate,  51  figs.  $2.00 

182.  Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash- 

mgton.   Vol.  V.    Octavo,  iii-|-222  pages,  7  plates,  3  maps,  68  figures  $2.00 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Mayer   A.  G.— In  Memoriam,  George  Harold  Drew.    6  pages,  i  plate. 

Drew,  G.  H.— On  the  Precipitation  of  Calcium  Carbonate  in  the  Sea  bv  Marine 

^actena,  and  on  the  Action  of  Denitrifying  Bacteria  in  Tropical  and  Temperate 

Seas.    39  pages,  2  maps,  4  figs. 
Vatjghan,  T.  W.— Preliminary  Remarks  on  the  Geolopry  of  the  Bahamas,  with  Special 

Reference  to  the  Origin  of  the  Bahaman  and  Floridian  Oolites.    8  pages. 
V  AUGHAN^  T.  W.— Building  of  the  Marquesas  and  Tortugas  Atolls  and  a  Sketch  of 

the  Geologic  History  of  the  Florida  Reef  Tract.    13  pages. 
DoLK,  R.  B.— Some  Chemical  Characteristics  of  Sea-Water  at  Tortugas,  Florida. 

9  pages,  7  map. 

Gary,  L.  R.— Observations  upon  the  Growth-Rate  and  CEcology  of  Gorgonians.  12 
pages,  2  plates. 

Clark,  H.  L.— Growth-changes  in  Brittle-Stars.    36  pages,   3  plates. 
TENNENT,  p.  H.-— The  Eariy  Influence  of  the  Spermatozoan  upon  the  Characters 

ot  tcnmoid  JLarvae.    12  pages,  11  figs. 
Jackson   Robert  T.—Studies  of  Jamaica  Echini.    24  pages,  21  figs. 
JORDAN,  H.  E.— -The  Spermatogenesis  of  the  Mongoose;  and  a  Further  Comparative 

btudy  of  Mammalian  Spermatogenesis,  with  Special  Reference  to  Sex  Chromo- 

somes.    20  pages,  i  plate,  9  figs. 
Obbubm,  R.  C.—The  Bryozoa  of  the  Tortugas  Islands,  Florida.    42  pages,  23  figs. 


14        Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  iVashinyton 

183.  Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash- 

ington.  Vol.  VI.    Octavo,  III+323  pages,  27  plates,  97  figures     .  $3.50 

This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Mayer,  A.  G.. — The  Effects  of  Temperature  upon  Tropical  Marine  Animals.  24 
pages,  12  figs. 

Mayer,  A.  G. — The  Relation  between  the  Degree  of  Concentration  of  the  Electrolyte* 
of  Sea-Water  and  the  Rate  of  Nerve-Conduction  in  Cassiopea.    30  pages,  13  figs. 

Mayer,  A.  G. — The  Law  Governing  the  Loss  of  Weight  in  Starving  Cassiopea.  28 
pages,  I  plate,  21  figs. 

GoLDFARB,  A.  J. — Changes  in  Salinity  and  Their  Effects  upon  the  Regeneration  of 
Cassiopea  xamachana.    12  pages,  4  figs. 

GbLDFASB,  A.  J. — Regeneration  in  the  Annelid  Worm,  Amphinoma  pacifica,  after 
removal  of  the  Central  Nervous  System.    8  pages. 

GoLDFARB,  A.  J. — Experimentally  Fused  Larvae  of  Echinoderms  with  Special  Refer- 
ence to  their  Skeletons.    20  pages,  15  figs. 

McClendon,  J.  F. — Experiments  on  the  Permeability  of  Cells.    8  pages,  3  figs. 

Harvey,  E.  N. — ^The  Relation  between  the  Rate  of  Penetration  of  Marine  Tissues 
of  Alkali  and  the  Change  in  Functional  Activity  induced  by  the  Alkali.  16 
pages,  I  fig. 

Jacobs,  M.  H. — Physiological  Studies  on  Certain  Protozoan  Parasites  of  Diadema 
setosutn.    1 1  pages.. 

Dahlgren,  Ulric. — Origin  of  the  Electric  Tissues  of  Gymnarchus  niloticus.  36 

pages,  9  plates,  9  figs. 
Reinke,  E.  E. — ^The  Development  of  the  Apyrene  Spermatozoa  of  Strombus  bi- 

tuberculatus.    46  pages,  7  plates. 
GuDGER,  E.  W. — The  History  of  the  Spotted  Eagle  Ray,  Aefobatus  narinari,  together 

with  a  Study  of  its  External  Structures.    91  pages,  10  plates,  19  figs. 

184.  Finley,  J.  P.,  and  William  Churchill.    The  Subanu:  Studies  of  a  Sub- 

Visayan  Mountain  Folk  of  Mindanao.    Octavo,  iv-f-236  pp.,  2  pis.  .  $2.00 

185.  Hasse,  Adelaide  R.    Index  to  United  States  Documents  relating  to  For- 

eign  Affairs,  1828-1861.   In  3  parts.   Quarto  In  press 

Part  I,  A  to  H,  pages  1  to  793   Issued 

186.  Barus,  Carl.     The  Diffusion  of  Gases  through  Liquids,  and  Allied  Experi- 

ments.   Octavo,  vi+88  pages,  38  text  figures  $1.00 

187.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,   and  E.  P.  Cathcart.    Muscular  Work:  A 

Metabolic  Study  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Efficiency  of  the  Human 
Body  as  a  Machine.    Octavo,  vii-f-176  pages,  1  plate,  10  figs.      .  $2.50 

188.  Davenport,  Charles  B.    Heredity  of  Skin-Color  in  Negro-White  Crosses. 

(Paper  No.  20,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo,  106  pages, 
4  plates  $1.75 

189.  Osgood,  C.  G.     A  Concordance  to  the  Poems  of  Spenser.    Quarto,  xiii-f- 

997  pages,  1  plate  $20.00 

190.  (See  Nos.  60,  80, 110, 130,  160, 170,  180,  210,  230.)    Jones,  Harry  C,  and 

J.  S.  Guy.  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Affected  by  Temperature 
and  by  Dilution:  A  Quantitative  Study  of  Absorption  Spectra  by  means  of 
the  Radiomicrometer.    Octavo,  vii+93  pages,  22  plates,  44  text  figures.  $2.00 

191.  Weed,  Lewis  H.     A  Reconstruction  of  the  Nuclear  Masses  in  the  Lower 

Portion  of  the  Human  Brain-Stem.  (Contribution  to  Embryology.) 
Quarto,  78  pages,  vi  plates  $2.50 

192.  Huntington,  Ellsworth,   with  contributions  by   Charles  Schuchert, 

A.  E.  Douglass,  and  C.  J.  Kullmer.  The  Climatic  Factor,  as  Illus- 
trated in  Arid  America,   Quarto,  341  pages,  12  plates,  2  maps,  90  figs.  $5.50 

193.  MacDougal,  D.  T.,   and  Collaborators.     The  Salton  Sea:  A  Study  of 

the  Geography,  the  Geology,  the  Floristics,  and  the  Ecology  of  a  Desert 
Basin.    Quarto,  xi-f  182  pp.,  32  pis.,  4  figs  $5.00 

194.  Shreve,  Edith  B.     The  Daily  March  of  Transpiration  in  a  Desert  Peren- 

nial.   Octavo,  64  pages,  1  plate,  27  text  figures  $0.75 

196.  Castle,  W.  E.,  and  John  C.Phillips.  Piebald  Rats  and  Selection:  An 
Experimental  Test  of  the  Effectiveness  of  Selection  and  of  the  Theory  of 
Gametic  Purity  in  Mendelian  Crosses.  (Paper  No.  21,  Station  for  Experi- 
mental Evolution.)    Octavo,  56  pages,  3  plates  $0.75 

196.  MacDowell,  E.  C,  and  W.  E.  Castle.      Size   Inheritance   in  Rabbits. 

(Paper  No.  22,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo,  55  pages, 
9  figures  $0.50 

197.  Wright,  Albert  Hazen.     Life  Histories  of  North  American  Anura:  The 

Anura  of  Ithaca,  New  York.  Octavo,  98  pages,  21  plates     .     .     .  $2.00 


Publications  of  Carnegie  Inslitution  of  IVashington  15 

198.  Morse,  H.  N.  The  Osmotic  Pressure  of  Aqueous  Solutions:  Report  on  In- 
vestigations  made  m  the  Chemical  Laboratory  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity  durmg  the  years  1899-1913.  Octavo,  222  pages,  5  plates,  49  text  figs  $2  (X) 

r'    A  Montane  Rain-forest:    A  Contribution  to  the  Physi- 
ological  Plant  Geography  of  Jamaica.  Octavo,  110  pages,  29  pi,  18  figs  $1  SO 

200.  E  Jenks  and  S.  O.  Morley.  Reports  upon  the 
QuarT^^^t;^  ^\  of  Anthropob^. 

201.  Benedict,  Gaseous  Metabolism  of  In- 

Act  vitv  n^f.vn  1?^^  ^"^^^^^^  ^o  Pulse-rate  and  Muscular 
Activity.   Octavo,  168  pages,  65  figures  50 

202.  Cooper,  Lane.    A  Concordance  to  the  Works  of  Horace.   Octavo,  x+593 

203.  Benedi^^^^^^^^^^  A  Study  ;f  p'rolonged  Facing.   Octav^o,  416  paj^ 

  ^4.00 


204.  A 


Livinpton,  B.  E.,  and  L.  A.  Hawkins.  The  Water  Reh^ion 
between  Plant  and  Soil.    Octavo,  pp.  1-48,  3  figures 


Pnilin-  H.  E    and  B  E.  Livingston.    The  Water-Supply-  [  $0.75 
palef  49^,1  t^J.t  "  Osmom.^.rs.    Oc?aVo,  j 

205.  Detlefsen,  J.  A.  (with  prefatory  note  by  W.   E.  Castle)  GenettV 

206.  Johnson,  Duncan  S.,  and  Harlan  H.  York,    The  Relation  of  Pi.r.fc 

208.  Brou^mon,^^^^^^^^  X,,ayer,  and  others.   A  Concordancyo  the 

210.  (See  Nos.  60,  80,  i!0, 130, 160,  170. 180, 390,  230.)  Jone.s  Harrv  V    .  '.A  rn, 
I.APOHAXOPS..  The  Absorption  Spect'ra  of  Solution"  a''  Means  of" 

So1,,Hnnrf' r,™1"'i  J*"?  Conductivities,  Dissociations,  and  Viscosities  of 

^l:7lo^^^:t5ate:"s8^\T4^^^^^^^      -^'"--^  ^"ii 

Th,s  boolc  contains  the  following  papers,  Lf  !m  s^ll'ately^'-     '  ^^'^ 

o^Mnlton  '"v^lTirr^'nt""'^  ^J?'''^  Carnegie  Institution 

Tu-  \    1     ^  .  •    y*^*-  Octavo,  261  pages,  23  olates  7^  fio-Q     «^  c;n 

Pox'.',  the  following  papers,  ,JsM  sepl^M'y:     ^  ^^'^ 

w-i,f  Fip";;l'^'/efer"'„«'r„'=ftf  CoT™^        ■'=;-'''°'<''       =  ^'-opical  Coral  Reef, 

;^Tox|?feM«;^^^^^^^^ 

plates,  7  figs.  »'        Philippines  and  of  Torres  .Str.-.its.    46  pages,  3 

"■"■paTe's,''8"pWs''^'"='''  °"  *^  Cen-ons  planted  on  .he  Florida  Keys.  .0 

°"irf2bFd?e^--;?;a|er6'"pTa.et'6''4"''^  ^'--^^  ' 


16       Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 


213.    Papers  from  the  Department  of  Marine  Biology  of  the  Carnegie  Institution 

of  Washington.    Vol.  IX.    Quarto  In  press 

This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Mayer,  Alfred  G. — Ecology  of  the  Murray  Island  Coral  Reef. 

Vaughan,    Thomas    Wayland. — Some    Shoal-water    Corals    from    Murray  Island 

(Australia),  Cocos-Keeling  Islands,  and  Fanning  Island. 
Cary,  L.  R. — The  Gorgonacese  as  a  Factor  in  the  Formation  of  Coral  Reefs. 

2U,  Clark,  H.  L.  The  Echinoderms  of  Torres  Strait.  (Paper  from  the  Depart- 
ment of  Marine  Biology  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.) 
Quarto  In  press 

21  J.  Contributions  to  American  Economic  History. 

2I5a.  Johnson,  E.  K.,  T.  W.  Van  Metre,  G.  G.  Huebner,  andD.  S.  Han- 

chett,  with  an  introductory  note  by  H.  W.  Farnam.  History  of  Domes- 
tic and  Foreign  Commerce  of  the  United  States.    Octavo  (2  vols.)  $6.00 

Vol.    I.    xv+363  pages,  maps  1  to  5. 

Vol.  II.   ix-]-398  pages,  maps  6  to  10. 
215b.  Clark,  Victor  S.     History  of  Manufactures  in  the  United  States,  1607  to 


1860.    Octavo,  xii+675  pages,  7  plates  and  7  text  figures     .      .  $6.00 

215c,  History  of  Transportation  in  the  United  States  before  1860.  Prepared  by 
Caroline  E.  MacGill,  under  the  supervision  of  Balthasar  H.  Meyer. 
Octavo.  In  press 


216.  Carpenter,  Tliome  M.     A  Comparison  of  Methods  for  Determining  the 

Respiratory  Exchange  of  Man.    Octavo,  265  pages,  74  figures.  $2.50 

217.  Shreve,  Forrest.     The  Vegetation  of  a  Desert  Mountain  Range  as  Con- 

ditioned by  Climatic  Factors.    Octavo,  112  pages,  37  plates,  18  figs.  $2.00 

218.  Stout,  A.  B.     The  Establishment  of  A^arieties  in  Coleus  by  the  Selection 


of  Somatic  Variations.    Octavo,  80  pages,  4  plates,  29  figs.     .      .  $2.00 

219.  Morley,  Syivaniis  G.    The  Maya  Inscriptions.   The  Inscriptions  of  Copan, 

Honduras.   Quarto,  34  plates  In  press 

220.  Faiist,  A.  H.     Guide  to   Materials  for  American  History  in   Swiss  and 

Austrian  Archives.    Octavo,  x-|-299  pages.       .....  $2.00 

221.  Mall,  Franklin  P.      On  the  Fate  of  the  Human  Embryo  in  Tubal  Preg- 

nancv.  (Contribution  to  Embryology  No.  1.)  Quarto,  104  pages,  11  plates, 
24  text  figs  $5.00 


222.  Contributions  to  Em.bryology,  Nos.  2,  3,  4,  5,  and  6.   Quarto,  108  pages.  $3.00 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Watt,  James  C. — Description  of  Two  Young  Twin  Human  Embryos  with  17-19 
paired  Somites.     (Contribution  No.  2.)     39  pages  4  plates,  7  figs. 

Clark,  Eliot  R. — An  Anomaly  of  the  Thoracic  Duct  with  a  bearing  on  the 
Embryology  of  the  Lvmphatic  System.     (Contribution  No.  3-)     lo  pages,  3  figs. 

Meyer,  A.  W. — Fields,  'Graphs,  and  other  Data  on  Fetal  Growth.  (Contribu- 
tion No.  4.)     14  ];^"es,   13  figs.  .    .    .     ^  . 

Corner,  George  W. — The  Corpus  Luteum  of  Pregnancy,  as  :t  is  in  Swine.  (Con- 
tribution No.  t;.)    .?4  pages,  3  plates. 

EssiCK,  Charles  R. — Transitory  Cavities  in  the  Corpus  Striatum  of  the  Human 
Embryo.     (Contribution  No.  6.)     14  pages,  3  plates. 


223.  Contributions  to  Embryology,  Nos.  7,  8,  and  9.    Quarto,  90  pages       .  $5.00 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Sabin,   Florence   R. — On   the   Fate   of  the   Posterior   Cardinal   Veins   and  their 

relation  to  the  Development  of  the  Vena  Cava  and  Azygos  in  the  Embryo 

Pig.     (Contribution  No.  7.)     32  pages,  7  plates. 
DuESBEKG.  J. — Recherches  Cytologiques  sur  la  Fecondation   des  Ascidiens  et  sur 

leur  Developpement.     (Contribution  No.  8.)    38  pages,  3  plates. 
Shipley,  Paul  G.,  and  George  B.  Wislccki. — The  Histology  of  the  Poison  Glands 

oi  Bufo  agua  and  its  Hearing  upon  the  formation   of  Epinephrin  within  the 

Glands.    (Contribution  No.  9.)    20  pages,  2  plates. 


224. 


Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  17 


(Contribution  No.  ii.)     i  plate 
M«K,.,K.  Chahles  C.-Bin„cleate  Cells  in  TiLl  cSr«.    (Contribution  No.  ,3.) 

s'pSes^s'fiJ-^^'^''""^  "  Human  Embryo.     (Contribution  No.  ,3.) 

^"Ton;rib'^S?,%'?^°7-)°"rSSr=  "  Mitochondria  in  Nerve  Ce.Is. 

'°"7atSruSV„^t,T7'^p,i?er9"  £f T&-".f?u??air.  of  Somites. 

228.  Crampton  Henry  E.    Studks  on  the  Variation,  Distribution,  and  Evolu- 

tion of  the  Genus  Partula:  The  Species  Inhabiting  Tahiti.  Quarto  In  p?ess 

229.  J^«™^«i'CarK^E|Per™e^^^  with  the  Displacement  Interferometer.  Octavo, 

60.80,110  130, 160,  no,  180, 190, 210'.)  Jones,  Harry  C,  and  C^- 
LABOEAioES.  Conduct.v.t.es  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed  lolvents- 

"Tnni'HL?al-.^l,^^^^^^ 

?n°San°^  &^'l8^tge\^^pfat'32"fi°^^^^^^^   Neuro-muscular  Process 
233.  Benedict,  Praneis  G  and  Fritz  B.  Talbot.  The  Physiology  of  the  New- 
pages,  10  figures'"  °f  *^  Katabolism^'  Octavo  126 
2.34.                            Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  Documents'  relating  to^the 

.^'r^^^it^G^^rafrirdifs^^re'^i^ 

•      •      •      •     I"  P^Pe^  cover,  50  cents;  in  cloth,  75  cents 

89  fils  '  Experimental  Evolution.)    Octavo,  158  pages, 

"•^Sa.'^bSvri.^;-;,?-^^^^^^^  -Heritan.   in  ^ 

'''•n^rfh'iv^r'^ctfv-o.^"'"^^                       for  American  History  inRusln 
 In  press 


18         Publications  of  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 

240.  Estabrook,  A.  H,    The  Jukes  in  1915.      (Paper  No.  25,   Station  for 

Experimental  Evolution.)     Quarto,  vii+85  pages,  28  charts     .  $2.50 

241.  Castle,  W.  E.,  and  S.  Wriglit.     Studies  in  Inheritance  in  Guinea-Pigs 

and  Rats.  (Paper  No.  26,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo, 
192  pages,  7  plates,  7  text  figures  $2.50 

An  Expedition  to  the  Home  of  the  Guinea-Pig  and  some  Breeding  Experi- 
ments with  Material  there  obtained.    By  W.  E.  Castle.    Pages  1  to  55. 

An  Intensive  Study  of  the  Inheritance  of  Color  and  of  Coat  Characters  in 
Guinea-Pigs,  with  especial  reference  to  Graded  Variations.  By  Sewall 
Wright.    Pages  57  to  160. 

Further  Studies  of  Piebald  Rats  and  Selection,  with  Observations  on  Gametic 
Coupling.    By  W.  E.  Castle.    Pages  161  to  192. 

242.  Clements,  Frederic  E.    Plant  Succession :  An  Analysis  of  the  Develop- 

ment of  Vegetation.    Octavo,  xiii+512  pages,  61  plates,  50  figures  $5.00 

243.  Goodale,  H.  I>.  Gonadectomy  in  Relation  to  the  Secondary  Sexual  Char- 

acters of  Some  Domestic  Birds.  (Paper  No.  27,  Station  for  Experimental 
Evolution.)    Octavo,  52  pages,  7  plates  $1.50 

244.  Churchill,  William.    Sissano :    Movements    of    Migration    within  and 

through  Melanesia.    Octavo,  181  pages,  17  charts     ....  $2.00 

245.  Hedrick,  Henry  B.    Interpolation  Tables  or  Tables  of  Proportional  Parts, 

containing  the  products  to  the  nearest  unit  of  all  numbers  from  1  to  100 
by  each  hundredth  from  0.01  to  0.99  and  of  all  numbers  from  1  to  1000 
by  each  thousandth  from  0.001  to  0.999.    Folio     ....     In  press 

246.  Albany  Zone  Catalogues  for  the  Epoch  1900.    Quarto.     ...     In  press 

Boss,  Lewis. — Catalogue  of  8276  Stars  between  20°  and  41°  of  South  Decli- 
nation. 

RoY^  Arthur  J. — Catalogue  of  2800  Stars  between  2°  of  South  and  1"* 
of  North  Declination. 

247.  Barnard,  E.  E.  An  Atlas  of  the  Milky  Way.  Quarto,  40  plates.  In  press 
248. 

249.  Barus,  Carl.  The  Interferometry  of  Reversed  and  Non-reversed  Spectra. 


Octavo,  158  pages,  99  figs  $1.50 

250,  Knobel,  Edward  B.  Ulugh  Beg's  Catalogue  of  Stars,  revised  from  all 
Persian  manuscripts  existing  in  Great  Britain,  with  a  vocabulary  of 
Persian  and  Arabic  words.    Quarto  In  press 

251, 
252. 

253.  Ivens,  Walter  O.    Dictionary  of  Sa'a  and  Ulawa  of  the  Melanesian  Group 

of  the  Oceanic  Family  of  Languages.    Octavo     ....     In  press 

254.  Davenport,  Frances  G.    European  Treaties  bearing  on  the  History  of  the 

United  States.    Octavo  In  press 


CLASSICS  OF  INTERNATIONAL  LAW. 

This  series  will  include  the  leading  works  on  International  Law,  the  republica- 
tion of  which  has  been  undertaken  principally  on  account  of  the  difhculty  of  oro- 
curing  the  texts  in  convenient  form  for  scientific  study.  The  text  of  each  author 
wi  1  be  reproduced  photographically,  so  as  to  lay  the  source  before  the  reader 
without  the  mistakes  which  creep  into  a  newly  printed  text.  An  Introduction  will 
be  prefixed  to  each  work,  giving  the  necessary  biographical  details  concerning  its 
author  and  stating  the  importance  of  the  text  and  its  place  in  International  Law; 
tables  of  errata  in  the  origmal  will  be  added  when  necessary,  and  notes  to  clear 
up  doubts  and  ambiguities  or  to  correct  mistakes  in  the  text  will  be  supplied.  Each 
work  will  be  accompanied  by  an  English  version  made  expressly  for  the  series 
by  a  competent  translator.  Dr.  James  Brown  Scott,  member  of  the  Institute  of 
international  Law,  will  supervise  these  publications  as  General  Editor. 

ZoucHE  Richard:  Juris  et  Judicii  Fecialis,  sive,  Juris  inter  Gentes  et  Quaes- 
tionum  de  Eodem  Explicatio.    2  vols.      .      .  $4  00 

Vol.  L    A  Reproduction  of  the  First  Edition  (1650).  with  portrait  of  Zouche. 
IntroQuction  by  Thomas  E.  Holland,  List  of  Errata,  and  Table  of 
Authors.  Pages  xvi+204. 
Vol.  II.    Translation  of  the  Text,  by  J.  L.  Brierly.    Pages  xvii+186. 
Ayala,  Balthazar:  De  Jure  et  Officiis  Bellicis  et  Disciplina  Militari.  2  vols.  $7.00 
Vol.  L    A  Reproduction  of  the  Edition  of  1582,  with  portrait  of  Ayala,  In- 
troduction by  John  Westlake,  etc.    Pages  xxvn+226. 
Vol.  II.   Translation  of  the  Text,  by  John  Pawley  Bate.  '  Pages  xvi+245. 

Vattel,  E.  de  :  Le  Droit  des  Gens.   3  vols  $8.00 

Vol.  I.   A  Photographic  Reproduction  of  Books  I  and  II  of  the  First 
Edition    (1758),    with    an    Introduction    by    Albert    de  Lapradelle 
lix+541  pages,  and  portrait  of  Vattel. 
Vol.  II.   A  Photographic  Reproduction  of  Books  HI  and  IV  of  the  First 

Edition  (1758).    xxiv+376  pages. 
Vol.  HI.    Translation  of  the  Edition  of  1758  (by  Charles  G.  Fenwick) 
with  translation  (by  G.  D.  Gregory)  of  Introduction  by  Albert  de  Lapra- 
dlelle.   Lxxxvni-f 398  pages. 

Rachel,  Samuel:  De  Jure  Nature  et  Gentium  Dissertationes.   Edited  by  Ludwig 

von  Bar.    2  vols   $400 

Vol.  L    A  Reproduction  of  the  Edition  of  1676,  with  portrait  of  Rachel 
leri^H  335  ^"'^''''^   """^  ^""^    ^'"^  ^^^^^ 

^""^'Ihu  ^  ^r^^f^^^i?"  of  the  Text,  by  John  Pawley  Bate,  with  Index  of 
Authors  Cited.    Pages  16A-f iv-f233. 

Textor  JoHANN  WoLFGANG :  Synopsis  Juris  Gentium.    Edited  by  Ludwig  von 
Bar.    2  vols.    In  press. 
Vol.  I.    A  Reproduction  of  the  First  Edition   (1680),  with  portrait  of 
^8^+^1+14^^^^^^^  ^"""^'^'^  ^"""^  ^''^  ^^^^^ 

'^°\":t,  ^  Translation  of  the  Text,  by  John  Pawley  Bate,  with  Index  of 
Authors  Cited.    Pages  26a+v+349. 

Victoria,  Franciscus  A:  Relectiones:  De  Indis  and  De  Jure  Belli.  Introduction 

by  Ernest  Nys.   Translated  by  John  Pawley  Bate. 
Grotius,  Hugo: 

De  Jure  Belli  ac  Pacis  (1625,  edition  of  1646). 


19 


ASTRONOMY  AND  MATHEMATICS. 


ASTRONOMY. 

No.  5.    BuRNHAM,  S.  W.    General  Catalogue  of  Double  Stars  within  ui*  of  the 
North  Pole.    Quarto,  2  vols.   Published  1906.    Price  $14  00 
Vol.  1.   The  Catalogue,  Lv-f256  (256a-256r)  pages. 
Vol.  2.    Notes  to  the  Catalogue,  viii-f 257-1086  pages. 
A  catalogue  of  all  the  double  stars  visible  in  the  northern  hemisphere,  discovered 
since  the  earliest  records,  with  all  the  measures  and  other  observations  from  Her- 
schel  in  the  seventeenth  century  to  the  latter  part  of  1906.    In  volume  1  the  stars 
are  given  in  order  of  right  ascension,  in  tabular  form,  in  eleven  columns  giving 
respectively  the  general  number,  the  name  of  the  double  star,  a  reference  to  one  of 
the  principal  star  catalogues  in  which  the  star  is  found,  the  right  ascension,  the 
dechnation,  the  measured  position-angle,  the  measured  distance,  the  magnitudes  of 
the  components,  the  date  of  the  measures  given,  the  observer  and  number  of  ob- 
servations, and  lastly  brief  notes  concerning  colors,  etc.    The  first  portion  of  this 
volume  contains  some  fifty  pages  of  introductory  matter,  including  ten  indexes  to 
the  various  observers,  classes  of  stars,  etc.,  enabling  the  user  to  find  at  once  any 
special  star,  or  class  of  stars,  without  a  knowledge  of  the  star  places.   Volume  2 
f?^i^i"j  complete  references  to  all  the  observations  of  each  of  the 

13,665  double  stars.  All  published  orbits  of  the  binary  systems  and  the  proper- 
motions  of  the  brighter  stars  are  given.  The  history  of  each  pair  includes  a  selec- 
tion of  the  best  measures  showing  motion,  if  any,  and  an  examination  of  the  mate- 
rial questions  suggested  by  the  measures.  Some  600  diagrams,  drawn  to  exact  scale 
show  the  relative  change  in  the  systems  having  decided  orbital  and  proper  motions.' 
No.  168.  BuRNHAM,  S.  W.  Measures  of  Proper  Motion  Stars.  Quarto,  iv+Sll 
pages.  Published  1913.  Price  $4.00. 
Micrometer  measures  made  with  the  large  telescope  of  the  Yerkes  Observatory 
from  1907  to  1912  of  various  stars  having  large,  small,  or  uncertain  proper-motions. 
These  selected  stars  are  of  all  magnitudes  from  the  faintest  in  Argelander  to  prom- 
inent naked-eye  stars,  and  include,  as  far  as  possible,  all  those  which  have  been 
heretofore  compared  by  direct  measures  with  other  and  fainter  stars  in  the  field. 
Independent  differential  values  of  the  proper-motions  are  thus  obtained  for  com- 
parison with_  the  results  found  from  meridian  observations.  The  latter  values  are 
frequently  discordant  and  contradictoiy,  and  particularly  so  when  the  motions  are 
small.  The  several  values  from  the  leading  authorities  on  meridian-circle  observa- 
tions, Auwers,  Newcomb,  Porter,  Boss,  etc.,  and  from  the  various  standard  star 
catalogues,  are  collected  and  compared.  The  greater  number  of  proper-motion 
stars  observed  here  are  taken  from  the  General  Catalogue  of  Double  Stars.  The 
others  are  selected  from  various  sources  and  include  stars  of  special  interest,  among 
others  the  Boss  group  of  Taurus  stars  with  a  common  movement  in  space,  and 
small  stars  with  supposed  proper-motions  taken  from  the  Oxford  and  other  astro- 
graphic  catalogues.  As  a  rule,  each  star  is  measured  on  three  or  more  nights,  and 
very  faint  comparison-stars  selected  which,  it  is  safe  to  say,  have  no  sensible  motion 
which  could  affect  the  result  obtained.  No  really  faint  star,  not  attached  to  and 
moving  with  a  brighter  star,  has  ever  been  shown  to  have  any  proper-motion  which 
could  be  detected  by  any  method  of  observation  to  this  time.  Of  course  it  is  to  be 
presumed  that  the  faintest  and  most  distant  stars  have  both  proper-motion  and 
parallax,^  and  it  is  equally  obvious  that  the  one  is  as  negligible  as  the  other  in  all 
differential  comparisons.  A  careful  remeasurement  of  these  small  stars  after  a 
suitable  interval  of  time  will  give  the  movement  of  the  principal  stars  with  a  degree 
of  accuracy  not  yet  attained  by  other  methods. 


21 


22 


Astronomy 


No.  9.   Hill,  George  William.    The  Collected  Mathematical  Works  of  George 
William  Hill    Quarto,  4  vols.    Published  1907.    Price  $2.50  per  vol. 
Vol.  1,  381  pages ;  vol.  2,  346  pages ;  vol.  3,  577  pages ;  vol.  4,  466  pages. 
The  above  volumes  comprise  the  works  of  Dr.  Hill  in  dynamical  astronomy, 
mathematical  physics,  and  mathematics  complete  up  to  1907.    The  memoirs,  84 
in  number,  are  arranged  chronologically,  the  date  of  the  earliest  being  1859.  The 
last  five  memoirs  appear  here  for  the  first  time.    The  first  volume  contains  a 
portrait  of  the  author  and  an  introduction  by  Henri  Poincare. 

No.  45.   FuRNESs,  Caroline  E.    Catalogue  of  Stars  within  Two  Degrees  of  the 
North  Pole,  Deduced  from  Photographic  Measures.   Octavo,  85  pages. 
Published  1905.    Price  $0.50. 
This  is  an  extension  of  the  Star  Catalogue  presented  in  Publication  No.  1  of 
the  Vassar  College  Observatory,  which  gave  a  catalogue  of  stars  within  one  degree 
of  the  North  Pole,  whereas  the  present  publication  extends  the  catalogue  to  two 
degrees  from  the  North  Pole.    Both  catalogues  are  based  upon  photographs  taken 
by  Professor  Donner,  of  Helsingfors,  Finland,  a  series  of  twelve  negatives  being 
under  consideration,  which  together  include  all  the  stars  of  less  than  two  degrees 
polar  distance.    The  present  paper  treats  first  of  the  measurement  and  reduction 
of  89-degree  plates,  with  a  preliminary  catalogue  of  the  stars  found  thereon ;  second, 
of  the  inter-adjustment  of  the  several  plates  and  their  com.bination  with  the  former 
catalogue;  and  third,  of  the  form.ation  of  the  final  catalogue  of  all  the  stars  found 
on  twelve  plates. 

No.  10.    Newcomb,  Simon.   Contributions  to  Stellar  Statistics.   On  the  Position  of 
the  Galactic  and  Other  Principal  Planes  Toward  Which  the  Stars  Tend 
to  Crowd.    Quarto,  34  pages.    Published  1904.    Price  $0.25. 
A  principal  inquiry  in  the  above  paper  is  to  determine  the  position  both  of  the 
galaxy  itself  and  of  the  planes  toward  which  the  stars  appear  to  crowd,  irrespective 
of  the  existence  of  the  galaxy.    Some  previous  inquiries  might  appear  to  show 
that  the  tendency  to  crowd  toward  the  galaxy  is  well  marked  even  in  the  case  of 
stars  visible  to  the  naked  eye,  but  the  present  investigation  shows  that  this  tendency 
IS  less  marked  when  the  galactic  stars  are  considered  as  forming  a  collection  separate 
from  the  others. 

No.  72.   Newcomb,  Simon,  assisted  by  Frank  E.  Ross.   Investigation  of  Inequali- 
ties in  the  Motion  of  the  Moon  Produced  by  the  Action  of  the  Planets. 
Quarto,  viii+160  pages.   Published  1907.   Price  $1.00. 
The  principal  object  of  the  above  work  was  the  hope  of  explaining  by  gravi- 
tational theory  the  observed  variations  in  the  mean  longitude  of  the  moon,  shown 
by  miore  than  two  centuries  of  observations  to  exist,  but  not  yet  satisfactorily  ac- 
counted for.    The  work  naturally  divides  itself  into  four  parts.    One  of  these 
treats  of  the  theory  of  the  subject,  including  under  this  head  not  only  the  general 
equations,  but  the  numerical  details  on  which  all  the  computations  are  based.  In 
this  part  the  fundamental  quantities  are  reduced  to  products  of  two  factors,  one 
of  which  depends  upon  the  coordinates  of  the  planet;  the  other  upon  the  geo- 
centric coordinates  of  the  moon.    The  first  factors,  termed  planetary,  are  numeri- 
cally developed  in  Part  II.   This  development  falls  into  two  parts,  one  treating  the 
direct  action  of  the  planet,  the  other  the  indirect  action  through  the  sun.   In  Part  III 
is  found  the  numerical  development  of  the  factors  depending  upon  the  moon  alone, 
and  of  the  partial  derivatives  as  to  the  lunar  elements.    In  Part  IV  are  presented 
the  combinations  of  these  two  factors  and  the  final  results  of  the  work. 
No.  33.    Parkhurst,  J.  A.   Researches  in  Stellar  Photometry.   Quarto,  192  pages, 
13  plates,  39  text  figures.    Published  1906.    Price  $2.00. 
The  equalizing-wedge  photometer  is  investigated  and  applied  to  stellar  pho- 
tometry in  measuring  the  comparison  stars,  from  6th  to  16th  magnitude,  for 
:welve  variable  stars,  using  telescopes  of  6,  12,  and  40  inches  aperture  at  the 
Yerkes  Observatory.    The  fields,  including  the  stars  measured,  are  shown  by  half- 
tone charts  from  photographs  taken  with  the  2-foot  reflector.    Light-curves  of  the 


Astronomy 


23 


variable  stars  are  given  from  observations  made  between  1892  and  1905,  by  Arge- 
lander's  method  and  with  the  photometer.  The  unique  feature  of  the  work  consists 
in  the  application  of  photometric  methods  to  faint  stars  near  the  limit  of  the  Yerkes 
40-inch  refractor. 

No.  138.   Adams,  Walter  S.,  assisted  by  Jennie  B.  Lasby.    An  Investigation  of 
the  Rotation  Period  of  the  Sun  by  Spectroscopic  Methods.  Quarto, 
III+132  pages,  2  plates,  5  text  figures.   Published  1911.    Price  $3.00. 
The  results  of  a  determination  of  the  rotation  period  of  the  sun  from  the  dis- 
placements of  the  spectrum  lines.    The  material  employed  consists  of  tv/o  series 
of  photographs  obtained  at  the  Mount  Wilson  Solar  Observatory  during  the  years 
1906-7  and  1908  with  fixed  spectrographs  of  high  dispersive  power.    The  methods 
of  observation  and  reduction  are  discussed  in  full,  and  a  comparison  is  made  with 
the  results  of  other  observers  and  with  the  values  of  the  rotation  period  as  derived 
from  studies  of  sun-spots,  faculss,  and  flocculi. 

No.  93.    Hale,  George  E.,  and  Philip  Fox.    The  Rotation  Period  of  the  Sun,  as 
Determined  by  the  Motion  of  the  Calcium  Flocculi.    Octavo,  54  pages, 
2  plates,  5  text  figures.    Published  1908.    Price  $0.40. 
A  series  of  monochromatic  photographs  of  the  sun,  made  with  the  spectrohelio- 
graph  of  the  Kenwood  Observatory,  in  the  years  1892-94,  provided  the  material  for 
this  investigation.    By  means  of  a  special  measuring  instrument  the  daily  motions 
in  longitude  of  the  calcium  flocculi  in  different  latitudes  were  determined.    It  was 
found  that  the  law  of  rotation  for  these  flocculi  is  almost  identical  with  that  for 
sun-spots.    The  paper  describes  the  Kenwood  spectroheliograph  and  the  globe- 
measuring  instrument,  as  well  as  the  methods  of  measurement  and  the  reduction 
employed. 

No.  235.  Hale,  George  E.  Ten  Years'  Work  of  a  Mountain  Observatory:  A  Brief 
Account  of  the  Mount  Wilson  Solar  Observatory.  12mo,  99  pages,  65 
text  figures.  Published  1915.  Price,  in  paper  cover,  SO  cents;  in 
cloth,  75  cents. 

This  little  book  has  been  written  to  meet  a  demand  for  information  regarding  the 
purpose  and  work  of  the  Mount  Wilson  Solar  Observatory.  As  it  is  intended  for 
the  general  reader,  untechnical  language  has  been  used  and  numerous  illustrations 
have  been  provided.  The  purpose  of  the  Observatory  is  to  throw  as  much  light  as 
possible  on  the  evolution  of  stars  and  stellar  systems.  Its  researches  naturally  fall 
into  three  chief  divisions,  comprising: 

(1)  Solar  observations,  for  the  purpose  of  adding  to  our  knowledge  of  the 
only  star  open  to  minute  analysis. 

(2)  Stellar  and  nebular  observations,  bearing  directly  on  the  structure  of  the 
universe  and  the  physical  nature  of  stars  and  nebulse. 

(3)  Laboratory  investigations,  for  the  imitation  and  interpretation  of  astro- 
nomical phenomena. 

The  book  describes  typical  methods  of  work,  involving  the  invention,  design, 
and  construction  of  new  telescopes  and  other  instruments,  their  erection  on  Mount 
Wilson  in  Southern  California,  their  use  in  photographing  celestial  phenomena,  and 
the  study  and  interpretation  of  the  photographs  in  the  offices  and  laboratories  in 
Pasadena. 

No.  115.  Boss,  Lewis.  Preliminary  General  Catalogue  of  6,i88  Stars  for  the 
Epoch  1900.  Quarto,  xxxvii+345  pages.  Published  1910.  Price  $7.00. 
(Out  of  print.) 

No.  115.   Reprint  of  the  above.    Published  1915.    Price  $3.50. 

This  volume  contains  the  results  of  a  comprehensive  and  thorough  discussion 
as  to  the  positions  for  1900,  proper-motions,  and  other  useful  particulars  in  relation 
to  all  stars  in  both  hemispheres  that  are  visible  to  the  naked  eye.  About  2,000  stars 
fainter  than  the  sixth  magnitude  are  also  included,  because  they  are  among  the 
stars  which  have  been  most  precisely  and  frequently  observed  in  the  past.  The 
primary  object  of  this  work  was  to  employ  substantially  all  useful  evidence  of 


24  Astronomy 

observation  in  determination  of  proper-motions  with  a  high  degree  of  precision, 
especially  in  the  systematic  sense.  Results  of  researches  leading  up  to  the  present 
work  have  been  published  in  Volume  XXVIII  of  the  Astronomical  Journal.  Therein 
are  described  the  steps  by  which  the  results  of  the  various  original  catalogues  of 
observed  star-positions  are  made  systematically  consistent — one  with  another,  and 
with  a  resulting  normal  system.  These  and  subsequent  labors  in  preparation  of  the 
present  work  have  led  to  various  useful  results,  additional  to  those  concerning  the 
main  issue — computation  of  systematically  accurate  proper-motions.  Thus,  the 
present  work  contains  very  carefully  computed  positions  of  all  the  stars  suitable 
to  be  classed  as  standard  stars.  The  systematic  errors  of  observation  due  to  magni- 
tude-equations of  the  respective  observers  have  been  eliminated  from  the  right- 
ascensions  of  the  catalogue  with  substantial  success.  In  the  catalogue  is  incor- 
porated a  Normal  Uranometry  prepared  by  Dr.  S.  C.  Chandler.  This  is  founded 
upon  all  the  most  important  measurements  and  estimates  of  brightness,  rendered 
homogeneous  by  the  application  of  systematic  corrections  for  color  and  position 
in  the  sky.  Three  appendices  contain  respectively : 
Appendix     I.   Ephemerides  of  Polar  Stars. 

Appendix   II.   Notes  to  the  Catalogue,  Periodic  Proper-Motion,  etc 
Appendix  III.    Systematic  Corrections  and  Weights. 

No.  246.    Albany  Zone  Catalogues  for  the  Epoch  1900.    Quarto.    In  press. 

Boss,  Lewis. — Catalogue  of  8276   Stars  between  20°   and  41°  of  South  Declination. 
Roy,  Arthur  J. — Catalogue  of  2800  Stars  between  2°  of  South  and  1°  of  North 
Declination. 

The  catalogues  contain  the  results  of  observations  made  chiefly  in  the  years 
1896-1900.  The  observations  of  the  first  catalogue,  which  are  strictly  dififerentiai, 
were  designed  to  meet  the  need  of  star  positions  in  a  region  of  the  sky  difficult 
of  access  to  the  principal  European  observatories.  The  second  catalogue  supple- 
ments the  observations  taken  at  Nikolaief.  A  third  part  of  the  publication  contains 
the  standard  star  positions  observed  in  determining  the  system  upon  which  the 
zone  observations  of  the  first  catalogue  are  based  and  a  number  of  miscellaneous 
star  positions.  Other  miscellaneous  stars  form  the  fourth  part.  An  appendix 
contains  a  list  of  the  proper-motions  amounting  to  more  than  10  seconds  of  arc 
per  century. 

No.  119.  Perrine,  Charles  D.  Determination  of  the  Solar  Parallax  from  Photo- 
graphs of  Eros  made  with  the  Crossley  Reflector  of  the  Lick  Observa- 
tory. Quarto,  ¥+98  pages,  1  plate,  2  text  figures.  Published  1911. 
Price  $2.50. 

This  publication  gives  a  detailed  account  of  observations  and  computations 
made  in  deriving  the  solar  parallax  from  photographs  of  the  minor  planet  Eros 
taken  by  means  of  the  Crossley  reflecting  telescope  of  the  Lick  Observatory  during 
the  interval  October  1900  to  January  1901.  The  value  of  the  parallax  deduced  is 
8.8067"  ±0.0025". 

No.  147.    Russell,  Henry  Norris.   Determinations  of  Stellar  Parallax,  based  upon 
Photographs  taken  at  the  Cambridge  Observatory  by  Arthur  R.  Hinks 
and  the  writer;  with  Magnitudes  and  Spectra  determined  at  the  Har- 
vard College  Observatory  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  E.  C.  Pickering. 
Quarto,  vi-f  142  pages.    Published  1911.   Price  $2.00. 
This  work  is  based  on  254  plates  of  37  different  fields,  taken  with  the  Sheep- 
shanks equatorial  coude  of  12  inches  aperture  and  20  feet  focal  length.   The  rela- 
tive parallaxes  of  52  stars  especially  selected  for  observation,  and  of  242  others 
chosen  as  objects  of  comparison,  have  been  determined.    Every  precaution  was 
taken  to  eliminate  systematic  error;  and  the  discussion  of  the  results  for  the  com- 
parison-stars indicate  that  the  residual  errors — whether  depending  upon  a  star's 
position,  magnitude,  or  spectral  type,  or  on  the  season  of  the  year  at  which  obser- 
vations were  made — can  not  exceed  a  few  thousandths  of  a  second  of  arc.  As 
regards  accidental  errors,  the  results  appear  also  to  be  of  high  precision.   The  con- 


Astronomy 


25 


ditions  suitable  for  obtaining  the  most  accurate  results  for  a  given  amount  of  work 
expended  are  next  discussed,  and,  later,  the  astrophysical  conclusions  derivable 
from  the  data  for  the  principal  stars.  Detailed  tables  of  the  numerical  results  of 
observation  conclude  the  volume. 

No.  43.    Peters,  C.  H.  F.   Heliographic  Positions  of  Sun-Spots,  Observed  at  Ham- 
ilton College  from  i860  to  1870.    Edited  for  publication  by  Edwin  B. 
Frost.    Quarto,  xiii+189  pages.    Published  1907.    Price  $2.50 
The  book  contains  the  series  of  visual  observations  of  the  sun  made  by  Pro- 
fessor Peters  in  the  decade  beginning  1860.    They  in  effect  continue  the  routine 
observations  of  the  sun  begun  by  Carrington  in  1853  and  ending  in  March  1861. 
The  tables  give  the  position  of  each  spot  referred  to  the  center  of  the  disk,  the 
deduced  heliographic  latitude,  the  longitude  from  the  node,  and  the  heliographic 
longitude.    For  each  day  on  which  Peters  observed,  the  angular  distance  between 
the  prime  meridians  of  the  systems  of  Carrington  and  Peters  is  given. 

No.  86.  Peters,  C.  H.  F.,  and  E.  B.  Knobel.  Ptolemy's  Catalogue  of  Stars, 
A  Revision  of  the  Almagest.  Quarto,  iii-l-207  pages.  Published  1915. 
Price  $3.50. 

The  Catalogue  of  Stars,  made  by  Hipparchus,  transmitted  by  Ptolemy,  and 
commonly  called  Ptolemy's  Almagest,  is  the  first  and  most  ancient  known  manu- 
script which  gives  a  description  of  the  heavens  of  sufficient  exactness  to  admit  of 
comparison  with  modern  observations.  For  many  centuries  it  was  practically  the 
only  record  of  positions  of  the  stars  which  the  world  possessed,  and  it  has  accord- 
ingly been  a  subject  of  many  researches  and  investigations. 

About  1876-77,  Dr.  C.  H.  F.  Peters,  of  Hamilton  College,  realizing  the  import- 
ance of  verifying  the  exactitude  of  the  Catalogue,  begun  the  studies  which  led  up 
to  the  present  volume,  calculating,  from  modern  observations,  the  longitudes  and 
latitudes  of  all  of  Ptolemy's  stars,  embracing  every  probable  star  near  Ptolemy's 
positions,  corrected  as  far  as  possible  for  proper-motion. 

At  almost  the  same  time  when  Dr.  Peters  began  his  labors,  Mr.  Edward  Ball 
Knobel,  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society  of  London,  took  up  this  work  on  nearly 
the  same  lines,  and  for  a  considerable  time  the  two  continued  their  labors  quite 
unknown  to  each  other;  but  being  fortunately  brought  into  communication,  a  plan 
of  cooperation  in  the  enterprise  was  agreed  upon.  Before  any  progress  was  ef- 
fected, however,  Dr.  Peters  died,  in  1890.  But  his  executors  placed  his  manu- 
scripts and  notes  at  the  disposal  of  Mr.  Knobel,  who  completed  the  work  embodied 
in  the  present  publication. 

No.  250.    Knobel.  Edward  B.    Uliigh  Peg's  Catalogue  of  Stars,  revised  from  all 
Persian  Manuscripts  existing  in  Great  Pritain,  zvith  a  Vocabulary  of 
Persian  and  Arabic  words.    Quarto.    In  press. 
From  the  second  century,  when  Ptolemy  published  his  Almagest,  to  the  middle 
of  the  fifteenth  century,  there  exists  no  catalogue  of  stars  from  original  observa- 
tions.   In  the  year  1437  Ulugh  Beg  published  his  astronomical  tables  entitled  "Zig 
Ulugh  Beg,"  which  contain  a  catalogue  of  Ptolemy's  stars,  the  positions  of  which 
were  re-determined  from  original  observations  made  at  Samercand.    Ulugh  Beg 
was  the  last  and  perhaps  the  most  distinguished  representative  of  Arabian  as- 
tronomy, and  his  catalogue  is  of  unique  interest,  not  only  on  account  of  its 
originality,  but  as  it  is  the  only  record  of  the  heavens  v/e  possess  between  the 
second  century  and  the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century  when  Tycho  Brahe  made 
his  observations. 

In  1879  E.  B.  Knobel  pubHshed  a  translation  of  the  catalogue  from  a  Persian 
manuscript  of  Ulugh  Beg.  Some  time  after  this  the  late  Dr.  C.  H.  F.  Peters,  of 
Hamilton  College,  devoted  much  attention  to  the  subject,  but  he  confined '  his 
researches  mainly  to  the  printed  editions  of  Hyde,  Tharpe,  and  Baily.  He  com- 
puted f rom^  modern  catalogues  the  positions  of  the  identified  stars  for  the  epoch, 
thus  affording  sound  means  for  determining  the  errors  of  the  catalogue. 


26 


Astronomy 


The  libraries  of  the  British  Museum,  the  India  Office,  and  the  Bodleian  are 
particularly  rich  in  Persian  manuscripts  of  Ulugh  Beg.  The  present  work  em- 
braces the  results  of  Mr.  Knobel's  investigation  of  23  or  24  Persian  and  Arabic 
manuscripts,  including  three  manuscripts  partly  collated  by  Dr.  Peters  in  Paris. 
The  object  has  been  to  make  the  work  as  exhaustive  as  possible,  but  it  is  regretted 
that  the  war  has  prevented  a  complete  collation  of  the  manuscripts  possessed 
by  the  Bibliotheque  Nationale  at  Paris. 

No.  161.  MouLTON^  F.  R.,  in  collaboration  with  Daniel  Buchanan^  Thomas  Buck, 
Frank  L.  Griffin,  William  R.  Longley,  and  William  D.  Mac- 
MiLLAN.  Periodic  Orbits.  Quarto.  In  press. 
A  large  part,  though  not  all,  of  the  periodic  orbits  treated  in  this  book  belong 
to  the  problem  of  three  bodies.  The  first  chapter  contains  certain  theorems  on 
implicit  functions,  the  solutions  of  analytic  differential  equations,  and  a  new  treat- 
ment of  linear  homogeneous  and  non-homogeneous  differential  equations  having 
periodic  coefficients.  The  second  contains  a  treatment  of  elliptic  motion  by  the 
methods  which  have  more  general  application.  This  is  the  simplest  astronomical 
problem  in  periodic  orbits.  Certain  additional  methods  are  illustrated  in  the  third 
chapter  on  the  spherical  pendulum,  with  new  developments  of  certain  elliptic  func- 
tions. The  fourth  chapter  treats  of  periodic  motion  about  an  oblate  spheroid  with 
applications  to  the  motion  of  Jupiter's  fifth  satellite.  The  fifth  chapter  is  devoted 
to  a  complete  discussion  of  oscillating  satellites  in  both  two  and  three  dimensions, 
in  the  case  in  which  two  of  the  bodies  are  finite  and  moving  in  circles,  while  the 
third  is  infinitesimal,  and  in  which  the  centers  of  libratioti  are  collinear  with  the 
finite  masses.  Chapter  VI  is  a  treatment  of  the  same  problem  by  another  method 
having  important  advantages  in  certain  cases.  Chapter  VII  is  a  discussion  of  the 
problem  when  the  finite  bodies  move  in  elliptical  orbits.  Chapter  VIII  is  a  gen- 
eralization of  Lagrange's  collinear  solutions  of  the"  problem  of  three  bodies  to  the 
general  case  of  n  bodies.  Chapter  IX  is  that  of  Chapter  V  for  the  equilateral 
triangular  points  of  libration.  Chapter  X  treats  of  the  motion  in  the  case  in  which 
two  masses  are  equal,  the  third  infinitesimal  or  finite,  and  the  three  always  occupy- 
ing the  vertices  of  an  equilateral  triangle.  Chapter  XI  treats  of  satellites  and  in- 
ferior planets  with  application  to  the  lunar  theory.  Chapter  XII  treats  of  superior 
planets.  The  problem  of  Chapter  XIII  is  similar  to  that  of  Chapter  XI,  except  that 
there  are  four  or  more  bodies.  Chapter  XIV  treats  of  the  orbits  of  many  small 
masses  revolving  around  one  large  one.  In  all  cases  the  existence  of  the  periodic 
solutions  is  proved,  methods  of  practically  constructing  them  are  given,  and 
numerical  illustrations  are  often  added. 

Xo.  247.    Barnard,  E.  E.    An  Atlas  of  the  Milky  JVay.   Quarto,  40  plates.  In  press. 


MATHEMATICS. 


No.  105.  Lehmer,  Derrick  N.  Factor  Table  for  the  First  Ten  Millions,  containing 
the  smallest  factor  of  every  number  not  divisible  by  2,  3,  5,  or  7  between 
the  limits  0  and  1001/000.    Folio,  xiv-|-476  pages.    Published  1909. 

Bound  in  leather  and  buckram  $20.00 

Unbound  $18.00 

This  table  furnishes  the  smallest  divisor  of  every  number  up  to  the  limit 
10017000.  The  multiples  of  2,  3,  5,  and  7  are  not  listed  as  being  easily  obtainable 
from  inspection.  At  the  same  time  the  failure  to  find  a  given  number  in  the  table 
is  evidence  that  it  is  a  multiple  of  one  of  these  numbers.  The  omission  of  such 
numbers  greatly  reduces  the  bulk  of  the  tables  and  adds  very  slightly  to  the  com- 
plexity of  the  arrangement. 

A  list  of  smallest  divisors  really  serves  to  find  all  of  the  divisors  of  a  number, 
for  one  may  divide  out  the  smallest  factor  as  listed  in  the  table  and  then  proceed 
to  obtain  the  smallest  divisor  of  the  resulting  quotient.  This  process  may  be  con- 
tinued until  a  quotient  is  obtained  which  is  a  prime. 

Factor  tables  for  the  first  nine  millions  have  already  been  published,  but  are 
for  the  most  part  unobtainable.  The  tables  herewith  published  have  been  com- 
pared, entry  for  entry,  with  the  previously  printed  tables  and  what  is  believed  to 
be  a  complete  list  of  errors  is  also  given  in  the  Introduction.  The  tenth  million 
has  been  checked  against  a  table  in  manuscript  by  Kulik  deposited  in  the  Vienna 
Academy  of  Sciences.  Comparison  with  all  of  these  tables  has  been  made  five 
times  (six  for  the  first  three  millions).  The  tables  were  printed  by  photographic 
methods  which  are  believed  to  eliminate  many  errors  which  commonly  occur  by 
the  falling  out  or  breaking  off  of  tj'pes. 

The  problem  of  finding  the  factors  of  a  given  number  is  important  in  itself 
and  is  constantly  met  with  in  the  theory  of  numbers  and  in  the  theory  of  groups. 
The  allied  problem  of  finding  the  number  of  primes  between  given  limits  makes 
a  reliable  list  of  primes  of  the  first  consequence.  This  list  can  now  be  made  as  far 
as  the  first  ten  millions,  it  is  believed,  with  absolute  confidence.  Computations  of 
the  number  of  primes  in  the  successive  millions,  and  indeed  in  shorter  intervals, 
tally  exactly  with  the  counts  made  from  these  tables  as  far  as  these  counts  have 
been  made. 

No.  165.  Lehmer,  Derrick  N.  List  of  Prime  Numbers  from  i  to  10006/21.  Folio, 
xvi+133  pages.    Published  1914.    Price  $5.00. 

Until  the  completion  of  the  author's  Factor  Table  for  the  first  ten  million  num- 
bers the  construction  of  a  reliable  list  of  primes  was  impossible,  owing  to  the 
numerous  errors  still  undetected  in  the  old  tables  of  factors.  The  list  of  primes 
herewith  published  is  taken  from  the  corrected  tables  of  factors  and  has  been 
checked  by  comparison  with  the  results  of  the  count  of  primes  made  independently 
of  factor  tables  by  Meissel  and  Bertelsen.  The  number  of  primes  in  each  successive 
thousand  as  counted  by  Glaisher  has  also  been  compared  with  the  number  obtained 
from  the  list.  The  results  indicate  a  very  high  degree  of  accuracy  for  the  list. 

The  successive  primes  are  arranged  in  columns  of  one  hundred,  there  being 
fifty  columns  to  the  page.  Each  page  thus  serves  to  list  five  thousand  primes. 
The  total  number  of  pages  is  133,  and  therefore  the  total  number  of  primes  listed 
is  665,000.  The  page  is  identical  in  size  with  the  page  of  the  Factor  Table.  The 
arrangement  enables  one  to  tell  at  a  glance  the  rank  of  any  particular  prime  and 
the  number  of  primes  between  any  two  given  limits. 

27 


28 


Mathematics 


No.  78.    Shaw,  James  Byrnie.     Synopsis  of  Linear  Associative  Algebra:  A 
Report  on  its  Natural  Development  and  the  Results  Reached  up  to  the 
Present  Time.   Quarto,  145  pages.   Published  1907.   Price  $1.50. 
This  synopsis  aims  to  present  in  a  synthetic  way  the  results,  up  to  the  date  of 
publication,  of  various  methods  of  studying  linearly  distributive  and  associative 
operation.    The  abstract  theory  of  such  operations  is  the  intent  of  the  book. 
Under  this  head  are  included  matrices,  linear  substitutions,  bilinear  forms,  vector 
algebras,  quaternions,  and  the  general  theory  of  operations.    The  main  results  of 
numerous  memoirs  on  these  subjects  are  put  into  organic  relationship  and  some 
further  results  are  deduced. 

No.  120.  Decker,  Floyd  F.  The  Symmetric  Function  Tables  of  the  Fifteenthic. 
Quarto,  21  pages.    Published  1910.    Price  $1.25. 

This  publication  presents  the  table  of  symmetric  functions  of  the  equation  of 
the  fifteenth  degree.  Similar  tables  of  equations  of  lower  degrees  have  previously 
been  published,  references  to  which  are  given,  together  with  a  list  of  corrections  of 
misprints  found  in  some  of  them.  The  use  of  the  tables  is  exhibited  by  the  solution 
of  a  numerical  equation  and  by  the  calculation  of  a  resultant  of  two  equations. 

The  publication  contains  also  a  historical  sketch,  compiled  from  original  sources, 
of  the  formulas  connected  with  the  calculation  of  symmetric  function  tables, 
which  may  not  only  give  an  appreciation  of  the  development  of  the  subject,  but 
which  will  be  useful  in  calculating  tables  of  higher  orders. 

No.  151.    Stager,  Henry  W.      A  Sylow  Factor  Table  of  the  First  Twelve 
Thousand  Numbers,  giving  the  possible  number  of  Sylow  sub-groups 
of  a  group  of  given  order  between  the  limits  of  o  and  12000.  Quarto, 
xH-120  pages,  1  plate.    Published  1916.    Price  $4.50. 
The  main  purpose  of  this  table  is  to  furnish  direct  information  as  to  the  possible 
number  of  sub-groups  of  a  group  of  given  order  under  Sylow's  Theorem,  "If  is 
the  highest  power  of  a  prime,  p,  which  divides  the  order  of  a  group,  G,  the  number 
of  sub-groups,  H,  of  order  p<^  is  congruent  to  unity,  modulo  pf     These  sub- 
groups of  order  p<^  are  called  Sylow  sub-groups.     Each  number  is  expressed 
as  the  product  of  powers  of  primes,  and  for  each  prime  factor  greater  than  2  the 
values  of  k,  other  than  zero,  of  all  divisors  of  the  number  of  the  form  p{kp-\-\) 
are  given.   Those  values  of  k,  other  than  zero,  such  that  the  number  is  identically 
equal  to  p{kp-\-\),  are  indicated  by  a  star.    In  addition,  a  list  of  those  numbers 
which  contain  no  factors  of  the  form  p{kp-\-\),  ^  >  0,  is  given,  so  arranged  that 
the  number  of  such  numbers  between  any  two  limits  less  than  12230  is  easily  ob- 
tained.   The  table  was  constructed  independently  by  two  different  methods,  and 
the  results  compared  for  errors. 

No.  245.  Hedrick,  Henry  B.  Interpolation  Tables  or  Tables  of  Proportional 
Parts,  containing  the  products  to  the  nearest  unit  of  all  numbers  from 
I  to  100  by  each  hundredth  from  o.oi  to  o.gg  and  of  all  numbers  from 
I  to  1000  by  each  thousandth  from  o.ooi  to  o.ggg.    Folio.    In  press. 

These  are  essentially  tables  of  proportional  parts  to  hundredths  and  to  thou- 
sandths, or  multiplication  tables  of  decimal  fractions  to  two  and  to  three  places. 
They  give  the  products  to  the  nearest  unit  of  all  numbers  from  1  to  99  by  each 
hundredth  from  0.01  to  0.99  and  of  all  numbers  from  1  to  1000  by  each  thousandth 
from  0.001  to  0.999.  They  are  intended  for  use  in  multiplication  where  the  product 
is  required  to  no  more  significant  figures  than  the  smaller  factor  contains,  as  is 
usually  the  case  in  interpolation  or  in  the  multiplication  of  decim.al  fractions  which 
are  given  to  three  significant  figures  only. 

They  give  what  is  contained  in  Crelle's  Multiplication  Tables,  but  in  a  more 
compact  and  convenient  form,  when  the  product  is  not  required  to  more  places  than 
the  factors.  The  advantages  over  Crelle's  tables  are  that  the  products  are  given  only 
as  far  as  needed  and  so  the  computer  does  not  have  to  "point  off,"  nor  cut  off  part 
of  the  product.  He  does  not  have  to  notice  if  the  omitted  part  is  more  or  less  than 
0.500  in  order  to  adjust  the  last  figure  of  the  result. 


Mathematics 


29 


These  tables  give  the  result  directly  and  to  the  nearest  unit.  Instead  of  having 
to  find  the  required  product  at  the  intersection  of  a  line  and  a  column,  as  in  other 
tables — in  using  these  tables  the  eye  has  to  travel  only  in  one  direction  at  a  time, 
first  in  a  column,  stopping  at  the  second  factor  or  the  nearest  number  less  than 
the  second  factor,  and  then  along  this  line  to  one  of  the  outside  columns  v/here  the 
required  product  is  found. 

There  is  a  great  economy  of  space  which  makes  the  tables  very  much  easier 
and  more  rapid  in  use.  They  omit  all  unnecessary  numbers  of  a  series  of  consecu- 
tive numbers  which  give  the  same  product.  The  great  economy  of  space  can  be 
judged  from  the  fact  that  only  fourteen  pages,  instead  of  the  one  hundred  pages 
in  Crelle's  tables,  are  required  for  the  200  tables  from  0.001  to  0.200. 

These  tables  are  more  convenient  and  more  accurate  than  a  slide-rule  of  the 
same  capacity. 

The  two-place  tables  (three  pages)  are  printed  separately  on  heavy  paper. 


ENGINEERING. 


No.  66.  Goss,  W.  F.  M.  High  Steam  Pressures  in  Locomotive  Service.  Octavo, 
144  pages,  12  plates,  120  text  figures.  Published  1907.  Price  $1.25. 
A  study  based  upon  experimental  investigations  concerning  the  effect  of  changes 
in  steam  pressure  upon  the  efficiency  of  steam  locomotives.  A  basis  for  discussion  is 
given  in  the  results  of  100  locomotive  tests  arranged  in  six  series,  a  definite  boiler 
pressure  being  assigned  to  each  series.  The  range  of  pressure  was  varied  from  120 
pounds  to  240  pounds  per  square  inch.  The  presentation  includes  a  description  of 
the  research  and  of  the  means  employed  in  its  advancement;  a  discussion  of  diffi- 
culties in  operating  a  locomotive  under  very  high  steam  pressures;  a  statement  of 
facts  concerning  boiler  and  engine  performance  under  different  pressures,  concern- 
ing machine  friction,  and  concerning  the  degree  of  efficiency  attending  the  perform- 
ance of  work  at  the  draw-bar;  and  a  concluding  discussion  with  reference  to  the 
more  general  question  of  boiler  pressure  versus  boiler  capacity  as  a  factor  in  eco- 
nomic operation.  Four  appendices  present  respectively  a  description  of  the  locomo- 
tive experimented  upon,  methods  and  data  derived  from  tests,  general  data  concern- 
ing the  weight  of  boilers,  and  a  file  of  typical  indicator-cards. 

No.  127.  Goss,  W.  F.  M.  Superheated  Steam  in  Locomotive  Service.  Octavo, 
v-f  144  pages,  6  plates,  88  text  figures.  Published  1910.  Price  $1.25. 
A  study  based  upon  recent  foreign  practice  and  upon  experimental  investiga- 
tions concerning  the  use  of  superheated  steam  in  locomotive  service.  In  the  course 
of  this  study  generous  attention  has  been  given  German  superheating  locomotives. 
These  have  been  inspected  when  in  the  process  of  manufacture,  when  in  service 
upon  the  road,  when  in  shops  for  general  repairs,  and  when  in  roundhouses  for 
routine  attention.  Observations  thus  made  prove  that  superheated  steam  may  be 
successfully  used  in  locomotive  service  without  involving  mechanism  which  is 
unduly  complicated  or  difiicult  to  maintain.  The  experimental  investigations  were 
conducted  at  the  laboratory  of  Purdue  University.  They  included  forty-seven 
formal  tests  of  an  American-built  locomotive.  The  boiler  pressures  emploj'^ed  dur- 
ing these  tests  ranged  from  120  pounds  to  240  pounds.  The  results  show  the  re- 
lation between  the  degree  of  superheat  developed  and  the  output  of  power,  together 
with  such  other  significant  data  as  water  and  fuel  consumption.  Heat  balances 
covering  the  performance  of  the  boiler  and  superheater  are  given  for  eighteen 
tests.  The  results  are  compared  with  those  which  are  presented  by  Publication  No, 
66,  entitled  "High  Steam  Pressures  in  Locomotive  Service,"  for  the  purpose  of 
showing  the  effect  of  superheated  steam  upon  the  power  and  economy  of  the 
locomotive.  Many  results  are  presented  graphically.  Four  appendices  present  a 
description  of  tests,  methods,  data,  etc. 

No.  79.   DuRAND,  W.  F.    Researches  on  the  Performance  of  the  Screw  Propeller, 
Octavo,  61  pages,  85  text  figures.    Published  1907.    Price  $0.75. 

An  investigation  into  the  influence  on  screw-propeller  performance  of  the  three 
thief  factors:  (1)  pitch  ratio,  (2)  slip  ratio,  (3)  area  ratio.  Forty-two  model  pro- 
pellers of  12-inch  diameter  were  employed  covering  variation  in  pitch  ratio  from 
0.9  to  2.1  and  in  area  ratio  from  0.18  to  0.72,  each  propeller  being  tested  through  a 
range  of  slip  from  10  per  cent  to  40  per  cent.  Measurements  were  made  permitting 
the  determination  for  these  model  propellers  of  thrust,  work  absorbed,  and  effi- 
ciency. The  reduced  results  are  shown  in  various  forms,  tabular  and  graphical,  and 
their  application  to  problems  of  propeller  design  is  discussed.  Similar  results  arc 
also  given  for  some  47  combinations  of  two  propellers  on  one  shaft,  comprising 
various  arrangements  of  the  above  propellers  as  to  relative  pitch  ratio,  distance 
apart,  and  aspect  of  blades. 


30 


CHEMISTRY  AND  PHYSICS. 


No.  7.   Richards,  T.  W.,  and  W.  N.  Stull.   New  Method  for  Determining  Com- 
pressibility.    Octavo,  45  pages,  5  figures.    Published  1903.    Price  $0.25. 

In  this  paper  the  defects  of  many  previously  used  methods  for  determining 
compressibility  are  explained,  and  new  methods  are  suggested  which  are  applicable 
to  nearly  all  liquids  and  solids.  With  the  help  of  these  methods  the  compressibility 
of  bromine,  iodine,  chloroform,  bromoform,  carbon  tetrachloride,  phosphorus,  water, 
and  glass  have  been  determined  by  reference  to  mercury  in  most  cases  as  far  as  500 
or  600  atmospheres.  From  some  of  these  the  compressibility  of  liquid  chlorine  has 
been  inferred.  Approximate  determinations  of  the  heats  of  compression  of  water 
and  mercury  have  been  made.  A  new  manometer  for  calibrating  high-pressure 
gauges  is  proposed.  The  compressibilities  of  the  substances  named  above  have  been 
compared  with  regard  to  their  relative  decrease  with  increasing  pressure.  It  is 
pointed  out  that  usually  the  greater  the  compressibility  the  greater  is  its  decrease 
with  increasing  pressure. 

No.  28.  Richards,  T.  W.,  and  R.  C.  Wells.  A  Revision  of  the  Atomic  Weights 
of  Sodium  and  Chlorine.  Octavo,  70  pages.  Published  1905.  Price  $0.50. 
The  investigation  described  in  this  monograph  consisted  of  a  very  careful 
quantitative  study  of  the  three  ratios  involving  the  three  substances— silver  chlo- 
ride, sodium  chloride,  and  metallic  silver.  An  effort  was  made  to  test  every  opera- 
tion involved  in  the  execution  of  the  experiments  with  the  greatest  precision.  Ex- 
traordinary precautions  were  taken  in  purifying  all  the  substances  used.  The 
identity  of  materials  obtained  from  many  different  sources  was  demonstrated  in 
order  to  prove  the  adequacy  of  the  methods  of  purification.  Before  weighing,  all 
the  substances  were  fused  in  vacuum  in  order  to  eliminate  air  and  moisture.  The 
conditions  governing  the  irregularities  attending  chemical  precipitation  were 
studied  more  minutely  than  hitherto  and  the  necessary  precautions  were  applied. 
It  was  shown  conclusively  that  Stas's  silver  must  have  been  impure  and  that  ac- 
cordingly his  atomic  weight  of  chlorine  was  in  error  by  over  0.05  per  cent,  while 
his  value  for  sodium  was  nearly  0.2  per  cent  too  high.  The  new  values  are  respec- 
tively 35.473  and  23.008,  if  silver  is  provisionally  taken  as  107.930,  each  figure 
being  diminished  by  0.046  per  cent  if  silver  is  taken  as  107.88. 

No.  56.  Richards,  T.  W.,  and  G.  S.  Forbes.  Energy  Changes  Involved  in  the 
Dilution  of  Zinc  and  Cadmium  Amalgams.  Octavo,  68  pages,  10  figs. 
Published  1906.  Price  $0.50. 
The  electrochemical  and  thermochemical  properties  of  liquid  amalgams  were 
investigated  with  a  view  to  the  further  understanding  of  chemically  generated 
electromotive  forces.  Extraordinary  precautions  were  taken  against  experimental 
errors.  Zinc  amalgams  gave  potentials  lower  than  those  calculated  from  the  gas 
law  (or  law  of  concentration-effect)  and  cadmium  amalgams  gave  potentials 
higher  than  those  thus  calculated.  As  the  dilution  with  mercury  is  increased,  the 
deviations  diminish,  and  in  the  most  dilute  amalgams  investigated  the  closest  ap- 
proach to  the  law  ever  noted  in  the  study  of  solutions  was  found.  The  temperature- 
coefficient  of  the  potential  of  the  cadmium  amalgam  cells  was  found  to  be  almost 
identical  with  the  tension  increment  of  a  perfect  gas,  while  that  of  the  concen- 
trated zinc-amalgam  cell  was  shown  to  be  greater.  Preliminary  thermochemical 
experimentation  supported  these  conclusions,  and  all  the  experiments  were  studied  in 
relation  to  the  conclusions  of  Helmholtz  and  of  Cady.  A  part  of  the  work  has  since 
been  verified  by  the  less  comprehensive  investigation  of  Hulett  and  De  Lury  (J.  Am. 
(Jicm.  Soc.»  SO,  1812  [1908]  ).   This  investigation  is  continued  in  publication  IIS. 

31 


32 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


No.  61.   Richards,  T.  W.,  and  G.  E.  Behr.    The  Electromotive  Force  of  Iron 
under  Varying  Conditions  and  the  Effect  of  Occluded  Hydrogen.  Oc- 
tavo, 43  pages,  6  text  figures.    Published  1906.    Price  $0.25. 
The  object  of  this  work  was  to  determine  with  great  precision  the  electro- 
motive force  of  iron  in  contact  with  solutions  of  its  salts,  as  a  first  step  in  the 
exact  study  of  the  very  important  phenomenon  of  rusting.    It  is  shown  that  all 
previous  investigations  upon  this  subject  were  at  fault  because  of  inadequate  pre- 
cautions as  to  the  purity  of  the  iron  and  the  exclusion  of  oxygen  from  the  system. 
Iron  in  various  conditions  was  investigated  and  the  effect  of  stresses  was  studied. 
If  the  normal  calomel  electrode  is  taken  as  having  a  single  potential  difference  of 
0.56,  pure  compact  iron  has  a  single  potential  difference  of  0.15.    Occluded  hydrogen 
was  found  greatly  to  raise  this  value.    The  facts  received  brief  theoretical  discus- 
sion. This  work  has  since  been  repeated  and  verified  by  others. 
No.  69.    Richards,  T.  W.,  and  A.  Staehler,  E.  Mueller,  G.  S.  Forbes,  and  Grin- 
NELL  Jones.    Further  Researches  Concerning  the  Atomic  Weights  of 
Potassium,  Silver,  Chlorine,  Bromine,  Nitrogen,  and  Sulphur.  Octavo, 
88  pages,  4  text  figures.    Published  1907.   Price  $0.50. 
This  monograph  includes  four  papers,  one  having  been  undertaken  with  the 
help  of  each  of  the  four  assistants  named  above.    The  first  consisted  of  a  study 
of  the  atomic  weight  of  potassium  essentially  similar  to  that  of  sodium  described 
in  publication  28,  with  some  further  precautions  contributing  still  more  to  accuracy. 
It  was  shown  that  Stas  had  made  the  same  errors  in  the  case  of  potassium  as  in 
that  of  sodium  and  that  the  real  atomic  weight  of  this  element  is  to  be  taken  as 
39.114,  if  silver  is  107.93. 

The  second  paper  describes  a  precise  study  of  potassium  bromide.  This  yielded 
identically  the  same  value  for  potassium  as  the  chloride,  leaving  no  doubt  as  to 
the  true  value  of  the  atomic  weight  of  this  element.  If  silver  is  taken  as  107.88, 
potassium  becomes  39.096. 

The  third  paper  deals  with  the  synthesis  of  silver  nitrate  from  pure  silver  and 
pure  nitric  acid.  In  the  course  of  the  work  a  new  and  convenient  apparatus  for 
quantitative  evaporation  involving  quartz  flasks  was  devised.  The  silver  nitrate 
was  fused  until  constant  in  weight;  it  was  carefully  tested  for  dissolved  air,  re- 
tained water,  and  ammonia,  and  nitric  and  nitrous  acids.  Only  the  second  and 
third  of  these  impurities  could  be  detected  by  tests  proved  to  be  adequate,  and 
these  only  in  mere  traces,  less  than  0.002  per  cent  in  all.  The  outcome  was  that  if 
nitrogen  is  taken  as  14.008,  silver  must  be  taken  as  107.880. 

The  fourth  paper  concerns  the  atomic  weights  of  silver  and  sulphur,  which 
were  evaluated  by  converting  pure  silver  sulphate  into  silver  chloride.  The  results 
showed  that  if  sulphur  is  taken  as  32.07,  silver  must  be  107.88. 

No.  76.  Richards,  T.  W.,  and  W.  N.  Stull,  F.  N.  Brink,  and  F.  Bonnet,  Jr.  The 
Compressibilities  of  the  Elements  and  their  Periodic  Relations.  Oc- 
tavo, 67  pages,  8  text  figures.  Published  1907.  Price  $0.50. 
Until  this  investigation  was  undertaken  almost  nothing  was  known  about  the 
compressibility  of  the  elements.  The  monograph  describes  experiments  carried  out 
by  the  new  method  detailed  in  Publication  No.  7.  Thirty-five  of  the  solid  and 
liquid  elements  were  investigated — enough  to  show  that  the  compressibilities  of  the 
elements  are  distinctly  related  periodically  with  one  another  as  well  as  with  other 
properties  such  as  volatility  and  atomic  volume.  Among  the  elements  investi- 
gated, silicon  was  least  affected  by  pressure,  having  a  compressibility  less  than 
one-twentieth  of  that  of  mercury,  and  caesium  was  found  to  be  the  most  compres- 
sible among  the  solid  elements,  having  a  compressibility  about  fifteen  times  that  of 
mercury.  Liquid  chlorine  was  found  to  be  about  half  again  as  compressible  as  this ; 
and  other  solid  and  liquid  elements  have  values  ranging  between  these  extremes. 
No.  118.   Richards,  T.  W.,  with  the  collaboration  of  J.  H.  Wilson  and  R.  N. 

Garrod-Thomas.    Electrochemical  Investigation  of  Liquid  Amalgams 
of  Thallium,  Indium,  Tin,  Zinc,  Cadmium,  Lead,  Copper,  and  Lithium. 
Octavo,  iv-l-72  pages,  12  text  figures.    Published  1909.   Price  $0.50. 
The  connected  investigations  described  in  the  two  papers  comprised  in  this  mono- 
graph are  a  continuation  of  the  research  described  in  Publication  No.  56.  The 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


33 


object  was  to  extend  the  study  to  elements  possessing  other  valences  and  to  study 
more  accurately  the  phenomena  investigated.  The  electromotive  forces  (and  their 
temperature  coefficients)  of  various  cells  containing  amalgams  of  the  eight  metals 
named  in  the  title  were  measured,  with  many  precautions  against  experimental 
errors.  Thallium  and  indium  were  found  to  behave  in  the  same  manner  as  cadmium, 
but  in  a  much  more  exaggerated  degree.  Tin  and  lead  were  found  to  behave  in  the 
same  manner  as  zinc,  but  likewise  in  a  more  exaggerated  degree.  It  was  shown 
that  the  greater  part  of  these  deviations  from  the  concentration  law  may  be  explained 
by  the  heat  of  dilution  of  the  amalgam,  according  to  the  equation  of  Cady.  The 
temperature-coefficient  of  a  cell  of  this  type  was  shov/n  to  correspond  closely  with 
the  requirement  of  this  equation.  The  difficulties  of  the  actual  measurement  of 
thermochemical  data  involving  amalgams  were  emphasized,  and  many  errors  in  the 
work  of  previous  investigators  were  discovered.  It  was  shov/n  that  the  deviations 
from  the  simple  concentration  law  in  every  case  decreased  as  the  dilution  increased, 
so  that  upon  reaching  a  concentration  of  0.01  gram-atom  per  liter  all  the  amalgams 
investigated  behaved  practically  as  ideal  solutions. 

No.  125.   Richards,  Theodore  W.,  and  H.  H.  Willard.   Determinations  of  Atomic 
^         Weights.    Octavo,  iv+113  pages,  4  figs.    Published  1910.    Price  $0.75. 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

^^'^'^wIl%J\7^k■^'^'"^  Willard -Further  Investigations   Concerning  the  Atomie 

Weights  of  Silver,  Lithium,  and  Chlorine. 

Richards,  T.  W.~Haryard  Determination  of  Atomic  Weights  between  1870  and  loio. 

Richards,  T.  W.— Methods  Used  in  Precise  Chemical  Investigation.  ^^u  1910. 

The  first  paper  describes  a  new  method  for  determining  the  atomic  weight  of 
silver  through  the  ratio  of  lithium  perchlorate  to  the  chloride  on  the  one  hand  and 
the  ratio  of  the  chloride  to  silver  on  the  other.  A  new  method  of  purifying  lithium 
salts  is  described,  as  well  as  new  apparatus  for  effecting  the  change  of  the  chloride 
into  the  perchlorate.  Incidentally  the  atomic  weight  of  lithium  was  determined  anew 
and  found  to  be  nearly  1  per  cent  lower  than  Stas's  value.  If  oxygen  is  taken  as 
16,  the  investigation  yielded  as  its  result  Ag  =  107.871  and  Li  =  6.939. 

The  second  paper  contains  a  brief  description  of  all  the  investigations  concerning 
atomic  weights  which  have  been  conducted  in  Harvard  University,  with  a  detailed 
chronological  bibliography  and  a  table  comparing  the  results  with  the  accepted  inter- 
national values. 

The  third  paper  combines  the  most  important  parts  of  two  addresses  delivered 
before  the  German  Chemical  Society  and  the  American  Chemical  Society.  It 
emphasizes  some  of  the  more  important  details  necessary  in  exact  chemical  ex- 
perimentation of  any  kind. 

No.  63.  The  Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions.  A  Report  presented 
by  Arthur  A.  Noyes  upon  a  Series  of  Experimental  Investigations 
executed  by  A.  A.  Noyes,  W.  D.  Coolidge,  A.  C.  Melcher,  H.  C 
Cooper,  Yogoro  Kato,  R.  B.  Sosman,  G.  W.  Eastman,  C.  W.  Kanolt, 
and  W.  Bottger.  Octavo,  vi-f352  pages,  20  text  figures.  Published 
1907.    Price  $2.50. 

This  publication  describes  an  extended  series  of  researches  on  the  electrical  con- 
ductivity of  aqueous  solutions  through  a  v/ide  range  of  temperature  (18°  to  306°). 
The  special  apparatus  which  had  to  be  constructed  for  the  purpose  is  fully  described! 
The  conductivity  results  obtained  with  seventeen  different  salts,  acids,  and  bases  at 
various  concentrations  are  presented  in  detail ;  and  these  results  are  discussed  v/ith 
reference  to  the  migration-velocities  of  the  constituent  ions  and  the  degree  of 
ionization  and  hydrolysis  of  the  substances  themselves.  From  the  hydrolysis  meas- 
urements the  ionization  constant  of  water  is  derived  for  temperatures  between  0  and 
306^  The  general  conclusions  to  which  all  these  researches  have  led  are  presented 
m  a  comprehensive  summary  at  the  end  of  the  work. 

No.  60.   Jones,  Harry  C,  and  F.  H.  Getman,  H.  P.  Bassett,  L.  McMaster,  and 
H.  S.  Uhler.   Hydrates  in  Aqueous  Solution.    Octavo,  viii-f264  pa^cs, 
35  plates,  76  text  figures.    Published  1907.    Price  $2.50. 
In  this  monograph  are  brought  together  the  results  of  several  years'  work  on  the 

various  lines  of  evidence  bearing  upon  the  "Hydrate  Theory."    One  of  the  most 


34 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


important  of  these  is  the  evidence  furnished  from  the  lowering  of  the  freezing-point 
of  water  with  which  a  salt  crystallises  and  its  power  to  lower  the  freezing-point  of 
water  when  dissolved  in  that  solvent.  This  is  shown  to  be  a  strong  argument  in 
favor  of  the  theory  of  hydration  in  aqueous  solutions.  The  freezing-points  of  be- 
tween 1,200  and  1,500  solutions  of  more  than  100  compounds  were  measured,  and 
the  results  are  here  recorded.  Experimental  evidence  was  also  obtained  which 
showed  that  salts  dissolved  in  alcohol  frequently  combined  with  more  or  less  of  that 
solvent,  forming  alcoholates.  The  theory  of  hydration  in  aqueous  solutions  thus 
becomes  the  theory  of  solvation  in  solution  in  general. 

The  second  part  of  this  monograph  deals  with  the  absorption  spectra  of  solu- 
tions from  the  standpoint  of  the  hydrate  theory.  The  absorption  spectra  were 
obtained  with  a  grating  spectroscope,  and  solutions  both  in  water  and  in  the  alcohols 
were  studied,  also  solutions  in  mixtures  of  the  alcohols  with  water.  The  effects 
of  concentration  of  the  solution  and  of  the  presence  of  a  dehydrating  agent  were 
tested;  also  the  effect  of  adding  varying  amounts  of  water  to  the  solutions  in  the 
alcohols.  The  results  all  fall  in  line  with  the  hydrate  theory,  and  can  be  interpreted 
in  terms  of  no  other  conception  thus  far  advanced. 

No.  80.   Jones,  Harry  C,  and  C.  F.  Lindsay,  C.  G.  Carroll,  H.  P.  Bassett,  E.  C. 

Bingham,  C.  A.  Rouillee,  L.  McMaster,  and  V/.  R.  Veazey.  Con- 
ductivity and  Viscosity  in  Mixed  Solvents.  Octavo,  v-1-235  pages,  103 
text  figures.    Published  1907.    Price  $2.00. 

This  publication  deals  with  conductivity  and  viscosity  in  mixed  solvents.  The 
conductivities  of  a  large  number  of  salts  in  water,  methyl  and  ethyl  alcohols,  and 
acetone  were  studied,  and  the  relation  between  these  conductivities  and  the  vis- 
cosities of  the  several  solvents,  including  especially  the  mixed  solvents.  A  large 
number  of  relations  were  brought  out,  showing  that  the  viscosity  of  the  solvent, 
or  solvent  mixture,  is  a  prime  factor  in  conditioning  the  conductivity  of  dissolved 
electrolytes.  It  was  shown  that  the  effect  of  one  associated  solvent  on  the  association 
of  another  associated  solvent,  with  which  it  is  mixed,  is  to  lessen  its  association.  The 
minima  in  the  conductivity  curves  obtained  in  mixed  solvents  were  also  explained. 

The  bearing  of  the  temperature  coefficients  of  conductivity  on  the  hydrate 
theory  is  discussed,  and  the  meaning  of  negative  temperature  coefficients  pointed  out. 
The  lowering  of  the  viscosity  of  water  produced  by  certain  salts  is  considered,  and 
the  first  satisfactory  explanation  of  this  important  phenomenon  given. 

No.  110.  Jones,  Harry  C,  and  John  A.  Anderson.  The  Absorption  Spectra  of 
Solutions.  Octavo,  vi+110  pages,  81  plates.  Published  1909.  Price  $3.50. 

This  monograph  deals  entirely  with  the  absorption  spectra  of  solutions  of  cer- 
tain salts  of  cobalt,  nickel,  copper,  iron,  chromium,  neodymium,  praseodymium, 
and  erbium  in  water,  methyl  alcohol,  ethyl  alcohol,  and  acetone;  and  in  mixture* 
of  water  with  the  other  solvents.  The  work  recorded  takes  up  the  subject  of  the 
absorption  spectra  of  solutions  in  a  fairly  comprehensive  manner.  Among  the 
problems  studied  are  the  effect  on  the  absorption  of  light  produced  by  changing 
the  concentration  of  the  solution  but  keeping  the  total  amount  of  colormg  matter 
in  the  path  of  the  beam  of  light  constant;  the  effect  of  dehydrating  agents;  the 
absorption  spectra  ift  methyl  and  ethyl  alcoliols,  as  well  as  in  water  and  in  acetone, 
is  also  brought  within  the  scope  of  this  work. 

Some  surprising  results  were  obtained,  especially  with  the  salts  of  neodymium 
in  the  alcohols.  It  was  found  that  neodymium  chloride  showed  one  set  of  bands 
in  aqueous  solutions,  but  some  entirely  new  bands  made  their  appearance  in  the 
alcoholic  solutions.  In  mixtures  of  water  with  the  alcohols  both  sets  of  bands 
came  out  simultaneously.  The  nature  of  absorption  of  Hght  by  solutions  in  general 
is  discussed  at  some  length.  Heliotype  reproductions  of  81  plates  of  spectrograms 
are  given,  including  about  1,200  solutions.  All  these  data  are  explained  with  perfect 
ease  by  means  of  the  general  theory  of  solvation  in  solution,  but  a  large  number 
of  the  facts  brought  to  light  in  this  work  are  not  explicable  in  terms  of  any  other 
suggestion  thus  far  advanced. 


Chemistry  a7id  Physics  35 

No.  130.  Jones,  Harry  C,  and  W.  W.  Strong.  A  Study  of  the  Absorption 
Spectra  of  Solutions  of  Certain  Salts  of  Potassium,  Cobalt,  Nickel, 
Copper,  Chromium,  Erbium,  Praseodymium,  Neodymium,  and  Uranium 
as  affected  by  Chemical  Agents  and  by  Temperature.  Octavo,  ix-f-159 
pages,  98  plates.  Published  1910.  In  cloth  binding.  Price  $5.00. 
This  is  a  continuation  of  the  work  described  in  Publications  Nos.  60  and  110. 
The  results  obtained  from  the  study  of  about  3,000  solutions  are  herein  recorded. 

The  effect  of  the  addition  of  free  acids  and  foreign  salts  on  absorption  spectra 
show  that  chemical  reactions  are  probably  m.uch  more  complex  than  we  usually 
suppose.  It  was  found  that  solvents  which  do  not  absorb  visible  light  may  have 
a  marked  influence  on  the  absorption  of  the  dissolved  substance.  Definite  solvent 
bands  have  been  discovered  for  water,  the  alcohols,  acetone,  and  glycerol.  These 
bands  are  characteristic  of  each  solvent,  and  the  proof  of  their  existence  is  regarded 
as  strong  evidence  for  the  theory  of  solvation  in  solution.  It  is  difficult,  not  to  say 
impossible,  to  see  how  the  solvent  can  produce  such  a  marked  effect  upon  the  reso- 
nance of  the  vibrators  in  solutions  unless  it  enters  into  some  kind  of  combination 
with  the  dissolved  substance.  The  evidence  for  the  solvate  theory  having  become 
so  strong,  a  brief  discussion  of  the  significance  of  that  theory  is  given.  Itls  shown 
that  when  we  supplement  the  theory  of  electrolytic  dissociation  by  the  theory  of 
solvation  we  have  a  satisfactory  theory  of  solution. 

A  fairly  large  amount  of  work  was  done  on  the  effect  of  temperature  on  the 
absorption  spectra  of  solutions,  and  the  results  are  recorded.    A  bibliography  of 
the  publications  from  this  laboratory  on  the  solvate  theory  of  solution  is  appended. 
No.  160.   Jones,  Harry  C,  and  W.  W.  Strong.    The  Absorption  Spectra  of  So- 
lutions of  Comparatively  Rare  Salts,  including  those  of  Gadolinium, 
Dysprosium,  and  Samarium;  the  Spectrophotography  of  Certain  Chem- 
ical Reactions,  and  the  Effect  of  High  Temperature  on  the  Absorption 
Spectra  of  Non-aqueous  Solutions.    Octavo,  viii-fll2  pages,  67  plates 
Published  1911.    In  cloth  binding.    Price  $4.00. 
The  results  of  the  study  of  three  problems  are  herein  recorded,  and  the  ab- 
sorption spectra  of  a  number  of  rare  substances  are  mapped.    Salts  of  dysprosium 
and  samarium  have  spectra  that  are  almost  as  interesting  as  those  of  neodymium. 
The  spectra  of  a  number  of  salts  in  a  large  number  of  organic  solvents  were  studied 
and  "solvent  bands"  were  found  for  a  number  of  the  solvents  used.  Isomeric 
solvents  showed  different  bands  for  a  given  salt.    The  second  problem  was  the 
change  in  the  spectrum  which  takes  place  as  one  salt  of  a  metal  is  transformed  into 
another  salt.   The  effect  of  oxidizing  agents  on  uranous  salts  was  especially  investi- 
gated    Mild  oxidizing  agents  oxidized  the  "hydrated"  salt  and  left  unaffected 
the    alcoholated"  salt— an  example  of  selective  oxidation.    The  effect  of  rise  in 
temperature  on  the  absorption  spectra  of  solutions  was  also  studied.   By  means  of  a 
c  osed  cell,  devised  for  the  purpose,  temperatures  as  high  as  195°  were  used  with 
alcoholic  solutions.   The  absorption  bands  widen  with  rise  in  temperature,  colored 
solutions  in  general  becoming  more  opaque.    It  was  also  found  that  the  "water" 
bands  of  any  given  salt  are  more  affected  by  rise  in  temperature  than  the  "alcohol" 
bands ;  showing  that  the  hydrates  are  less  stable  with  rise  in  temperature  than  the 
aicoholates.   These  are  but  a  few  of  the  many  relations  brought  out  by  the  work. 
No.  170.   Jones,  Harry  C,  and  A.  M.  Clover,  H.  H.  Hosford,  S.  F.  Howard,  C.  A. 

JACOBSON,  H.  R.  Kjreider,  E.  J.  Shaeffer,  L.  D.  Smith,  A.  Springer, 
Jr.,  a.  p.  West,  G.  F.  White,  E.  P.  Wightman,  and  L.  G.  Winston! 
The  Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Temperature  Coefficients 
of  Conductivity,  from  Zero  to  Sixty-five  Degrees,  of  Aqueous  Solu- 
tions of  a  Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids.   Octavo,  iv-f  148  pages 
5  text  figures.    Published  1912.    Price  $1.50.  ' 
The  work  recorded  in  this  monograph  was  undertaken  especially  because,  when 
reference  is  made  to  the  literature  for  the  conductivity  of  any  electrolyte  at  any 
given  temperature,  and  for  the  temperature  coefficients  of  conductivity,  it  is  fre- 
quently difficult  to  find  what  is  desired;  or,  if  found,  the  data  may  be  so  discordant 


36 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


that  it  is  impossible  to  decide  as  to  the  true  conductivities  and  dissociations  in 
question.  Since  the  magnitude  of  the  dissociation  of  any  electrolyte  is  fundamental 
to  its  scientific  use  in  chemistry,  it  is  desirable  that  such  data  should  be  made  avail- 
able over  the  range  of  temperature  most  frequently  used  in  the  laboratory.  With 
this  idea  in  mind,  the  work  has  now  been  continued  until  it  represents  more  than 
twenty  years'  continuous  labor  for  one  man,  about  40,000  conductivity  measurements 
having  been  made.  The  conductivities  and  dissociations  of  about  110  of  the  more 
common  salts  have  been  worked  out  from  zero  to  65  degrees,  and  over  a  range  in 
dilution  extending  from  about  the  most  concentrated  solution  that  could  be  used  to 
the  dilution  of  complete  dissociation.  The  temperature  coefficients  of  conductivity 
have  been  calculated  in  both  conductivity  units  and  per  cent.  Similar  data  have  been 
obtained  for  about  90  of  the  more  common  organic  acids,  and  their  constants  have 
been  calculated  by  means  of  the  Ostwald  dilution  law. 

No.  180.  Jones,  Harry  C,  assisted  by  C.  M.  Stine,  J.  N.  Pearce,  H.  R.  Kreider, 
E.  G.  Mahin,  M.  R.  Schmidt,  J.  Sam.  Guy,  and  P.  B.  Davis.  The 
Freezing-Point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Viscosity  of  Solutions  of 
Certain  Electrolytes  in  Water,  Methyl  Alcohol,  Ethyl  Alcohol,  Acetone, 
and  Glycerol,  and  in  Mixtures  of  these  Solvents  with  one  another. 
Octavo,  vii-j-214  pages,  85  text  figures.    Published  1913.   Price  $2.00. 

The  seven  pieces  of  work  incorporated  in  this  monograph  are  a  continuation  of 
the  investigations  recorded  in  monograph  No.  80.  The  effect  of  one  hydrated  salt 
on  the  hydration  of  another  hydrated  salt  was  worked  out  with  a  number  of  pairs 
of  salts.  The  dissociation  of  a  number  of  salts  was  determined  by  the  freezing- 
point  and  conductivity  methods.  It  was  shown  that  the  atoms  or  ions  with  the 
smallest  volumes  have  the  greatest  hydrating  power.  The  relation  between  hydrat- 
ing  power  and  electrical  density  is  discussed.  The  dissociation  in  the  alcohols  was 
determined  by  the  improved  conductivity  method. 

Three  investigations  had  to  do  with  the  physical  chemistry  of  glycerol  as  a 
solvent.  The  conductivity  and  viscosity  of  solutions  in  glycerol  as  a  solvent  were 
studied  at  different  temperatures,  glycerol  being  a  liquid  solvent  with  enormous  vis- 
cosity. The  temperature  coefficients  of  both  conductivity  and  viscosity  in  glycerol 
were  very  great.  The  salts  of  ammonium  and  rubidium  were  found  to  lov/er  the 
viscosity  of  glycerol.  The  explanation  of  this  phenomenon,  offered  by  Jones  and 
Veazey  in  monograph  No.  80,  for  aqueous  solutions,  was  found  to  apply  equally  well 
for  solutions  in  glycerol  as  the  solvent. 

No.  190.  Jones,  Harry  C.,  and  J.  S.  Guy.  The  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions 
as  Affected  by  Temperature  and  by  Dilution:  A  Quantitative  Study  of 
Absorption  Spectra  by  Means  of  the  Radiomicrometer.  Octavo, 
vii+93  pages,  22  plates,  44  text  figures.    Published  1913.    Price  $2.00. 

A  form  of  closed  apparatus  was  devised  and  used  for  studying  the  absorption 
spectra  of  aqueous  solutions  up  to  200°.  It  was  found  that  the  absorption  bands 
widen  with  rise  in  temperature.  The  effect  of  dilution  on  the  absorption  spectra  of 
solutions  was  also  investigated  over  a  range  of  dilution  varying  from  1  to  500.  The 
absorption  increased  with  the  concentration,  especially  towards  the  red  end  of  the 
spectrum.  A  radiomicrometer  was  built  and  used  for  studying  absorption  spec- 
tra quantitatively.  This  permitted  work  at  much  greater  wave-lengths  than  was  pos- 
sible by  means  of  the  grating  spectroscope  and  photographic  plate.  The  former  was 
limited  to  X  7,600,  while  the  latter  can  be  used  as  far  as  X  30,000,  and  even  farther. 
The  effect  of  dilution  was  also  studied  quantitatively  by  means  of  the  radiomicrom- 
eter, and  interesting  and  important  results  were  obtained  in  reference  to  the  effect 
of  dilution  on  the  nature  and  position  of  the  transmission  bands.  It  was  found  that 
"free"  water  had  a  different  absorption  from  "combined,"  and  this  was  regarded  as 
further  evidence  for  the  solvate  theory  of  solution.  The  absorption  spectra  of  a 
fairly  large  number  of  salts  were  mapped  by  means  of  the  radiomicrometer. 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


37 


No.  210.  Jones,  Harry  C,  with  E.  J.  Shaeffer,  E.  P.  Wightman,  P.  B.  Davis, 
L.  D.  Smith,  M.  G.  Paulus,  J.  B.  Wiesel,  A.  Holmes,  H.  Hughes 
and  W.  S.  Putnam  as  collaborators.  The  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solu- 
tions as  Studied  by  means  of  the  Radiomicrometer.  The  Conductivi- 
ties, Dissociations,  and  Viscosities  of  Solutions  of  Electrolytes  in  Aque- 
ous, Non-aqueous,  and  Mixed  Solvents.  Octavo,  202  pages,  1  plate, 
58  text  figures.    Published  1915.    Price  $1.75. 

In  the  investigations  recorded  in  the  above-named  publication  it  was  found  that 
solutions  of  non-hydrated  salts  are  equally  absorbent  with  pure  water,  except  at 
the  bottoms  of  the  bands  where  the  solutions  are  more  opaque.  Solutions  of  hy- 
drated  salts  are  more  transparent  than  pure  water,  showing  that  combined  water 
has  less  absorption  than  free  water.  This  is  regarded  as  strong  evidence  in  favor 
of  the  solvate  theory  of  solution. 

The  work  on  the  conductivities  and  dissociations  of  the  organic  acids  in  both 
water  and  alcohol  has  been  extended,  and  some  results  of  interest,  especially  in 
alcohol,  are  included  in  this  volume. 

The  work  in  mixed  solvents,  the  earlier  results  of  which  have  already  been 
published  in  Nos.  80  and  180  of  this  series,  has  been  extended.  An  elaborate  study 
has  been  made  of  a  few  salts  in  binary  mixtures  of  ethyl  alcohol  and  water,  of 
acetone  and  water  and  in  ternary  mixtures  of  acetone,  glycerol,  and  water,  and 
the  results  are  recorded  in  this  monograph. 

Work  bearing  directly  or  indirectly  on  the  solvate  theory  of  solution  has  been 
in  progress  for  about  15  years  in  the  Chemical  Laboratory  of  the  Johns  Hopkins 
University;  and  many  papers  dealing  v/ith  the  subject  have  been  published  in 
American,  German,  French,  and  English  scientific  journals.  The  Carnegie  Institu- 
tion of  Washington,  which  has  assisted  the  work  with  grants  during  much  of  this 
time,  has  also  published  nine  monographs  on  various  phases  of  the  subject. 

Some  of  the  more  important  points  established  in  all  of  this  work  are  summar- 
ized in  the  last  chapter  of  the  present  publication. 

No.  230.  Jones,  Harry  C,  with  P.  B.  Davis,  W.  S.  Putnam,  E.  J.  Shaeffer,  M. 

G.  Paulus,  J.  F.  Hutchinson,  J.  E.  L.  Holmes,  G.  C.  Connolly,  H. 

H.  Lloyd,  J.  B.  Wiesel,  C.  V/atkins,  G.  F.  Ordeman,  A.  G.  McCall, 
F.  M.  Hildebrandt,  F.  S.  Holmes,  E.  S.  Johnston,  and  S.  F.  Trelease 
as  collaborators.  Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 
Solvents,  Radiometric  Measurements  of  the  Ionization  Constants  of 
Indicators.  Octavo,  vii-f  175  pages,  3  plates,  21  text  figures.  Published 
1915.    Price  $2.00. 

The  viscosities  of  solutions  of  csesium  salts  in  mixed  solvents  and  in  mixtures  of 
the  associated  liquids,  v/ater,  formic  acid,  and  acetic  acid  were  studied  in  their 
bearing  on  the  theory  of  viscosity  proposed  by  the  principal  author  some  years  ago. 
The  dissociation  of  salts  in  formamid  was  measured  in  connection  with  the  relation 
between  the  dissociating  power  of  solvents  and  their  dielectric  constants. 

A  new  grating  spectroscope  and  radiomicrometer  were  employed  in  working  out 
the  ionization  constants  of  indicators  and  satisfactory  results  v/ere  obtained  for  a 
few  of  the  indicators  more  commonly  used  in  analytical  work. 

The  relative  chemical  activity  of  free  and  of  combined  water  was  investigated 
in  connection  with  the  velocities  with  which  they  saponified  an  ester  and  hydrated 
acetic  anhydride.  The  conductivities  of  a  number  of  the  more  common  organic 
acids  in  ethyl  alcohol  and  in  several  of  the  less  common  salts  in  water  were 
measured.  It  was  found  that  combined  water  probably  had  less  dissociating  power 
than  free  water.  The  absorption  and  adsorption  of  potassium  chloride  by  soils  are 
of  both  scientific  and  technical  importance.  Potassium  chloride  is  partly  absorbed 
or  combined  chemically  with  the  soil  particles  and  partly  adsorbed  or  in  a  state  of 
physical  union  with  the  particles  of  the  soil. 


38 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


No.  35.  CoBLENTZ,  W.  W.  Investigations  of  Infra-red  Spectra.  Part  I.  Infra-red 
Absorption  Spectra.  Part  II.  Infra-red  Emission  Spectra.  Octaro, 
331  pages,  152  text  figures.   Published  1905.   Price  $1.75. 

A  spectroradiometric  investigation  of  the  most  important  groups  of  chemically 
related  compounds  to  determine  what  effect  certain  groups  of  atoms  have  upon  the 
transmission  of  radiant  energy.  Part  I  describes  the  absorption  spectra  of  135 
substances,  including  solids,  liquids,  and  gases,  many  being  organic  compounds.  The 
observations  extend  from  the  visible  spectrum  to  wave-length  0.015  mm.  in  the 
infra-red.  Many  absorption  bands  were  identified  with  certain  groups  of  atoms, 
e.  g.,  with  CHa,  NH4,  NO2,  OH,  NCS,  etc.  Five  appendices  are  added,  which  deal 
with  subsidiary  problems,  such  as  radiometers,  absorption  of  solids  in  solution,  etc. 

Part  II  gives  the  results  of  a  radiometric  investigation  of  the  emission  spectra 
of  various  metals  in  the  carbon  arc  and  of  gases  in  a  vacuum  tube. 
No.  65.    CoBLENTZ,  W.  W.  Investigations  of  Infra-red  Spectra.   Part  III.  Infra-red 
Transmission  Spectra.   Part  IV.  Infra-red  Reflection  Spectra.  Octavo, 
128  pages,  93  text  figures.    Published  1906.    Price  $1.00. 

A  continuation  of  the  investigation  described  in  No.  35.  In  Part  III  the  results 
obtained  in  Part  I  are  applied  to  gain  information  with  regard  to  the  molecular  struc- 
ture of  minerals  containing  oxygen  and  hydrogen  in  the  form  of  "water  of  crystal- 
lization" and  of  "water  of  constitution."  It  is  shown  that  the  spectra  of  minerals 
containing  "water  of  crystallization"  have  absorption  bands  identical  with  those  of 
water,  while  "water  of  constitution"  shows  no  such  bands. 

In  Part  IV  are  described  the  reflection  spectra  of  various  minerals,  such  as,  for 
example,  sulphides,  sulphates,  silicates;  also  solutions  of  these  substances  and  metals 
not  heretofore  examined.  These  investigations  extend  to  wave-length  0.015  mm.  in 
th€  infra-red,  and  many  of  these  substances  are  shown  to  have  bands  of  strong  se- 
lective reflection. 

Five  appendices  are  added,  in  which  are  described  the  emission  spectrum  of 
carbon  disulphide,  a  new  radiomicrometer,  methods  of  blowing  quartz  fibers,  and  a 
discussion  of  the  possibility  of  the  observed  radiation  from  the  moon  being  due,  in 
part,  to  selectively  reflected  solar  energy. 

No.  97.    CoBLENTz,  W.  W.   Supplementary  Investigations  of  Infra-red  Spectra. 

Part  V.  Infra-red  Reflection  Spectra.  Part  VI.  Infra-red  Transmission 
Spectra.  Part  VII.  Infra-red  Emission  Spectra.  Octavo,  183  pages, 
107  text  figures.    Published  1908.    Price  $1.25. 

This  is  an  extension  of  the  investigations  which  are  described  in  Nos.  35  and  65. 
Part  V  gives  the  reflection  spectra  of  various  substances,  including  sulphides,  oxides, 
carbonates,  and  silicates  not  previously  obtainable.  In  the  sulphides  and  carbonates 
the  long-sought-for  shift  of  the  maximum  of  the  reflection  or  absorption  band  with 
change  in  atomic  weight  of  the  basic  element  (which  is  joined  to  the  CO2  or  SO4 
radical),  which  was  described  in  No.  65,  was  definitely  established.  A  minute  ex- 
amination of  the  reflection  bands  of  quartz  (crystalline  and  amorphous  glass)  and 
of  carbonates  was  made;  and  by  means  of  residual  rays  the  reflection  spectra  are 
extended  to  the  remote  parts  of  the  infra-red  to  wave-lengths  0.03  to  0.04  mm. 

In  Part  VI  the  transmission  spectra  of  various  solutions,  of  colloidal  metals,  and 
of  colored  glasses  arc  described,  and  the  effect  of  special  groups  of  atoms  on  radiant 
energy  is  considered  in  detail.  Part  VII  is  an  extension  of  Part  II  and  describes 
the  arc  and  spark  spectra  of  metals  in  hydrogen,  to  verify  the  previous  work,  which 
showed  that  no  strong  emission  lines  exist  in  the  deep  infra-red.  New  and  impor- 
tant results  were  obtained  on  the  vapors  of  the  carbon  arc.  The  radiation  of  the 
Rubens  thermopile  to  a  vessel  of  liquid  air  was  investigated,  showing  that  the  pile 
is  a  very  complete  radiator  and  absorber  of  radiant  energy.  The  Nernst  glower  is 
shown  to  have  a  discontinuous  spectrum  at  low  temperatures,  which  becomes  con- 
tinuous at  high  temperatures.  Various  solids  (many  heated  electrically,  like  the 
Nernst  glower)  are  shown  to  have  discontinuous  spectra  with  emission  bands  which 
are  as  sharp  as  those  of  gases. 

The  emission  of  the  new  metals  (used  in  incandescent  lamps)  was  investigated, 
and  it  was  found  that  the  so-called  "constants"  of  radiation  are  really  functions  of 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


39 


the  temperature  and  the  wave-length.  From  a  consideration  of  the  reflecting  power 
it  is  shown  that  metals  must  emit  selectively  in  the  visible  spectrum.  The  radiation 
from  selectively  reflecting  bodies,  with  special  reference  to  lunar  radiation,  is  again 
discussed;  also  the  effect  of  the  surrounding  medium  upon  the  emission  of  a 
substance. 

Three  appendices  are  added,  the  most  important  one  being  on  instruments  and 
methods  used  in  radiometry,  in  which  the  radiometer,  thermopile,  radiomicrometer, 
and  bolometer  are  compared,  both  historically  and  by  means  of  experimental  data. 
In  each  volume  the  author  indicates  problems  requiring  further  investigation  as  well 
as  new  fields  of  research. 

No.  164.  CoBLENTz,  W.  W.  A  Physical  Study  of  the  Firefly.  Octavo,  47  pages,  1 
plate,  14  text  figures.  Published  1912.  Price  $0.50. 
In  this  paper  are  discussed  the  production,  the  composition,  and  the  functions  of 
the  light  emitted  by  fireflies.  Luminous  efficiency,  candle-power,  radiation,  and 
temperature  measurements  are  given ;  also  data  on  the  fluorescent  substance  found  in 
fireflies.  The  lights  of  various  species  of  fireflies  and  of  a  standard  lamp  were 
photographed,  and  the  densities  compared  by  means  of  spectrophotographic  photom- 
etry. In  this  manner  the  spectral  energy  curve  of  the  light  of  the  firefly  was  deduced 
from  a  knowledge  of  the  spectral  energy  curve  of  the  standard  lamp.  It  is  shown 
that  the  color  of  the  light  of  the  firefly  is  not  a  subjective  phenomenon,  the  maxi- 
mum emission  of  the  Pyrophorus  noctiluctis  being  at  0.538/a,  Photuris  pennsylvanica 
0^7?  Photinus  pyralis  being  at  0.567/a,  Photinus  consanguineus  being  at 

No.  71.   Uhler,  H.  S.,  and  R.  W.  Wood.    Atlas  of  Absorption  Spectra.  Quarto, 
59  pages,  26  plates,  7  figures.    Published  1907.    Price  $1.50. 

The  selective  absorptions  for  light  of  about  180  aqueous  solutions  of  the  aniline 
dyes  are  described  in  the  text  as  well  as  presented  graphically  by  the  photographic 
reproductions  of  the  plates.  The  dispersion  used  was  practically  normal,  and  the 
region  of  the  spectrum  investigated  extended  from  0.20/x  to  about  0.65/*.  A  few 
inorganic  substances  possessing  absorption  bands  of  especial  interest  were  also 
studied  and  the  results  incorporated  in  the  text  and  plates.  Complete  data  are  given, 
so  that  the  absorption  bands  can  be  readily  reproduced  quantitatively  whenever 
absorbing  screens  are  needed  for  photographic  or  other  purposes. 
No.  29.  Baird,  J.  W.  The  Color  Sensitivity  of  the  Peripheral  Retina.  Octavo,  80 
pages.   Published  1905.    Price  $0.50. 

This  paper  is  the  result  of  a  physical  investigation  made  by  the  author  during 
1903-4  in  the  Psychological  Laboratory  of  Cornell  University  and  is  a  contribution 
to  the  knowledge  of  phenomena  of  indirect  vision.  The  author  presents  data  ob- 
tained by  him  in  a  series  of  experiments  upon  the  peripheral  retina,  and  correlates 
these  data  with  the  phenomena  previously  established  and  with  the  theoretical  prin- 
ciples advanced  from  time  to  time  by  other  investigators. 

No.  44.  Scripture,  E.  W.  Researches  in  Experimental  Phonetics.  The  Study  of 
Speech  Curves.  Quarto,  204  pages,  13  plates,  138  text  figures.  Pub- 
lished 1906.  Price  $2.00. 
These  investigations  had  their  origin  in  an  attempt  to  apply  physical  methods  in 
studying  the  nature  of  verse.  The  work  was  begun  at  Yale  University,  and  was 
continued  at  Munich,  where  a  laboratory  was  installed  and  valuable  assistance  re- 
ceived from  the  Psychological  Laboratory  of  the  University  of  Munich.  The  work 
was  later  continued  at  the  Psychological  Laboratory  of  the  University  of  Berlin. 
The  volume  gives  an  account  of  the  apparatus  used  in  recording  sounds  and  of  the 
methods  applied  in  obtaining  speech  curves.  A  chapter  on  qualitative  analysis  indi- 
cates how  phonetic  facts  may  be  read  directly  from  the  speech  curves  without  meas- 
urement. It  is  also  explained  how  such  fundamental  factors  of  speech  as  melody, 
duration,  and  amplitude  can  be  obtained  from  the  curves  by  simple  methods  of 
measurement.  The  method  of  harmonic  analysis  is  carefully  considered,  the  theories 
of  vowel  productions  are  discussed,  and  detailed  examples  of  vowel  analysis  are  given. 

No.  57.   Washington,  H.  S.    The  Roman  Comagmatic  Region.   Octavo.   For  de- 
scription see  page  52. 


40 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


No.  31.   Day,  Arthur  L.,  E,  T.  Allen,  J.  P.  Iddings,  and  G.  F.  Becker,  The 
Isomorphism  and  Thermal  Properties  of  the  Feldspars.   Part  I,  Ther- 
mal Study;  by  A.  L.  Day  and  E.  T,  Allen.   Part  II,  Optical  Study;  by 
J.  P.  Iddings,  with  an  Introduction  by  G.  F.  Becker.    Octavo,  95  pages, 
26  plates,  25  text  figures.   Published  1905.    Price  $1.75. 
An  investigation  of  the  relation  between  the  feldspars  of  the  lime-soda  series 
undertaken  partly  in  an  endeavor  to  settle  an  old  question  of  great  petrological 
interest  and  partly  to  establish  the  fact  that  minerals  in  solution  with  one  another 
differ  in  no  essential  particular  from  other  solutions  and  obey  the  same  funda- 
mental lav/s.     The  materials  are  chemically  pure  feldspar  types  prepared  in  the 
laboratory;  the  methods  are  those  of  quantitative  chemistry,  physics,  and  physical 
chemistry,  and  the  field  covers  the  entire  temperature  range  of  feldspar  formation 
up  to  1540°  C.    Many  of  the  phenomena  occurring  at  these  extreme  temperatures 
differ  widely  from  those  commonly  observed  at  ordinary  temperatures  and  are  thus 
broadly  interesting  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  properties  of  matter.   In  particular,  it 
was  discovered  that  among  the  minerals  it  is  not  uncommon  for  the  solid  state  to 
persist  for  hours  or  even  days  at  a  temperature  considerably  above  the  melting-point, 
a  phenomenon  which  has  never  been  observed  before. 

No.  157.  Day,  Arthur  L.,  and  Robert  B.  Sosman.  High  Temperature  Gas  Ther- 
mometry. With  an  Investigation  of  the  Metals,  by  E.  T.  Allen.  Oc- 
tavo, vi+129  pages,  1  plate,  18  figures.    Pubhshed  1911.    Price  $1.25. 

An  account  of  a  new  determination,  with  the  nitrogen  thermometer,  of  the  funda- 
mental scale  of  temperatures,  beginning  with  400°  C.  and  extending  to  1550°  C.  Its 
purpose  was  partly  to  increase  the  accuracy  of  the  existing  (Reichsanstalt)  scale, 
which  reaches  only  to  1100°,  but  more  particularly  to  extend  the  scale  beyond  this 
temperature  as  far  as  it  should  prove  practicable  to  go  without  serious  sacrifice  of 
accuracy.  It  proved  possible  to  establish  the  melting-point  of  pure  palladium 
(1549.5*)  with  a  probable  uncertainty  of  no  more  than  2°. 

Two  bulbs  were  used,  one  of  platinum  containing  10  per  cent  of  iridium,  the  other 
of  platinum  containing  20  per  cent  of  rhodium.  The  latter  material  proved  to  be 
better  suited  to  the  purpose  than  any  which  has  hitherto  been  tried.  In  the  experi- 
mental development  of  the  problem,  the  errors  of  the  older  (Reichsanstalt)  instru- 
ment, so  far  as  known,  were  reduced  to  about  one-fourth  of  their  former  magnitude. 
The  apparatus  and  its  limitations,  together  with  all  the  results  obtained  with  it  in  a 
period  of  nearly  five  years,  are  described  in  considerable  detail. 

No.  158.   Wright,  Fred.  Eugene.      The  Methods  of  Petrographic-Microscopic 
Research:  Their  Relative  Accuracy  and  Range  of  Application.  Octavo. 
204  pages,  11  plates,  118  figs.  Published  1911.  (Out  of  print.)  Price  $2.50. 
In  this  paper  the  petrographic  microscope  is  treated  as  a  measuring  device  for  the 
exact  determination  of  the  optical  properties  of  crystal  plates,  especially  of  minute 
crystal  fragments  and  crystallites.   The  methods  now  available  for  the  purpose  are 
considered  with  special  reference  to  their  accuracy  and  applicability  to  the  investiga- 
tion of  fine-grained  silicate  preparations.  The  factors  underlying  the  determination 
of  any  given  optical  property  are  discussed  in  detail,  and  the  attempt  is  made  in  each 
case  to  ascertain  the  absolute  accuracy  attainable. 

No.  40.  Barus,  Carl.  Nucleation  of  the  Uncontaminated  Atmosphere.  Octavo, 
xn-f-152  pages,  104  text  figures.  Published  1906.  Price  $1.00. 
This  book  contains  as  its  chief  feature  a  record  of  the  dust  content  of  the  air  at 
Block  Island,  Rhode  Island,  in  comparison  with  identical  observations  made  at  the 
same  time  in  Providence,  Rhode  Island,  throughout  the  winter  of  1904-1905.  In 
winter  the  former  locality  is  relatively  uninhabited  and  is  surrounded  by  water  on  all 
sides.  It  is  shown  that  the  time  distribution  of  nuclei  in  both  places  is  qualitatively 
the  same,  although  in  Providence  it  is  four  to  ten  times  larger  quantitatively.  In 
the  introductory  chapters  a  number  of  independent  correlative  experiments  are  in- 
cluded, referring  to  condensation  on  ions  and  on  the  vapor  nuclei  (colloidal  nuclei) 
of  dust-frec  wet  air,  to  the  production  and  distribution  of  persistent  nuclei  pro- 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


41 


ducible  by  the  X-rays,  to  the  penetration  of  radium  radiation  through  different 
media  and  different  distances,  etc.,  all  interpreted  by  measuring  the  apertures  of  the 
coronas  of  cloudy  condensation.  The  corresponding  nucleation  is  computed  as 
shown  in  the  author's  earlier  papers. 

No.  62,    Barus,  Carl.    Condensation  of  Vapor  as  induced  by  Nuclei  and  by  Ions. 

Octavo,  x+164  pages,  66  text  figures.  Published  1907.  Price  $1.50. 
The  purpose  of  this  book  is  the  development  of  a  capacious  fog-chamber,  efS- 
cient  enough  to  capture  the  ions  and  the  vapor  nuclei  of  dust-free  wet  air  by  con- 
densation, to  the  extent  in  which  their  number  per  cubic  centimeter  may  be  measur- 
able by  aid  of  the  coronas  of  cloud  particles.  As  the  apertures  of  the  coronas 
eventually  become  very  large,  approaching  60°,  and  a  reasonable  exhibit  of  coronal 
colors  is  essential  for  identification,  the  need  of  a  large  apparatus  is  apparent.  Equa- 
tions are  deduced  for  the  practical  treatment  of  the  variables  involved.  Experiments 
made  with  water  and  alcoholic  vapors  in  different  gases  establish  the  nature  of  the 
vapor  nuclei  of  dust-free  media.  In  continuation  of  the  atmospheric  work  of  the 
preceding  report,  a  comparison  is  made  of  the  ionization  and  the  dust  contents  of 
the  atmosphere  in  a  series  of  observations  extending  over  several  months ;  also  of  the 
ionization  of  dust-free  wet  air  in  the  lapse  of  time,  as  exhibited  by  the  fog-chamber. 

No.  96.    Barus,  Carl.    Condensation  of  Vapor  as  induced  by  Nuclei  and  by  Ions. 

Report  III.  Octavo,  vi+139  pages,  48  text  figures.  Published  1908. 
Price  $1.25. 

After  summarizing  the  thermodynamic  equations  which  determine  the  efficiency 
of  the  plug-cock  fog-chamber,  the  author  continues  his  work  on  the  changes  of  the 
incipient  nucleation  (ionization)  of  dust-free  wet  air  in  the  lapse  of  time.  No 
periodic  variations  are  detected,  but  the  vapor  nucleation  changes  about  2  per  cent 
per  degree  centigrade.  A  new  series  of  experiments  is  then  undertaken  to  standard- 
ize the  coronas  of  cloudy  condensation  in  dust-free  air  in  terms  of  the  nucleation 
represented.  This  is  done  both  by  the  old  method  of  diffraction  from  a  single  point 
of  light  and  by  a  new  method  in  which  the  coronas  from  two  sources  are  brought 
into  contact.  The  results  obtained  are  next  applied  for  exhibiting  the  distribution 
of  ions  and  vapor  nuclei  in  dust-free  wet  air  in  relation  to  size.  Finally,  a  systematic 
study  is  made  of  the  behavior  of  residual  water  nuclei,  /.  e.,  nuclei  of  pure  water 
obtained  from  the  evaporation  of  fog-particles  precipitated  on  vapor  nuclei  or  on 
ions  in  dust-free  wet  air.  More  nuclei  are  lost  after  evaporation  in  the  cases  of 
ions  as  compared  with  the  cases  of  vapor  nuclei,  and  the  initial  evaporation  is  always 
preponderating  in  its  destructive  effect. 

No.  96.    (Part  II.)    Barus,  Carl.    Condensation  of  Vapor  as  induced  by  Nuclei 
and  by  Ions.  Report  IV.    Octavo,  viii-|-84  pages,  21  text  figures.  Pub- 
lished 1910.    Price  $0.75. 
In  the  first  part  of  this  report  the  author  treats  the  properties  of  the  nuclei  of 
water  vapor,  showing  among  other  things  that  they  persist  longer  in  proportion  as 
the  evaporation  of  the  parent  fog-particles  is  more  rapid.    The  standardization  and 
efficiency  of  fog-chambers  are  then  taken  up,  the  results  being  tested  by  the  coronas 
of  monochromatic  light  (mercury  vapor).    These  results  have  a  direct  bearing  on 
the  theory  of  coronas.    Some  space  is  given  to  the  displacement  of  ions  by  exhaus- 
tion, as  evidenced  by  the  occurrence  of  maxima  of  ionization  in  the  fog-chamber. 
Finally,  the  attempt  is  made  to  standardize  the  coronas  by  the  aid  of  Thomson's  elcc" 
tron,  the  charge  of  which  is  known.   Independent  methods,  using  either  the  velocity 
of  the  ions  or  the  decay  constants,  are  tested  for  this  purpose.   The  voltaic  poten- 
tial difference  between  conductors  separated  by  an  ionized  medium  is  investigated. 

No.  149.  Barus,  Carl.  Production  of  Elliptic  Interferences  in  Relation  to  Inter- 
ferometry.  Octavo,  vi-f  77  pages,  33  figs.  Published  1911.  Price  $1.25. 
Part  II.  Octavo,  pages  vi+79-168,  figs.  34-64.  Pub.  1912.  Price  $1.00. 
Part  III.  Octavo,  pages  vi+169-273,  figs.  65-119.  Pub.  1914.  Price  $1.00. 
In  the  cases  of  coronas  there  is  a  marked  interference  phenomenon  superposed 

on  the  diffractions.   This  suggested  the  present  investigation,  which  aims  at  a  sim- 


42 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


plification  of  the  effect  in  question  by  bringing  two  complete  component  diffraction 
spectra,  from  the  same  source  of  light,  to  interfere.  Many  ways  are  shown  to  be 
available,  the  methods  being  either  direct  (as  discussed  in  Chapters  II  and  III,  where 
a  plane  mirror  immediately  behind  the  grating  returns  reflected-diffracted  and  dif- 
fracted-reflected  rays)  or  indirect,  using  the  devices  of  Jamin,  Michelson,  and  others 
(Chapters  IV  and  V).  In  Chapter  I  a  modification  of  Rowland's  apparatus,  suitable 
for  plate  gratings,  is  described.  The  direct  method  gives  equidistant  fringes,  duplex 
in  character,  but  rigorously  straight  throughout  the  spectrum,  their  distances  apart 
and  inclination  being  measurable  by  ocular  micrometry.  Lengths  and  small  angles 
are  thus  subject  to  micrometric  measurement.  In  case  of  the  indirect  method,  the 
half-silvered  plate  is  replaced  by  the  grating;  the  fringes  are,  as  a  rule,  approxi- 
mately elliptic  (confocal)  throughout  the  spectrum,  and  the  fringes  again  partake  of 
both  a  drift  and  a  radial  motion  when  the  interferometer  adjustment  is  altered. 
Drift  and  radial  motion  may  be  regulated  in  any  ratio.  The  theory  of  the  subject 
is  worked  out,  in  so  far  as  it  bears  on  the  practical  results  obtained. 

Part  11^  is  in  the  main  a  direct  continuation  of  the  preceding  and  refers  chiefly 
to  applications  of  the  displacement  interferometer.  The  first  section  describes  cer- 
tain interferences  obtained  when  two  originally  coplanar  halves  of  a  reflecting 
grating  move  normally  to  the  ruled  surface,  the  line  of  separation  being  parallel  to 
the  rulings.  It  suggests  the  occurrence  of  interference  rings  when  the  source  of  light 
in  the  case  of  coronas  is  not  simple  but  a  doublet  of  two  interfering  beams,  and  that, 
for  layers  of  fog-particles  whose  distance  apart  is  commensurate  with  wave-length, 
interferences  should  be  superimposed  on  the  coronal  diffractions  as  actually  observed. 

Certain  subsidiary  investigations  follow :  The  effect  of  the  thickness  of  the  cloud 
layer  on  the  type  of  corona  obtained ;  on  the  efficiency,  ccBt.  par.,  of  different  sizes 
of  fog-chambers;  on  the  rate  of  decay  of  different  sizes  of  nuclei,  etc.  The  dis- 
placement equation  adduced  in  the  first  report  is  rigorously  tested,  a  method  for 
measuring  the  dispersion  of  a  fragment  of  plate  glass  being  devised  for  the  purpose. 
Finalty,  a  type  of  interferometer  specially  suited  for  displacement  work  is  construc- 
ted. This  instrument  is  thereupon  put  to  the  test  in  the  endeavor  to  measure  rela- 
tions connected  with  the  adiabatic  expansion  of  gases,  and  other  phenomena  in  which 
instantaneous  registry  by  aid  of  the  index  of  refraction  of  the  gas  is  serviceable. 

Part  III  records  a  variety  of  investigations  made  at  widely  different  times,  but 
in  all  of  which  the  displacement  interferometer  was  used  as  a  basis  of  measurement. 
No.  186.  Barus,  Carl.  Diffusion  of  Gases  through  Liquids,  and  Allied  Experi- 
ments.   Octavo,  vi+88  pages,  38  figs.    Published  1913.    Price  $1.00. 

In  1900  the  author  began  a  series  of  experiments  to  determine  the  rate  at  which 
gases  diffuse  out  of  a  submerged  Cartesian  diver  through  water.  The  method 
proved  to  be  remarkably  sensitive  and  the  results  striking.  In  the  present  volume 
the  method  is  perfected,  with  a  view  to  completing  the  measurements  within  a 
reasonably  short  interval  of  time.  Diffusions  of  air,  hydrogen,  and  oxygen  into 
each  other,  through  water  and  a  variety  of  solutions,  are  investigated  in  detail 
and  the  diffusion  constants  determined.  It  is  shown  that  a  method  of  exploring 
the  internal  channels  or  physical  pores  of  liquids  is  probably  in  question.  In  the 
course  of  the  work  a  number  of  other  applications  are  included;  for  instance,  the 
disk  of  an  absolute  electrometer  is  floated  on  a  Cartesian  diver  subm.erged  in 
hydrocarbon  oil,  and  the  potential  is  measured  absolutely  by  the  pressure  needed 
to  just  suspend  the  diver  in  the  liquid.  All  these  results  are  given  in  full  and  in 
most  cases  charted,  the  curves  being  often  of  singular  complication.  It  is  shown 
why  diffusion  frequently  occurs  against  the  apparent  pressure  gradient. 

No.  229.  Barus,  Carl.  Experiments  with  the  Displacement  Interferometer. 
Octavo,  vi-fll3  pages,  66  figs.  Published  1915.  Price  $1.00 
This  volume  contains  applications  of  the  displacement  interferometer  to  subjects 
largely  depending  on  minute  angular  measurement.  Although  a  location  free  from 
tremor  and  irregular  temperature  variations  could  not  be  found,  the  development 
of  methods  of  the  kind  in  question  was  quite  feasible;  and  v;ithout  attempting  to 
push  them  to  a  limit,  their  ranges  of  application  could  be  fully  investigated. 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


43 


Among  the  subjects  selected  for  treatment  was  the  horizontal  pendulum.  In 
Chapter  I  certain  available  forms  of  the  pendulum,  with  and  without  a  float,  are 
considered  and  tested  as  to  their  discrepancies,  through  long  lapses  of  time,  by  a 
reflection  method.  Thereafter  the  interferometer  itself  is  used,  a  serviceable 
method  of  application  worked  out  and  the  range  of  application  studied  through 
many  months.  With  a  relatively  very  wide  scope  (several  seconds  of  arc)  there 
should  be  no  difficulty,  under  proper  surroundings,  of  measuring  changes  of  in- 
clination as  small  as  3X10-^  seconds  of  arc  per  interference  ring. 

In  Chapter  II  an  attempt  is  made  to  use  this  interferential  horizontal  pendulum, 
for  the  measurement  of  the  gravitational  attraction  of  two  parallel  disks.  What 
was  obtained,  however,  was  a  definite  repulsion  of  the  disks,  decreasing  with  their 
distance  apart  and  appreciable  even  within  1.5  mm,  of  this  distance. 

Chapter  III  is  introduced  as  a  severe  test  on  the  interference  equation  employed, 
for  the  case  of  path  differences  resulting  when  glass  columns  as  much  as  10  inchei 
long  are  inserted  in  one  of  the  component  beams  of  the  displacement  interferometer. 
It  appears  that  the  constants  of  any  dispersion  formula  may  be  obtained  directly 
from  these  observations. 

In  Chapter  IV  a  number  of  incidental  experiments,  on  allied  subjects,  have  been 
grouped  together.  The  possible  bearing  of  certain  disk  colors  of  circular  gratings, 
on  the  somewhat  similar  phenomenon  in  coronas,  is  discussed,  as  well  as  the  per- 
formance of  the  easily  available  film  grating  to  replace  the  ruled  glass  grating,  for 
purposes  of  displacement  interferometry,  from  a  practical  standpoint.  An  interest- 
ing case  of  regular  reflection  and  refraction  of  scattered  light,  bearing  on  the 
X-ray  phenomena,  is  also  discussed. 

In  Chapter  V,  finally,  following  the  suggestive  experiments  made  in  an  earlier 
report,  the  displacement  interferometer  is  directly  applied  to  the  quadrant  elec- 
trometer. The  sensitiveness  obtained  in  this  way  should  be  of  the  order  of  a 
millionth  of  a  volt  per  vanishing  interference  ring. 

No.  249.  Barus,  Carl.  The  Interferometry  of  Reversed  and  Non-reversed  Spec- 
tra. Octavo,  158  pages,  99  figures.  Published  1916.  Price  $1.50. 
In  this  volume  the  author  has  endeavored  to  generalize  the  classic  experiments 
in  the  diffraction  of  light,  by  bringing  two  spectra  from  the  same  source  to  inter- 
fere under  a  great  variety  of  conditions.  The  spectra  may  be  identical  and  super- 
posed throughout  their  extent,  or  one  may  be  expanded  longitudinally,  or  reversed 
on  a  transverse  axis,  or  inverted  on  a  longitudinal  axis,  relatively  to  the  other. 
An  abundance  of  new  phenomena  are  thus  obtained,  some  of  them  useful.  The 
interfering  pencils  may  have  any  relation  to  each  other,  either  running  in  parallel 
at  any  distance  apart  or  crossing  each  other  at  any  angle.  Though  spectrum  inter- 
ferences are  usually  obtained,  some  of  them  are  achromatic.  Experiments  of  this 
character  make  up  the  first  seven  chapters  of  the  book.  The  remaining  six  chapters 
are  devoted  to  new  investigations  with  the  displacement  interferometer,  such  as  the 
use  of  curvilinear  compensators,  the  dispersion  of  air,  etc. 

No.  135.    Baxter,  G.  P.,  in  collaboration  with  M.  A.  Hines,  H.  L.  Frevekt,  J. 

Hunt  Wilson,  F.  B.  Coffin,  G.  S.  Tilley,  Edward  Mueller,  r/h. 

Jesse,  Jr.,  and  Grinnell  Jones.   Researches  upon  the  Atomic  Weights 

of  Cadmium,  Manganese,  Bromine,  Lead,  Arsenic,  Iodine,  Silver,  etc. 

Octavo,  vii-f  185  pages,  5  text  figures.  Published  1910.  Price  $2.00. 
This  book  consists  of  a  collection  of  papers  upon  the  atomic  weights  of  certain 
common  elements,  and  embodies  the  results  of  researches  of  which  the  experimental 
work  has  been  carried  on  in  the  Chemical  Laboratory  of  Harvard  College  during 
the  years  1904-1909.  The  following  are  the  subjects  of  the  individual  investigations: 
The  analysis  of  cadmium  chloride,  the  analysis  of  cadmium  bromide,  the  analysis  of 
manganous  bromide  and  chloride,  the  synthesis  of  silver  bromide  and  the  ratio  of 
silver  bromide  to  silver  chloride,  the  analysis  of  lead  chloride,  the  analysis  of  silver 
arsenate,  the  synthesis  of  silver  iodide  and  the  ratio  of  silver  iodide  to  silver  bro- 
mide and  silver  chloride,  the  analysis  of  iodine  pentoxide,  the  analysis  of  silver 
rbromate,  the  analysis  of  silver  dichromate,  and  the  analysis  of  silver  phosphate. 


44 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


No.  152.  Nichols,  Edward  L.,  and  Ernest  Merritt.  Studies  in  Luminescence. 
Octavo,  226  pages,  190  text  figures.  Published  1912.  Price  $2.00. 
This  vohime  contains  an  account  of  researches  carried  on  in  the  Physical  Labo- 
ratory of  Cornell  University  (1903-1910)  with  the  aid  of  grants  from  the  Carnegie 
Institution  of  Washington.  It  is  a  report  of  progress,  giving  results  obtained  by  the 
application  of  quantitative  methods  and  particularly  by  the  use  of  the  spectrophoto- 
meter in  the  study  of  the  spectra  of  fluorescent  and  phosphorescent  substances.  Im- 
portant portions  of  the  work  were  done,  at  the  suggestion  of  the  authors,  by  Drs. 
Frances  G.  Wick,  C.  A.  Pierce,  Percy  Hodge,  and  C.  W.  Waggoner,  and  by  Messrs. 
H.  E.  Howe  and  Carl  Zeller. 

The  list  of  topics  includes: 

Spectro-photometric  studies  of  fluorescent  solutions  belonging  to  Lommel's 
first  class  and  of  rhodamin,  resorcin-blau,  chlorophyl,  uranium  glass, 
fiuorite,  and  sesculin. 

Determinations  of  the  absorbing  power  and  fluorescence  of  resorufin. 

The  luminescence  of  Sidot  blende  when  excited  by  Roentgen  rays,  its  photo- 
luminescence  during  excitation,  and  its  phosphorescence  spectrum. 

The  decay  of  phosphorescence  in  Sidot  blende  and  other  substances. 

The  influence  of  red  and  infra-red  rays  on  photo-luminescence,  including 
the  effects  before,  during,  and  after  excitation  and  the  variation  in  the 
effect  with  the  wave-length  of  the  active  rays. 

Studies  of  thermo-luminescence :  variations  in  the  rate  of  decay  of  Sidot 
blende  and  calcium  sulphide  as  the  result  of  heating. 

Phosphorescence  of  short  duration. 

Photographic  determinations  of  the  distribution  of  energy  in  the  fluorescence 

spectrum  and  the  phosphorescence  spectrum  of  Sidot  blende. 
Photographic  studies  of  phosphorescence  at  room  temperature,  of  the  decay 

of  phosphorescence,  of  the  effect  of  infra-red  rays,  and  of  the  influence 

of  temperature  on  certain  fluorescence  spectra. 
Kathodo-luniinescence  of  willemite  and  Sidot  blende  and  its  dependence  on 

current  discharge  and  potential. 
The  electrical  properties  of  fluorescent  solutions  and  vapors. 
Fluorescence  absorption. 
The  energy  curves  of  fluorescence  spectra. 

The  specific  exciting  power  of  different  wave-lengths  of  the  visible  spectrum 

in  the  cases  of  eosin  and  resorufin. 
The  theory  of  Wiedemann  and  Schmidt. 

Phosphorescence  from  the  standpoint  of  the  dissociation  theory. 
No.  153.    King,  Arthur  S.    The  Influence  of  a  Magnetic  Field  upon  the  Spark 
Spectra  of  Iron  and  Titanium.   Quarto,  iii-|-66  pages,  6  plates,  3  text 
figures.   Published  1912.   Price  $1.50. 

The  investigation  covers  the  effect  of  a  magnetic  field  upon  1,120  lines  in  the 
iron  and  titanium  spectra  between  the  limits  A  3660  and  A  6743,  with  discussion  of 
experimental  methods,  brief  historical  treatment,  and  full  discussion  of  the  results 
with  reference  both  to  existing  theories  of  the  Zeeman  effect  and  the  effect  of  other 
physical  conditions  upon  spectra.  A  large  portion  of  the  range  of  wave-length 
examined  has  not  been  covered  in  previous  work  with  the  magnetic  field,  while  the 
high  dispersion  employed  and  the  attention  to  the  weaker  lines  give  much  new  data 
for  those  parts  of  the  spectrum  already  treated  to  som.e  extent.  The  large  range  of 
wave-length  has  made  it  possible  to  study  the  change  of  the  average  separation  of 
Zeeman  components  with  increase  of  wave-length,  bringing  out  the  important  result 
that  for  both  spectra  the  average  separation  increases  with  the  square  of  the  wave- 
length. The  material  shows  clearly  how  generally  the  separations,  both  simple  and 
complex,  are  related  to  a  fundamental  interval  involving  the  accepted  value  of  e/m. 
Fifty-seven  lines  having  five  or  more  clearly  resolved  components  are  examined  with 
respect  to  the  commensurability  of  their  separations.  Among  these  complex  lines 
many  cases  of  magnetic  duplicates  are  pointed  out.  This  indicates  a  similarity  of  the 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


45 


vibrations  producing  such  lines  which  will  aid  in  the  consideration  of  their  behavior 
under  other  physical  conditions.  An  extended  comparison  is  made  of  magnetic 
separation  and  pressure  displacement  for  the  lines  of  iron  and  titanium,  showing  to 
what  degree  a  correspondence  exists.  Examples  of  dissymmetry  in  separation  are 
noted,  including  the  small  dissymmetry  of  triplets  and  dissymmetries  so  large  as  to 
be  classed  as  abnormal  separations. 

No.  198.  Morse,  H.  N.  The  Osmotic  Pressure  of  Aqueous  Solutions:  Report  on 
Investigations  made  in  the  Chemical  Laboratory  of  the  Johns  Hopkins 
University  during  the  years  1899-1913.  Octavo,  222  pages,  5  plates,  49 
text  figures.    Published  1914.    Price  $2.00. 

This  work  gives  an  account  of  the  investigations  in  osmotic  pressure  of  Pro- 
fessor Morse  and  his  collaborators,  Doctors  Frazer  and  Holland.  They  extend 
over  the  period  1899-1913,  and  were  carried  out  in  the  chemical  laboratory  of  the 
Johns  Hopkins  University  with  the  aid  of  grants  from  the  Carnegie  Institution. 

Particular  attention  has  been  given  to  the  development  of  the  apparatus  and 
the  methods  by  means  of  v/hich,  after  eight  years  of  experimentation,  it  was  finally 
made  possible  to  measure  osmotic  pressure  with  a  high  degree  of  precision.  The 
following  list  of  the  headings  of  chapters  will  give  an  idea  of  the  field  covered : 
I.    The  Cells  and  Their  Manomicter  Attachments, 
n.   The  Manometers, 
in.   The  Regulation  of  Temperature. 
IV.    The  Membranes. 

V.   The  Weight-Normal  System  for  Solutions, 

VI.    Cane  Sugar.    Preliminary  Determinations  of  Osmotic  Pressure. 
VII.    Glucose.    Preliminary  Determinations  of  Osmotic  Pressure. 
VIII.    Cane  Sugar.   Final  Determinations  of  Osmotic  Pressure. 
IX.    Glucose.    Final  Determinations  of  Osmotic  Pressure. 
X.   Mannite.    Determinations  of  Osmotic  Pressure. 
XI.  Electrolytes. 
XII.  Conclusion. 

No.  88.  BjERKNES,  v.,  and  Collaborators.  Dynamic  Meteorology  and  Hydrog- 
raphy. Quarto. 

This  work  will  constitute  an  advanced  mathematico-physical  treatise  on  the  dy- 
namics and  thermodynamics  of  the  atmosphere  and  the  ocean,  the  main  aim  being 
to  develop  rational  methods,  based  on  the  principles  of  dynamics  and  thermody- 
namics, for  the  investigations  in  meteorology  and  oceanography. 

Part  I,  Statics,  by  V.  Bjerknes  and  J.  W.  Sandstrom.   Pages  146-|-la-36a, 
\b-ZQh,  and  \c-22c.    Published  1910.    Price  $5.50.    (Out  of  print.) 
This  part  deals  with  the  conditions  of  equilibrium  in  atmosphere  and  hydro- 
sphere, and  contains  a  full  development  of  the  use  which  can  be  made  of  the 
equation  of  hydrostatics  for  working  out  the  results  of  observations  obtained  by 
the  meteorological  ascents  in  the  air  or  by  hydrographical  soundings.    It  is  shown 
how  complete  representations  of  the  fields  of  pressure  and  of  mass  in  atmosphere 
and  in  hydrosphere  can  be  derived  from  the  observations  obtained  in  this  way,  and 
the  book  contains  a  complete  set  of  numerical  tables  for  use  in  performing  this  work. 
The  uses  of  the  developed  methods  are  illustrated  by  several  extensive  examples 
Pakt  II.  Kinematics,  by  V.  Bjerknes,  Th.  Hesselberg,  and  O.  Devik.  ix~f 
175  pages,  113  text  figures.    (With  Atlas  of  60  charts.)    Published  1911. 
Price  $6.00. 

Tliis  part  of  tlic  work  deals  with  the  principles  for  drawing  charts  representing  the 
fields  of  motion  in  atmosphere  and  hydrosphere,  and  develops  the  practical  methods 
required  for  passing  from  the  single  observations  to  these  continuous  representa- 
tions of  the  motion.  From  the  observation,  charts  representing  the  horizontal  cora- 
Donent  of  the  motion  are  first  derived.  These  charts  being  found,  it  is  shown  how 
other  charts,  representing  the  vertical  component  of  the  motion,  can  be  derived  by 
makmg  a  proper  use  of  the  hydrodynamic  surface-condition  and  of  the  equation  of 


46 


Chemistry  and  Physics 


continuity.  The  methods  are  also  developed  for  deriving  charts  of  acceleration  from 
two  charts  representing  the  velocities  observed  at  two  successive  epochs.  The 
methods  used  in  drawing  these  different  kinds  of  charts  may  be  considered  as  ex- 
amples of  a  special  "graphical  algebra"  and  "graphical  differential  and  integral  cal- 
culus," of  which  the  fundamental  principles  are  developed  in  two  special  chapters. 

This  part  is  accompanied  by  60  plates,  24  of  which  give  a  bathymetrical  and  hyp- 
sometrical  map  of  the  world  on  the  scale  1 : 20,000,000,  destined  for  use  in  meteoro- 
logical and  hydrographical  investigations.  The  others  give  examples  of  atmospheric 
fields  of  motion. 

Past  III,  Dynamics  (in  preparation). 


TERRESTRIAL  MAGNETISM. 

Xo.  175.  Bauer^  L.  a.  Land  Magnetic  Observations,  1903-1910.  (Researches  of 
the  Department  of  Terrestrial  Magnetism.)  Quarto,  iv-|-185  pages,  10 
plates.    Published  1912.    Price  $3.00. 

No.  175.   Vol.  II.   Bauer,  L.  A.,  and  J.  A.  Fleming.   Land  Magnetic  Observations, 

igii-igi3,  and  Reports  on  Special  Researches.  {Researches  of  the  De- 
partment of  Terrestrial  Magnetism.)  Quarto,  v+278  pages,  13  plates, 
9  figs.  Published  1915.  Price  $5.00. 
These  volumes  contain  the  results  of  all  magnetic  observations  made  on  land 
by  the  Department  of  Terrestrial  Magnetism  from  the  beginning  of  its  observa- 
tional work  in  February  1905  to  the  end  of  1913.  Descriptions  of  the  types  of 
instruments  used  are  given.  The  discussions  of  the  general  methods  of  the  mag- 
netic and  astronomical  field  work  include,  besides  the  general  detail  of  selection  and 
occupation  of  stations,  specimens  of  field  records,  computations,  and  determinations 
of  constants  and  corrections.  However  carefully  constructed,  various  instruments 
give  results  differing  by  small,  more  or  less  constant,  amounts,  and  in  order  to 
secure  a  standard  of  reference,  extensive  intercomparisons  of  instruments  have 
been  made  at  Vv^ashington,  in  the  field,  and  at  many  magnetic  observatories  through- 
out the  world;  with  these  data  it  has  been  possible  to  reduce  the  magnetic  results 
for  the  region  covered  in  the  publication  to  magnetic  standards  within  an  error  in 
general  on  the  order  of  the  error  of  observation. 

In  Volume  I  intercomparisons  of  the  provisional  magnetic  standards  adopted 
with  standards  of  12  observatories  in  the  northern  hemisphere  and  4  in  the 
southern  hemisphere,  are  given,  as  also  the  indirect  results  of  observations  by  other 
organizations  at  seven  additional  magnetic  observatories  in  the  northern  hemisphere ; 
these  show  that  the  provisional  standards  adopted  are  very  close  to  international 
standards,  at  least  so  far  as  all  practical  requirements  of  a  general  magnetic  survey 
of  the  Earth  are  concerned.  The  corrections  to  these  standards  for  the  various 
instruments  used  are  given  in  detail.  The  results  are  summarized  as  follows: 
Africa,  386  stations;  Asia,  308  stations;  Australasia,  10  stations;  Europe,  36  stations; 
North  America,  328  stations;  South  America,  111  stations;  Islands  of  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  68  stations;  Islands  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  51  stations.  The  table  of  results 
contains  for  each  station  the  geographical  latitude,  longitude,  date  of  observation, 
observed  values  of  magnetic  declination,  inclination,  and  horizontal  intensity,  the 
local  mean  times  to  the  nearest  one-tenth  hour  for  each  element,  the  instruments 
used,  and  the  observer.  The  volume  also  contains  descriptions  of  stations  ar- 
ranged under  the  same  geographical  divisions  adopted  in  the  table  of  results. 

Volume  II  presents  the  results  of  all  magnetic  observations  made  on  land  by 
the  Department  from  January  1911  to  the  end  of  1913,  and  reports  on  some  of 
the  special  researches  and  equipment.  It  describes  new  magnetic  instruments  of 
light  and  portable  types,  designed,  constructed,  and  used  for  the  field  operations  of 
the  Department  subsequent  to  the  work  reported  in  the  first  volume,  including  a 
combined  magnetometer  and  dip  circle  and  a  combined  magnetometer  and  earth 
inductor.  The  results  of  the  extensive  intercomparisons  of  instruments  at  Wash- 
ington and  in  all  parts  of  the  world  are  given  in  detail  for  each  instrument.  The 
stations  at  which  the  magnetic  observations  were  made  between  1911-1913  may  be 
summarized  as  follows:  Africa,  202;  Asia,  83;  Australasia,  284;  Europe,  38;  North 
America,  48;  South  America,  247;  Islands  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  16;  Islands  of  the 
Indian  Ocean,  14;  Islands  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  16;  Antarctic  Regions,  30.  A  table 
of  results  gives  data  corresponding  to  the  table  described  for  the  first  volume. 
Extended  extracts  from  the  Observer's  reports  are  given,  and  descriptions  of  sta- 
tions. The  newly-erected  research  building  of  the  Department  at  Washington, 
vis.,  a  main  fireproof  building  containing  the  headquarters,  laboratory,  and  instru- 
ment shop;  a  one-story  non-magnetic  building  to  serve  as  a  standardizing  mag- 
netic observatory;  and  smaller  accessory  structures.  One  section  of  the  report 
is  devoted  to  the  director's  inspection  trip  in  1911  and  to  the  observations  secured 
at  Manua,  Samoa,  during  the  total  solar  eclipse  on  April  28,  1911. 
48 


Terrestrial  Magnetism  49 

No.  175.    Vol.  III.    Bauer,  L.  A.,  W.  J.  Peters,  J.  A.  Fleming,  J.  P.  Ault,  and 
W.   F.   G.   SwANN.    Ocean  Magnetic   Observations,   1905-19 16,'  and 
Reports  on  Special  Researches.    (Researches  of  the  Department  of 
Terrestrial  Magnetism.)    Quarto.    In  press. 
This  volume  presents  the  final  results  of  all  magnetic  observations  made  at  sea 
on  the  chartered  vessel,  the  Galilee,  1905-08,  and  on  the  specially  constructed  vessel' 
the  Carnegie,  1909-14;  also  the  results  of  the  shore  magnetic  observations  made  in 
connection  with  the  work  of  the  two  vessels;  the  preliminary  results  of  the  mag- 
netic observations  made  on  the  Carnegie,  1915-16  (Octoher),  are  also  given  The 
l  ables  of  Results"  contain  the  values  of  the  magnetic  declination,  the  inclination 
and  the  horizontal  mtensity  of  the  earth's  magnetic  field.    For  the  Galilee  ocean 
work  there  are  443  tabular  entries  and  for  the  Carnegie  about  2,750,  a  total  for 
the  two_  vessels  of  about  3,200.    After  a  general  introduction  and  a  brief  account 
ot  previous  ocean  magnetic  surveys,  the  magnetic  work  of  each  vessel  is  treated 
separately.    The  construction  of  the  Carnegie  in  1909  is  described  and  illustrated 
A  special  feature  of  the  Carnegie  work  is  the  full  account  of  the  instruments 
devised  by  various  members  of  the  Department  of  Terrestrial  Magnetism,  and 
constructed  m  the  Department's  instrument  shop,  including  descriptions  and  illus- 
trations of  the  manne  collimating-compass   for  magnetic  declination;   the  sea 
deflector  for  horizontal  intensity  and  declination;  the  sea  dip-circle  for  inclination 
and  total  intensity  ;  the  marine  earth-inductor  for  inclination,  and  a  reversible  gimbal 
stand.    Ihe  descriptions  also  give  the  scheme  or  method  of  observation  with  each 
instrument. 

The_  section  on  geographic  position  at  sea  is  given  special  treatment  under  the 
Carnegte  work,  and  specimens  of  observations  and  computations  are  added  A 
brief  account  is  given  also  of  special  investigations.  A  general  statement,  accom- 
pamed  by  diagrams,  is  made  regarding  the  extent  and  character  of  the  corrections 
which  the  existing  magnetic  charts  require  in  order  to  make  them  conform  to  the 
observations  on  the  Galilee  and  the  Carnegie.  Under  extracts  from  the  com- 
mander s  field  reports,  are  found,  among  other  matters,  notes  on  the  occurrence  of 
thunder  at  sea  as  observed  on  the  Carnegie's  cruise,  1915-16,  and  an  account  of  the 
Carnegie  s  sub-Antarctic  voyage  of  1915-16. 

The  special  report  by  L.  A.  Bauer  and  W.  F.  G.  Swann  deals  with  the  ''Results 
ot  the  atmosphenc-electnc  observations  made  aboard  the  Galilee  (1907-08)  and 
the  Carnegve  (1909-16)."  The  introduction,  by  L.  A.  Bauer,  summarizes  the  con- 
siderations determining  the  extent  of  the  program  of  scientific  work  possible  aboard 
such  vessels  as  the  Carnegie  and  Galilee.  Next  is  given  a  compilation  of  the  main 
atmospheric-electric  results  obtained  at  sea  by  the  Department  since  1907,  as  based 
on  the  field  reports.  A  greatly  increased  program  of  atmospheric-electric  work 
was  undertaken  on  the  Carnegie's  fourth  cruise  (1915-16),  and  the  paper  contains 
a  full  account  and  discussion  by  W.  F.  G.  Swann  of  the  results  obtained  on 


GEOLOGY. 

No.  106.    Chamberlin,  R  T.    Contributions  to  Cosmogony  and  the  Fundamental 
im    Pric^^^  W^m/?^^^^.    Octavo,  80  pages.  Published 

A  study  of  gases  in  rocks  to  determine  their  range  and  distribution,  the  states 
in  which  gases  or  gas-producing  substances  exist  in  rock,  with  deduction  as  to  the 

relative  to  the  planetesimal  hypothesis  and  to  atmospheric  supply. 

No.  107.    Chamberlin  T   C,  et  al    Contributions  to  Cosmogony  and  the  Fun- 
damental  Problems  of  Geology.     The   Tidal  and  Other  Problems 
Octavo,  iv-f264  pages,  19  text  figures.   Published  1909.   Price  $1.50 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

I.  The  Tidal  Problem: 

^^^D??ormation  ^-"^^^  ^^'^'^^^         their  Bearings  on  lU 

ni.  S?."Ll^floou';-Zfelfte^^"\Theory  „„  Plan«=sin,al  Hypothesis. 

^  Professor  Chamberlin's  paper  contains  a  treatment  of  the  effects  of  the  earth's 
tides  based  upon  (a)  hypotheses  as  to  the  origin  of  the  earth;  (b)  deductions  from 
the  tides  themselves;  and  (c)  geological  evidences  of  tidal  friction.  The  conclu- 
sions reached  are  that  the  tides  of  the  lithosphere,  hydrosphere,  and  atmosphere 
at  present  are  not  sensibly  changing  the  rate  of  the  earth's  rotation,  and  that  the 
geological  evidences  indicate  that  during  geological  history  the  rate  of  rotation  of 
the  earth  and  its  shape  have  been  approximately  as  they  are  at  present 

Professor  Slichter  gives,  in  tabular  form,  the  polar  and  equatorial  radii,  the  ellip- 
ticity,  the  polar  and  equatorial  attractions,  the  latitude  of  mean  radius,  the  equatorial 
contraction,  and  the  meridional  elongation  for  various  rates  of  rotation 

The  rate  of  change  of  rotation  of  the  earth  from  the  rate  of  degradation  of 
energy  in  the  ocean  tides  is  computed  by  Professor  MacMillan.  The  result  reached 
after  making  liberal  assumptions  as  to  the  magnitudes  of  the  tides,  is  that  they 
lengthen  the  day  one  second  in  500,000  years. 

The  first  paper  of  Professor  Moulton  starts  with  the  present  earth-moon  system 
and,  by  considering  particularly  the  relations  of  energy  and  moment  of  momentum, 
traces  the  members  of  the  system  back  to  their  closest  possible  proximity  It  is 
tound  that  at  their  closest  possible  approach  their  surfaces  were  more  than  4  000 
miles  apart,  and  it  is  inferred  that  the  moon  did  not  originate  by  fission  from  'the 
earth  From  a  consideration  of  the  secular  acceleration  of  the  moon's  motion  it  is 
tound  that  the  day  is  now  changing  at  the  rate  of  one  second  in  13,000,000  years 

Professor  Moulton's  second  paper  starts  with  the  original  united  hypothetical 
earth-moon  mass  and  considers  the  question  of  its  fission.  It  is  found  that  the 
mass  could  not  suffer  fission  under  contraction  until  its  density  became  many  times 
that  at  present.  This  paper,  together  with  his  preceding  paper,  leads  to  the  conclu- 
sion that  the  moon  has  not  originated  by  fission  from  the  earth. 

Professor  Chamberlin,  in  his  second  paper,  considers  the  bearing  of  molecular 
activity  on  mass  fission,  and  concludes  that  it  keeps  the  equilibrium  from  becoming 
disturbed  to  such  an  extent  that  the  separation  of  large  masses  is  possible. 

Professor  Lunn  s  work  is  mainly  a  quantitative  study  of  that  portion  of  the 
earth  s  mternal  energy  which  may  have  been  derived  from  the  mechanical  energy 
of  a  system  of  planetesimals.  The  computations  are  made  for  the  Laplacian  law 
ox  density,  and  then  the  mfluences  of  certain  secondary  hypotheses  are  considered 


51 


52 


Geology 


Professor  Stieglitz  makes  a  study  of  the  conditions  for  precipitation  and  deposi 
tion  of  calcium  sulphate,  calcium  carbonate,  and  calcium  bicarbonate  in  the  presenc 
of  atmospheric  carbon  dioxide. 

No.  87.  The  California  Earthquake  of  April  i8,  igo6.  Report  of  the  State  Earth- 
quake Investigation  Commission,  Andrew  C.  Lawson,  Chairman, 
Quarto,  two  volumes  and  atlas. 

Vol.  1  (in  2  parts).   Report  of  the  Commission.    Published  1908. 
Part  I,  pages  xviii4-254,  plates  1-98,  text  figures  1-54.  \ 
Part  11,  pages  255-451,  plates  99-146,  text  figures  55-69.       I  $1700 

Atlas  contains  25  maps  relating  to  volume  1  and  15  sheets  ( 
of  seismograms  relating  to  volume  2.  ) 

Vol.  2.   Mechanics  of  the  Earthquake.   By  H.  F.  Reid.  200 
pages,  2  plates,  62  text  figures.    Published  1910.    Price  $2.00. 

This  is  the  report  of  the  State  Earthquake  Investigation  Commission  appointed 
by  the  Governor  of  California  to  study  the  earthquake  of  April  18,  1906.  The 
fault  where  the  earthquake  originated  is  a  part  of  a  larger  physiographic  feature 
known  as  the  San  y-Vndreas  rift.  This  rift  and  the  geology  of  the  coast  system  of 
mountains  are  carefully  described  in  the  first  volume,  which  is  miainly  descriptive. 
Then  follow  detailed  accounts  of  the  displacements  along  all  parts  of  the  fault  and 
descriptions  of  the  effect  and  intensity  of  the  shock  in  all  parts  of  California  and 
the  neighboring  States,  where  it  was  felt.  All  the  phenomena  observed  are  described, 
including  the  visible  undulations  of  the  ground,  the  formation  of  cracks,  fissures, 
landslides,  etc.  The  permanent  displacements  of  the  ground,  as  determined  by 
geodetic  measurements,  are  given,  and  the  positions  of  certain  monuments  erected 
for  the  purpose  of  determining  future  sHps  on  the  fault  are  recorded. 

The  second  volume,  on  the  mechanics  of  the  earthquake,  contains  a  theoretical 
discussion  of  the  phenomena  described  in  the  first  volume.  It  traces  the  forces 
required  to  cause  the  rupture  at  the  fault  to  drags  applied  from  below,  and  points 
out  that  the  rupture  v^^as  necessarily  preceded  by  a  relative  displacement  of  regions 
on  opposite  sides  of  the  fault,  which  suggests  a  method  of  anticipating  certain 
earthquakes.  The  records  obtained  by  seismographs  in  all  parts  of  the  world  are 
given  and  discussed.    A  very  complete  mathematical  theory  of  seismographs  is  given. 

No.  57.  AVashington,  H.  S,  The  Roman  Comagmatic  Region.  Octavo,  vi-\-\99 
pages,  3  text  figures.    Published  1906.    Price  $1.00. 

A  petrological  discussion  of  the  main  line  of  Italian  volcanoes,  from  Lake 
Bolsena  to  Vesuvius.  Complete  and  detailed,  largely  quantitative,  descriptions,  and 
numerous  new  chemical  analyses  of  the  various  rock  types  are  given,  and  their 
mutual  relations  and  the  general  petrological  characters  of  the  petrographic  province 
are  discussed  at  length,  the  basis  of  the  discussion  being  largely  chemical.  The 
descriptions  and  treatment  are  in  accordance  with  the  Quantitative  Classification  of 
Igneous  Rocks,  of  the  methods  and  terminology  of  v/hich  this  work  serves  as  an 
example,  though  the  ordinary  rock  names  are  also  used. 

No.  46.    Adams,  F.  D.,  and  E.  J,  Coker.  An  Investigation  into  the  Elastic  Constants 
of  Rocks,  more  especially  with  reference  to  Cubic  Compressibility.  Oc- 
tavo, 69  pages,  16  plates,  26  figures.   Published  1906.   Price  $1.75. 
In  the  report  on  this  investigation  the  am.ount  of  cubic  compressibility  which 
rocks  undergo  when  submitted  to  pressure  before  they  begin  to  flow,  or  under 
conditions  when  they  are  unable  to  flow,  is  determined.    In  arriving  at  these  results 
the  elastic  constants  of  the  rocks  were  investigated.    Fifteen  typical  rocks,  repre- 
senting the  chief  types  of  acid  and  basic  plutonic  rocks  forming  the  deeper  portions 
of  the  earth's  crust,  were  studied,  together  with  certain  sedimentary  and  metamorphic 
rocks.   A  comparative  study  was  also  made  of  the  cubic  compressibility  and  elastic 
constants  of  plate  glass. 


Geology  53 

No.  26.    PuMPELLY,  Raphael,  W.  M.  Davis,  R.  W.  Pumpelly,  and  Ellsworth 
Huntington.   Explorations  in  Turkestan,  with  an  Account  of  the 
Basin  of  Eastern  Persia  and  Sistan.    Expedition  of  1903.  Quarto, 
xii+324  pages,  6  plates,  174  text  figures.    Published  1905.   Price  $4.00. 
Besides    the    archeological    and    physico-geographical    report    by  Professor 
Pumpelly,  on  his  reconnaissance  in  Turkestan,  Publication  No.  26  contains  a  report 
of  nearly  100  quarto  pages  by  Prof.  William  M.  Davis,  of  Harvard  University, 
mainly  consisting  of  a  geological  study  of  Turkestan.    Mr.  R.  W.  Pumpelly  con- 
tributes physiographic  observations  between  the  Syr  Darya  and  Kara  Kul,  on  the 
Pamir,  and  Mr.  Ellsvv^orth  Pluntington,  of  Yale  University,  contributes  two  papers, 
entitled,  "A  Geological  and  Physiographic  Reconnaissance  in  Central  Turkestan" 
and  "The  Basin  of  Eastern  Persia  and  Sistan." 

No.  54.    Willis,  Bailey,  Charles  D.  Walcott,  and  others.    Research  in  China. 
In  three  volumes  and  atlas. 

Vol.  I  in  two  parts.    Published  1907.    Price  $8.00. 

Part  I.  Descriptive  Topography  and  Geology;  by  Bailey  Willis,  Eliot  Black- 
WELDEE,  and  R.  H.  Sargent.  Quarto,  pages  xiv+3534-xvi,  plates  i-li,  65  text 
figures. 

^^i^        .Petrography  and  Zoology;  by  Eliot  Blackweldee.     Syllabary  for  the 
1  ranscnpton  of  Chinese  Sounds;  by  Friedrich  Hirth.    Quarto,  pages  vi4-3=;s- 
528-f  xvii-xxiv,  plates  lii-lxiii  (including  6  plates  of  birds  colored  to  life).  " 
Atlas.    By  Bailey  Willis,  Eliot  Blackwelder,  and  R.  H.  Sargent.    Folio,  a2  mains 

and  21  other  illustrations.     Published  1906.    Price  $7.00. 
Vol.  II.    Systematic  Geology.      By  Bailey  Willis.      Quarto,  v+133+v  pages.  S 

plates.    Published  1907.    Price  $2.00.  •        1      y  &  , 

^°ri-  ^^}-'    Paleontology.    Quarto,  375  pages.    Published  1913.    Price  $5.00. 
The  Cambrian  Faunas  of  China,  24  plates,  9  figures;  by  Charles  D.  Walcott. 
A  Keport  on  the  Ordovician  Fossils  collected  by  the  Carnegie  Institution  Expedition 

to  Eastern  Asia,  2  plates;  by  Stuart  Weller. 
Report  upon  Upper  Paleozoic  Fossils  from  China  collected  by  the  Carnegie  Institu- 
tion Expedition,  3  plates;  by  George  H.  Girty. 

Volume  I,  Part  I,  contains  observations  relating  to  the  geology  of  northeastern, 
northern,  and  central  China  (Shan-tung,  Chi-li,  Shan-si,  and  Shen-si).  The  treat- 
ment is  primarily  by  districts,  and  under  each  district  the  terranes  observed  are 
described  in  order  from  older  to  younger.  The  nature  and  succession  of  strata,  the 
fossils,  and  the  structure  of  each  terrane  are  discussed.  The  terranes  observed  may 
be  enumerated  as  follows:  Pre-Cambrian,  Cambrian,  Ordovician,  Devono-Silurian 
(in  Central  China  only),  Carboniferous,  Permian  (?),  Jurassic,  and  Quaternary. 
The  principal  contributions  to  knowledge  relate  to  the  Pre-Cambrian,  the  strati- 
graphy and  fossils  of  the  Cambrian  and  the  history  of  the  Quaternary.  The  last 
named  comprises  an  analysis  of  the  mountain  forms  in  terms  of  uplift  and  erosion 
and  a  discussion  of  the  loess.  A  unique  feature  is  the  account  of  an  early  Cambrian 
tilhte  or  glacial  till,  which  underlies  the  Cambrian  limestone  of  the  Yang-tzi  valley. 
The  volume  is  profusely  illustrated  with  photographs  of  the  scenery  of  the  mountain 
districts  of  Chi-li,  Shan-si  (the  land  of  the  loess),  and  Shen-si. 

The  atlas  contains  2  route  maps,  20  topographic  maps,  and  20  identical  geologic 
maps.  The  topographic  maps  represent  the  features  along  and  adjacent  to  the  route 
on  a  scale  of  1 : 125000,  with  100-foot  contours.  They  are  based  on  plane-table  sur- 
veys and  the  forms  of  the  land  were  sketched  expressively  in  contours  on  the  spot. 

Vol.  I,  Part  H,  includes  three  special  reports  which  are  subsidiary  to  the  general 
treatment  of  the  geological  observations  in  Part  I  of  the  same  volume. 

The  first  and  largest  section  contains  a  description  of  the  varieties  of  igneous 
metamorphic,  and  sedimentary  rocks  collected  by  the  expedition  in  China.  All  of  these 
specimens  come  from  northern  China,  the  majority  of  them  being  from  Shan-tung, 
western  Chi-li,  eastern  Shan-si,  and  southern  Shen-si.  The  collection  comprises 
typical  representatives  of  the  geological  systems  from  Archean  to  Mesozoic.  Of 
special  importance  are  the  description  and  interpretation  of  the  varied  oolitic  and 
conglomeratic  limestones  found  in  the  Cambrian  terrane. 

The  second  section,  dealing  with  zoological  observations,  includes  an  annotated 
hst  of  the  amphibians,  reptiles,  and  birds  observed.  About  130  species  of  birds  are 
noted  and  of  these  6  of  the  least  known  are  illustrated  by  beautiful  colored  plates. 
Tj-  u    ^f^^^^^^^o"  contains  a  syllabary  of  Chinese  sounds,  prepared  by  Professor 
Hirth,  Ox  Columbia  University.    The  orthography  recommended  by  the  author 


54 


Geology 


compared  in  tabular  arrangement  with  that  of  Williams  and  Wade,  and  all  arc 
referred  to  the  corresponding  Chinese  ideographs. 

Volume  II  treats  of  the  same  material  as  Volume  I,  but  from  the  standpoint  of 
systematic  continental  history.  Repetition  has  been  avoided  so  far  as  is  consistent 
with  the  general  subject.  The  subject-matter  of  this  volume  is  classified  primarily 
according  to  geologic  eras  of  periods,  and  secondarily  by  broad  areas,  of  which 
China  proper  is  the  central  region.  Each  chapter  treats  of  the  geographic  condition 
of  southeastern  Asia  during  a  particular  age,  and  the  successive  chapters  trace  the 
sequence  of  changes  from  age  to  age.  Only  the  great  events  of  continental  history 
are  distinguishable  on  the  basis  of  existing  knowledge,  but  they  suffice  to  show 
that  the  present  continent  is  an  aggregation  of  land  masses  which,  from  time  to  time, 
have  been  forced  into  union  with  one  another.  This  study  of  A<;ia  has  been  carried 
on  with  comparative  studies  of  North  Am.erica  and  Europe,  and  has  led  to  theoreti- 
cal vievv's  regarding  continental  structure  and  development  which  have  a  broad 
application.    They  are  briefly  stated  in  a  closing  chapter. 

Volume  III  contains  the  description  and  illustration  of  the  Paleozoic  fossils  col- 
lected by  the  expedition,  of  which  the  greater  portion  are  Cambrian  in  age.  The 
section  devoted  to  the  Cambrian,  written  by  Dr.  Walcott,  includes  the  description 
and  correlation  of  fossils  collected  by  Prof.  J.  P.  Iddings  on  Tschang-hsing-tau 
Island,  Manchuria,  and  treats  of  the  development  of  our  knowledge  concerning  the 
geology  and  paleontology  of  the  Cambrian  formations  of  China.  Each  of  the  lo- 
calities is  described  in  detail,  with  lists  of  included  species  and  notes  indicating  their 
position  in  the  general  lists  of  species  accompanying  the  discussion  of  the  strati- 
graphy in  Volum.e  I ;  the  vertical  and  cross  sections  given  in  that  volume  are  re- 
drawn, showing  the  locality  numbers  in  their  proper  positions ;  and  the  faunal  hori- 
zons are  correlated  with  each  other  and,  so  far  as  possible,  with  those  of  other 
countries.  The  volume  also  contains  an  important  report  by  Prof.  Stuart  Weller 
on  the  Ordovician  fossils  collected  in  Eastern  Asia  in  1903-4,  accompanied  by  two 
plates.  These  fossils  include  two  collections,  one  from  the  province  of  Shan-tung 
and  the  other  from  the  extreme  eastern  portion  of  the  province  of  Ssi-ch'uan. 

Dr.  George  H.  Girty  has  contributed  to  the  volume  a  report  on  Upper  Paleozoic 
fossils  collected  in  China  1903-4,  together  with  three  plates.  The  specimens  were 
obtained  from  localities  quite  widely  separated  and  Dr.  Girty's  discussion  of  the  col- 
lections is  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  geologic  history  of  the  region. 

No.  192.  Huntington,  Ellsworth,  with  contributions  by  Charles  Schucheet, 
A.  E.  Douglass,  and  Charles  J.  Kullmer.  The  Climatic  Factor,  as 
Illustrated  in  Arid  America.  Quarto.  (For  full  description,  see 
page  63.) 


Other  papers  relating  to  geology  are  the  publications  of  the  Geophysical  Labora- 
tory, Nos.  31,  157,  and  158.  For  descriptions  see  under  Chemxistry  and  Physics, 
page  40. 


PALEONTOLOGY. 


No.  55.    Case,   E.    C.    A   Revision   of   the   Pelycosauria   of   North  America. 

Quarto,  176  pages,  35  plates,  73  text  figures.  Published  1907.  Price 
$3.00. 

This  monograph  gives  a  revision  and  morphological  description  of  the  North 
American  reptiles  of  the  Permian  and  Upper  Carboniferous,  especially  those  from 
the  Red  Beds  of  northern  Texas,  together  with  the  history  of  the  group.  The 
taxonomy  and  synonymy  are  considered  with  some  detail;  the  location  of  all  types 
and  the  original  descriptions  are  given.  This  is  followed  by  a  revised  description  of 
all  types,  by  the  descriptions  of  new  forms,  and  a  discussion  of  the  biological  and 
geological  relations  of  the  group.  A  bibliography  of  all  important  papers  is  given 
which,  in  connection  with  Hay's  Catalogue  of  the  Vertebrata  of  North  America, 
furnishes  a  complete  bibliography  of  the  group  up  to  the  date  of  publication. 
No.  145.  Case,  E.  C.  A  Revision  of  the  Cotylosauria  of  North  America.  Quarto, 
122  pages,  14  plates,  52  text  figures.    Published  1911.    Price  $3.00. 

This  monograph,  which  is  the  second  in  the  series  dealing  with  the  vertebrate 
fauna  of  the  Permian  or  Permo-Carboniferous  period  in  North  America,  gives  a 
revision  and  morphological  description  of  the  group  of  primitive  reptiles  called  Co- 
tylosauria. The  same  general  plan  is  followed  in  this  work  as  in  the  previous  vol- 
ume on  the  Pelycosauria.  The  types  are  redescribed  and  the  original  descriptions 
quoted.  Much  new  material  is  also  described  and  a  scheme  of  classification  is  pro- 
posed which  reconciles  all  the  facts  now  available.  Several  types  which  have  been 
found  to  be  indeterminable  are  so  listed.  The  location  and  museum  number  of  each 
type  and  characteristic  specimen  are  given.  A  morphological  description  of  each 
form  follows  the  systematic  portion  with  a  discussion  of  probable  relationships  and 
habits.  The  bibliography  includes  all  papers  referred  to  in  the  text  and  all  v/hich 
have  been  published  since  the  appearance  of  Hay's  Bibliography  and  Catalogue. 
No.  146.  Case,  E.  C.  A  Revision  of  the  Amphibia  and  Pisces  of  the  Permian 
of  North  America.  Quarto,  184  pages,  32  plates,  56  text  figures.  Pub- 
lished 1911.    Price  $4.00. 

This  is  the  third  monograph  of  the  series  on  the  vertebrate  life  of  the  Permian 
or  Permo-Carboniferous  period  in  North  America.  The  method  of  treatment  is 
the  same  as  in  the  two  previous  monographs.  A  full  systematic  revision  is  given 
for  both  the  amphibians  and  fishes,  followed  by  a  morphological  description  of 
each  form.  The  location  and  museum  number  of  each  type  and  characteristic 
specimen  are  recorded.  The  bibliography  is  complete,  in  connection  with  Hay's 
"Catalogue  and  Bibliography  of  the  Vertebrata  of  North  America.''  The  portion 
upon  the  fishes  is  the  independent  work  of  Dr.  Hussakof,  except  the  part  included 
in  the  history  of  work  upon  the  amphibians  and  fishes.  A  short  article  by  Dr.  E. 
H.  Sellards  describes  two  new  cockroaches  from  the  beds  in  Texas. 
No.  181.  Case,  E.  C,  S.  W.  Williston,  and  M.  G.  Mehl.  The  Permo-Carbonif- 
erous Vertebrates  from  New  Mexico.  Quarto,  v-{-81  pages,  1  plate,  51 
figures.    Published  1913.    Price  $2.00. 

This  is  a  supplementary  volume  to  those  published  by  E.  C.  Case  on  the  Permo- 
Carboniferous  vertebrates  of  North  America.  It  contains  an  account  of  the  ex- 
ploration of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  beds  of  El  Cobre  Canyon,  near  Abiquiu, 
and  those  on  the  Arroyo  de  Agua,  both  in  Rio  Arriba  County,  New  Mexico.  Fos- 
sils of  this  age  were  first  discovered  in  New  Mexico  by  James  Baldwin  over  thirty 
years  ago,  and  specimens  found  their  way  into  the  hands  of  both  Cope  and  Marsh, 
who  described  imperfect  material.  The  result  of  this  exploration  was  the  dis- 
covery of  a  large  quantity  of  new  material,  including  some  exceptionally  perfect 
specimens.  The  monograph  contains  descriptions  of  new  material,  corrections  of 
synonymy  and  of  errors  of  interpretation,  and  references  to  all  material  described 
elsewhere.  The  two  senior  authors  collaborated  in  order  to  avoid  all  possible 
errors  and  future  discussion  and  are  jointly  responsible  for  all  statements  made  by 
them.    Dr.  Mehl's  part  consists  in  the  description  of  a  single  specimen. 


56 


Paleontology 


57 


No.  207.  Case,  E,  C.  The  Permo-Carhoniferous  Red  Beds  of  North  America  and 
Their  Vertebrate  Fauna.  Quarto,  176  pages,  24  plates,  50  text  figures. 
Published  1915.  Price  $4.00. 
This  is  the  fifth  monograph  of  the  series  dealing  with  the  Permian  Vertebrates 
of  the  Permo-Carboniferous  of  North  America.  The  first  four  deal  with  the 
taxonomy  and  the  morphology  of  the  different  groups  of  vertebrates.  The  present 
describes:  (1)  The  stratigraphy  of  the  different  beds  in  which  the  fossils  occur; 
the  conditions  under  which  the  beds  were  deposited;  the  climatology  of  the  time 
interpreted  from  the  deposits;  all  other  recognized  inorganic  factors  constituting 
the  inorganic  environment  of  the  fauna.  (2)  The  habits  and  inter-relations  of  the 
animals  as  interpreted  from  their  structure;  the  food  habits  as  interpreted  from 
the  teeth  and  other  parts ;  the  possible  food  supply  as  a  check  on  the  assumed  food 
habits.  (3)  The  appearance  of  the  forms,  so  far  as  known,  with  restorations  of 
the  better-known  species.  (4)  The  origin,  development,  and  extinction,  or  disap- 
pearance,^  of  the  fauna.  (5)  The  surface  of  North  America  in  Permo-Carbon- 
iferous time;  the  possible  land  connections  of  the  continent  with  other  continents 
in  reference  to  the  possible  migrations  of  the  fauna.  A  synoptic  table  gives  the 
geographical  and  geological  distribution  of  the  various  forms  and  the  author's  idea 
of  the  proper  classification.  The  whole  monograph  is  a  summary  of  our  knowl- 
edge of  the  fauna  and  an  attempt  to  study  the  evolution  of  the  group  from  its 
inception  to  its  extinction  or  final  disappearance  from  the  continent,  in  the  light  of 
all  recognized  controlling  factors,  organic  and  inorganic.  The  relations  of  the 
fauna  to  that  of  other  continents  is  not  treated  in  detail  as  it  is  planned  to  consider 
this  phase  of  the  matter  in  a  continuation  of  the  work. 

No.  75.  Hay,  Oliver  P.  The  Fossil  Turtles  of  North  America.  Quarto,  iv-f  568 
pages,  113  plates,  704  text  figures.  Published  1908.  Price  $9.00. 
This  work  has  for  its  purpose  the  careful  description  of  all  the  species  of  fossil 
turtles  of  North  America  that  were  known  to  exist  at  the  time  of  publication.  In 
all  266  species  are  described  and,  with  few  exceptions,  figures  are  given  of  all  of 
these.  Of  the  266  species  76  are  regarded  as  hitherto  undescribed.  The  classifica- 
tion of  the  order  is  discussed  and  the  families  and  genera  are  carefully  defined. 
Before  entering  on  the  consideration  of  the  fossil  forms  the  osteology  of  most  of 
the^  living  families  is  elucidated.  The  modifications  undergone  by  the  turtles  since 
their  earliest  appearance  are  discussed,  as  well  as  the  derivation  of  the  order  and 
its  various  families.  There  is  a  chapter  on  the  geographical  distribution  of  the 
living  turtles,  illustrated  by  8  maps.  Two  tables  present  the  geological  distribution 
of  the  North  American  extinct  species.  This  work  is  of  interest  to  all  students  of 
these  reptiles,  as  many  of  the  genera  here  described  still  exist. 

No.  34.    WiELAND,  G.  R.   American  Fossil  Cycads.  Quarto. 

Vol.  I.    Structure,   viii+296  pages,  51  plates,  141  text  figures.  Pub- 
lished 1906.    Price  $6.25 

Vol.  II.  Taxonomy,  vii+277  pages.  58  plates,  97  text  figures. 
Published  1916.  Price  $6.25. 
In  volume  I  a  record  is  made  of  the  discoveries  and  collections  of  silicified 
cycads.  Some  of  the  more  important  finds  noted  were  made  by  the  author.  These 
include  the  most  remarkable  of  the  branched  forms.  The  various  conditions  of 
fossilization  and  methods  of  treatment,  including  the  cutting  of  large  thin  sections, 
are  taken  up.  The  foliage  of  the  Cycadeoids  is  determined  from  the  young  crowns 
of  partially  emergent  fronds  and  compared  with  that  of  the  existing  cycads,  some 
ncAv  facts  about  the  latter  being  brought  out.  The  ovulate  fructification  'is  de- 
scribed in  much  detail,  and  the  discovery  of  the  bisporangiate  flower  buds  is  set 
forth  on  the  basis  of  completely  illustrated  serial  sections.  The  subject  of  young 
fructifications  is  dealt  with  in  preliminary  form.  There  is  thus  given  a  redintegra- 
tion of  the  long  problematic  Cycadeoid  type.  This  part  of  the  work  affords  a  key 
to  the  study  of  many  hitherto  scantily  known  fossil  casts  and  imprints  of  Cyca- 
daceous  affinity.  The  closing  chapters  are  devoted  to  a  thoroughly  illustrated  com- 
parative study  of  the  habitus  and  structure  of  the  existing  cycads  and  to  a  new 


58 


Paleontology 


theory  of  angiosperm  descent  from  hypothetic  types  little  remote  from  the  early 
Mesozoic  Cycadeoids. 

In  volume  II  the  structure  of  the  Cycadeoids  is  taken  up  from  the  viewpoint  of 
classification  and  nomenclature.  Trunk  structure  is  further  considered  on  the 
basis  of  large  poHshed  transverse  and  longitudinal,  and  also  thin  sections.  Notes 
are  given  on  nearly  all  the  more  important  American  species,  and  the  necessary 
comparisons  with  European  forms  are  drawn.  The  aim  is  to  give  in  clear  and 
usable  form  the  present  status  of  Cycadeoid  study.  Incidentally  many  new  details 
of  both  structural  and  general  biologic  interest  are  illustrated.  In  particular  the 
remarkable  monocarpic  species  Cycadeoidea  dartoni  is  described.  As  in  volume  1 
extended  comparison  with  existing  cycads  was  made,  so  in  volume  II  a  well-illus- 
trated account  of  the  related  Mesozoic  Cycadophytan  stem,  leaf,  and  fruit  im- 
prints, and  casts  is  appended.  This  in  large  part  rests  on  the  author's  own  dis- 
coveries in  the  Liassic  of  Mexico.  A  fuller  account  of  the  seeds  is  given,  and  new 
theories  of  seed  and  floral  constitution  are  discussed.  The  descent  of  the  angio- 
sperms  is  further  considered.  The  two  volumes  therefore  constitute  a  treatise  on 
the  Cycadeoids  setting  forth  all  the  main  features  of  the  group  thus  far  discovered. 
Both  volumes  are  profusely  illustrated  and  contain  the  necessary  bibliographies. 
No.  238.    MooDiE,  Roy  L.    The  Coal  Measures  Amphibia  of  North  America. 

Quarto,  x+222  pages,  26  plates,  43  text  figures.      Published  1916. 

Price  $5.50. 

A  complete  account  of  the  anatomy,  distribution,  classification,  and  relation- 
ships of  the  oldest  known  land  vertebrates  of  North  America  is  given  so  far  as 
may  be  determined  from  the  material  which  has  been  discovered.  It  is  accom- 
panied by  a  bibliography  of  645  titles,  which  are  citations  to  all  the  studies  made 
to^  December  1915,  on  the  fossil  Amphibia  of  the  world.  Especial  emphasis  is 
laid  on  the  anatomical  facts.  Plates  and  text  figures  show  the  osteology,  the 
lateral-line  system,  the  dermal  covering,  the  alimentary  canal,  and  such  other  features 
as  are  possible  of  ascertainment  from  the  fragmentary  material.  The  history  of 
the  classification  of  the  fossil  Amphibia  is  given,  together  with  an  account  of  the 
discovery  of  the  land  vertebrates  in  the  Coal  Measures  of  North  America.  Dis- 
cussions of  the  manner  of  occurrence  and  the  geological  and  geographical  dis- 
tribution are  accompanied  by  maps  and  photographs.  A  large  share  of  the  volume 
is  devoted  to  careful  description  and  classification  of  the  90  species  which  are  now 
known  to  occur  in  the  Coal  Measures  of  North  America,  with  figures,  recon- 
structions, location  of  type  material,  synonymy,  and  references  to  the  original 
descriptions. 


ARCHEOLOGY. 


No.  26.  PuMPELLY,  Raphael,  W.  M.  Davis,  R.  W.  Pumpelly,  and  Ellsworth 
Huntington.  Explorations  in  Turkestan,  with  an  Account  of  the  Basin 
of  Eastern  Persia  and  Sistan.  Expedition  of  1903.  Quarto.  (See 
page  53  for  description.) 

No.  73.  Pumpelly,  Raphael,  et  al.  Explorations  in  Turkestan,  Expedition  of 
1904.  Prehistoric  Civilizations  of  Anau.  In  two  volumes.  Quarto, 
XXXV4-494+X  pages,  97  plates,  548  figures.  Published  1908.  Price 
$10.00. 

Vol.  1.  ^  Reports  by  Raphael  Pumpelly  and  Hubert  Schmidt,  with 
contributions  by  Homer  Kidder,  Ellsworth  Huntington,  and  F.  A. 
Gooch.    Pages  xxxv+l-240-hvi,  plates  1-60,  and  text  figures  1-430. 
Vol.  2.   Reports  of  R.  W.  Pumpelly  and  J.  U.  Duerst,  with  contribu- 
tions by  G.  Sergi,  Th.  Mollison,  H.  C.  Schellenberg,  and  Lang- 
don  Warner.    Pages  x-|-241-4944-x,  plates  61-97,  figures  431-548. 
The  object  of  the  exploration  was  to  search  for  evidence  for  or  against  the 
Central  Asiatic  origin  of  early  cultures,  with  especial  reference  to  the  hypothesis  of 
a  so-called  Asiatic  Aryan  home.   The  volume  of  the  Reconnaissance  Expedition  of 
1903  contains  the  results  of  the  separate  expeditions  of  Prof.  W.  M.  Davis,  of 
Harvard  University;  of  Mr.  Ellsworth  Huntington,  and  of  Professor  Pumpelly  and 
Mr.  R.  W.  Pumpelly.    These  results  are  chiefly: 

1.  The  corroboration  and  extension  of  the  evidence  of  an  extensive  Glacial  and 
post-Glacial  inland  sea. 

2.  The  independent  determination  of  at  least  three  Glacial  and  two  inter-Glacial 
phases  of  the  Glacial  Period  in  the  Tien  Shan  and  on  the  Pamir. 

3.  The  observation  of  a  vast  number  of  ruined  sites  of  all  ages,  some  of  which 
were  evidently  of  very  remote  age. 

The  two  volumes  of  1904  treat  of  the  archeological  and  physiographic  results 
of  the  Second  Expedition,  with  especial  reference  to  the  excavations  at  Anau  and 
incidentally  at  Merv.    The  following  reports  are  presented : 

Ancient  Anau  and  the  Oasis- World,  and  General  Discussion  of  Results,  xxxv-kSo  pases.  6 
plates,  21  figures.    By  Raphael  Pumpelly.  f  s  , 

408  °figur?i  and  Old  Merv.    By  Hubert  Schmidt.    127  pages,  50  plates, 

Note  on  the  Occurrence  of  Glazed  Ware  at  Afrosiab,  and  of  Large  Tars  at  Ghiaur  Kala.  By 
Homer  H.  Kidder.    4  pages,  2  figures.  ' 

Description  of  Kurgans  of  the  Merv  Oasis.    By  Ellsworth  Huntington.    13  pp.,  4  pi. 

Chemical  Analyses  of  Metallic  Implements  from  Anau.    By  F.  A  Gooch 

Physiography  of  Central-Asian  Deserts  and  Oases.    By  R.  Welles  Pumpelly. 

Animal  Remains  from  the  Excavations  in  Anau,  and  the  Horse  of  Anau  in  its  Relation  to  the 
Races  of  Domestic  Horses.    By  J.  Ulrich  Duerst.    100  pages,  20  plates. 

Description  of  some  Skulls  from  the  North  Kurgan,  Anau.    By  G.  Sergi 

Some  Human  Remains  found  in  the  North  Kurgan,  Anau.    By  Th.  Mo'llison. 

Wheat  and  Barley  from  the  North  Kurgan,  Anau.    By  H.  C.  Schellenberg. 

btone  Implements  and  Skeletons  excavated  in  Anau.    By  Langdon  Warner. 

In  the  expedition  of  1904  two  sites  on  the  Oasis  of  Anau  were  excavated,  expos- 
ing four  successive  civilizations— Anau  I,  H,  HI,  IV,  extending  with  breaks  from 
8000  B.  C.  to  the  beginning  of  our  era,  and  aggregating  over  130  feet  of  culture 
strata  and  a  later  city  of  the  period  of  known  history.  The  archeologist,  Dr. 
Hubert  Schmidt,  of  the  Royal  Museum  fiir  Volkerkunde  of  Berlin,  describes  the 
excavations  and  gives  a  critical  description  of  the  successive  potteries  and  other 
finds.  Prof.  J.  Ulrich  Duerst,  of  the  University  of  Berne,  gives  an  extended  com- 
parative anatomical  study  of  the  abundant  animal  remains,  collected  foot  by  foot 
from  the  lowest  culture  strata  upward,  of  the  two  oldest  civilizations.  In  these  he 
finds  the  beginning  of  domestication  and  the  differentiation  of  breeds  and  origin 
of  some  prehistoric  European  breeds.  He  also  contributes  a  chapter  on  the  desert 
horse  of  Anau  in  its  relation  to  the  varieties  of  domestic  horses. 

In  the  opening  chapters  of  Volume  1  (1904)  Professor  Pumpelly,  after  tracing 
the  evolution  of  the  environment  that  conditioned  the  prehistoric  civilizations  of 


.^9 


60 


Archeology 


Anau,  reviews  the  characteristics  of  the  civilizations  and  analyzes  the  results  of 
his  own  and  his  collaborators'  investigations.  By  physiographic  methods  there 
were  obtained,  through  shafts  in  the  oasis  formation,  a  determination  of  the  rate 
of  alluvial  growth  relatively  to  that  of  the  accumulation  of  the  debris  of  civilization 
and  evidence  of  three  climatic  cycles,  paralleling  the  cultures,  as  well  as  their  rela- 
tion to  the  rise  and  fall  of  these.  The  rate  of  accumulation  of  debris  of  civilization 
is  found  subject  to  a  fixed  law,  and  the  stratigraphic  rate  is  converted  into  a  time 
scale  v/hich  is  confirmed  by  the  author's  study  of  datable  Eg)^ptian  village  mounds. 
Thus,  and  partly  from  internal  evidence,  is  obtained  the  dating  of  the  beginning 
of  the  cultures  Anau  I,  II,  III,  IV  (8000,  6000,  5000,  4000  B.  C.)  and  3000  to  4000 
years  as  the  duration  of  a  climatic  cycle.  The  civilizations  Anau  I,  II  were  wholly 
Central  Asian ;  the  people  isolated  from  Europe  and  Africa,  at  least  since  an  inter- 
Glacial  period,  by  the  inland  sea  of  the  Glacial  epoch,  were  forced  by  increasing 
aridity  on  to  the  oases  and  to  the  evolution  of  agriculture.  The  dolichocephalic 
founders  of  Anau  I  and  II  were  by  long  inheritance  town-building  cultivators  of 
wheat  and  barley  who  later  began  the  domestication  and  breeding  of  animals — the 
criteria  of  civilization. 

Toward  the  end  of  Anau  III  (5000  to  3000  B.  C.)  appears  external  (Chaldean) 
influence  and  culture. 

Anau  I  and  II  had  slight  knowledge  of  copper.  Anau  III  covers  the  developed 
copper  age,  but  ends  before  the  use  of  bronze. 

There  was  a  long  gap  between  copper  culture  (III)  and  iron  (IV). 

The  agricultural  preceded  the  nomadic  shepherd  stage. 

The  arid  extremes  caused  the  great  migrations. 

The  climatic  reaction  following  the  Glacial  period  began  the  evolution  of  organ- 
ized civilization. 

Domestic  animals  and  elements  of  agriculture  of  dolichocephalic  Anau-li  were 
brought  to  Europe  in  the  late  stone  age  by  brachycephalic  Asiatic  immigrants. 
The  relation  of  Anau  cultures  I  and  II  to  early  Babylonia  and  Susa  are  discussed 

No.  53.    MuLLER,  W.  Max.    Egyptological  Researches. 

Vol.  1.  Results  of  a  Journey  in  1904.   Quarto,  62  pages,  106  plates.  Pub- 
lished 1906.    Price  $2.75. 
Vol.  2.  Results  of  a  Journey  in  1906.    Quarto,  v-}-188  pages,  47  plates, 
68  text  figures.    Published  1910.    Price  $9.00. 
Volume  1  records  the  results  of  an  expedition  by  the  author  in  1904,  having  as 
its  object  a  study  of  the  monuments  recording  the  relations  of  ancient  Egypt  to 
foreign  countries,  especially  to  Asia  and  Europe — monuments  which  are  mostly 
direct  contributions  to  Biblical  studies  and  in  many  ways  elucidate  the  history  of  the 
whole  world.    Professor  Miiller  sought  especially  to  secure  final,  or  at  least  better, 
copies  of  the  most  important  "known"  texts  rather  than  to  obtain  "new"  material. 

Volume  2  is  a  continuation  of  the  above  and  records  the  author's  researches 
in  1906. 

No.  100.  Ward,  William  Hayes.  The  Seal  Cylinders  of  Western  Asia.  Quarto, 
xxix+428  pages,  1,500  text  figures.  Published  1910.  Price  $7.50. 
These  seal  cylinders  were  of  the  size  of  a  large  or  small  spool,  purely  cylindrical  or 
v/ith  the  surface  concave  and  in  the  latest  Persian  period  convex  and  barrel-shaped. 
In  the  earliest  period  they  were  made  of  the  central  hard  core  of  a  conch  shell  from 
the  Persian  Gulf;  afterwards  of  serpentine  or  lapis-lazuli ;  then  hard  stones,  quartz 
crystal,  chalcedony,  or  carnelian.  Every  owner  of  property  had  to  have  one  of  the 
cylinders.  The  engravings  on  them  were  usually  figures  of  the  gods  worshiped  by 
the  owners,  or  scenes  of  agriculture,  war,  or  the  chase.  Later  the  owner's  name 
would  be  added  in  cuneiform  characters,  with  the  name  of  his  father  and  that  of  his 
favorite  god.  This  work  opens  with  an  introduction  describing  the  materials,  the 
tools,  the  uses  of  the  cylinders,  and  the  principles  of  classification,  and  it  closes  with 
a  discussion  of  religions  and  sacrifices,  lists  with  figures  of  the  gods  and  their  sym- 
bols, and  a  conclusion  as  to  the  source  of  the  earliest  culture,  which  seems  to  have 
been  in  Elam,  just  east  of  Babylonia,  on  the  Persian  Gulf.   The  main  body  of  the 


Archeology 


61 


work  is  devoted  to  the  study  of  these  seals  as  classified  by  nationality,  period,  and 
subject.  Almost  every  page  has  several  illustrations,  so  that  the  student  of  history, 
civilization,  and  art  has  here  a  body  of  material  and  conclusions  not  hitherto  acces- 
sible to  scholars. 

The  present  volume  consists  of  about  450  quarto  pages  with  over  1,500  drawings, 
and  may  be  described  as  an  investigation  of  the  earliest  art  of  Babylonia  and  its 
later  ramifications,  showing  the  sources  of  that  stream  of  culture  which  finally  over- 
flowed in  Greek  art  and  civilization.  From  that  period  of  perhaps  4000  B.  C,  long 
before  the  use  of  iron,  if  not  before  that  of  bronze,  the  course  of  art  and  culture 
and  religion  is  followed  as  it  spreads  over  Persia  on  the  east  and  as  far  as  the 
Mediterranean  Sea  and  Cyprus  on  the  west,  including  Assyria,  the  Hittite  Empire 
of  Asia  Minor,  Syria,  and  Phoenicia.  Thus  the  investigation  reaches  down  to 
about  600  B.  C,  when  the  seal  cylinder  gave  way  to  seals  of  other  sorts,  owing  to 
the  growing  disuse  of  clay  tablets  for  writing  and  the  substitution  of  the  simpler 
cone  seal  and  scaraboid  in  place  of  the  cylinder. 

No.  108.  Van  Deaian,  Esther  B.  The  Atrium  Vestce.  Octavo,  xii-[-47  pages, 
17  plates.  Published  1909.  Price  $1.50. 
This  is  a  careful  study  of  one  of  the  many  interesting  problems  which  arise  in 
the  study  of  Roman  topography  and  Roman  architecture.  The  magnificent  House 
of  the  Vestals  was  not  the  work  of  one  period,  but  was  enlarged"  and  beautified 
during  successive  epochs,  the  later  builders  doing  their  work  in  such  a  way  as  to  fit 
It,  as  far  as  possible,  into  that  of  their  predecessors,  thus  producing  the  impression 
of  a  uniform  structure.  In  this  monograph  the  House  of  the  Vestals  is  considered 
not  as  an  isolated  problem,  but  in  connection  with  a  thorou^rh  study  of  Roman  brick- 
work, and  the  author  has  reconstructed  the  history  of  the  building  for  the  first  and 
second  centuries  A.  D. 

No.  200.    W.  H.  R.  Rivers,  A.  E.  Jenks,  and  S.  G.  Morley.   Reports  upon  the 
Present  Condition  and  Future  Needs  of  the  Science  of  Anthropology. 
Quarto,  91  pages,  14  plates.   Published  1913.   Price  $2.00. 
The  above  volume  consists  of  three  elaborate  reports  upon  the  present  status  of 
the  science  of  Anthropology:  one  concerning  Anthropological  Research  outside 
America,  by  Dr.  W.  H.  R.  Rivers,  of  Cambridge  University;  one  on  the  status  of 
this  science  m  the  western  hemisphere  and  the  Pacific  Islands,  by  Dr.  Albert  E. 
Jenks,  of  the  University  of  Minnesota;  and  one  on  the  possibilities  of  archeological 
research  at  the  ruins  of  Chichen  Itza,  Yucatan,  by  Mr.  Sylvanus  G.  Morley. 

No.  219.  Morley,  Sylvanus  Griswold.  The  Maya  Inscriptions.  The  Inscriptions 
of  Co  pan,  Honduras.  Quarto,  34  plates.  In  press. 
This  volume  deals  with  the  hieroglyphic  inscriptions  of  the  ancient  Maya  civiliza- 
tion of  southern  Mexico  and  northern  Central  America,  and  is  especially  devoted 
to  a  consideration  of  the  inscriptions  of  Copan,  Honduras,  one  of  the  largest  and 
oldest  centers  of  the  Old  Empire.  This  city  flourished  during  the  first  five  cen- 
turies of  the  Christian  Era  and  is  particularly  noteworthy  for  the  large  number 
of  its  hieroglyphic  monuments.  The  texts  are  presented  upon  a  variety  of  media: 
stelas,  altars,  door-jambs,  fagades,  steps,  and  stairv/ays.  They  vary  in  length  from 
2  glyphs  to  over  2,000.  In  fact  the  longest  inscription  in  the  Maya  writing  is 
found  here— the  Hieroglyphic  Stairway  on  the  western  slope  of  Mound  26,  which 
contains  upwards  of  2,500  glyphs.  Of  the  81  texts  under  observation,  which  include 
all  nov/  known,  22  were  found  to  belong  to  The  Archaic  Period  {i.  e.,  from  the 
earliest  times  down  to  9  . 10  .  0  .  0 .  0,  approximately  to  360  A.D.)  ;  17  to  The  Middle 
Period  {i.  e.,  from  9  . 10  .  0  .  0 .  0  to  9  . 15  .  0  .  0 .  0,  approximately  360  to  460  A.D.)  ; 
and  42  to  The  Great  Period  {i.e.,  from  9 .  IS  .  0  .  0  .  0  to  10  .  2  .  0  .  0  .  0,  approximately 
460  to  600  A.D.).  There  are  many  drawings  and  photographs  of  heretofore  un- 
known or  undescribed  inscriptions,  and  these  include  a  large  amount  of  "new 
material"  here  made  accessible  to  students  of  the  Maya  hieroglyphic  writing  for 
the  first  time. 


62 


Archeology 


The  work  closes  with  a  number  of  appendices,  including  lists  of  the  monuments 
upon  which  the  investigation  was  based,  arranged  according  to  their  chronological 
sequence;  lists  of  all  known  contemporaneous  monuments  from  other  sites;  corre- 
lation tables;  distribution  maps  and  diagrams  and  a  complete  bibliography  of  the 
site.  In  short  this  monograph  presents  an  exhaustive  study  of  the  Copan  inscrip- 
tions based  upon  a  first  hand  examination  of  the  originals. 


For  other  works  relating  to  Archeology,  see  No.  54,  on  page  53,  and  No.  192, 
on  page  63. 


CLIMATOLOGY  AND  GEOGRAPHY. 


No.  192.   Huntington,  Ellsworth,  with  contributions  by  Charles  Schuchert, 
A.  E.  Douglass,  and  Charles  J.  Kullmer.    The  Climatic  Factor,  as 
illustrated  in  Arid  America.    Quarto,  341  pages,  12  plates,  2  maps!  90 
figures.    Published  1914.    Price  $5.50. 
This  study  of  changes  of  climate  is  a  continuation  of  the  work  described  in  the 
author  s  papers  in  Nos.  26  and  73.    It  deals  mainly  with  the  relation  of  climate  to 
geological,  botanical,  and  archeological  phenomena,  but  contains  also  a  considerable 
amount  of  geographical  description.    The  book  begins  with  a  discussion  of  the 
present  climate  of  Arizona  and  New  Mexico,  and  its  effect  upon  the  earth's 
surface  and  upon  vegetation.     Because  of  the  aridity  and  scanty  vegetation, 
deposits  of  alluvium  are  abundant  and  many  are  terraced.    A  consideration  of 
whether  these  terraces  are  of  climatic  or  tectonic  origin  leads  to  the  conclusion  that 
they  are  climatic,  and  that  they  indicate  climatic  pulsations  during  the  period  of 
human  occupation.   Numerous  ruins,  here  and  in  Mexico,  Yucatan,  and  Guatemala, 
point  to  the  same  conclusion  and  suggest  the  existence  of  at  least  three  moist 
periods  separated  by  times  of  aridity. 

An  independent  investigation  of  the  same  problem,  based  on  the  method  of 
Prof  A.  E.  Douglass,  shows  that  the  amount  of  rainfall  may  be  determined  from 
the  thickness  of  rings  of  growth  in  trees.  From  measurements  of  450  Sequoias  in 
California  a  curve  has  been  plotted  showing  the  approximate  pulsations  of  rainfall 
m  California  for  3,000  years.  Comparison  with  meteorological  records  suggests 
that  the  pulsations  consist  of  an  alternate  weakening  and  strengthening  of  atmos- 
pheric  circulation,  whereby  climatic  zones  are  moved  first  poleward,  then  equatorward. 

This  conclusion  leads  to  an  attempt  to  determine  the  cause  of  changes  of  cli- 
mate, including  not  only  recent  changes,  but  those  of  geological  times,  which 
are  discussed  by  Professor  Schuchert,  who  lays  special  emphasis  upon  the  im- 
portance of  broad  crustal  deformation.  Such  deformation,  however,  can  scarcely 
account  for  glacial  and  inter-glacial  epochs,  and  much  less  for  the  pulsations  in- 
dicated by  the  California  trees.  Only  the  solar  hypothesis  seems  adequate.  This 
conclusion  is  tested  by  investigating  the  possibility  of  a  connection  between  varia- 
tions m  sun  spots  and  changes  in  the  growth  of  trees.  Such  a  connection  seems 
to  exist,^  and  various  phenomena  suggest  that  apparent  discrepancies  are  in  reality 
results  that  would  naturally  be  expected. 

Chapters  2,  4,  5,  6,  and  10  deal  with  the  geological  problem  of  the  effect  of 
aridity  upon  surface  forms  and  upon  subaerial  deposits.  The  problem  of  the  tec- 
tonic versus  climatic  origin  of  alluvial  terraces  in  dry  mountain  regions  is  treated 
at  length.  Chapters  19,  20,  and  21  discuss  theories  of  climatic  changes,  special  em- 
phasis being  given  to  the  solar  hypothesis  as  the  cause  of  changes  of  the  masrni- 
tude  of  glacial  epochs  or  less,  and  to  crustal  deformation  as  the  cause  of  greater 
changes,  such  as  glacial  periods. 

Inasmuch  as  botanical  evidence  is  largely  used  in  elucidating  the  climate  of  the 
past,  Chapter  2  describes  the  arboreal  desert  of  the  southwestern  United  States. 
Chapters  11  to  14  discuss  the  relation  of  the  thickness  of  rings  of  growth  to 
chmatic  conditions,  not  merely  in  the  case  of  the  Sequoia  of  California,  but  among 
trees  from  all  parts  of  the  country.  The  evidence  presented  in  Chapters  15,  16, 
and  17  suggests  that  in  equatorial  regions  plant  formations  may  be  displaced  by 
climatic  changes  with  a  degree  of  rapidity  which  must  cause  the  process  of  natural 
selection  to  act  with  greater  speed  than  is  commonly  supposed. 

The  climate  of  the  past  stands  in  vital  relation  not  only  to  geology  and  botany, 
but  to  men.  Hence  it  is  necessary  to  consider  fully  the  ruins  of  the  Southwest  and 
the  conditions  under  which  the  people  lived.  This  is  done  in  Chapters  6  to  10. 
The  ruins  and  civilization  of  the  Mayas  in  Yucatan  and  Guatemala  are  also  im- 
portant lines  of  evidence,  and  in  Chapters  15  to  18  the  theory  is  advanced  that 
when  the  Mayas  were  in  their  prime  the  lowlands  of  this  region  were  decidedly 
drier  than  now. 


63 


HISTORY. 


No.  13.  Adams,  E.  D.  Influence  of  Grenville  on  Pitt's  Foreign  Policy,  1787-1798. 
Octavo,  79  pages.  Published  1904.  Price  $0.50. 
This  paper  endeavors  by  means  of  published  correspondence,  especially  the  Drop- 
more  Papers,  to  answer  the  important  question  how  far  the  foreign  policy  of  Eng- 
land during  the  prime  ministry  of  William  Pitt  the  younger,  and  especially  during 
the  period  when  his  cousin  Lord  Grenville  was  Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign  .Af- 
fairs, was  devised  and  controlled  by  Pitt,  and  how  far  his  management  of  foreign 
affairs  during  that  critical  period  was  influenced  by  Grenville. 

No.  14.   Van  Tyne,  C.  H.,  and  W.  G.  Leland.    Guide  to  the  Archives  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  in  Washington.    Octavo,  xiii-f215  pp. 
Published  1904.    (Out  of  print.    See  publication  No.  92.) 
No.  92.   Van  Tyne,  C.  H.,  and  W.  G.  Leland.    Guide  to  the  Archives  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  in  Washington.    Revised  Edition.  Oc- 
tavo, xiii-l-327  pages.    Published  1907.    Price  $1.25. 
The  first  historical  enterprise  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  was  the  making  of  an 
inventory,  more  largely  from  an  historical  than  from  an  administrative  point  of 
view,  of  the  governmental  archives  in  Washington.    The  need  of  such  an  inventory 
was  peculiarly  pressing  on  account  of  the  want  of  concentration  of  archive  material 
in  our  national  capital.    Far  from  having  effected  such  concentration  as  has  been 
brought  about  by  the  English  government  in  its  Public  Record  Office,  our  practice 
has  been,  except  in  the  case  of  the  War  Department,  to  leave  the  custody  and  ar- 
rangement of  the  papers  of  each  subdivision  of  a  department  to  its  administrative 
chief,  so  that  the  archives  of  the  government  consist  of  at  least  a  hundred  separate 
deposits,  classified  and  managed  in  different  v/ays  and  in  different  places.  Messrs 
Van  Tyne  and  Lejand  brought  out  in  1904  a  volume  of  215  pages,  indicated  under 
No.  14  above.   This  volume  is  now  out  of  print.   A  new  edition  being  requisite,  Mr. 
Leland  spent  a  year  in  revision  and  amplification,  this  work  resulting  in  Publication 
No.  92,  which  describes  the  historical  papers  accumulated  by  each  office  of  the  gov- 
ernment, including  the  two  Houses  of  Congress  and  the  Library  of  Congress.*' 
No.  22.    McLaughlin,  A.  C.   Report  on  the  Diplomatic  Archives  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  1789-1840.    Octavo,  73  pages.    Published  1904.    (Out  of 
print.)    Price  $0.25. 

No.  22.   McLaughlin,  A.  C.   Diplomatic  Archives  of  Department  of  State,  lySg- 
1840.   Revised  Edition.   Octavo,  73  pages.   Published  1906.   Price  $0.25. 
This  report  is  confined  to  the  period  from  1789  to  1840.  and  discusses  the  various 
materials  m  the  archives  named;  how  largely  this  material  has  already  been  printed 
m  the  American  State  Papers,  Foreign  Affairs;  the  character  of  the  various  ma~ 
terials,  and  their  value  to  historical  workers.    Some  specimen  letters  are  printed. 
No.  38.    McLaughlin,  A.  C,  W.  A.  Slade,  and  E.  D.  Lewis.    Writings  on  Ameri- 
can History,  1903.  Octavo,  xiv-fl 72  pages.  Published  1905.  Price  $1.00. 
This  is  a  bibliography  of  books,  pamphlets,  and  articles  on  United  States  his- 
tory published  during  the  year  1903.    The  endeavor  is  also  made  to  include  impor- 
tant publications  relating  to  Canada  and  Latin  America.    The  material  is  arranged 
m  a  methodical  order  and  extends  to  3,591  items.  An  elaborate  alphabetical  index  is 
added.   This  publication  was  not  continued  by  the  Carnegie  Institution. 
No.  137.    Allison,  W.  H.    Inventory  of  Unpublished  Material  for  American  Re- 
ligious History  in  Protestant  Church  Archives  and  Other  Repositories 
Octavo,  vii-f254  pages.    Published  1911.    Price  $1.50. 
American  religious  history,  if  dealt  with  not  in  a  denominational  spirit  but  on 
broad  lines,  is  quite  as  important  a  part  of  the  historian's  concern  as  any  other  aspect 
of  the  social  history  of  the  United  States.    Of  the  unprinted  material  for  it,  how- 
ever, a  large  part  has  escaped  the  knowledge  of  workers  because  of  being  kept  in 

65 


66 


History 


denominational  or  local  repositories  which  have  not  had  the  same  means  of  making 
their  treasures  widely  known  as  are  possessed  by  governmental  establishments  and 
public  libraries.  Therefore  Mr.  Allison  was  commissioned  to  make  a  personal  ex- 
amination of  the  manuscript  materials  for  American  religious  history  in  the  acces- 
sible archives  of  Protestant  denominations,  of  their  missionary  societies,  and  in  the 
libraries  of  their  theological  seminaries,  colleges,  and  historical  societies.  The  book 
lists,  in  alphabetical  order  by  States  and  cities,  the  voluminous  but  scattered  ma- 
terials thus  found.   An  elaborate  index  brings  the  material  conveniently  together. 

No.  148.  Parker,  D.  W.  Calendar  of  Papers  in  Washington  Archives  relating  to 
the  Territories  of  the  United  States.  Octavo,  476  pages.  Published 
1911.    Price  $3.00. 

Two-thirds  of  the  States  have  been  Territories.  Therefore,  the  materials  for 
their  earlier  history  are  in  large  degree  to  be  found  in  one  or  another  of  the  gov- 
ernmental archives  in  Washington.  Much  effort  is  expended  by  workers  in  these 
States  in  the  endeavor  to  find  materials  of  this  class.  The  difficulties  are  made  very 
great  by  the  extraordinarily  dispersed  condition  of  the  records  of  the  government, 
which  has  not  one  archive,  but  at  least  a  hundred;  and  the  distribution  of  papers 
among  them  is  often  casual  or  arbitrary,  and  in  all  cases  it  is  hard  to  follow.  Mr. 
Parker,  after  spending  many  months  in  listing  in  a  wide  variety  of  governmental 
archives  in  Washington  the  papers,  relating  to  the  history  of  the  several  territories, 
more  especially  their  constitutional,  political,  and  administrative  history,  has  brought 
the  data  together  into  a  form  classified  first  by  territories,  and  chronologically  under 
each  territory.  This  mode  of  classification,  together  with  a  full  index,  makes  avail- 
able a  vast  amount  of  material,  most  of  which  was  hitherto  entirely  unknown  to 
investigators.   The  number  of  items  in  the  Calendar  is  nearly  ten  thousand. 

No.  172.  Parker,  D.  W.  Guide  to  the  Materials  for  United  States  History  in 
Canadian  Archives.  Octavo,  339  pages.  Published  1913.  Price  $2.00. 
The  archives  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada  in  Ottawa  are  made  up  of  two  great 
masses  of  material.  One  is  a  great  collection  of  transcripts  from  the  English  and 
French  archives.  Of  these  the  Dominion  Government  published  calendars,  and 
Mr.  Parker  could  therefore  give  them  a  summary  treatment,  the  more  so  because 
the  originals  from  which  they  are  copied  will  be  described  in  the  Institution's  books 
on  the  London  and  Paris  archives.  The  other  mass  comprises  what  may  be  called 
indigenous  Canadian  materials,  derived  from  the  offices  of  the  Governor-General, 
the  Secretary  of  State,  and  the  various  ministries,  and  rich  in  materials  for  the 
history  of  the  United  States,  especially  in  the  period  since  1791.  Besides  a  careful 
descriptive  list  of  these,  Mr.  Parker  has  included  in  the  book  similar  accounts  of 
the  materials  for  United  States  history  in  the  provincial  archives  of  Nova  Scotia 
at  Halifax,  in  those  of  New  Brunswick  at  Fredericton,  and  in  those  of  the  Province 
of  Ontario  at  Toronto.  Full  accounts  and  lists  of  materials  of  similar  bearing  in 
the  civil  archives  of  the  Province  of  Quebec  and  in  the  ecclesiastical  archives  of  the 
archbishopric  there,  and  briefer  descriptions  of  the  archives  of  Newfoundland, 
British  Columbia,  and  other  western  provinces  have  been  added  by  other  hands. 

No.  90.   Andrews,  Charles  M.,  and  Frances  G.  Davenport.    Guide  to  the  Manu- 
script Materials  for  the  History  of  the  United  States  to  1783,  in  the 
British  Museum,  in  Minor  London  Archives,  and  in  Libraries  of  Oxford 
and  Cambridge.    Octavo,  xiv-[-499  pages.    Published  1908.    Price  $2.00. 
The  chief  masses  of  material  in  London  for  the  history  of  the  United  States 
are  those  in  the  Public  Record  Office.    A  volume  relating  to  these,  upon  which 
Professor  Andrews  has  expended  a  large  amount  of  time  and  labor,  would  natu- 
rally have  had  precedence  over  this  present  work;  but  its  publication  has  had  to 
be  deferred  on  account  of  the  large  amount  of  reclassification  which  the  Public 
Record  Office  has  resolved  upon  in  respect  to  the  Colonial  Office  papers  and  other 
portions  of  the  whole.    Accordingly  the  present  volume,  though  naturally  supple- 
mentary, has  been  brought  out  first  in  order.    Professor  Andrews  has  furnished 
an  itemized  list,  with  proper  explanations  and  comments,  of  all  those  papers  in  the 
library  of  the  British  Museum  which  relate  to  the  history  before  1783  of  the  United 
States  and  all  other  British  portions  of  North  America.    Thi'->  he  has  followed 


History  57 

with  an  account  of  the  materials  in  the  Privy  Council  Office.    Miss  Davenport  has 
furnished  detailed  statements  of  the  materials  for  American  history  preserved  in 
the  archives  of  the  House  of  Lords,  in  the  library  of  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury 
at  Lambeth,  in  that  of  the  Bishop  of  London  at  Fulham,  and  in  other  archives,  public 
and  semi-public,  civil  and  ecclesiastical,  in  London.    Professor  Andrews  concludes 
the  volume  with  an  itemized  list  of  the  American  papers  in  the  Bodleian  Library 
and  in  other  hbraries  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge.    The  volume  is  minutely  indexed. 
No.  90a.    Andrews,  Charles  M.    Guide  to  the  Materials  for  American  History  to 
1783,  tn  the  Public  Record  Office  of  Great  Britain.   Octavo,  2  vols. 
Vol.  L  The  State  Papers,  xi4-340  pages.  Published  1912.  Price  $2.50. 
Vol.  IL  Departmental  and   Miscellaneous  Papers,  viii-f427  oasres 
Published  1914.    Price  $3.00. 
Of  all  archives  in  Europe  the  Public  Record  Office  in  London  contains  by  far 
the  greatest  quantity  of  material  for  the  history  of  the  United  States,  and  par- 
ticularly for  the  period  before  1783.    For  many  subjects  in  the  history  of  the  colo- 
nial  and  revolutionary  periods,  indeed,  there  is  much  more  unprinted  manuscript 
in  that  one  repository  than  in  America  itself. 

Volume  I,  in  its  introduction,  gives  a  history  and  description  of  the  Public 
Kecord  Office,  its  rules  and  regulations,  and  statements  respecting  such  of  its  pub- 
lications as  are  useful  to  American  inquirers.  The  contents  of  the  archive  are 
classihed  in  two  grand  divisions,  the  one  that  of  State  Papers,  the  other  that  of 
Departmental  and  Miscellaneous  Records.  Of  these,  it  is  the  State  Papers  which 
arc  treated  in  the  present  volume.  After  an  historical  introduction  upon  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  and  his  duties  and  upon  the  State  Papers  Office,  the  various  series 
of  State  Papers  Foreign,  State  Papers  Domestic,  Home  Office  Papers,  State  Papers 
Miscellaneous,  State  Papers  Colonial,  and  Colonial  Office  Papers  are  described 
with  full  presentation  of  details.  These  are  most  abundant  in  the  section  devoted 
to  the  Colonial  Office  Papers.  The  reclassification  of  the  Colonial  Office  Papers  has 
so  completely  made  obsolete  all  previous  descriptions  that  Professor  Andrews's 
minute  description  of  them  in  their  present  order  or  arrangement  must  be  of  the 
greatest  utility  to  all  students  of  American  colonial  history. 

Volume  II  presents  a  detailed  description,  volume  by  volume,  of  the  divisions 
of  the  Public  Record  Office  known  as  Departmental  Records  and  Miscellaneous, 
1  he  Departmental  Records  comprise  the  papers  of  the  Admiralty,  the  Audit  Office 
(including  the  Declared  Accounts),  and  the  Lord  Chamberlain's  Department  the 
Commissariat,  the  Custom  House,  the  Treasury,  and  the  War  Office.  The  Mis- 
cellaneous section  embraces  the  records  of  the  High  Court  of  Admiraltv,  the  Man- 
chester, Cornwallis,  Shaftesbury,  Rodney,  and  Chatham  papers,  and  those  of  the 
modern  Board  of  Trade.  The  divisions  of  the  Public  Record  Office  embraced  in 
this  volume  have  been  much  less  used  for  purposes  of  American  history  than  the 
Mate  Papers '  described  in  Volume  L  The  largest  sections  of  the  book  are  thos.- 
relatmg  to  the  Treasury,  the  Admiralty,  the  War  Office,  and  the  High  Court  of 
Admiralty.   Each  of  the  two  volumes  has  its  own  index. 

No.  90b.    Paullin,  C  O.,  and  F.  L.  Paxson.    Guide  to  the  Materials  in  London 
Archives  for  the  History  of  the  United  States  since  178^  Octavo 
xi+642  pages.    Published  1914.    Price  $4.00 
This  book  is  the  result  of  several  months  of  investigation  in  the  Public  Record 
Office,  British  Museum,  and  some  other  repositories  in  London,  on  the  part  of 
^I'vlf  r  Professor  Paxson,  supplemented  by  additional  researches  made 

by  Prof.  C.  E.  Fryer  and  Mr.  David  W.  Parker.  The  volume  furnishes  a  comple- 
ment  to  those  of  Professor  Andrews,  and  of  Professor  Andrews  and  Miss  Daven- 
port, by  supplying  similar  guidance  to  materials  for  the  later  period  The  official 
permissions  for  search  originally  extended  to  1837  for  most  departments,  but  were 
later  extended  to  1860.  Thus  the  book  contains  descriptive  lists,  for  1783  to  1860  of 
all  the  materials  for  the  history  of  the  United  States  which  are  to  be  found  in 'the 
sections  at  the  Public  Record  Office  known  as  Foreign  Office  Papers,  Home  Office 
Papers,  Colonial  Office  Papers,  War  Office  Papers,  Admiralty  Papers,  and  many 
minor  subdivisions.  It  likewise  supplements  the  Andrews-Davenport  volume  by  a 
mass  of  additional  data  respecting  American  materials  in  the  British  Museum 


68 


History 


No.  91.    Shepherd,  W.  R.    Guide  to  the  Materials  for  the  History  of  the  United 
States  in  Spanish  Archives  (Simancas,  the  Archivo  Historico  Nacional^ 
and  Seville).    Octavo,  107  pages.    Published  1907.    Price  $0.50. 
The  three  archives  in  Spain  most  abounding  in  materials  for  American  history 
are  those  of  Simancas,  the  Archivo  Historico  Nacional  in  Madrid,  and  the  Archives 
of  the  Indies  at  Seville.    Professor  Shepherd,  of  Columbia  University,  after  sev- 
eral months  spent  in  the  examination  of  these  archives,  provides  in  this  volume  a 
summary  statement  of  all  the  leading  classes  in  which  the  student  of  the  history  of 
the  United  States  may  find  material  for  his  purposes. 

No.  124.   Robertson,  James  Alexander.   List  of  Documents  in  Spanish  Archives 
Relating  to  the  History  of  the  United  States,  which  have  been  printed 
or  of  which  Transcripts  are  Preserved  in  American  Libraries.  Octavo, 
xv-I-368  pages.    Published  1910.    Price  $2.25. 
This  book  aims  to  assist  those  using  No.  91  as  well  as  other  investigators  of 
the  history  of  the  United  States  in  its  relation  to  Spain,  by  indicating  all  those  docu- 
ments useful  to  their  purposes,  in  Spanish  archives,  which  can  be  examined  without 
going  or  sending  to  Spain.    It  consists  of  two  lists.    The  first  indicates,  in  chrono- 
logical order  and  with  proper  references,  all  those  documents  of  this  sort  which  are 
already  in  print.    The  second  is  a  list,  in  similar  order,  of  all  those  which  may  be 
found  in  American  libraries  in  the  form  of  transcripts.   A  full  index  exhibits  names 
of  writers,  names  of  rersons  addressed,  and  subjects. 

No.  163.    Bolton,  PIerbert  E.    Guide  to  Materials  for  the  History  of  the  United 
States  in  the  Principal  Archives  of  Mexico.    Octavo,  xv-f553  pages. 

Published  1913.  Price  $3.50. 
While  presenting  descriptive  accounts  of  all  the  archives  in  Mexico  examined  by 
Professor  Bolton,  this  volume  is  mainly  occupied  with  lists  of  documentary  ma- 
terials bearing  on  the  history  of  the  United  States.  The  largest  part  of  it  is  devoted 
to  such  lists  for  archives  in  the  city  of  Mexico;  but  a  large  number  of  provincial 
archives  were  searched,  especially  in  the  cities  of  northern  Mexico  upon  which  the 
regions  now  called  Texas,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  and  California  at  one  time  de- 
pended, either  in  a  civil  or  in  an  ecclesiastical  sense.  To  a  large  extent  these 
searches  have  been  pioneer  worls  laying  open  treasures  of  material  hitherto  un- 
explored. Many  of  the  documents  bear  upon  the  history  of  the  relations  between 
Mexico  and  the  United  States,  especially  about  the  time  of  the  Mexican  War; 
others  illustrate  in  countless  ways  the  progress  of  exploration,  Spanish  colonization, 
mission  work,  Indian  hostilities,  and  American  settlement  in  the  present  southwest. 
In  the  city  of  Mexico, to  whose  archives  the  major  portion  of  the  book  is  devoted, the 
repositories  most  largely  reported  upon  are  the  national  collections  in  the  Archivo 
General  y  Publico  and  the  archives  of  the  executive  departments,  especially  the  Sec- 
retaria  f^e  Relaciones,  the  Secretaria  de  Gobernacion,  and  the  War  Department. 
No.  83.    Per^:z,  Luis  Marino.    Guide  to  the  Materials  for  American  History  in 

Cuban  Archives.  Octavo,  x+142  pages.  Published  1907.  Price  $0.75. 
The  Cuban  archives,  in  spite  of  the  removal  of  large  quantities  of  papers  to  Spain 
in  1888  and  1898.  and  of  many  losses  due  to  political  changes,  embrace  a  large  mass 
of  valuable  historical  material.  The  fact  that,  under  the  old  administrative  system 
of  Spain,  Florida  and  Louisiana  were  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  captain-general 
of  Cuba,  brings  it  about  that  considerable  masses  of  these  papers  have  a  direct 
relation  to  the  history  of  the  United  States.  Mr.  Perez  spent  five  months  in  the 
investigation  of  these  papers.  His  book  gives  a  general  description  of  the  Cuban 
archives,  traces  historically  the  development  of  the  administrative  system  of  Cuba, 
describes  the  principal  archive  material  relating  to  the  history  of  the  United  States, 
and  furnishes  an  itemized  list  of  the  papers  most  important  in  this  respect. 
No.  128.    Fish,  C.  R.    Guide  to  the  Materials  for  American  History  in  Roman 

and  Other  Italian  Archives.    Octavo,  ix-f259  pages.    Published  1911. 

Price  $2.00. 

Nine-tenths  of  this  book  relates  to  archives  in  Rome.  In  that  city  the  two  col- 
lections most  abounding  in  materials  for  American  history,  and  described  in  the 


History 


69 


most  detailed  manner  in  this  volume,  are  the  archives  of  the  Vatican  and  those  of 
the  Congregation  of  the  Propaganda.  The  former  embraces  the  correspondence  of 
the  papal  secretaries  of  state  with  the  nuncios  of  Spain,  France,  and  other  colo- 
nizing countries,  and  various  correspondence  with  bishops  and  other  ecclesiastics  in 
America.  Taken  in  connection  with  the  archives  of  the  Propaganda,  or  chief  mis- 
sionary office,  these  archives  not  only  display  with  great  fulness  the  ecclesiastical 
and  religious  history  of  early  America  and  of  the  Catholic  portions  of  the  United 
States,  but  also  cast  an  extraordinary  amount  of  light  upon  the  civil  history  and 
administration,  especially  French  and  Spanish.  Besides  the  Vatican  archives,  the 
volume  embraces  the  manuscripts  in  the  Vatican  Library,  in  other  ecclesiastical 
collections,  and  in  public  and  private  libraries  in  Rome.  The  archives  of  Naples, 
Venice,  Turin,  and  Florence  are  likewise  included.  There  is  a  full  index. 
No.  150.    Learned,  M.  D.    Guide  to  the  Materials  relating  to  American  History  in 

the  German  State  Archives.    Octavo,  vii+352  pages.    Published  1912 

Price  $2.25. 

German  materials  touch  the  history  of  the  United  States  in  the  ordinary  manner 
of  diplomatic  relations,  and  also,  and  in  a  very  interesting  manner,  in  the  particular 
episode  of  the  Hessian  and  other  auxiliary  troops  in  the  American  War  of  Inde- 
pendence. But  the  leading  relation  between  German  history  and  that  of  the  United 
States  has  lain  in  the  field  of  the  history  of  German  emigration,  which,  beginning 
in  the  seventeenth  century  and  continuing  to  the  present  time,  has  contributed  no 
doubt  not  less  than  one-fifth  to  the  population  of  the  United  States.  Therefore 
Professor  Learned's  inspection  of  German  archives,  though  ample  and  detailed  in 
the  case  of  diplomatic  archives  and  of  the  Hessian  and  other  military  papers  was 
far  from  being  confined  to  these.  On  the  contrary,  he  made  an  examination  of  all 
seventeen  of  the  Prussian  provincial  state  archives,  of  the  eight  provincial  archives 
in  Bavaria,  and  of  the  archives  of  the  minor  German  states,  making  it  his  chief 
object  to  note  volumes  and  papers  which  bore  upon  the  history  of  the  migration  of 
German  population  to  America.  The  volume  is  minutely  indexed. 
No.  220.  Faust,  A.  B.  Guide  to  the  Materials  for  American  History  in  Swiss  and 
Austrian  Archives.  Octavo,  x+299  pages.  Published  1916.  Price  $2.00. 
In  Switzerland  there  is  some  material  for  American  history  in  the  archives  of 
the  Confederation  at  Bern,  but  still  more  in  the  archives  of  the  cantons  This  is 
mainly  because  of  the  large  emigration  from  the  German-speaking  cantons  of 
bwitzerland  to  America  in  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries.  Professor 
I^aust  has  discovered,  and  listed  or  described,  large  masses  of  interesting  papers 
exhibiting  the  history  of  this  migration  and  the  relations  of  the  Swiss  Government 
a\  1  -^^^^^^  number  were  found  in  the  cantonal  archives  of  Zurich,  Bern 
and  Basel  Descriptions  of  the  state  archives  in  the  French-speaking  cantons  have 
been  added,  as  a  result  of  personal  research,  by  the  Director  of  the  Department 
of  Historical  Research,  Dr.  J.  F.  Jameson.  Professor  Faust's  researches  in  the 
Austrian  archives  cover  those  of  Vienna,  Salzburg,  and  Innsbruck.  At  Vienna 
a  valuable  series  of  papers  in  the^  Hof-,  Haus-,  und  Staats-archiv  illustrates  the 
history  of  the  diplomatic  relations  between  the  United  States  and  Austria  Papers 
m  other  governmental  archives  in  Vienna,  and  in  those  of  Salzburg  and  Innsbruck 
Illustrate  the  history  of  emigration  from  Austria  to  America. 

No.  234.  Hill,  Roscoe  R.  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  Documents  relating  to 
the  History  of  the  United  States  in  the  Papeles  Procedentes  de  Cuba 
deposited  m  the  Archivo  General  de  Indias  at  Seville.  Octavo.  In  press' 
^  Of  all  the  various  sections  of  the  Archives  of  the  Indies  at  Seville,  the  richest 
in  materia  for  the  history  of  the  United  States  is  that  called  "Papeles  proce- 
dentes de  la  Isla  de  Cuba."  This  is  a  mass  of  correspondence,  documents,  and 
records,  which  was  transferred  to  Spain  in  1888  from  Havana,  where  it  had  con- 
stituted a  part  of  the  archives  of  the  office  of  the  Captain-General,  "dead  files" 

It   T%  Km  7^'''"'  TJ'^'il  °/  ^"^^         "°  his  jurisdiction.    Out  of 

about  2,500  legajos  (bundles)  which  were  thus  transferred,  some  934  relate  to 
regions  now  forming  a  part  of  the  continental  territory  of  the  United  States 


70 


History 


The  total  number  of  documents  in  these  lies  between  400,000  and  500,000,  and  the 
whole  constitutes  a  very  important  mass  of  material  for  the  history  of  the  United 
States,  chiefly  of  Florida,  West  Florida,  Louisiana,  and  the  Mississippi  Valley,  in 
the  period  from  1763  to  1819.  Mr.  Hill's  book,  the  product  of  more  than  two  years' 
labor  in  Seville  on  his  part  and  that  of  clerical  assistants,  describes  the  contents 
of  each  of  these  legajos  as  fully  as  this  can  be  done  in  the  average  space  of 
half  a  page  or  a  little  more,  and  with  such  fullness  of  detail  as  to  personal  and 
geographical  names  as  will  enable  investigators  to  find  whatever  material  in  this 
section  of  the  archives  relates  to  the  particular  subject  of  their  inquiries.  An 
itemized  list  of  all  the  documents  in  158  of  the  most  important  legajos  is  kept  in 
manuscript  in  the  office  of  the  Department  of  Historical  Research,  which  has  also 
photographed  a  series  of  more  than  2,000  of  the  chief  documents. 

No.  239.  Colder,  Frank  A.  Guide  to  Materials  for  American  History  in  Russian 
Archives.    Octavo.    In  press. 

The  Russian  archives  contain  two  sorts  of  materials  relating  to  the  history  of 
the  United  States :  one,  papers  relative  to  the  diplomatic  relations  between  the  two 
countries  from  the  American  Revolution  down  to  the  present  time;  the  other, 
papers  relating  to  Russian  explorations  in  the  Northern  Pacific,  and  the  settlement 
and  development  of  Russian  America,  now  Alaska,  down  to  its  transfer  to  the 
United  States  in  1867.  These  materials  are  preserved  in  a  large  number  of  different 
archives  at  Moscow  and  Petrograd,  those  of  dates  subsequent  to  1800  being  in  the 
latter  capital,  v/hile  some  of  those  of  eighteenth-century  dates  are  kept  in  Moscow. 
Mr.  Colder  devoted  several  nionths  to  the  examination  of  all  of  those  archives,  and 
found  a  rich  store  of  materials,  v/hich  he  has  described  carefully  and  systematically. 

Most  of  the  diplomatic  papers  at  Petrograd  are  in  the  archives  of  the  Ministry 
of  Foreign  Affairs,  in  which  Mr.  Colder  was  permitted  to  pursue  his  investigations 
dov/n  to  the  year  1854  without  restriction.  In  the  other  archives  he  was  allowed 
to  proceed  to  even  later  dates.  The  diplomatic  papers  will  be  especially  useful  to 
students  of  such  episodes  as  the  Russian  mediation  in  1813,  the  arbitration  of  1822, 
the  treaty  of  1824,  Russian  action  during  our  Civil  War,  the  Alaskan  negotiations 
of  1867,  the  Fur  Seal  Arbitration  of  1893,  and  the  boundary  settlement  of  1903. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  book  lists  a  large  variety  of  correspondence,  journals, 
log-books,  manuscripts,  maps,  and  charts  relating  to  the  explorations  of  Bering, 
to  later  explorations,  and  to  the  early  history  of  Russian  America.  There  is  a 
full  index. 

No.  254.  Davenport,  Frances  C.  European  Treaties  hearing  on  the  History  of 
the  United  States.    Octavo.    In  press. 


HANDBOOK  OF  LEARNED  SOCIETIES. 

No.  39.  Handbook  of  Learned  Societies  and  Institutions — America.  Octavo, 
viii-f 592  pages.  Published  1908.  Price  $4.00. 
The  above  gives  a  practically  complete  list  of  the  important  learned  societies  and 
institutions  of  North  and  South  America,  with  their  locations  and  addresses,  fol- 
lowed in  most  cases  by  a  brief  statement  of  the  history  and  object  of  the  society 
concerned,  and  including  data  with  regard  to  meetings,  membership,  publications, 
research  funds,  and  prizes. 


AMERICAN  ECONOMIC  HISTORY. 


No.  215a.  Johnson,  Emory  R.,  T.  W.  Van  Metre,  G.  G.  Huebner,  and  D.  S. 

Hanchett,  with  an  introductory  note  by  H.  W.  Farnam.  History 
of  Domestic  and  Foreign  Commerce  of  the  United  States.    Octavo  (2 
vols.)    Published  1915.    Price  $6.00. 
Vol.  I.    xvH-363  pages,  maps  1  to  5. 
Vol.  II.    ix+398  pages,  maps  6  to  10. 

This  History  of  Domestic  and  Foreign  Commerce  of  the  United  States,  in  two 
volumes,  constitutes  one  division  of  the  Contributions  to  American  Economic 
History  being  prepared  by  the  Department  of  Economics  and  Sociology  of  the 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.  Volume  I  contains  three  parts  dealing,  re- 
spectively, with  "American  Commerce  to  1789,"  "The  Internal  Commerce  of  the 
United  States,"  and  "The  Foreign  Trade  of  the  United  States  Since  1789."  Volume 
II  also  has  three  parts  devoted,  respectively,  to  "American  Fisheries,"  "The  Coast- 
wise Trade  of  the  United  States,"  and  "Government  Aid  and  Commercial  Policy;" 
this  volume  also  contains  a  bibliography  topically  classified. 

Part  one  of  Volume  I,  with  the  exception  of  two  chapters,  was  written  by 
Emory  R.  Johnson,  Professor  of  Transportation  and  Commerce  at  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  while  the  remainder  of  the  two  volumes  was  written  by  Dr.  T.  W. 
Van  Metre,  Assistant  Professor  G.  G.  Huebner,  and  Dr.  David  S.  Hanchett.  Sev- 
eral collaborators  made  special  studies  that  were  used  along  with  other  material  in 
writing  the  volumes.  Professor  Johnson  has  directed  the  preparation  of  the  entire 
work  and  has  edited  the  parts  contributed  by  his  associates. 

No  adequate  history  either  of  the  foreign  or  of  the  internal  trade  of  the  United 
States  had  previously  been  written.  While  there  is  a  large  literature  upon  com- 
mercial subjects  to  be  found  in  government  reports  and  other  publications,  these 
volumes  are  the  first  to  cover  systematically  the  entire  field  of  the  history  of 
American  commerce. 

No.  215b.  Clark,  Victor  S.  History  of  Manufactures  in  the  United  States,  1607 
to  i860.  Octavo,  xii+675  pages,  7  plates,  7  figures.  Published  1916. 
Price  $6.00. 

This  volume  contains  a  history  of  American  manufactures  from  the  settlement 
of  Virginia  to  the  Civil  War.  Its  purpose  is  to  picture  and  to  explain  the  begin- 
nings of  that  growth  which  has  made  manufacturing  one  of  the  most  important 
forms  of  natural  production.  The  more  important  economic  influences  affecting 
general^  manufactures  and  specific  industries  are  described  and  their  relation  to  our 
industrial  development  is  traced  in  detail.  While  the  arrangement  is  loosely  chrono- 
logical, the  topical  method  of  treatment  prevails.  There  are  very  full  references 
to  the  published  and  unpublished  materials,  and  the  book  contains  new  statistical 
and  bibliographical  data  of  importance. 

No.  215c.  History  of  Transportation  in  the  United  States  before  i860.  Prepared 
by  Caroline  E.  MacGill,  under  the  supervision  of  Balthasar  H. 
Meyer.    Octavo.   In  press. 
The  History  of  Transportation  in  the  United  States  before  1860,  prepared  by 
Caroline  E.  MacGill  and  a  staff  of  collaborators  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  B.  H. 
Meyer,  is  the  third  book  to  be  issued  in  the  series  of  Contributions  to  American 
Economic  History,  published  by  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.  This 
volume  is  based  upon  a  series  of  monographic  studies  made  by  pupils  of  Professor 
Meyer  and  by  other  economists,  who  made  free  use  of  the  extensive  library  of 
books  on  transportation  given  to  the  University  of  Wisconsin  by  the  late  Tames 
J.  Hill. 

Transportation  is  the  key  to  the  economic  progress  of  the  United  States.  The 
great  natural  resources  of  the  country  could  never  have  been  developed  without 
adequate  means  of  bringing  people  to  work  them  and  of  bringing  the  finished  prod- 
72 


American  Economic  History 


73 


uct  to  the  market.  Transportation  is  also  essential  to  the  success  of  our  political 
system.  Without  free  communication  between  its  different  parts,  this  vast  terri- 
tory could  hardly  have  governed  itself  successfully  under  a  free  Constitution. 

The  history  of  transportation  is  the  story  of  the  successful  conquest  of  great 
natural  obstacles.  The  early  settlers  had  to  follow,  in  most  cases,  the  Indian 
trails,  many  of  which  had,  in  turn,  been  first  traced  by  the  buffalo.  The  trail 
was  broadened  into  the  wagon  road,  the  wagon  road  was  converted  into  the  turn- 
pike, and  the  turnpike  made  possible  the  canal  and  the  railroad.  This  volume 
stops  at  the  Civil  War,  and,  therefore,  does  not  deal  with  the  railroad  problems  of 
the  present  day,  in  the  solution  of  which  Dr.  Meyer,  as  Chairman  of  the  Interstate 
Commerce  Commission,  is  now  taking  a  responsible  and  onerous  part.  But  it 
covers  the  romantic  beginnings  which  are  full  of  interest  to  the  general  reader, 
beside  embodying  many  hitherto  inaccessible  data  which  are  of  great  value  for 
the  Qnecialist. 


74 


American  Economic  History 


INDEXES  TO  STATE  DOCUMENTS. 

No,  85.  Hasse,  Adelaide  R.  Index  of  Economic  Material  in  Documents  of  the 
States  of  the  United  States.  Prepared  for  and  under  the  direction  of 
the  Department  of  Economics  and  Sociology  of  the  Carnegie  Institution 
of  Washington.    Separate  volume  for  each  State.  Quarto. 

85  (Maine)   (i 820-1904),  95  pages   I0.75 

85  (New  Hampshire)  (1789-1904),  66  pages  ]   0.50 

8s  (Vermont)    (i 789-1904),   71   pages   0.50 

85  (Massachusetts)   (1789-1904),  310  pages   a.aj 

Banks  14  pp.,  education  15  pp.,  insurance  15  pp.,  charities  and  corrections 
15  pp.,  railroads  (Troy  and  Greenfield  R.  R.  and  Tunnel  213  entries) 
33  PP-.  vital  statistics  16  pp. 

85  (Rhode  Island)   (1789- 1904),  95  pages   0.75 

8s  (New  York)   (1789-1904),  SS3  pages   3.75 

Banks  34  pp.,  canals  34  pp.,  insurance  19  pp.,  charities  and  corrections  53 
pp.,  railroads  19  pp.,  taxation  36  pp. 

8s  (California)    (1849-1904),  316  pages..,   3.35 

Agriculture  36  pp.,  climate  13  pp.,  education  17  pp.,  charities  and  correc- 
tions 24  pp.,  natural  resources  26  pp. 

85  (Illinois)   (1809-1904),  393  pages   5.00 

Agriculture  71  pp.,  banks  11  pp.,  canals  21  pp.,  education  23  pp.,  chari* 
ties  and  corrections  30  pp.,  railroads  31  pp.,  taxation  13  pp. 

85  (Kentucky)    (1792-1904),   452   pages   5.00 

85  (Delaware)   (1789-1904),  137  pages   1.50 

85  (Ohio)   (1787-1904),  1136  pages   14.0© 

85  (New  Jersey)    (i 789-1904),  705  pages   8.00 

8s  (Pennsylvania)   In  press 

In  preparing  the  above  volumes  the  term  economic  has  been  liberally  inter- 
preted. The  index  embraces  reports  of  the  boards  of  agriculture,  charities  and 
corrections,  education,  public  works  and  public  health,  banking,  insurance,  railroad 
and  tax  commissions,  bureaus  of  labor  and  vital  statistics,  climate  and  crop  bulle- 
tins, geological  surveys,  fish,  game,  and  forest  commissions,  auditors'  and  treas- 
urers' reports,  immigration,  sewerage  and  water-supply,  roads,  canals  and  river  con- 
servancy, governors*  messages,  and  reports  of  attorneys  general.  Particular  care  has 
been  taken  in  reading  the  above-mentioned  reports  to  note  recommendations,  sug- 
gestive comment,  and  especially  the  character  of  the  tabulations.  A  check-list  of  the 
entire  file  of  reports  accompanies  each  subject.  The  indexed  material  is  arranged 
chronologically  under  each  subject.  Thus  the  student  is  able  to  trace  the  historical 
development  of  each  economic  subject  as  it  is  reflected  in  the  documents  of  an 
individual  State.  The  work  is  published  by  States,  a  single  volume  to  a  State,  and 
is  designed  to  cover  the  period  from  the  adoption  of  the  Federal  Constitution  to  the 
close  of  the  year  1904. 


INDEX  TO  UNITED  STATES  DOCUMENTS  RELATING  TO 
FOREIGN  AFFAIRS. 

No.  185.  Hasse,  Adelaide  R.  Index  to  United  States  Documents  Relating  to  For- 
eign Affairs,  1828-1861.  In  3  parts.  Quarto.  In  press. 
Part  I,  A  to  H,  pages  1  to  793,  issued. 
The  Folio  American  State  Papers  (Foreign  Affairs),  which  ceased  in  1828,  have 
indexes,  and  an  index  to  the  annual  Diplomatic  Correspondence  beginning  in  1861 
has  been  published  by  the  State  Department.  The  present  publication  indexes  the 
documents  of  the  intervening  period,  from  1828-1861.  It  affords  reference  to  the 
entire  published  record  of  documents,  papers,  correspondence  and,  to  a  considerable 
extent,  legislation  and  decisions  upon  international  or  diplomatic  questions.  In 
addition  to  the  reports  of  Congress,  the  following  series  of  documents  have  been 
indexed:  the  Senate  Executive  Journal,  for  diplomatic  and  consular  appointments 
and  treaty  ratifications;  the  Opinions  of  the  Attorneys  General,  for  decisions  on 
questions  of  international  controversy;  the  Statutes-at-Large,  for  acts  and  resolu- 
tions relating  to  international  affairs;  and  the  Congressional  Globe  and  its  prede- 
cessors for  speeches  and  correspondence.  The  text  of  the  latter,  it  was  found,  does 
not  always  correspond  with  the  text  as  printed  in  the  House  and  Senate  documents. 


LITERATURE. 


No.  74.   SoMMER,  H.  OsKAR.    The  Vulgate  Version  of  the  Arthurian  Romances. 

Edited  from  MSS.  in  the  British  Museum.  Quarto.  In  seven  vol- 
umes.   Price  per  volume,  $5.00. 

This  publication  will  be  of  especial  importance  to  the  student  of  mediaeval  liter- 
ature, particularly  to  all  interested  in  the  study  of  the  mass  of  fiction  centering 
around  the  immortal  King  Arthur  of  Great  Britain.  It  represents  the  first  attempt 
to  produce  a  complete  printed  text  of  the  whole  of  the  Vulgate  Cycle  comprising* 
the  early  history  of  the  Holy  Grail;  the  prose-rendering  of  Robert  de  Borron's 
Merlin  and  the  Book  of  Arthur ;  the  huge  compilation  of  adventures  known  as  the 
Book  of  Syr  Lancelot  of  the  Lake;  the  Quest  of  the  Holy  Grail;  and  the  Death 
of  Arthur. 

The  text  is  a  faithful  reproduction  of  one  of  the  six  manuscripts  known  con- 
taining the  entire  Vulgate  Cycle,  viz,  the  Add.  MS.  10292-10294  of  the  British 
Museum.  It  has  been  collated,  supplemented,  and  corrected  by  help  of  other  manu- 
scripts representing  only  certain  sections  of  the  cycle  in  the  same  library  and  in  some 
special  cases  by  the  help  of  manuscripts  in  the  Bibliotheque  Nationale,  of  Paris. 
The  lines  are  numbered  and  reference  numbers  to  other  manuscripts  and  printed 
editions  are  added  throughout.    Ample  side-notes  in  English  are  supplied. 

In  his  Introduction  Dr.  Sommer  briefly  outlines  the  results  of  his  studies  on  thf^ 
genesis  of  the  Vulgate  Cycle.  His  views  differ  in  many  essential  points  from  those 
hitherto  accepted  as  probable  or  correct. 

Volume      I:  Lestoire  del  Saint  Graal,  296  pages. 
Volume     II:  Lestoire  de  Merlin,  466  pages. 

Volume  III:  Le  Livre  de  Lancelot  del  Lac.  Part  I,  430  pages. 
Vo  ume  IV:  Le  Livre  de  Lancelot  del  Lac.  Part  II,  399  pa|es. 
Vo  ume     V:  Le  Livre  de  Lancelot  del  Lac.    Part  III,  474  pages. 

vl'^^JJ*  \7t\''  Les  a  ventures  ou  La  Queste  del  Saint  Graal.    fa  Mort  le  Roy  Artus.    388  pages. 
Volume  VII:  Le  Livre  d'Artus.    MS.  No.  337,  Bibliotheque  Nationale.    370  pages. 
Index  of  Names  and  Places  to  above  volumes,  85  pages. 

No.  89.    HoDELL,  Charles  W.    The  Old  Yellow  Book:  Source  of  Browning's  "The 
Ring  and  the  Book."    Octavo,  ccLxii-f345  pages,  4  plates.  Published 
1908.    Price  $7.00.    (Out  of  print.) 
A  complete  photo-reproduction  of  "The  Old  Yellow  Book,"  the  source  of  Brown- 
ing's 'The  Ring  and  the  Book,"  with  translation,  essay,  and  notes  by  Prof.  Charles 
W.  Hodell,  of  the  Woman's  College  of  Baltimore,  Maryland.    The  volume  is  a 
large  octavo,  the  reproduction  occupying  262  pages,  and  the  preface,  translation 
essay,  notes,  and  index  345  pages  additional.   The  work  is  printed  on  paper  of  very 
high  quality,  and  contains  portraits  of  Browning  and  of  Guido  Franceschini  the 
coat  of  arms  of  the  Franceschini  family,  and  a  facsimile  of  the  death  record  of 
Pompilia. 

No.  89.    Reprint  of  above,  with  a  few  additional  notes.    Published  1916.  Price 
$3.50;  in  half  leather  $5.00. 

The  first  edition  having  been  exhausted,  and  the  plates  being  available  for  a 
reprint,  the  second  edition  has  been  printed  and  is  now  ready  for  sale;  it  is  thus 
possible  to  offer  these  books  at  half  the  price  first  asked,  although  the  standard 
of  the  first  edition  has  been  maintained.  Dr.  Hodell  has  added  a  few  notes  in 
the  second  edition;  otherwise  the  tv/o  editions  are  alike. 


75 


76 


Literature 


No.  171,  Lancaster,  H.  C.  Pierre  Du  Ryer,  Dramatist.  Octavo,  v-|-182  pages, 
1  plate.  Published  1912.  Price  $1.25. 
Pierre  Du  Ryer  wrote  at  the  time  when  the  drama  of  modern  France  was  first 
gaining  national  significance.  The  group  of  authors  to  which  he  belonged  estab- 
lished the  French  classic  drama  as  a  distinct  literary  form,  composed  many  tragi- 
comedies, both  classic  and  romantic,  originated  for  their  country  the  comedy  of 
manners,  and  did  much  to  develop  the  technique  of  dramatic  composition  and  repre- 
sentation. A  thorough  understanding  of  their  achievement  requires  a  careful  study, 
not  only  of  Corneille,  the  most  important  of  these  dramatists,  but  also  of  the  lesser 
writers,  who  often  showed  the  way  to  their  illustrious  contemporary.  The  present 
volume  studies  exhaustively  the  life  and  plays  of  Du  Ryer,  who,  after  Corneille, 
was  in  many  ways  the  leading  member  of  the  group.  Du  Ryer's  translations  and 
lyric  poems  are  treated  in  their  relation  to  his  life  and  dramatic  work.  The  book 
contains  an  index,  and  is  illustrated  by  vignettes  and  a  plate  reproduced  from  an 
early  edition  of  Du  Ryer's  tragedy  "Saul." 

No.  189.  Osgood,  Charles  G.  A  Concordance  to  the  Poems  of  Spenser.  Quarto, 
xiii+997  pages,  1  plate.  Published  1915.  Price  $20.00. 
This  book  is  an  alphabetical  list  of  all  the  words  in  the  English  poems  of  Edmund 
Spenser.  Under  each  word  are  quoted  all  the  passages  in  which  the  word  occurs, 
except  that  for  a  few  very  frequent  and  unimportant  words  only  a  selected  list  of 
quotations  is  given.  The  context  of  the  word  in  each  quotation  is  selected  so  as  to 
show,  as  far  as  space  allows,  the  meaning  and  use  of  the  word.  The  whole  work 
contains  nearly  200,000  quotations.  It  is  based  upon  the  text  of  Richard  Morris, 
revised  and  corrected  by  editions  which  have  appeared  since  the  concordance  was 
begun.  Spenser  is  usually  ranked  fourth  among  English  poets,  and  his  place  in  the 
history  both  of  the  English  language  and  of  English  poetry  is  peculiarly  important. 
The  object  of  the  concordance  is  not  only  to  illuminate  the  poet's  meaning  and  art 
in  the  use  of  words,  but  to  afford  aid  to  the  historical  study  of  the  language  and 
literature  similar  to  that  to  be  derived  from  concordances  to  the  Bible,  Shakespeare, 
Milton,  Pope,  Wordsworth,  and  other  English  poets. 

No.  202.  Cooper,  Lane.  A  Concordance  to  the  Works  of  Horace.  Octavo, 
x+593  pages.    Published  1916.    Price  $7.00. 

This  strictly  analytical  work  records,  in  alphabetical  order,  every  occurrence  of 
every  word  in  Horace,  and  all  the  variant  readings  included  in  two  standard  modern 
editions  of  the  poet.  Under  each  word  is  quoted  every  passage  in  which  the  word 
occurs,  with  a  numerical  reference  to  poem  and  line ;  save  that  in  the  case  of  a  few 
particles,  no  quotations,  but  numerical  references  alone  are  given.  The  basic  text 
is  that  of  Friedrich  Vollmer  (Leipsic,  Teubner,  1912)  ;  his  list  of  variants  has  been 
supplemented  by  the  inclusion  of  a  few  readings  noted  in  the  edition  of  Wickham 
(Oxford,  Clarendon  Press,  1903-1904).  The  arranging  of  related  grammatical 
forms  under  one  heading  has  not  been  attempted;  but  homographs — for  example, 
datives  and  ablatives  ending  in  o — have  been  carefully  separated.  No  effort  has 
been  spared  to  make  the  book  typographically  clear  and  easy  to  consult. 

The  thought  and  language  of  Horace  have  exerted  a  profound  and  widespread 
influence  upon  subsequent  poets,  Enghsh  as  well  as  Continental.  In  common  with 
other  Latin  authors,  his  works  have  in  times  past  been  indexed ;  but  of  the  previous 
verbal  indexes  still  in  print  there  is  none  that  duly  performs  the  functions  of  a 
concordance  or  adequately  serves  the  purposes  of  the  students  of  modern  as  well  as 
ancient  literature.  Zangemeister's  edition  (now  out  of  print)  of  Bentley's  Horace 
contains  an  index  which  is  virtually  a  concordance,  but  the  typographical  arrange- 
ment is  so  bad  and  the  progress  of  studies  in  the  text  of  Horace  since  1869  has 
been  so  great,  that,  were  his  index  more  accessible,  there  would  still  be  room  for  a 
new  work.  The  present  concordance  was  undertaken  in  view  of  difficulties  actually 
experienced,  with  various  indexes,  in  the  comparison  of  English  poets  with  Horace. 

No.  208.    Broughton,  L.  N.,  M.  R.  Thayer,  and  others.   A  Concordance  to  the 
Poems  of  Keats.    Quarto.    In  press. 
This  work  contains  an  alphabetical  list  of  the  words  in  the  poems  of  John 
Keats.    Under  each  word,  except  for  a  very  small  list  of  unimportant  words,  is 


Literature 


77 


quoted  every  metrical  line  in  which  the  word  occurs,  approximately  65,000  quota- 
tions in  all.  The  basic  text  is  that  of  H.  Buxton  Forman,  C.  B.  (Oxford  Univer- 
sity Press).  The  recording  was  done  from  the  issue  of  1910;  but  has  been  care- 
fully collated  with  the  issue  of  1914,  which  contains  five  newly  discovered  poems. 
The  page  numbers  given  in  the  concordance  correspond  to  those  of  the  later  issue, 
but  for  the  convenience  of  those  using  the  earlier  text  a  table  in  the  introduction 
carefully  and  completely  records  the  relatively  small  number  of  changes  in  pagi- 
nation. The  text  is  supplemented  by  the  variant  of  La  Belle  Dame  sans  Merci 
from  Lord  Houghton's  Life  and  Letters  of  Keats. 


PHILOLOGY,  ETC. 

No.  169.  Callaway,  Morgan,  Jr.  The  Infinitive  in  Anglo-Saxon.  Octavo,  xiii-j- 
339  pages.  Published  1913.  Price  $5.00. 
In  this  work  Professor  Callaway  gives  a  detailed  history  of  the  Infinitive  in, 
Anglo-Saxon  and  treats  of  some  substitutes  therefor.  The  study  is  based  upon  a 
statistical  reading  of  the  whole  of  Anglo-Saxon  literature  with  the  exception  of 
the  glosses  and  of  a  few  out-of-prints ;  moreover,  in  all  of  the  more  definitely  known, 
translations,  the  Latin  originals  have  been  read.  The  statistics  are  given  clearly 
and  are  complete  except  for  the  predicative  infinitive  with  auxiliary  verbs,  the  full 
tabulation  of  which  seemed  unnecessary.  Fifteen  chapters  of  interpretation  are 
based  upon  this  material.  A  long  chapter  is  added  on  'The  Infinitive  in  the  Other 
Germanic  Languages,"  which  of  necessity  rests  upon  the  investigations  of  others, 
but  which  will,  it  is  believed,  be  found  something  more  than  a  summary.  The 
bibliography  makes  no  pretensions  to  exhaustiveness,  but  is  fuller  than  any  hitherto 
published  in  this  field.  It  is  thought  that  the  monograph  will  appeal  to  students 
of  Germanic  syntax  scarcely  less  than  to  students  of  English  syntax,  for  the  work 
IS  written  throughout  from  the  comparative  standpoint. 

No.  134.   Churchill,  William.    The  Polynesian  Wanderings.     Tracks  of  the 
Migration  deduced  from  an  Examination  of  the  Proto-Samoan  Con- 
tent of  Efati  and  other  Languages  of  Melanesia.    Octavo,  viii+516 
pages,  2  plates.   Published  1911.    Price  $3.50. 
Two  theories  of  the  origin  of  the  brown  Polynesian  race  of  the  Pacific  are 
here  discussed,  the  Semitic  and  the  Malayan  theories  respectively.   It  has  been 
essayed  to  dispose  of  these  definitely  by  the  methods  of  comparative  philology.  To 
that  end  the  author  has  amassed  all  available  data  from  all  the  Polynesian  lan- 
guages and  from  150  used  in  Melanesia  and  50  Indonesian  tongues;  he  has  discussed 
their  phonetic  mutations  and  therefrom  has  pronounced  against  each  of  these 
theories.    Dealing  with  the  Polynesians  as  a  pre-Malayan  population  of  Indonesia, 
he  shows  that  the  race  advanced  upon  the  Pacific  in  two  swarms  separated  by  a  wide 
interval  of  time.    Confining  his  investigation  to  the  earlier  swarm,  at  or  about  the 
beginning  of  the  present  era,  he  outlines  two  streams  of  migration  parted  at  the 
outset  by  the  obstacle  of  New  Guinea  and  not  brought  into  association  until  their 
arrival  in  Nuclear  Polynesia.    As  a  contribution  to  the  philology  of  the  isolated 
tongues  it  is  indicated  that  these  studies  set  us  at  a  point  of  examination  but  nar- 
rowly removed  from  the  genesis  of  one  of  the  languages  of  human  speech. 

No.  154.  Churchill,  William.  Beach-la-mar:  The  Jargon  or  Trade  Speech 
of  the  Western  Pacific.  Octavo,  54  pages.  Published  1911.  Price  $0.50. 
This  work  is  directed  toward  two  ends.  The  preservation  of  the  vocabulary  is 
expected  to  afford  material  for  those  students  who  may  be  attracted  to  the  prosecu- 
tion of  research  upon  jargons  as  underlying  the  artificial  languages  in  general,  a 
theme  as  yet  untouched  in  philological  examination.  The  discussion  of  the  gram- 
mar of  this  crude  means  of  communication  has  a  value  of  its  own  as  a  preliminary 
step  in  the  consideration  of  the  grammar  of  isolating  speech,  a  study  essential  to 
the  establishment  of  the  newer  philology  based  upon  the  most  primordial  stage  of 
the  evolution  of  human  speech. 

No.  174.  Churchill,  William.  Easter  Island,  Rapanui  Speech,  and  the  Peopling 
of  Southeast  Polynesia.  Octavo,  340  pages.  Published  1912.  Price 
$2.75. 

Herein  have  been  assembled  the  word-lists  of  all  former  students  of  Easter 
Island,  the  French  vocabulary  compiled  by  Pere  Hippolyte  Roussel,  the  words 
recorded  by  Geiseler,  Thomson,  and  Cook,  together  with  the  author's  own  collec- 
tions. To  this  material  has  been  added  the  necessary  philological  apparatus  where- 
with to  make  this  the  first  dictionary  of  the  speech  of  this  remote  outlier  of  the 
Polynesian  race.  Prefaced  to  the  dictionary  is  a  discussion  of  the  various  languages 
©f  southeastern  Polynesia,  namely,  those  of  Tahiti,  the  Marquesas,  the  Paumotu,  and 
78 


Philology,  etc.  79 

Mangareva.  This  material  has  been  employed  to  dissociate  the  several  streams  of 
Polynesian  migration  which  have  moved  eastward  from  Samoa  under  the  helio- 
tropic  impulse  which  has  ever  been  active  in  this  great  movement  of  folk  migration 
in  these  studies  it  has  been  possible  to  dissect  out  earlier  and  later  migrations  and 
to  a  satisfactory  extent  to  translate  into  terms  of  geography  the  results  of  philo- 
logical comparison. 

No.  184.  FiNLEY,  J.  P.,  and  William  Churchill.  The  Suhanu:  Studies  of  a  Sub- 
Vtsayan  Mountain  Folk  of  Mindanao.  Octavo,  ivH-236  pages  2  places 
Published  1913.  Price  $2.00. 
In  Part  I  of  this  work  Colonel  John  Park  Finley,  U.  S.  Army,  has  furnished  a 
record  of  the  present  stage  of  this  mountain  tribe  of  Mindanao,  a  race  hitherto 
practically  untouched  by  even  such  culture  as  the  Moros  of  the  coast  possess. 
Since  St.  Francis  Xavier  gave  them  up  in  despair  they  have  remained  in  unmixed 
savagery  until  now  they  are  being  brought  within  the  civilizing  efforts  of  American 
endeavor.  This  record  is  as  complete  as  could  be  obtained  by  ten  years  of  admin- 
istrative contact  with  this  shy  and  rude  folk.  In  collating  the  linguistic  material 
collected  in  the  intervals  of  campaigns  by  the  military  author,  Mr.  Churchill  hag 
established  the  ethnic  position  of  the  race  as  archetypal  in  reference  to  the  more 
widely  extended  Visayan  culture.  This  theme  leads  naturally  to  a  careful  discus- 
sion  of  the  Malayo-Polynesian  speech  family  and  the  employment  of  this  important 
collection  of  new  data  to  accomplish  its  demolition,  thus  clearing  the  way  for  a 
free  study  of  the  respective  language  units  which  hitherto  have  been  obscured  bv 
En  untenable  association. 

No.  244.  Churchill,  William.  Sissano:  Movements  of  Migration  within  and 
through  Melanesia.  Octavo,  181  pages,  17  charts.  Published  1916 
Price  $2.00. 

Newly  available  material  derived  from  the  Sissano,  a  people  on  the  Arop  lagoons 
on  the  north  coast  of  New  Guinea,  has  been  utilized  in  this  work  for  the  study  of 
one  of  the  more  intricate  problems  of  the  track  of  Polynesia  migration  out  of 
Indonesia.  Objection  has  been  raised  against  the  suggestion  that  two  migration 
tracks  were  discernible  in  reference  to  New  Guinea  as  in  part  obstacle  and  in  part 
conduit  of  folk  movement.  These  tracks  have  been  traced  along  the  north  coast 
of  the  island  and  along  the  south  coast  through  Torres  Strait.  It  has  been  sug- 
gested that  the  traces  of  Polynesian  speech  found  in  the  Gulf  of  Papua  havp 
reached  that  area  by  coastwise  voyaging  from  the  north  coast  to  the  southeast 
peninsula  and  thence  westward.  By  the  employment  of  the  speech  material  from 
isissano  tor  the  explication  of  the  similar  material  found  in  the  Torres  Strait  tract 
it  is  established  that  all  the  evidence  at  present  available  indicates  the  probability 
of  the  folk  movement  eastward  from  the  Arafura  Sea  through  Torres  Strait  inde"^ 
pendently  of  the  movement  along  the  north  coast. 

No.  253.  IvENs,  Walter  G.  Dictionary  of  Sa'a  and  Ulawa  of  the  Melanesian 
Group  of  the  Oceanic  Family  of  Languages.    Octavo.    In  press. 


FOLK-LORE. 


No.  17.    DoRSEY,  George  A.    Traditions  of  the  Arikara.   Octavo,  202  pages.  Pub- 
lished 1904.    Price  $1.00. 
A  collection  of  eighty-two  folk  tales  of  the  Arikara  Indians  of  North  Dakota, 
a  tribe  of  the  Caddoan  stock,  most  nearly  related  to  the  Skidi  Pawnee.    The  tales 

are  arranged  in  groups  as  follows:  Creation  Myths;  Transformation  Myths;  Rite 
Myths ;  Miscellaneous ;  Animal  Tales ;  Traditions  embodying  superstitions  or  strange 
beliefs  and  wild  tales.  There  is  an  introduction,  and  abstracts  of  each  tale  are  given. 
No.  21.  DoRSEY,  George  A.  Mythology  of  the  Wichita.  Octavo,  viii+351  pages. 
Published  1904.    Price  $1.50. 

A  collection  of  sixty  tales  of  the  Wichita  tribe  of  the  Caddoan  stock,  living  in 
Oklahoma.  The  tales  are  arranged  according  to  certain  Wichita  cosmogonic  con- 
ceptions, namely,  Creation,  Transformation,  and  Present.  Several  of  the  tales  are 
represented  by  one  or  more  variants.  An  introduction  gives  a  general  account  of 
Wichita  ethnology.  The  tales  are  all  provided  with  abstracts. 
No.  41.  DoRSEY,  George  A.  Traditions  of  the  Caddo.  Octavo,  136  pages.  Pub- 
lished 1905.    Price  $0.50. 

The  Caddo  tales  presented  in  the  above  publication  were  collected  during  the 
years  1903-1905  and  form  part  of  a  systematic  investigation  of  the  religious  system 
and  ceremonial  organization  of  the  tribes  of  the  Caddoan  stock.  The  Caddo  smce 
1859  have  lived  in  western  Oklahoma,  between  the  Washita  and  Canadian  rivers, 
where  they  have  been  closely  associated  with  the  Wichita.  They  retain  practically 
nothing  of  their  ancient  culture.  Their  early  home  was  in  Louisiana,  on  the  lower 
Red  River.  Later  they  migrated  toward  the  Texas  border,  and  still  later  to  Brazos 
River  in  Texas.  Like  the  Wichita,  their  early  habitations  were  conical  grass  lodges, 
and  they  were  agriculturists,  hunting  the  buffalo  only  within  comparatively  recent 
times. 

No.  59.  DoRSEY,  George  A.  The  Pawnee:  Mythology  {Favt  I).  Octavo,  546  pages. 
Published  1906.  Price  $2.00. 
A  collection  of  148  tales  of  the  Pawnee,  representing  the  Chaui,  Kitkehahki, 
Skidi,  and  Pitahauirat,  which  constitute  the  four  bands  of  the  Pawnee  who  to-day 
live  in  Oklahoma.  This  volume  forms  a  supplement  to  Traditions  of  the  Skidi 
Pawnee,  Volume  III  of  the  Memoirs  of  the  American  Folk-Lore  Society.  The 
tales  are  grouped  according  to  the  Pawnee  conception  of  tales :  True  Stories  of  the 
Heavenly  Beings ;  Tales  of  Ready-to-Give ;  The  Origin  of  Medicine  Ceremonies  or 
Power;  Coyote  Tales.  A  brief  introduction  relates  the  method  of  obtaining  the 
material  and  all  the  tales  are  furnished  with  abstracts.  Many  of  the  tales  contain 
ont  or  more  songs. 

8o 


EMBRYOLOGY. 

No.  191.    Weed,  Lewis  H.   A  Reconstruction  of  the  Nuclear  Masses  in  the  Lower 
portions  of  the  Human  Brain-Stem.    (Contribution  to  Embryology.) 
Quarto,  78  pages,  vi  plates.    Published  1914.    Price  $2.50. 
This  comprises  a  study  of  the  form  and  relations  of  the  collections  of  ganglion 
cells  makmg  up  the  nuclei  of  the  upper  cervical  cord  and  medulla  of  the  fdult 
Lr?.  "  rom  ^  description  of  a  model  made  by  reconstructing,  in  wax,  a 

series  of  900  cross-sections  40/x  thick,  taken  through  a  normal  human  brain  stem, 
iJt?  1  method.    This  model  is  illustrated  from  the  dorsal, 

lateral,  and  ventral  aspects,  and  embraces  a  special  morphological  study  of  the 
Ttr^X;. conformation  of  each  nuclear  mass  is  described  in 
Its  relation  to  the  surface  and  to  the  surrounding  structures. 

No.  221.  Mall,  Franklin  P.  On  the  Fate  of  the  Human  Embryo  in  Tubal  Preg- 
nancy. (Contribution  to  Embryology,  No.  1.)  Quarto,  104  pages,  11 
plates,  24  text  figures.    Published  1915.    Price  $5.00. 

th/.^n^'^^rflf  ^  °"       ^^^t  °/       ^""'^^  t^^b^^  pregnancy  is  based  on 

tne_  study  of  146  specimens  which  have  been  collected  by  about  100  physicians  in 

IZTiT'  """^^^f  ^'^''^  ^''^  during 'the  past  18 'year?  The 

scope  of  the  work  is  not  only  embryoiogical  but  etiological-that  is,  the  cause  of 
firt  nnn'-r^'T  Consideration.    The  anatomy  of  the  Fallopian  tube  is 

ionnTZ^i'/  'I  ?  of  normal  specimens  which  arc 

found  implanted  in  the  tube.  Pathological  embryos,  which  are  frequently  en- 
countered, are  discussed  and  pathological  ova  without  embryos  are  also  consid- 
Tnt  In  Li       .  f I     '"'PP''"^  inflammatory  causation.  In 

a1rrted^^deXment.^  '  ^'^^        ^^'^^^      ^''^  ^^^^^  - 

No.  222.   ^r^^^tm^^^^  Quarto,  108  pages. 

This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately 

No.  223.   Co^ribu^^^^^^^^^^  Quarto,  90  pages.  Pub- 

This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately 

No.  224.   Contributions  to  Embryology,  Nos.  10,  11,  12,  and  13.  Quarto.   In  press 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

*^'ISen;,'"■rco!;?r&I5o^^?o^'''f"p^.S  Pathological  Develop- 

^"TcontribuMo'  frr'r'plate  ^h-^ophile  Cells  of  .he  Nervous  System. 

Mackl,„,  Chab.es  C.-Bi„ucleate  Cells  in  Tissue  Cultures.    (Contribution  No.  .3.) 


82 


Embryology 


No.  225.   Weed,  Lewis  H.    Development  of  the  Cerebrospinal  Spaces.  (Contri- 
bution to  Embryology,  No.  14.)    17  plates.    In  press. 

This  represents  the  results  of  a  study  of  the  formation  of  the  pathways  for  the 
cerebro-spinal  fluid  in  two  mammalian  embryos.  Data  regarding  the  stages  in  the 
initial  spread  of  this  fluid  were  obtained  by  morphological  studies  and  by  a 
physiological  method  of  replacement  of  the  existent  fluid.  Two  functional  areas 
for  the  extraventricular  passage  of  the  em.bryonic  ventricular  fluid  are  described. 
The  process  of  differentiation  of  the  perimedullary  mesenchyme  into  the_  three 
meninges  of  the  adult  is  considered  with  regard  especially  for  the  circulation  of 
the  cerebro-spinal  fluid  through  the  subarachnoid  spaces.  Throughout  this  paper, 
the  morphological  changes  in  the  development  of  the  cerebro-spinal  spaces  have 
been  related  as  far  as  possible  to  the  physiological  use  of  these  channels. 

No.  226.    Contributions  to  Embryology,  Nos.  15,  16,  17,  18,  19.    Quarto.    In  press. 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Mall,  Franklin   P. — Cyclopia  in  the  Human  Embryo.       (Contribution  No.  i5-) 
3  plates,  8  figs. 

Thurlow,    Madge   DeG. — Quantitative    Studies   on   Mitochondria   in   Nerve  Cells. 

(Contribution  No.   i6.)     i  plate. 
Lewis,  Maec^ret  Reed. — The  Development  of  Connective  Tissue  Fibers  in  Tissue 

Culture  of  Chick  Embryos.     (Contribution  No.   17.)   2  plates. 
Sabin    Florence   R. — Origin   and  Development  of  the   Primitive  Vessels   of  the 

Ciiick  and  of  the  Pig.    (Contribution  No.   18.)     7  plates,  8  figs. 
Johnson,  Franklin  Paradise. — A  Human  Embryo  of  Twenty-four  pairs  of  Somites. 

(Contribution  No.  19.)     8  plates,  9  figs. 


INDEX  MEDICUS. 

A  Monthly  Classified  Record  of  the  Current  Medical  Literature  of 
THE  World. 

r;ii'^^^  ^"'^^^'V^^^^'?'  "^^^  established  in  1879,  under  the  editorship  of  Dr  Tohn  <s 
B  lhngs  and  Dr.  Robert  Fletcher,  and  was  discontinued  in  1899.%^^^^ 

early  as  possible  m  the  succeeding  month,  time  being  anowed  forthe  arrival  of 
foreign  journals.   The  editor  is  Fielding  H.  Garrison,  M.D. 

triw;!f„f  1  °*  ""^  f""  of  books,  pamphlets,  theses  con- 

me^T.?,  ?  ^-operative  works  and  original  articles  in  ournals,  transactions  of 
medical  and  sc.ent.fic  soceties,  and  the  like,  arranged  under  subject4eadTngs  The 
titles  .n  certa.n  languages,  as  Russian,  Polish,  Swedish,  Danish,  FLnis"  HunkrLn 
Bohem.an,  Roumanian  and  Japanese,  are  translated  i^to  Eng  ish  Tt^We  oTco„ 
vXme  ar-rnnLflt""'*'*  fTi"onths  after  the  completion  of  each 
of  thk  =,n„„o.°  f  Index  of  Authors  and  Subjects"  is  issued.  The  subject  part 
Sie  JndeTcaLw?^  'Vif  ^^''^  subdivided,  the  classification  resembling  that  of 
the  Index  Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon  General's  Office,  U.  S,  Army. 
ofSSm  L^lZt                   1-^1.(1903-1908)  are  available  at  the  original  rafe 

°riet   Vols  VlH;  XIV   .'^^^  ^^^'^        ^  fore^n  coun- 

tries, vois.^       'o  XIV  at  the  present  rate,  as  follows: 

United  States,  Canada,  and  Mexico   istm 

Other  countries     

muni^S^Mt  tXssed^  ord;ro;  nVw  Yo;k  ex;i;;nge;  All  com- 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  Washington,  D.  C 

83 


NUTRITION  AND  OTHER  SUBJECTS  OF 
ALLIED  INTEREST. 

No.  42.   Atwater,  W.  O.,  and  F.  G.  Benedict.   A  Respiration  Calorimeter  with 
Appliances  for  the  Direct  Determination  of  Oxygen.    Octavo,  193 
pages,  49  figures.    Published  1905.    Price  $1.25. 
^  A  technical  description  of  an  apparatus  for  use  in  experiments  v/ith  man,  per- 
mitting the  simultaneous  determination  of  carbon  dioxide,  water-vapor,  heat  elimi- 
nation, and  oxygen  absorption.    The  respiration  apparatus  is  of  the  closed-circuit 
type  of  Regnault  and  Reiset,  the  unique  feature  of  which  is  the  accurate  determina- 
tion of  oxygen.    The  calorimeter  is  of  the  continuous-flow  type,  provided  with 
arrangements  for  keeping  the  walls  adiabatic.    The  apparatus  was  developed  and 
constructed  in  the  Chemical  Laboratory  of  Wesleyan  University,  where  it  was  in 
use  for  a  number  of  years,  and  many  experiments  on  man  were  made  with  it.  One 
such  experiment  is  described  in  this  report. 

No.  77.   Benedict,  F.  G.    The  Influence  of  Inanition  on  Metabolism.  Octavo, 
vii-l-542  pages,  2  text  figures.    Published  1907.    Price  $2.75. 
An  extended  investigation  by  means  of  the  respiration  calorimeter  on  the  intin- 
ence  of  varying  degrees  of  inanition  upon  metabolism.    Fourteen  experiments  were 
made  with  10  different  individuals  and  the  fasting  period  extended  from  2  to  7  days, 
durmg  which  time  the  subject  was  inside  the  respiration  chamber.    The  complete 
metabolism  was  studied  and  the  discussion  includes  an  extended  consideration  of 
the  mfluence  of  inanition  on  body-weights,  temperature,  pulse,  respiration,  blood, 
strength,  feces,  urine,  water  excretion,  carbon-dioxide  elimination,  oxygen  con- 
sumption, and  the  transformation  of  energy.   Two  nitrogen  metabolism  experi- 
ments throw  considerable  light  upon  recuperation  after  fasting. 
No.  123.    Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  T.  M.  Carpenter.   Respiration  Calorimeters 
for  Studying  the  Respiratory  Exchange  and  Energy  Transformations 
of  Man.   Octavo,  vii-f-102  pages,  32  figs.    Published'  1910.    Price  $0.75. 
In  the  two  calorimeters,  one  of  them  for  bed-ridden  patients,  the  heat  eliminated 
by  man  is  measured  by  a  current  of  cold  water  passing  through  a  heat-absorbin^r 
system  inside  the  chamber,  the  mass  of  water  and  the  temperature-rise  being  known 
Direct  measurement  of  the  water  vaporized  gives  the  latent  heat  of  water-vapor 
By  means  of  a  system  of  thermal  junctions,  any  slight  temperature  difference, 
between  the  inner  copper  wall  and  an  outer  zinc  wall  are  constantly  noted  The 
temperature  of  the  zinc  wall  is  arbitrarily  adjusted  by  heating  and  cooling  to'main- 
tain  It  at  the  temperature  of  the  copper  wall,  thus  holding  the  calorimeter  in  an 
adiaoatic  condition.    The  chambers  are  large  enough  for  a  man  to  remain  comfort- 
ably seated  or  lying  for  several  hours,  an  electric  light  furnishes  illumination  con- 
nection IS  made  by  call-bell  and  telephone  with  the  outside,  and  a  supply  of  air  is 
continually  circulated  through  the  chamber,  and  thence  through  weighed  vessels 
contaimng  sulphuric  acid  and  soda  lime  to  absorb  quantitatively  water-vapor  and 
carbon  dioxide.    The  oxygen  consumed  is  determined  by  admitting  the  gas  from 
a  weighed  cyhnder  of  highly  compressed  pure  oxygen.   Analyses  of  the  air  residual 
in  the  chamber  are  made  at  the  end  of  every  period,  and  corrections  for  barometric 
changes  are  applied.    Electrical  resistance  thermometers  are  used  to  measure 
calorimeter  as  well  as  body  temperatures.    A  stethoscope  and  pneumograph  permit 
the  measurernent  of  the  pulse-rate  and  respiration-rate.    A  graphic  record  of  the 
minor  muscular  movements  is  also  furnished  by  the  tracing  of  the  pneumograph 
tambour.    The  apparatus  has  been  most  carefully  checked  as  a  calorimeter  by  the 
development  of  the  heat  from  a  known  electrical  current  inside  the  chamber  and 
the  accuracy  of  measurement  of  all  four  factors-carbon  dioxide,  water-vapor 
oxygen  absorption,  and  heat  production— has  been  controlled  by  burning  known 
weights  of  pure  ethyl  alcohol.    The  methods  of  calculation  and  the  details  of  the 
routine  of  an  experiment  with  man  are  included. 


85 


86 


Nutrition  and  Other  Subjects  of  Allied  Interest 


No.  126.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  T.  M.  Carpenter.  The  Metabolism  and 
Energy  Transformations  of  Healthy  Man  during  Rest.  Octavo,  viii-j- 
255  pages.  Published  1910.  Price  $1.75. 
In  the  decade  during  which  the  experiments  were  in  progress  with  the  respiration 
calorimeter  at  Wesleyan  University,  Middletown,  Connecticut,  a  large  amount  o£ 
material  on  the  normal  metabolism  of  healthy  men  and  women  was  accumulated. 
This  material  has  been  in  part  published  in  other  reports,  but  much  of  it  has  never 
been  published  and  is  collected  here  for  final  presentation.  Among  the  subjects 
discussed  in  detail  are  the  changes  in  body-weight,  the  insensible  perspiration,  body- 
temperature  with  its  variations  and  fluctuations,  and  pulse-rate.  By  means  of  the 
respiration  apparatus,  important  data  with  regard  to  the  vaporization  of  water  from 
the  body  of  the  subject  v/ere  accumulated,  and  these  are  discussed  at  some  length  in 
connection  with  the  elimination  of  carbon  dioxide,  oxygen  consumption,  and  the  heat 
elimination  and  heat  production.  Special  reference  is  made  to  comparison  between 
the  metabolism  during  sleep  and  during  waking  hours  and  the  relationship  between 
the  different  factors  of  metabolism.  The  variations  in  metabolism  due  to  variations 
in  physical  characteristics,  age,  muscular  activity,  sex,  etc.,  have  received  especial 
attention,  including  the  metabolism  of  athletes,  non-athletes,  and  women.  Experi- 
ments dealing  with  the  metaboHsm  and  energy  transformations  incidental  to  simple 
every-day  movements  are  included,  and  tentative  tables  for  computing  the  metabo- 
lism of  normal  individuals  with  varying  degrees  of  muscular  activity  are  given. 

No.  136.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Elliott  P.  Joslin.  Metabolism  in  Diabetes 
Mellitus.    Octavo,  vi-1-234  pages,  2  plates.    Published  1910.    Price  $2.00. 

This  publication  records  in  detail  the  study  of  the  metabolism  of  13  diabetic 
patients  by  means  of  the  respiration  calorimeters  of  the  Nutrition  Laboratory.  The 
investigation  included  42  experiments  lasting  2  to  6  hours,  14  hours  after  the  last 
meal,  together  with  11  experiments  following  ingestion  of  food.  In  these  experi- 
ments the  water  elimination,  carbon-dioxide  production,  oxygen  consumption,  and 
heat  elimination  and  production  were  determined,  and  simultaneous  determinations 
were  likewise  made  of  the  body-temperature,  pulse-rate,  and  respiration-rate.  Be- 
sides experiments  with  the  respiration  calorimeters,  26  experiments  were  made  with 
a  respiration  apparatus  which  permitted  very  exact  determination  of  carbon-dioxide 
production  and  ox3^gen  absorption.  The  urine  was  collected  and  the  nitrogen  and 
sugar  determined  in  all  these  experiments. 

Complete  details  of  the  investigation  are  reported  in  this  publication,  together 
with  the  clinical  history  of  each  case.  A  summary  is  given  of  the  gaseous  exchange 
and  energy  transformation  in  these  experiments,  and  the  averages  are  compared 
with  those  for  normal  individuals  in  experiments  with  the  same  apparatus.  The 
metabolism  in  diabetes  of  different  degrees  of  severity  is  compared. 

Some  of  the  other  topics  discussed  are  the  nitrogen  excretion,  the  dextrose- 
nitrogen  ratio  and  its  significance,  the  respiratory  quotient,  which  is  compared  with 
the  dextrose-nitrogen  ratio,  the  vaporization  of  water  from  the  lungs  and  skin,  and 
the  influence  of  food  on  the  nitrogen  and  sugar  excretions,  on  the  respiratory  ex- 
change, and  on  the  total  katabolism.  The  report  concludes  with  a  discussion  of 
practical  features  in  the  treatment  of  diabetes  on  which  light  has  been  thrown  by 
this  investigation,  including  a  consideration  of  the  quantities  of  food  allowed  dia- 
betic patients,  the  restriction  of  the  diet,  and  the  advisability  of  making  the  diabetic 
sugar-free.  The  value  of  the  respiration  calorimeter  in  studying  diabetes  mellitus 
is  shown,  and  suggestions  are  made  for  further  investigations  on  this  subject. 

No.  176.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Elliott  P.  Josltn.  A  Study  of  Metabolism  in 
Severe  Diabetes.  Octavo,  vi+135  pages.  Published  1912.  Price  $1.25. 
Since  the  publication  of  the  earlier  results  of  the  investigation  on  diabetes 
mellitus  (Publication  No.  136  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington),  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  research  has  been  carried  out  with  especial  reference  to  the 
metabolism  in  severe  cases  of  diabetes.  The  results  of  the  later  investigation  are 
reported  in  Publication  No.  176,  and  include  experimental  data  regarding  17  cases,  6 
of  which  were  also  studied  in  the  earlier  part  of  the  research.   Of  these  17  cases,  all 


Nutrition  and  Other  Subjects  of  Allied  Interest 


87 


but  3  are  classified  as  "severe  diabetes."  The  apparatus  and  methods  used  were 
substantially  the  same  as  those  previously  employed,  but  the  sugar  in  the  urine  of  the 
diabetics  was  determined  by  an  improved  method,  a  description  of  which  is  given. 

The  attempt  was  made  to  study  the  individual  cases  more  systematically  and  com- 
pletely, at  least  3  of  the  cases  being  carefully  observed  over  a  considerable  period 
of  time.  The  clinical  history  of  each  case  is  given,  with  complete  details  of  the 
experiments.  The  pulse-rate,  body-temperature,  body-weight,  nitrogen  excretion, 
and  gaseous  metabolism  are  discussed  in  some  detail,  considerable  attention  being 
given  to  body-weight.  Since  loss  of  weight  is  a  marked  feature  of  diabetes,  and 
these  changes  should  be  interpreted  intelligently,  the  fluctuations  in  body-weight  of 
normal  individuals  are  considered  at  some  length;  a  comparison  is  also  made  of  the 
body-weights  of  the  diabetics  before  onset  with  those  in  disease,  and  data  given 
regarding  the  loss  in  weight  of  some  200  diabetics.  To  obtain  evidence  as  to  whether 
or  not  the  metabolism  is  increased  in  diabetes,  the  results  secured  with  the  individual 
subjects  arc  compared  with  the  data  found  in  experiments  with  one  or  more  normal 
individuals  who  were  comparable  in  body-weight  and  height.  Comparisons  are  also 
made  of  the  metabolism  of  diabetics  with  varying  degrees  of  severity  and  under 
varying  conditions  as  to  the  intensity  of  the  acidosis,  thus  giving  opportunity  to 
study  the  relationship  between  the  severity  of  the  diabetes  and  the  degree  of  in- 
creased metabolism.  Further  evidence  is  supplied  by  a  study  of  the  influence  of  an 
experimentally  induced  acidosis  upon  the  metabolism  of  a  normal  individual,  experi- 
ments being  made  with  two  subjects  in  which  a  carbohydrate-free  diet  was  given. 

As  a  result  of  these  investigations,  the  conclusion  is  drawn  that  the  metabolism 
in  diabetes  is  increased  above  the  normal  about  15  per  cent,  thus  confirming  the 
conclusion  given  in  the  first  report.  The  authors  also  believe  that  there  is  a  close 
relation  between  the  intensity  of  the  metabolism  and  the  severity  of  the  disease,  this 
being  indicated  not  only  in  the  comparison  of  the  metabolism  in  light  cases  of  dia- 
betes with  that  in  severe  cases,  but  also  in  the  comparison  of  the  metabolism  of  the 
same  individual  with  varying  degrees  of  acidosis,  and  by  the  fact  that  normal  indi- 
viduals on  a  carbohydrate-free  diet  showed  an  increase  in  metabolism. 
No.  155.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Edgar  P.  Slack.  A  Comparative  Study  of 
Temperature  Fluctuations  in  Different  Parts  of  the  Human  Body.  Oc- 
tavo, v-f73  pages,  38  figures.  Published  1911.  Price  $0.50. 
In  the  research  reported  in  this  publication,  a  study  was  made  of  the  simulta- 
neous fluctuations  in  body-temperature  with  reference  to  determining  (1)  the  best 
place  for  an  accurate  and  constant  measurement  of  body-temperature;  (2)  the 
temperature  gradient  of  the  body;  and  especially  (3)  whether  or  not  the  tempera- 
ture fluctuations  occurring  in  the  different  parts  of  the  body  are  uniform.  The 
thermal-junction  method  was  employed  and  a  special  apparatus  was  constructed, 
which  consisted  of  electrical  measuring  instruments,  a  thermal-junction  system,  and 
a  constant-temperature  oven.   The  apparatus  and  method  are  described  in  detail. 

In  studying  the  thermal  gradient  of  the  body  the  rectum  was  used  with  men,  and 
the  rectum  and  the  vagina  with  a  woman.  The  measurements  were  usually  made 
with  a  double  thermometer  inserted  at  varying  depths,  the  results  being  presented  in 
the  form  of  curves.  In  selecting  the  localities  for  the  measurement  of  the  body- 
temperatures,  a  special  study  was  made  of  temperature  measurements  in  the  mouth 
with  both  clinical  thermometers  and  thermal-junction  thermometers. 

In  the  study  of  the  simultaneous  fluctuations  of  body-temperature,  24  experiments 
were  made,  the  subjects  including  five  men  and  one  woman.  Measurements  were 
obtained  of  the  temperature  in  the  rectum,  vagina,  and  mouth,  also  in  various  arti- 
ficial cavities,  such  as  in  the  closed  axilla  and  groin,  between  the  clasped  hands,  and 
at  various  surface  points  which  could  be  sufficiently  closed  by  flesh  to  form  a  tem-' 
porary  cavity.   These  results  are  also  expressed  in  the  form  of  curves. 

The  discussion  considers  such  questions  as  the  temperature  gradient,  the  effect 
of  various  superimposed  factors  on  body-temperature,  and  the  course  of  the  tem- 
perature curves  in  different  parts  of  the  body  drawn  from  simultaneous  observations. 

The  general  conclusion  is  drawn  from  the  research  that,  aside  from  the  skin 
temperature,  a  rise  or  fall  in  temperature  of  the  rectum  or  vagina  is  accompanied 
by  an  equal  rise  or  fall  in  temperature  of  all  other  parts  of  the  body. 


88 


Nutrition  and  Other  Subjects  of  Allied  Interest 


No.  166.  Benedict,  Francis  G.  The  Composition  of  the  Atmosphere,  with  Special 
Reference  to  its  Oxygen  Content.  Octavo,  iii-f-115  pages,  1  plate. 
Published  1912.  Price  $2.00. 
The  object  of  this  investigation  was  to  obtain  an  exact  knowledge  of  the  com- 
position of  outdoor  air,  for  in  studying  the  character  of  combustion  processes  in  the 
body  such  knowledge  is  essential  for  the  interpretation  of  the  changes  in  the  com- 
position of  air  as  it  passes  through  the  lungs.  The  first  part  of  the  publication  con- 
sists of  an  extensive  review  of  the  earlier  literature  on  the  subject  and  a  history  of 
air  analysis.  The  second  part  gives  a  description  of  a  gas-analysis  apparatus  devised 
by  Dr.  Klas  Sonden,  of  Stockholm,  together  with  the  technique  of  its  use  and  the 
results  of  a  series  of  analyses  of  outdoor  air  made  at  the  Nutrition  Laboratory 
during  a  period  of  nearly  three  years.  The  steps  in  the  elimination  of  individual 
errors  in  the  technique  and  routine  are  carefully  traced,  and  the  conclusion  is  reached 
that  uncontaminated  outdoor  air  in  Boston  is  of  constant  oxygen  content,  irrespec- 
tive of  conditions  of  weather,  humidity,  temperature,  barometer,  wind  direction, 
etc.  Further  analyses  of  air  taken  from  many  points  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and 
from  the  top  of  Pike's  Peak,  showed  a  like  uniformity  in  composition. 

No.  167.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Walter  G.  Cady.  A  Bicycle  Ergometer  with 
an  Electric  Brake.   Octavo,  iii-f-44  pages,  16  text  figures.  Published 

1912.  Price  $0.50. 

A  form  of  stationary  bicycle,  in  which  the  rear  wheel  is  replaced  by  a  copper  disk 
rotating  in  an  electro-magnetic  field,  has  been  extensively  used  in  this  laboratory 
for  measurements  of  the  mechanical  work  of  man.  Certain  important  calibration 
tests,  friction  measurements,  and  the  peculiar  magnetic  reaction  produced  by  the 
copper  disk  rotating  between  the  poles  of  the  magnet  are  described  in  this  publica- 
tion. Two  instruments  were  used,  one  having  been  calibrated  several  years  before. 
The  new  calibration  of  this  latter  instrument  showed  essentially  the  same  values 
as  the  earlier  tests.  The  speed  usually  assumed  by  a  bicycle  rider  ranges  from  60 
to  90  revolutions  per  minute,  and  at  these  speeds  the  ergometer,  singularly  enough, 
gives  essentially  the  same  heat  per  revolution ;  at  slower  and  higher  speeds  there  is 
a  marked  decrease  in  the  heat  per  revolution.  A  careful  study  of  the  magnetic 
reactions  in  the  disk  showed  the  peculiarly  interesting  demagnetizing  effect  of  the 
eddy  currents  in  the  disk. 

No.  187.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  E.  P.  Cathcart.  Muscular  Work:  A  Meta- 
bolic Study  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Efficiency  of  the  Human  Body 
as  a  Machine.    Octavo,  176  pages,  1  plate,  10  text  figures.  Published 

1913.  Price  $2.50. 

This  investigation,  which  was  carried  out  by  means  of  a  special  form  of  respi- 
ration apparatus  and  the  bicycle  ergometer  described  in  an  earlier  publication  (Pub- 
lication No.  167  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington),  considers  two  essen- 
tially fundamental  questions — first,  the  character  of  the  material  burned  in  the  body 
before,  during,  and  after  muscular  work,  and  second,  the  relationship  between  the 
amount  of  productive  effective  muscular  work  and  the  total  heat  output,  this  com- 
parison indicating  the  mechanical  efficiency  of  the  human  body  as  a  machine.  The 
investigation  lasted  several  months  and  involved  several  hundred  experiments. 

It  was  conclusively  demonstrated  that  during  severe  muscular  work  there  is  a 
distinct  alteration  in  the  character  of  the  materials  burned  in  the  body,  as  the  evi- 
dence indicated  a  selective  combustion  of  carbohydrate  material,  though  the  experi- 
ments do  not  point  to  an  exclusive  combustion  of  carbohydrate  during  muscular  work. 

The  major  portion  of  the  experiments  was  devoted  to  a  study  of  the  relationship 
between  the  total  heat  output  and  the  effective  external  muscular  work,  thereby 
giving  information  in  regard  to  the  mechanical  efficiency  of  man.  An  extensive  dis- 
cussion of  what  is  meant  by  "gross"  and  "net"  efficiency,  together  with  the  careful 
computation  of  the  maximum  efficiency,  leads  to  an  interesting  discussion  as  to  the 
analysis  of  the  chemical  and  thermal  processes  involved  in  severe  muscular  worlc 

The  report  also  considers  other  important  questions  relative  to  the  muscular 
work  of  man,  such  as  the  effect  of  muscular  work  on  the  pulse-rate,  the  body- 
temperature,  the  mechanics  of  respiration,  and  the  drafts  upon  the  body  material, 


Nutrition  and  Other  Subjects  of  Allied  Interest 


89 


the  maximum  working  capacity  of  man,  and  particularly  the  after-effects  of  work. 
A  certain  amount  of  evidence  was  available  for  a  comparison  of  results  obtained 
with  trained  and  untrained  individuals. 

An  extensive  review  of  the  earlier  literature,  with  an  analysis  of  the  results 
obtained  by  former  investigators,  is  included  in  the  report. 

No.  201.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Fritz  B.  Talbot.  The  Gaseous  Metabolism 
of  Infants  with  Special  Reference  to  its  Relation  to  Pulse-rate  and 
Muscular  Activity.  Octavo,  168  pages,  65  figures.  Published  1914 
Price  $1.50. 

A^  complete  historical  review  of  all  the  literature  on  the  gaseous  exchange  and 
calorimetry  of  infants  is  followed  by  a  presentation  of  several  important  problems 
in  this  ^  field.  A  respiration  apparatus,  measuring  simultaneously  carbon-dioxide 
production  and  oxygen  consumption  and  provided  with  a  sensitive  arrangement  for 
registering  automatically  and  graphically  the  slightest  body  movement,  was  used  to 
study  37  infants  during  approximately  800  periods  of  observation.  Continuous 
records  of  the  pulse-rate,  and  a  graphic  representation  of  the  degree  of  muscular 
repose  enabled  many  important  correlations  with  the  respiratory  studies.  Distinct 
evidence  of  an  increased  pulse-rate  and  metabolism  independent  of  external  activity 
was  interpreted  as  being  an  indication  of  internal  work  and  suggested  the  pulse-rate 
as  an  index  of  this  internal  work. 

Particular  stress  was  laid  upon  a  comparative  study  of  the  basal  metabolism  of 
the  infants,  i.  e.,  the  metabolism  during  complete  muscular  repose  as  shown  by  the 
kymograph  records.  Under  these  conditions,  it  Vv^as  found  that  while,  in  general, 
the  smaller  infants  had  the  smaller  total  metabolism,  there  were  a  sufficient  number 
of  striking  exceptions  to  prevent  the  formulation  of  a  definite  law.  Similarly,  there 
was  no  uniformity  in  the  metabolism  per  kilogram  of  body- weight,  although  with 
"normal"  children  the  plotted  chart  gave  indications  of  an  approximately  regular  line. 

A  discussion  of  the  supposed  relationship  between  body-surface  and  metabolism' 
and  a  critique  of  the  methods  used  for  measuring  body-surface  introduces  the  dis- 
cussion of  the  values  found  with  these  infants.  No  relationship  was  found  between 
the  age  of  the  infants  and  the  heat  produced  per  square  meter  of  body-surface, 
nor  could  any  relationship  be  noted  between  the  heat-production  per  square  meter 
of  body-surface  and  the  actual  body-weight,  the  normal  weight  for  the  age  or  the 
expected  body-weight.  ' 
^  Evidence  secured  with  normal  and  atrophic  infants  of  different  ages  and  weights 
IS  presented  to  show  that  the  active  mass  of  protoplasmic  tissue  determines '"the 
heat-production.  This  active  mass  of  protoplasmic  tissue  may  be  stimulated  to  a 
greater  or  less  cellular  activity,  the  intensity  of  the  stimulus  being  indicated  bv  the 
pulse-rate. 

No.  203.  Benedict,  Francis  G.  A  Study  of  Prolonged  Fasting.  Octavo,  416 
pages,  5  plates,  47  figures.  Published  1915.  Price  $4.00. 
In  the  spring  of  1912  an  experiment  was  made  at  the  Nutrition  Laboratory  on 
a  subject  A  L.,  who  subsisted  for  31  days  without  food,  drinking  during  that 
period  only  750  c.c.  of  distilled  water  per  day.  Observations  were  also  made  for 
4  days  prior  to  the  fast  and  imperfect  observations  for  3  days  subsequent  to  it 
The  main  object  of  the  investigation  was  to  determine  simultaneously  as  many 
factors  m  the  physiology  of  the  subject  as  possible.  The  research  included  physical 
exammations  by  a  physician,  accompanied  by  photographic  studies  and  careful  an- 
thropometric measurements;  records  of  the  body-weight,  rectal  temperature,  puke- 
rate  and  blood  pressure;  a  complete  daily  examination  of  the  blood;  and  a  study 
of  the  mechanics  of  respiration  including  the  ventilation  of  the  lungs,  the  respira- 
tion-rate, and  the  alveolar  air.  Records  of  the  subject's  mental  attitude  toward 
the  fast  were  kept,  together  with  a  series  of  psychological  tests.  Observations 
were  also  made  of  the  intestinal  flora  and  the  excretion  through  the  skin  A  com- 
plete chemical  examination  of  the  urine  was  carried  out  by  modern  methods  which 
included  determinations  of  the  various  nitrogenous  compounds,  acid  and  basic 
radicles,  carbon  and  energy  and  the  microscopy  of  the  urine.   An  extended  study 


90  Nutrition  and  Other  Subjects  of  Allied  Interest 

was  made  of  the  respiratory  exchange,  in  which  both  the  respiration  apparatus  and 
the  respiration  calorimeter  were  jsed,  this  including  the  study  of  the  influence  of 
various  factors  upon  the  respiratory  exchange,  such  as  the  work  of  writing,  of 
breathing  oxygen-rich  atmospheres,  and  the  condition  of  sleeping  and  waking.  The 
elimination  of  water  through  the  lungs  and  skin  was  also  determined.  From  these 
data  important  deductions  regarding  the  total  katabolism  per  24  hours,  the  char- 
acter of  the  katabolism,  the  loss  of  v/ater  from  the  body,  the  loss  of  original  body 
substance,  and  the  total  energy  loss  were  drawn. 

The  observations  were  carried  out  chiefly  by  the  laboratory  staff  and  with  the 
cooperation  of  Drs.  W.  G.  Anderson,  J.  E.  Ash,  H.  W.  Goodall,  E.  C.  Kendall, 
H.  L.  Langfeld,  and  E.  E.  Southard.  It  is  impossible  in  this  brief  abstract  to  com- 
ment intelligently  upon  the  results  which  are  extensive  and  should  throw  much 
light  upon  the  relationship  between  inanition  and  disease. 

No.  216.  Carpenter,  Thorne  M.  A  Comparison  of  Methods  for  Determining 
the  Respiratory  Exchange  of  Man.  Octavo,  265  pages,  74  figures. 
Published  1915.  Price  $2.50. 
This  publication  gives  the  results  of  an  extensive  series  of  investigations  upon 
the  comparative  value  of  a  number  of  methods  used  for  the  determination  of  the 
respiratory  exchange  of  man.  The  first  part  contains  a  review  of  the  previous 
work  of  other  investigators  and  a  detailed  description  of  the  methods  and  apparatus 
used  in  the  research  reported,  viz.:  Bed  respiration  calorimeter;  the  two  forms  of 
the  Benedict  universal  respiration  apparatus,  i.  e.,  tension  equalizer  unit  and 
spirometer  unit;  Zuntz-Geppert,  Tissot,  and  Douglas  apparatus;  the  Haldane  gas 
analysis  apparatus;  and  minor  accessory  apparatus.  The  results  of  the  various 
comparisons  of  apparatus  follow.  The  bed  respiration  calorimeter  was  made  the 
standard  for  normal  respiratory  exchange.  The  carbon-dioxide  elimination,  oxygen 
absorption,  respiratory  quotient,  pulse-rate,  respiration-rate,  and,  when  possible, 
total  ventilation  of  the  lungs  and  volume  per  respiration  were  determined.  Tables 
of  variations  and  probability  curves  for  the  various  determinations  made  are  given 
and  discussed  for  nearly  all  of  the  comparisons.  The  publication  concludes  with 
a  critical  discussion  of  the  sources  of  error;  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of 
the  various  apparatus  and  methods  used ;  breathing  appliances ;  valves ;  gas-analysis 
apparatus;  and  the  accuracy  and  interpretation  of  the  results  of  the  respiratory 
exchange  of  man. 

No.  231.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  H.  Murschhauser.  Energy  Transformations 
during  Horizontal  Walking.  100  pages,  7  figures.  Published  1915. 
Price  $1.00. 

The  main  object  of  this  research  was  to  study  the  increase  in  metabolism  due 
to  walking  on  a  level  at  increasing  speeds.  A  complete  historical  review  is  given 
of  all  previous  research  in  which  the  gaseous  metabolism  during  horizontal  walking 
has  been  studied,  including  a  large  summary  table  in  which  the  results  of  20  dif- 
ferent investigations  are  recorded  and  compared.  Determinations  were  made  of 
the  carbon-dioxide  production,  the  oxygen  consumption  and  the  distance  walked 
by  the  subject;  records  of  the  respiration-rate  were  obtained  automatically  by  a 
special  tambour  arrangement;  a  few  records  of  pulse-rate  were  obtained  with  the 
Bock-Thoma  oscillograph  and  the  Einthoven  string  galvanometer ;  the  exact  number 
of  steps  taken  were  recorded  automatically  by  a  step-counter;  and  finally,  the 
height  to  which  the  body  was  raised  during  walking  was  measured  by  a  work- 
adder  wheel  with  a  scheme  by  which  each  upward  and  downward  movement  of 
the  body  was  recorded  upon  a  rotating  kymograph  drum. 

In  the  walking  experiments  the  subject  walked  at  a  very  slow  speed,  a  medium 
speed,  or  a  very  fast  speed,  and  in  a  few  experiments  actually  ran,  thus  giving  data 
for  comparing' the  work  of  forward  progression  while  the  subject  was  walking 
with  that  while  he  was  running.  A  study  was  also  made  of  the  effect  on  metabolism 
of  fatigue  due  to  long-continued  walking.  The  report  concludes  with  an  analysis 
of  the  mechanics  of  locomotion. 


Nutrition  and  Other  Subjects  of  Allied  Interest  91 


No.  232.  Dodge,  Raymond,  and  F.  G.  Benedict.  Psychological  Effects  of  Alcohol 
An  Experimental  Investigation  of  the  Effects  of  Moderate  Doses  of 
Ethyl  Alcohol  on  a  Related  Group  of  N euro-muscular  Processes  in 
Man.  Octavo,  281  pages,  1  plate,  32  figs.  Published  1915.  Price  $2.50. 
This  first  publication  of  results  under  the  program  of  the  Nutrition  Laboratory 
for  an  exhaustive  study  of  the  physiological  consequences  of  the  ingestion  of  mod- 
erate doses  of  ethyl  alcohol  in  man  deals  with  its  effects  on  the  neuro-muscular 
tissues  with  especial  reference  to  its  effects  on  mental  processes.  Responses  from 
various  levels  of  the  nervous  system  from  the  lumbar  reflex  centers  of  the  cord  to 
the  association  areas  of  the  cerebral  cortex  were  investigated  by  techniques  which 
were  carefully  selected  for  their  objectivity  and  freedom  from  arbitrary  interfer- 
ence as  well  as  for  their  accurate  measurement  of  systematically  related  processes. 
These  approved  techniques  are  carefully  described ;  in  connection  with  the  accumu- 
lation of  normal  measurements,  they  should  provide  a  useful  base-line  for  any 
future  study  of  experimental  variations  in  the  selected  processes.  The  variations 
from  normal  of  these  several  measurements,  after  the  ingestion  of  alcohol  doses 
of  30  c.c.  and  45  c.c,  respectively,  give  data  for  the  nature  and  the  comparative 
incidence  of  the  effects  of  alcohol  on  widely  different  levels  of  the  nervous  system. 
The  results  of  the  measurements  not  only  furnish  solution  to  many  of  the  outstand- 
ing^ problems  of  the  psychophysiological  effects  of  alcohol,  but  also  serve  as  a 
basis  for  interpreting  some  troublesome  discrepancies  and  apparent  contradictions 
in  less  extensively  correlated  data.  In  conjunction  with  the  pulse  data  they  furnish 
presumptive  evidence  of  the  effect  of  alcohol  on  organic  efficiency. 

No.  233.  Benedict,  Francis  G.,  and  Fritz  B.  Talbot.  The  Physiology  of  the 
New-horn  Infant:  Character  and  Amount  of  the  Kataholism.  Octavo, 
126  pages,  10  figures.  Published  1915.  Price  $1.00. 
^  Investigations  on  infants  were  commenced  in  the  hope  of  securing  inform.ation 
with  regard  to  normal  infants  prior  to  an  extended  pathological  study.  A  sys- 
tematic research  into  the  metabolism  of  over  100  new-born  infants  has  resulted  in 
an  accumulation  of  sufficient  data  for  definite  conclusions;  a  constant  routine  was 
rigidly  adhered  to  in  all  cases,  so  that  the  results  are  comparable.  Several  hundred 
experimental  periods  were  obtained.  An  analysis  of  the  data  for  the  minimum 
metabolism  periods  shows  that  on  the  first  day  of  life  there  are  important  tempera- 
ture regulation  disturbances  which  result  either  in  a  decreased  metabolism,  or  an 
increased  m.etabolism  v/hen  there  is  an  effort  on  the  part  of  the  infant  to  com- 
pensate for  the  loss  of  heat.  After  the  second  day  there  is  a  fair  uniformity  in  the 
heat-production  per  square  meter  of  body-surface  and  a  remarkable  uniformity  per 
square  meter  of  body-surface  per  unit  of  length.  This  constancy  is  such  as  to 
permit  the  establishment  of  a  factor  which  indicates  that  when  the  square  meter 
of  body-surface,  as  computed  from  the  body-weight,  is  divided  bv  the  length  the 
metabolism  per  unit  is  12.65  calories.  From  a  study  of  the  effect  of  temperature 
changes  on  the  basal  metabolism  and  the  amount  of  available  breast  secretion  the 
first  week  of  life,  certain  procedures  for  the  conservation  of  energy  and  supple- 
mental feeding  are  suggested. 


92  Nutrition  and  Other  Subjects  of  Allied  Interest 

No.  84.  Osborne,  Thomas  B.  The  Proteins  of  the  Wheat  Kernel.  Octavo,  119 
pages.  Published  1907.  Price  $0.75. 
This  paper  contains  the  results  of  the  author's  studies  of  the  protein  constituents 
of  the  wheat  kernel.  The  properties  and  proportions  of  the  different  types  of  pro- 
tein which  can  be  isolated  from  the  seed  are  given,  and  the  relations  of  these  to  the 
proteins  earlier  described  by  others  are  discussed.  The  results  of  the  recent  analyses 
of  the  products  of  hydrolysis  of  these  proteins  are  given  in  detail,  and  some  ques- 
tions regarding  their  nutritive  value,  which  are  raised  by  these  analyses,  are  dis- 
cussed. The  character  and  proportion  of  the  proteins  of  the  embryo  are  compared 
with  those  of  the  endosperm.  This  paper  aims  to  give  as  complete  an  account  as 
possible  of  what  is  now  known  of  the  proteins  of  wheat. 

No.  156.   Osborne,  Thomas  B.,  and  Lafayette  B.  Mendel.   Feeding  Experiments 
with  Isolated  Food  Substances,    Octavo,  53  pages,  text  figures  i-xxi. 
Published  1911.    Price  $0.50. 
Part  II.    Octavo,  pp.  111+55-138,  text  figures  xxii-cxxix.    Published  1911. 
Price  $1.00. 

This  series  of  publications  gives  the  results  of  an  investigatfon  originally  in- 
tended to  secure  data  as  to  the  relative  nutritive  value  of  the  protein  constituents 
of  the  more  important  food  substances.  Since  many  of  the  proteins  differ  widely 
from  one  another  in  their  chemical  constitution,  an  attempt  is  made  to  determine 
definitely  to  what  extent  these  differences  affect  their  value  in  nutrition.  The  con- 
ditions under  which  animals  can  be  fed  with  mixtures  of  isolated  food  substances 
are  described.  Only  the  purest  preparations  of  the  proteins  which  could  be  made 
were  fed  in  combination  with  carbohydrates,  fats,  and  inorganic  salts. 

In  Part  I  is  given  an  extensive  review  of  the  literature  relating  to  feeding  animals 
with  artificial  mixtures  of  isolated  food  substances.  The  methods  employed  by  the 
authors  are  described,  and  an  account  of  their  experience  in  feeding  such  mixtures 
is  given.  The  results  recorded  relate  chiefly  to  determining  the  conditions  necessary 
for  properly  studying  the  role  of  the  different  proteins  in  nutrition.^ 

Part  II  presents  an  account  of  feeding  experiments  with  food  mixtures  contain- 
ing different  proteins,  all  of  which,  with  the  exception  of  zein  from  maize,  served 
equally  well  to  maintain  mature  animals.  These  data  have  an  important  bearing  on 
the  relation  of  amino-acids  to  nutrition  and  the  extent  of  the  synthetic  processes 
which  occur  in  assimilation.  It  is  shown  that  while  all  these  food  mixtures,  except 
those  containing  zein,  maintain  rats  during  periods  of  150  to  more  than  200  days, 
they  ultim.ately  fail  to  meet  the  nutritive  requirements  of  the  animals  unless  a 
change  is  made  in  the  diet. 

In  the  course  of  the  experiments  it  was  found  that  a  food  containing  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  milk  powder  met  all  the  nutritive  requirements  of  the  rats  during  very 
long  periods,  which  led  the  authors  to  prepare  a  fat-free  and  protein-free  powder 
from  milk,  which  should  serve  as  a  basal  ration.  The  addition  of  this  substance  to 
the  food  at  once  restored  rats  declining  on  purely  artificial  food  and  also  induced 
normal  growth  in  the  young,  irrespective  of  the  protein  of  the  food,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  alcoholic-soluble  proteins  of  the  cereals.  The  methods  of  feeding  de- 
scribed furnish  new  means  for  studying  many  questions,  not  only  concerning  pro- 
teins in  metabolism,  but  all  the  other  components  of  food. 


EXPERIMENTAL  EVOLUTION,  VARIATION, 
AND  HEREDITY. 


PAPERS  OF  STATION  FOR  EXPERIMENTAL  EVOLUTION. 

No.  23.  (Paper  No.  1,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Castle,  W.  E.  Heredity  of  Coat  Characters  in  Guinea-pigs  and  Rabbits.  Octavo, 
78  pages,  6  plates,  8  figs.  Published  1905.  In  cloth  binding.  Price  $L0O. 
This  work  gives  the  results  of  the  author's  experiments  from  their  beginning  in 
1900  until  the  middle  of  the  year  1904.  The  fundamental  colors  and  the  color  pat- 
terns of  guinea-pigs  are  for  the  first  time  analyzed;  the  existence  of  latent  char- 
acters (factors,  of  the  present  time)  is  discovered  and  a  case  of  blending  character 
(lop-earedness  in  rabbits)  examined.  The  recessiveness  of  albinism,  of  smooth  coat, 
and  of  long  coat  are  pointed  out,  and  the  imperfection  of  dominance  in  many  cases 
is  recognized. 

No.  24.    (Paper  No.  2,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
MacDougal,  D.  T.,  a.  M.  Vail,  G.  H.  Shull,  and  J.  K.  Small.    Mutants  and 
Hybrids  of  the  Oenotheras,    Octavo,  57  pages,  22  plates.  Published 
1905.   In  cloth  binding.   Price  $1.00. 
A  first  study  in  America — the  home  of  the  evening  primrose — of  its  relation- 
ships and  the  inheritance  of  its  characters.    The  home  of  Oenothera  lamarckiana 
is  traced;  the  various  native  primroses  are  described;  some  of  their  hybrids  are 
fully  worked  out  and  the  dominance  of  characters  considered.    Further  evidence  of 
mutation  in  the  evening  primrose  in  new  soil  was  forthcoming.   The  paper  con- 
cludes with  a  statistical  comparison  by  Dr.  Shull  of  Oenothera  lamarckiana  with 
nanella  and  riibrinervis.    The  variation  polygons  in  stature  of  lamarckiana  and 
nanella  are  shown  to  be  discontinuous,  as  are  also  those  of  the  number  of  branches 
of  lamarckiana  and  riibrinervis. 

No.  30.  (Paper  No.  3,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Shull,  G.  H.  Stages  in  the  Development  of  Sium  ciciitce folium.  Octavo,  28 
pages,  7  plates,  11  text  figures.  Published  1905.  Price  $0.25. 
The  hemlock  or  water-parsnip  (Sium  cicutce folium)  presents  during  develop- 
ment a  great  range  of  leaf  form.  The  theory  that  the  forms  which  develop  earliest 
are  ancestral  is  not  supported  by  the  evidence,  and  the  conclusion  is  reached  that  the 
interpretation  of  the  various  forms  must  be  physiological  rather  than  phylogenetic. 

No.  48.    (Paper  No.  4,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Tower,  W.  L.    An  Investigation  of  Evolution  in  Chrysomelid  Beetles  of  the  genus 
Leptinotarsa.    Octavo,  x4-320  pages,  30  plates,  31  text  figures.  Pub- 
lished 1906.    Price  $3.25. 
An  extensive  treatise  on  the  group  to  which  the  Colorado  potato  beetle  belongs, 
with  reference  to  the  distribution  of  the  species,  their  variations,  their  color  phe- 
nomena in  general,  and  especially  their  chemistry,  ontogeny,  and  experimental  modi- 
fication.   The  habits  and  instincts  of  these  insects  are  discussed  and  an  important 
series  of  pedigree  cultures  of  modified  insects  is  described.   Finally,  the  bearing  of 
these  experimental  results  on  the  origin  of  species  is  considered  at  some  length. 

No.  49.    (Papers  Nos.  5  and  6,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 

Published 
1906. 


Castle,  W.  E.,  and  Alexander  Forbes.    Heredity  of  Hair-length  ml . 

Guinea-pigs,  and  its  Bearing  on  the  Theory  of  Pure 
Gametes.    Octavo,  10  pages,  2  figs. 
Castle,  W.  E.    The  Origin  of  a  Polydactylous  Race  of  Guinea-pigs. 
Octavo,  13  pages. 

The  authors  discuss  the  result  of  mating  guinea-pigs  with  long  and  with  short 
hair  respectively  and  conclude  that  long  hair  is  recessive.  However,  in  subsequent 
crosses,  hairs  of  an  intermediate  length  arose,  and  this  condition  is  believed  to  have 
acted  as  a  permanent  blend  of  tlie  long-  and  short-haired  types ;  and  the  concJusioa 


Price 

$0.25 


94 


Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity  95 


is  reached  that  gametic  purity  is  not  absolute.  The  inheritance  of  polydactylism  m 
the  same  species  indicates  that  there  is  a  variation  in  the  potency  of  characters  de- 
pendent upon  the  degree  of  their  development. 

No.  52.  (Paper  No.  7,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Davenport,  C.  B.  Inheritance  in  Poultry.  Octavo,  v+136  pages,  17  plates.  Pub- 
lished 1906.  Price  $1.00. 
This  is  a  first  study  of  thirteen  sets  of  hybridizations  between  various  pairs  of 
races  of  poultr5\  The  inheritance  of  about  thirty  characters  is  considered  and  a 
number  of  general  topics  discussed.  Especial  stress  is  laid  on  imperfection  of 
dominance  and  on  the  non-dependence  of  the  dominant  character  upon  the  races 
involved.  The  conclusion  is  reached  that  the  patent  form  of  a  characteristic  is 
dominant  over  its  "latent"  (or  absent)  "allelomorph." 

No.  70.    (Paper  No.  8,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
MacCurdy,  Hansford,  and  W.  E.  Castle.   Selection  and  Cross-breeding  in  relation 
to  the  Inheritance  of  Coat-pigments  and  Coat-patterns  in  Rats  and 
Guinea-pigs.    Octavo,  50  pages,  2  plates,  5  text  figures.  Published 
1907.   Price  $0.50. 

This  is  a  study  upon  the  problem  of  mutation  vs.  continuous  variation.  Pig- 
mented rats  have  either  a  uniform  pigmentation;  or  an  "Irish"  pigmentation, 
lacking  color  on  the  middle  belly;  or  the  "hooded"  pigmentation,  lacking  color 
everywhere  except  on  the  head,  and  sometimes  also  back  and  shoulders.  The  more 
extensive  pigmentation  tends  to  dominate  in  the  offspring.  The  types  appear  to  be 
definite,  but  they  may  be  modified  by  selection  and  hybridization  so  as  to  produce 
hooded  families  with  narrow  back  stripe  or  those  with  broad  back  stripe ;  and  these 
conditions  may  be  exaggerated  in  successive  generations.  On  the  other  hand,  selec- 
tion was  unable  to  fix  a  particular  pattern  in  guinea-pigs.  The  conclusion  is  reached 
that  "selection"  is  of  importance  in  the  improvement  of  races  and  that  inheritance 
is  to  some  extent  blending. 

No.  81.    (Paper  No.  9,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
MacDougal,  D.  T.,  a.  M.  Vail,  and  G.  H.  Shull.   Mutations,  Variations,  and 

Relationships  of  the  Oenotheras.    Octavo,  92  pages,  22  plates,  73  text 

figures.  Published  1907.  Price  $1.00. 
Includes  a  continuation  of  the  investigations  described  in  No.  24.  The  identity, 
distribution,  and  coefficient  of  mutability  of  Lamarck's  evening  primrose  are  dis- 
cussed. The  conclusion  that  newly  arisen  characters,  such  as  the  hypanthiura,  arc 
more  variable  than  older  ones  is  supported  by  the  detailed  studies  made  by  Dr. 
Shull,  and  illustrated  in  this  paper  by  numerous  tables  and  diagrams.  The  taxo- 
nomic  and  physiologic  aspects  of  several  of  the  mutants  and  of  native  species  of 
Oenothera  come  in  for  a  large  share  of  attention.  The  overlapping  distribution  of 
closely  related  species  is  described.  Oenothera  parvi flora,  long  known  in  the  gardens 
m  Europe,  has  been  found  in  its  native  habitat  in  Maine,  suggesting  a  similar  origin 
for  many  other  species.  The  occurrence  of  twa  bud-sports  is  noted,  one  being  the 
mutative  appearance  on  a  branch  of  a  recessive  character  in  a  hybrid  combination. 
Additional  experiences  with  the  method  of  ovarial  treatment,  discovered  by  Dr. 
MacDougal  in  1905,  are  given,  and  two  forms  secured  in  this  manner  were  found 
to  be  constant  to  the  third  generation,  demonstrating  that  new  characters  may  arise 
by  the  action  of  external  agencies  upon  the  germ-plasm.  Much  historical  matter  of 
mterest  is  included. 

No.  95.  (Paper  No.  10,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Davenport,  C.  B.  Inheritance  in  Canaries.  Octavo,  26  pages,  3  plates  colored  to 
life.  PubHshed  1908.  Price  $0.80. 
Studies  on  inheritance  of  some  characters  in  canary  birds  reveal  mendelian 
mheritance  in  this  rather  recently  domesticated  species.  Crest  dominates  over  its 
absence  and  perfect  crest  over  defective.  Mottling  results  from  yellow  X  green 
and  is  a  heterozygous  character.  Stress  is  laid  upon  the  principle  of  localization  of 
tmits  m  a  complex  plumage  pattern. 


96 


Experimental  Evolution^  Variation,  and  Heredity 


No.  101.  (Paper  No.  11,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
LxjTZ,  Frank  E.  The  Variation  and  Correlation  of  the  Taxonomic  Characters  of 
Gryllus.  Octavo,  63  pages,  6  figures.  Published  1908.  Price  $0.40. 
A  critical,  biometric  study  of  the  species  of  the  genus  Gryllus,  or  crickets.  In 
the  genus  all  characters  are  highly  variable;  some,  like  ovipositor  length,  seem 
affected  by  local  influences.  Wing  length  is  dimorphic  and  the  two  forms  fail  to 
intergrade.  This  character  is  studied  in  detail.  General  conclusions  are  drawn  as 
to  evolution  and  the  species  question. 

No.  112.    (Paper  No.  12,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Shull,  G.  H.    Bursa  bursa-pastoris  and  Bursa  heegeri:   Biotypes  and  Hybrids. 

Octavo,  57  pages,  4  plates,  23  text  figures.  Published  1909.  Price  $0.50. 
Of  the  common  shepherd's  purse  only  a  single  species  is  usually  recognized ; 
yet  a  casual  acquaintance  with  the  species  shows  that  it  is  very  variable.  The 
leaves  of  the  rosette,  particularly,  show  many  characters,  of  which  four  at  least  are 
inherited  in  typical  fashion.  One  kind  of  leaf  has  attenuated  lobes  with  a  basal 
secondary  lobe ;  another  attenuated  lobes  without  the  basal  one ;  a  third  has  a 
short  lobe  with  a  secondary  one;  the  fourth  has  the  lobe  both  short  and  without 
a  secondary  one.  Hybridization  proves  that  the  two  conditions  of  both  primary 
and  secondary  lobing  are  inherited  as  distinct  characters,  but  the  statistical  results 
are  often  blurred  by  the  imperfection  of  dominance.  Bursa  heegeri  is  a  rare 
species,  thought  to  have  arisen  from  bursa-pastoris  by  a  mutation  which  has  re- 
sulted in  an  elliptical  instead  of  a  triangular  seed  capsule.  When  hybridized  with 
bursa-pastoris,  segregation  of  capsule-form  occurs,  but  the  proportion  of  elliptical 
capsules  in  the  second  hybrid  generation  is  only  4  per  cent  instead  of  25  per  cent. 
Additional  factors  are  suspected  or  else  there  is  selective  fertilization  or  survival. 

No.  114.    (Paper  No.  13,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Castle,  W.  E.,  in  collaboration  with  H,  E.  Walter,  R.  C.  Mullenix,  and  S.  Cobb. 

Studies  of  Inheritance  in  Rabbits.  Octavo,  70  pages,  4  plates.  Pub- 
lished 1909.  Price  $0.75. 
This  is  a  continuation  of  the  series  of  studies  upon  heredity  in  mammals  of 
which  earlier  numbers  are  Nos.  23,  49,  and  70,  of  the  publications  of  the  Carnegie 
Institution  of  Washington.  Heredity  of  ear-size  in  short  vs.  lop-eared  rabbits  is 
first  considered.  The  normal  rate  of  growth  is  described  for  both  varieties  and  also 
the  result  of  pure  breeding  and  cross-breeding.  The  conclusion  is  reached  that  the 
cross-breeds  are  not  only  blends  but  the  blend  is  permanent.  Part  H  deals  with 
body-weight,  and  the  conclusion  is  reached  that  weight  inheritance,  like  the  inheri- 
tance of  ear-size,  is  blending  in  character.  Neither  dominance  nor  segregation  in 
the  mendelian  sense  is  recognizable.  Part  HI  is  concerned  with  skeletal  dimen- 
sions, which  also  prove  to  be  blending  characters.  In  Part  IV,  24  pages  are  given 
to  an  analysis  of  color  factors  in  the  coat  of  the  rabbit.  This  analysis  is  carried 
further  than  hitherto  in  any  group  of  animals. 

No.  121.  (Paper  No.  14,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Davenport,  C.  B.  Inheritance  of  Characteristics  in  Domestic  Fowl.  Quarto,  100 
pages,  12  colored  plates.  Published  1909.  Price  $4.50. 
In  the  newer  studies  of  heredity  attention  is  directed  to  the  characteristics  of 
organisms,  taken  one  at  a  time.  Great  diversity  in  the  method  of  inheritance  is 
found.  The  present  work  considers  beliavior  of  ten  morphological  characters  and 
the  principal  colors  of  poultry.  Some  characters  are  evidently  simple  and  are 
inherited  in  accordance  with  the  pure  Mendelian  formula;  others  show  marked  de- 
viations from  it,  such  as  "blending"  and  imperfect  dominance.  Even  in  such  cases, 
however,  a  segregation  of  characters  takes  place  in  the  germ-plasm.  The  characters 
analyzed  in  detail  are  the  split  or  Y  comb,  polydactylism,  syndactylism,  rumpless- 
ness,  winglessness,  booting,  nostril,  crest,  and  comb-lop.  The  inheritance  of  plum- 
age color  is  described,  and  it  appears  that  in  each  color-race  the  plumage  coloration 
is  determined  by  a  number  of  factors,  the  varied  combinations  of  which  account  for 
"reversion,"  "sporting,"  and  various  apparent  abnormalities  in  the  reproduction  of 


Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity  97 


coloration  and  patterns.  A  general  discussion  closes  the  book,  in  which  there  arc 
considered  the  relation  of  heredity  to  ontogeny,  the  significance  of  dominance  and 
recessiveness,  potency,  reversion  and  the  factor  hypothesis,  the  limits  of  selection, 
non-inheritable  characters,  and  the  role  of  hybridization  in  evolution.  The  volume 
is  illustrated  by  twelve  lithographic  plates  of  plumage  coloration. 

No.  122.  (Paper  No.  15,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Johnson,  R.  H.  Determinate  Evolution  in  the  Color  Pattern  of  Lady  Beetles, 
Octavo,  iv+104  pages,  92  text  figures.  Published  1910.  Price  $1.00. 
A  study  of  the  life  and  habits,  color  patterns,  variability,  modificability,  distribu- 
tion, heredity,  and  evolution  of  the  "lady  bird"  beetles,  based  on  several  years  of 
statistical  and  experimental  study  of  all  the  American  species,  including  several  new 
species  and  varieties.  The  studies  on  Hippodamia  convergens,  glacialis,  and  spuria; 
Coccinella  novemnotata;  Adalia  bipunctata  and  frigida;  and  Epilachna  are  the  most 
detailed  and  to  the  greatest  extent  experimental.  Variation  is  found  to  be  both  con- 
tinuous and  discontinuous,  with  a  tendency  to  be  disposed  about  centers.  The  color 
pattern  is  modifiable  by  environment,  and  some  of  the  modifications  are  inheritable 
characters.  The  distribution  does  not  follow  formulated  laws  of  evolution  by  iso- 
lation. Heredity,  while  usually  segregate,  frequently  gives  little  evidence  of  discrete 
unit  characters. 

No.  143.    (Paper  No.  16,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
LuTZ,  Frank  E.    Experiments  with  Drosophila  ampclophila,  concerning  Evolution. 

Octavo,  iii-f-40  pages,  53  text  figures.    Published  1911.    Price  $0.50. 
This  paper  treats  of  the  effect  of  artificial  and  sexual  selection  upon  abnormal 
wing-venation,  of  the  characteristics  of  this  venation,  and  of  its  inheritance.  A 
series  of  experiments,  in  which  it  was  found  that  no  degeneration  accompanied  dis- 
use continued  for  more  than  forty  generations,  is  briefly  discussed. 

No.  144.  (Paper  No.  17,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Castle,  W.  E.,  and  J.  C.  Phillips.  On  Germinal  Transplantation  in  Vertebrates. 
Octavo,  26  pages,  2  plates.  Published  1911.  Price  $0.50. 
The  authors  have  succeeded  in  two  instances  in  transplanting  the  ovaries  from  a 
guinea-pig  of  one  color  variety  to  a  guinea-pig  of  a  different  color  variety,  with  the 
result  that  the  transplanted  ovaries  afterward  functioned  in  their  new  environment 
and  produced  living  young.  These  resembled  the  animal  from  which  the  ovaries 
were  originally  taken,  not  the  one  in  which  the  young  developed.  This  result  shows 
the  correctness  of  Weismann's  view  that  the  body  is  merely  the  container  of  the 
germ-cells  and  in  no  wise  determines  their  character.  The  paper  contains  also  a 
critical  review  of  the  extensive  literature  on  the  transplantation  of  ovaries  and 
testicles,  with  a  bibliography  of  the  same. 

No.  179.    (Papers  Nos.  18  and  19,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Castle,  W.  E.   Reversion  in  Guinea-Pigs  and  Its  Explanation.   Oc-  1  Published 
tavo,  10  pages.  I  ^9^3^ 

Little,  C.  C.    Experimental  Studies  of  the  Inheritance  of  Color  \  Price 
in  Mice.   Octavo,  92  pages.  5  colored  plates.  $2.00. 

Dr.  Castle's  paper  treats  of  an  ancestral  or  atavistic  coat-character  of  the  guinea- 
pig,  present  in  most  wild  rodents,  but  frequently  absent  in  their  tame  varieties,  and 
which  may  be  obtained  by  crossing  certain  domesticated  varieties  of  guinea-pig. 
A  full  account  is  given  of  how  the  reversion  in  question  may  be  secured,  how  its 
reappearance  can  be  accounted  for,  and  in  what  way  the  recovered  character  may 
be  "fixed"  or  reestablished  as  a  racial  character,  together  with  the  complete  data 
which  form  the  basis  of  this  account. 

Dr.  Little  analyzes  the  observed  phenomena  of  color  inheritance  in  mice,  on  the 
basis  of  mendelian  heredity,  and  shows  the  relations  of  the  various  factors  involved 
in  the  production  of  colors,  to  each  other  and  to  the  coat  and  eye  colors  produced. 
The  paper  includes  the  analysis  and  description  of  the  color  factors  and  gives  the 
experimental  data  on  which  the  conclusions  are  based.  Colored  plates  show  the 
typical  color  varieties  of  mice. 


98 


Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity 


No.  188.    (Paper  No.  20,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 

Davenport,  Charles  B.  Heredity  of  Skin-Color  in  Negro-White  Crosses.  Octavo, 
106  pages,  4  plates.    Published  1913.    Price  $1.75. 

The  heredity  of  skin  color  in  negro-v/hite  crosses  is  of  importance  for  the  theory 
of  heredity  and  in  its  application  to  social  conditions.  Its  theoretical  significance 
lies  in  the  fact  that  it  is  the  last  line  of  defense  of  those  who  deny  the  general  va- 
lidity of  "Mendelism"  and  the  modern  science  of  heredity  that  has  grown  out  of  it. 
In  skin  color  at  least,  it  is  asserted,  we  have  true  blending  and  no  "segregation." 
This  paper  is  based  on  the  measurement  of  skin  color  of  between  600  and  700  chil- 
dren, about  200  pairs  of  parents,  and  various  other  relatives.  The  result  is  clear 
cut:  Skin  color  is  inherited  in  "Mendelian"  fashion;  and  segregation  does  take 
place.  The  evidence  for  this  conclusion  rests  (1)  on  the  fact  that  the  color  of  the 
offspring  of  two  strict  mulattoes  is  much  more  variable  than  is  the  skin  color  of  the 
hybrids  of  the  first  generation  (compare  table  18  with  table  11),  and  (2)  upon  the 
fact  that  among  the  offspring  of  mulattoes  are  white  and  black  children,  who  "breed 
true"  to  their  respective  colors.  The  apparent  blend  that  has  long  been  recognized 
in  skin  color  is  due  to  the  large  number  of  factors  that  produce  negro  skin  color. 

Studies  are  made  into  special  phases  of  the  question  of  inheritance  of  skin  color. 
The  development  of  pigmentation  in  the  child  is  considered;  the  fact  that  even  a 
negro  child  is  born  relatively  white,  and  does  not  attain  full  pigmentation  until 
puberty,  com_plicates  the  main  investigation.  There  is  no  difference  in  the  skin  color 
of  adult  negro  men  and  women,  and  the  color  of  the  mulatto  children  is  the  same 
whether  the  father  or  the  mother  is  the  white  parent.  The  tradition  that  a  woman 
who  passes  for  white  may  have  by  a  Caucasian  consort  a  black  child  receives  from 
these  studies  no  confirmation  and  is  probably  false ;  on  the  other  hand,  a  "light 
colored"  pair  may  have  children  who  are  much  darker  than  either  parent. 

Data  v/ere  studied  relative  to  eye  color,  hair  color,  and  curliness  of  the  hair.  The 
grades  of  eye  color  are  numerous;  the  darkest  browns  are  duplex  in  nature,  i.  e., 
receive  the  determiner  for  brown  from  both  parents;  the  hazel  and  many  lighter 
browns  are  simplex  in  origin,  or  heterozygous.  In  hair  pigmentation  many  factors 
are  involved.  In  general  the  hair  of  the  children  is  not  darker  than  that  of  the 
darker  parent.  As  for  curly  hair,  it  dominates  over  straight;  and  the  curlier  types 
(frizzly,  woolly)  dominate  over  the  less  curly. 

Certain  social  applications  of  this  study  are  drawn.  There  is  no  correlation,  in 
the  children  of  mulattoes,  between  the  color  of  the  skin  and  the  curliness  of  the  hair. 
It  is  proper  to  infer  that  many  other  physical  and  many  mental  characteristics  of 
the  negroes  are  not  necessarily  associated  with  the  color  of  the  skin.  It  is  quite  pos- 
sible that  there  may  be  derived,  in  later  generations,  from  a  negro  X  white  hybrid, 
not  only  a  white  person  with  Caucasian  mentality  but  also  a  black-skinned  person 
with  Caucasian  mentality  and  moral  traits. 

There  is  also  no  foundation  for  the  view  that  hybrids  are  less  fertile  than  the 
pure  races.    Some  of  the  most  fecund  families  of  Jamiaica  are  those  of  mxulattoes. 

No.  195.    (Paper  No.  21,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Castle,  W.  E.,  and  John  C.  Phillips.   Piebald  Rats  and  Selection:  An  Experi- 
mental Test  of  the  Effectiveness  of  Selection  and  of  the  Theory  of 
Gametic  Purity  in  Mendelian  Crosses.    Octavo,  56  pages,  3  plates. 
Published  1914.    Price  $0.75. 
The  hooded  pattern  of  tame  rats  behaves  as  a  recessive  Mendelian  unit-char- 
acter in  crosses  with  other  color  varieties  of  rat.    In  the  second  generation  from 
such  a  cross,  one-fourth  of  the  offspring  are  hooded.    Notwithstanding  the  be- 
havior of  the  hooded  pattern  as  a  clearly  segregating  unit  in  heredity,  the  unit  is 
slightly  modified  by  crosses.  It  may  also  be  modified  by  "mass-selection"  unattended 
by  crossing.    Twelve  generations  of  selection  in  opposite  directions   (plus  and 
minus)  from  a  stock  of  hooded  rats  has  produced  races  widely  different  in  pat- 
tern.   Return  selection  toward  the  original  racial  condition  progresses  at  the  sam^e 
rate  as  the  departure  from  that  condition  had  occurred.    This,  with  the  gradual 
disappearance  of  regression  upon  repeated  selection,  shows  the  effects  of  selection 


Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity  99 

to  be  permanent.  Upon  crossing  the  selected  races  with  each  other  an  intermedi- 
ate condition  is  obtained  which  in  the  following  generation  shows  increased  vari- 
ability about  the  same  intermediate  condition.  Crossing  the  plus  selected  race 
with  wild  rats  renders  it  less  plus  when  extracted  in  the  second  filial  generation 
Crossing  the  minus  selected  race  renders  it  less  minus.  These  seemingly  contra- 
dictory results  and  other  results  described  in  this  paper  favor  a  hypothesis  that  the 
immediate  eftect  of  selection  is  registered  in  the  germ  cell,  not  along  with  the 
chief  determiner  of  the  hooded  pattern  but  independently  of  it.  But  ultimately 
and  as  an  indirect  result  of  selection,  the  accumulated  effects  of  the  selection  be- 
come in  some  way  incorporated  in  the  same  single  unit,  when  a  simple  Mendelian 
behavior  is  observed.  On  this  view  mass-selection  is  an  effective  means  of  guiding 
eyolution  not  only  by  the  cumulation  of  small  variations  but  also  by  inducing  "mu- 
tation." These  conclusions  are  based  on  the  study  of  more  than  25,000  rats  bred 
in  the  course  of  seven  years.  The  observations  are  summarized  in  some  fifty  cor- 
relation tables  in  which  parents  and  offspring  are  compared  as  to  the  extent  of 
their  pigmentation. 

No.  196.  (Paper  No.  22,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
MacDowell,  E.  C,  and  W.  E.  Castle.  Size  Inheritance  in  Rabbits.  Octavo  55 
pages,  9  figures.  Published  1914.  Price  $0.50. 
In  the  historical  pan  of  this  paper  a  review  is  made  of  all  accessible  previous 
observations  on  size  inheritance  in  animals  and  plants  with  a  view  to  ascertain 
whether  evidence  of  Mendelian  segregation  as  regards  size  characters  can  be  de- 
tected. In  the  experimental  part  is  described  an  extensive  series  of  experiments 
with  rabbits  in  which  crosses  were  made  between  small-sized  and  large-sized  rab- 
bits. The  immediate  offspring  were  in  nearly  all  cases  found  to  be  of  intermediate 
size,  as  were  also  offspring  of  a  second  filial  generation  (F.),  but  this  second 
generation  was  m  most  cases  found  to  be  more  variable  than  the  preceding  one 
which  fact  the  author  regards  as  evidence  of  the  presence  of  size-determiners 
which  mendehze  in  crosses  but  without  the  occurrence  of  dominance.  In  an  ap- 
pendix, it  is  shown  that  a  high  degree  of  correlation  exists  within  the  body  be- 
tween one  skeletal  measurement  and  another,  and  the  fact  is  pointed  out  that  if 
size-determiners  exist  they  are  general  in  character  and  affect  all  parts  of  the 
skeleton  simultaneously. 

No.  205.    (Paper  No.  23,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution) 
Detlefsen,  J.  A.  (with  prefatory  note  by  W.  E.  Castle.)    Genetic  Studies  on  a 

Cavy  Species  Cross.    Octavo,  134  pages,  10  plates,  2  text  figures 

Published  1914.  Price  $2.00. 
Cavia  rufescens,  a  distinct  species  of  wild  Brazilian  guinea-pig,  was  crossed  with 
C.  porcellus  the  tame  domestic  guinea-pig.  The  female  hybrids  were  fertile  but 
the  male  hybrids  were  sterile.  The  female  hybrids  were  crossed  back  to  males  of 
both  parent  species,  the  cross  with  guinea-pig  males  being  more  successful  Bv 
eight  successive  back  crosses  to  guinea-pig  males,  more  and  more  dilute  wild- 
blooded  generations  were  obtained.  Over  1,800  animals  of  the  various  hybrid  gen- 
erations were  thus  produced.  Part  I,  dealing  with  color  and  coat  characters,  shows 
that  they  are  transmitted  m  accordance  with  Mendel's  law.  Any  combination  of 
characters  possible  m  the  guinea-pig  is  possible  in  the  hybrids.  Although  acting:  as 
units  m  transmission,  several  characters  were  modified  in  the  cross  Part  11  dis- 
cusses growth  and  morphological  characters  in  the  parent  species  and  hybrids  The 
guinea-pig  is  apparently  dominant  in  size,  but  segregation  was  not  apparent  The 
M-shaped  nasal-trontal  suture  of  the  wild  was  dominant  to  the  truncate  suture  of 

.1^^:  r-  ^^"^l  f^"^'^  ^  "'"^^  '^"^^       variation.  Morphological 

anomahes  occurred  m  the  hybrids.    Part  III  deals  with  fertility  of  the  parent 
species  and  hybrids.    The  peculiar  sterility  in  the  male  hybrids  seems  to  be  dSe  "o 
I?   Tr""''  ^^T'^^^  ^^""^  elimination  of  which  gives  recessive  fertile 

r.^J.c  ^^''''•fff  '"".^^^^'^y  hybrid  generations  showed  a  marked  excess  of 
\^fZw2}Vl  i   r'^''  ^  ^^^"'r  h'^^^-^verage.    The  hybrid  females  are 

intermediate,  but  back-crosses  to  gumea-pig  males  gradually  raised  this  average. 


100         Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity 

No.  236.    (Paper  No.  24,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Davenport,  C.  B.    The  Feebly  Inhibited:  Nomadism  or  the  Wandering  Impulse 
with  Special  Reference  to  Heredity.    Inheritance  of  Temperament. 
Octavo,  158  pages,  89  figs.    Published  1915.    Price  $1.50. 

The  present  volume  includes  two  in  a  series  of  studies  upon  the  feebly  inhibited. 
The  first  part  has  to  do  with  nomadism  and  includes  the  results  of  the  study  upon 
the  records  of  100  families,  one  or  more  members  of  which  have  shown  a  tendency 
to  run  away  from  home,  families,  and  duties,  or  to  engage  in  a  nomadic  occupation. 
In  these  families,  out  of  186  nomadics,  only  15  are  females.  The  hypothesis  that 
best  fits  the  facts  is  that  nomadism  is  a  sex-linked  trait.  There  is  no  clear  case  of 
a  nomadic  daughter  whose  father  is  known  to  be  non-nomadic.  All  daughters, 
therefore,  of  two  nomadic  parents  are  nomadic.  The  criterion  that  half  of  the 
daughters  and  half  of  the  sons  of  nomads  in  varying  fraternities  derived  from 
nomadic  fathers  are  themselves  nomadic  is  satisfied  so  far  as  sons  go,  less  abun- 
dantly for  the  daughters.  In  general,  the  history  shows  that  nomadic  fathers  may 
have  no  nomadic  sons ;  nomadic  m.others  ordinarily  have  nomadic  sons.  Thus  the 
hypothesis  is  supported  by  the  facts,  allowing  for  a  certain  influence  of  cultural 
conditions,  which  may  have  a  strengthening  effect  upon  the  development  of  weak 
natural  inhibitions. 

The  second  part  deals  with  the  inheritance  of  temperament — a  subject  which 
Galton  discussed  30  years  ago.  The  facts  that  have  to  be  met  are  the  great  diversity 
of  temperament,  some  persons  being  prevailingly  gay,  others  prevailingly  somber, 
while  others  pass  through  alternating  cycles  of  elation  and  depression.  For  a  test 
of  the  hypothesis  89  carefully  described  family  histories  were  available  and  these 
afforded  147  matings  in  which  the  mated  pair,  their  parents  (usually),  and  certain 
of  their  offspring  were  sufficiently  described  for  the  purposes  of  the  test.  The 
hypothesis  involves  a  difference  in  the  method  of  inheritance  of  extreme  hyper- 
kinesis  (a  dominant)  and  extreme  hypokinesis  (a  recessive).  Thus  some  of  the 
differences  of  opinion  that  have  arisen  concerning  the  method  of  inheritance  of 
manic  depressive  insanity  is  accounted  for.  Especial  attention  is  paid  to  the  in- 
heritance of  temperament  as  seen  in  identical  twins  and  to  the  temperamental  con- 
dition that  permits  suicide.  A  further  consideration  of  the  whole  subject  leads 
to  a  recognition  of  a  dualism  that  runs  through  the  population  of  the  romantic 
and  classic  types  of  reaction,  the  feebly  inhibited  and  the  strongly  inhibited. 

No.  240.    (Paper  No.  25,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
EsTABROOK,  A.  H.    The  Jukes  in  1915.    Quarto,  vii-{-85  pages,  28  charts.  Pub- 
lished 1916.    Price  $2.50. 

When  Richard  L.  Dugdale  prepared  the  history  of  "The  Jukes,"  about  40  years 
ago,  it  was  the  first  extensive  study  of  the  kind  that  had  been  made ;  and  although 
numerous  similar  studies  have  since  been  made,  it  remains  preeminent.  Owing  to 
the  rediscovery,  three  years  ago,  of  Mr.  Dugdale's  original  notes  giving  the  name 
and  location  of  the  persons  upon  whom  the  study  was  based,  it  became  possible 
to  bring  the  history  of  the  family  down  to  the  present  time  and  Dr.  Arthur  H. 
Estabrook,  who  had  worked  upon  "The  Nams"  in  New  York  State,  was  selected 
to  do  the  field  work.  It  was  soon  found  that  on  account  of  economic  conditions 
the  Jukes  had  been  largely  dispersed  from  their  original  habitat,  so  that  the  study 
has  thrown  light  upon  the  consequences  of  the  scattering  of  a  feeble-minded, 
criminalistic  community.  One  is  able,  also,  to  compare  the  frequency  of  consan- 
guineous marriages  at  present  with  that  of  an  earlier  time  and  also  to  compare 
the  products  of  out  marriage  with  those  of  close  inbreeding.  The  present  study 
throws  light,  moreover,  upon  the  consequences  of  bringing  children  of  poor 
heredity  at  an  early  age  into  better  environmental  conditions  than  their  homes 
could  ordinarily  afford.  This  study  traces  the  development  of  some  good  branches 
of  the  family  and  inquires  into  their  origin.  By  combining  the  two  studies  made 
40  years  apart  it  has  been  possible  to  get  a  nearly  complete  history  of  seven,  and 
in  part  of  eight,  generations.  The  present  study  is  the  most  extensive  and  the 
most  prolonged  of  all  studies  that  have  been  made  on  cacogenic  strains. 


Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity  101 

No.  241.    (Paper  No.  26,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
Castle,  W.  E.,  and  S.  G.  Wright.    Studies  of  Inheritance  in  Guinea-Pigs  and  Rats. 

Octavo,  192  pages,  7  plates,  7  text  figures.    Published  1916.    Price  $2.50. 

An  Expedition  to  the  Home  of  the  Guinea-Pig  and  some  Breeding  Experiments 
with  Material  there  obtained.    By  W.  E.  Castle.    Pages  i  to  55. 

An  Intensive  Study  of  the  Inheritance  of  Color  and  of  Coat  Characters  in  Guinea- 
Pigs,  with  especial  reference  to  Graded  Variations.  By  Sewall  G  Wright 
Pages  57  to  160. 

Further  Studies  of  Piebald  Rats  and  Selection,  with  observations  on  Gametic 
Coupling.    By  W.  E.  Castle.    Pages  161  to  192. 

This  paper  contains  an  account  of  the  life-history  of  a  small  species  of  cavy 
(supposed  to  be  the  ancestor  of  domesticated  guinea-pigs)  found  in  the  vicinity  of 
Arequipa,  Peru,  together  with  an  account  of  hybridization  experiments  between 
this  and  other  races  of  cavy  obtained  in  the  same  general  region.  The  growth 
rates  of  different  races  are  compared,  and  it  is  found  that  they  involve  complete 
blending  as  regards  size  inheritance,  with  a  physiological  increase  of  size  in  Fj 
not  due  to  heredity  and  which  accordingly  does  not  persist  beyond  the  Fi  genera- 
tion. Inheritance  formulje  are  worked  out  for  the  various  characters  studied 
and  an  analysis  is  made  of  cases  involving  multiple  allelomorphs  as  well  as  sup- 
plementary and  modifying  factors. 

No.  243.    (Paper  No.  27,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.) 
GooDALE,  H.  D.    Gonadectomy  in  Relation  to  the  Secondary  Sexual  Characters  of 
Some  Domestic  Birds.    Octavo,  52  pages,  7  plates.    Published  1916 
Price  $1.50. 

This  book  describes  the  effects  of  ablation  of  the  primary  sexual  organs  upon 
the  secondary  sexual  characters  of  two  species  of  domestic  fowl,  viz.,  ducks  and 
chickens.  In  ducks  the  complete  removal  of  the  testes  caused  the  male  to  remain 
m  the  breeding  plumage  the  year  round,  while  the  removal  of  the  ovary  from 
the  female  caused  her  to  assume  either  the  breeding  plumage  of  the  male  or  else 
a  modified  type  of  male  plumage.  In  chickens  the  removal  of  the  testes  from  the 
male  resulted  in  a  non-development  of  the  comb  and  wattles,  although  the  other 
secondary  sexual  characters  were  not  altered.  The  removal  of  the  ovary  from  the 
female  caused  her  to  assume  the  secondary  sexual  characters  of  the  male.  The 
bearmg  of  these  results  upon  problems  of  sex,  heredity,  and  associated  questions 
is  discussed. 


102        Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity 

OTHER  PAPERS  RELATING  TO  ORGANIC  EVOLUTION. 
No.  25.    GuLicK,  J.  T.  Evolution,  Racial  and  Hahitudinal.   Octavo,  xii+269  pages, 
5  plates.    Published  1905.    Price  $1.00. 

Gives  many  facts  concerning  divergence  of  varieties  and  species  distributed  in 
more  or  less  isolated  districts,  presents  an  analysis  of  the  factors  of  both  racial  and 
habitudinal  evolution,  and  shows  that  there  is  constant  interaction  between  these 
classes  of  factors,  and  also  between  the  autonomic  and  the  heteronomic  factors. 
It  shows  that  even  in  the  case  of  invertebrate  animals  acquired  habits,  produced  by 
social  evolution,  often  determine  the  form  of  selection,  and  so  have  an  important 
influence  on  the  innate  (i.  e.,  racial)  characters  that  are  permitted  to  survive;  that 
members  of  the  same  species  exposed  to  the  sam.e  environment  in  isolated  groups 
will  often  arrive  at  different  methods  of  dealing  with  the  environment,  and  so  sub- 
ject themselves  to  divergent  forms  of  selection;  and  that  the  power  of  accommoda- 
tion to  sudden  changes  in  the  environment  sometimes  saves  the  group  from  extinc- 
tion, till  "coincident  variations"  have  tim.e  to  arise,  giving  complete  adaptation  to 
the  new  conditions,  through  what  may  be  called  coincident  selection. 

In  Chapter  III,  and  near  the  last  chapter,  attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  all 
forms  of  life  differ  from  the  inorganic  world  in  that  they  possess  the  power  of  dis- 
criminative and  anticipatory  action,  tending  to  secure  survival  through  adaptation 
to  conditions,  and  that  in  their  very  nature  the  individuals  of  any  group  are  inter- 
dependent and  must  cooperate  if  the  group  survives;  therefore,  in  the  degree  of 
cooperative,  discriminative,  and  anticipatory  action  in  any  group  is  found  the  test 
of  the  stage  of  evolution  reached  by  that  group. 

In  Chapter  VI  and  in  Appendix  II  are  discussed  the  methods  of  constructing  and 
of  using  the  Permutational  Triangle,  which  presents,  in  mathematical  form,  the  fact 
that  infertility  of  crosses  and  other  forms  of  incompatibility  between  different 
species  would  tend  to  the  extinction  of  life,  unless  accompanied  by  positive  segre- 
gation, which  brings  together  individuals  of  the  same  species. 

No.  11.  Newcomb,  Simon.  A  Statistical  Inquiry  into  the  Probability  of  Causes  of 
the  Production  of  Sex  in  Human  Offspring.  Octavo,  34  pages.  Pub- 
lished 19ai  Price  $0.25. 
The  above  paper  is  an  attempt  to  apply  a  rigorous  theory  of  probable  inference 
to  questions  of  genetic  biology,  taking  statistical  data  as  the  basis  of  the  inquiry. 
The  author  in  this  case  strayed  outside  his  professional  field  and  undertook  this 
work  with  the  belief  that  the  treatment  of  statistical  data  generally  on  a  large  scale 
by  the  methods  of  probable  induction  would  lead  to  im.portant  results  to  the  science 
of  the  future  and  to  conclusions  on  questions  which  elude  all  direct  investigation. 
Among  the  topics  discussed  are  "Preponderance  of  male  births,"  "Is  the  ratio  of 
male  to  female  births  the  same  in  all  races?"  "Inquiry  whether  any  unisexual 
tendency  exists  among  parents,"  "Unisexual  tendency  in  multiple  births,"  "Pro- 
cesses suggested  by  the  statistics  of  multiple  births,"  "Influence  of  the  age  of  the 
parent  on  sex,"  "Supposed  influence  of  other  conditions,"  "Mathematical  theory  of 
the  effect  of  unisexual  tendency," 
No.  36.    Stevens,  N.  M.   Studies  in  Spermatogenesis. 

Part  I.  Studies  in  Spermatogenesis,  with  especial  reference  to  the  "'Ac- 
cessory Chromosome."  Octavo,  32  pages,  7  plates.  Published  1905. 
Price  $0.25. 

Part  II.  A  Comparative  Study  of  the  Heterochromosornes  in  Certain 
Species  of  Coleoptera,  Hemiptera,  and  Lepidoptera,  with  especial  refer- 
ence to  sex  determination.  Octavo,  33-74  pages,  8  plates.  Published 
1906.    Price  $0.25. 

Part  I  is  a  com^parative  study  of  the  spermatogenesis  of  Termopsis  angusticollis, 
Stenopelmatus  sp.  (?),  Blatella  germanica,  and  Tenebrio  molitor.  Na  "acessory" 
was  found  in  Termopsis.  Further  study  of  more  favorable  material  of  Stenopelma- 
tus has  shown  the  spermatogonial  number  of  chromosomes  to  be  47  (instead  of  46), 
and  the  numbers  in  the  second  spermatocytes  to  be  23  and  24.  In  the  account  of 
the  spermatogenesis  of  Tenebrio  molitor  it  was  determined  that  the  chromosomes 


Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity  103 

of  the  oogonia  and  somatic  cells  of  the  female  may  differ  in  number  or  size  from 
those  of  the  corresponding  cells  of  the  male. 

Part  II  comes  along  the  line  of  investigation  suggested  by  the  study  of  Tene- 
brio  molitor.  The  spermatogenesis  of  18  species  of  Coleoptera,  in  which  an  unequal 
pair  of  heterochromosomes  is  found,  is  described,  and  also  4  species  which  have  an 
unpaired  heterochromosome.  In  every  case  v/here  it  was  possible  to  study  the  chro- 
mosomes of  the  female,  an  equal  pair  of  heterochromosomes  was  found  correspond- 
ing to  an  unequal  pair  of  an  unpaired  heterochromosome  in  the  male. 
No.  51.    Stevens,  N.  M.   Studies  on  the  Germ-cells  of  Aphids.   Octavo,  28  pages, 

4  plates.  Published  1906,  Price  .$0.25. 
This  is  a  comparative  study  of  the  germ-cells  of  22  species  of  aphids,  showing 
great  variety  in  number  and  size  of  chromosomes  in  the  various  species.  No  re- 
duction in  number  of  chromosomes  was  found  in  the  parthenogenetic  eggs,  which 
always  showed  a  pair  of  chromosomes  corresponding  to  each  chromosome  of  the 
spermatocytes  or  polar  spindles.  No  heterochromosomes  were  found,  but  it  has 
since  been  determined  that  the  "lagging"  chromosome  described  in  this  paper  is  an 
unpaired  heterochromosome,  and  that  the  spermatocytes  which  do  not  contain  a 
heterochromosome  degenerate  and  only  "female-producing"  spermatozoa  mature. 
No.  19.    Enteman,  Wilhelmine  M.    Coloration  in  Polistes.    Octavo,  88  pages,  6 

colored  plates,  27  text  figures.    Published  1904.    Price  $1.00. 
A  study  of  one  of  our  commonest  wasps,  dealing  with  the  variations  of  its  colors 
and  color  pattern,  the  ontogenesis  of  the  color  pattern,  and  the  geographic  distribu- 
tion of  the  types  of  color  marking.    All  of  these  facts  are  considered  in  relation 
to  the  various  theories  of  evolution. 

No.  67,  Banta,  a.  M.  The  Fauna  of  May  field's  Cave.  Octavo,  114  pages,  2 
plates,  13  text  figures.  Published  1907.  Price  $0.50. 
This  paper  represents  the  results  of  a  detailed  study  of  the  fauna  of  a  small 
cave,  observing  its  animal  inhabitants  throughout  the  year  and  in  all  conditions  to 
which  they  are  normally  subjected.  Mayfield's  Cave,  about  4.S  miles  from  Bloom- 
ington,  Indiana,  was  selected  for  observation.  The  temperature  and  air-currents 
were  observed.  Collections  were  made,  habits  of  the  various  species  noted,  and  life 
histories  worked  out  as  far  as  possible.  A  bibliography  at  the  end  of  the  paper 
gives  an  index  of  the  work  done  heretofore  on  the  cave  animals  of  North  America. 
No.  58.    Pearl,    Raymond.     Variation    and   Differentiation    in  Ceratophyllum. 

Octavo,  136  pages,  2  plates,  26  figures.    Pubhshed  1907.   Price  $1.00. 
No.  64.    Pearl,  Raymond,  and  A.  B.  Clawson.    Variation  and  Correlation  in  the 
Crayfish,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Influence  of  Differentiation 
and  Homology  of  Parts.    Octavo,  70  pages,  8  text  figures.  Published 
1907.    Price  $1.00. 

The  purpose  of  this  study  is  to  attempt,  by  the  use  of  appropriate  biometric 
methods,^  to  determine  the  part  played  by  such  factors  as  position,  degree  of  dif- 
ferentiation, and  serial  homology  M-ithin  a  series  of  generally  "like"  parts  of  aii 
organism  in  determining  the  degree  of  inter-correlation  displayed  in  the  variation 
of  such  parts.  The  fresh-v/ater  crayfish,  Cambarus  propinquus  Girard,  furnished 
the  material  for  the  work,  and  the  joints  of  the  ambulatory  appendages  afforded 
the  series  of  "like"  parts  studied.  The  general  result  of  the  study  is  to  show  that, 
as  compared  with  physiological  factors,  morphological  relationship  is  practically  a 
negligible  factor  in  influencing  degree  of  correlation  between  parts. 
No.  104.  EiGENMANN,  Carl  H.  Cave  Vertebrates  of  America:  A  Study  in  Degen- 
erative Evolution.  Quarto,  ix-|-241  pages,  31  plates,  and  72  text  figures. 
Published  1909.    Price  $5.00. 

This  publication  gives  accounts  of  the  nature  of  cave  environment  and  the  adap- 
tations of  cave  animals  to  it ;  the  habits  of  cave  animals ;  a  theory  of  the  origin  of 
the  cave  fauna;  the  structure  of  the  eyes  of  cave  and  the  other  blind  vertebrates; 
the  development  and  later  history  of  the  eyes  of  the  blind  fish  AmUy apsis;  the 
Cuban  blind  fishes  and  their  eyes :  and  a  consideration  of  the  process  and  the  cause 
of  the  individual  and  phyletic  degeneration  of  the  eyes  of  cave  vertebrates. 


104        Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity 

No.  142.   Long,  J.  A.,  and  E.  L.  Mark.    The  Maturation  of  the  Egg  of  the  Mouse. 

Octavo,  VI4-72  pages,  7  plates,  7  figures.  Published  1911.  Price  $1.50. 
In  this  paper  it  is  shown  that  the  mouse  does  not  present  an  exception,  as 
formerly  supposed,  to  the  rule  that  in  maturation  two  polar  cells  are  formed.  By 
means  of  apparatus  specially  devised,  accurate  records  of  the  time  of  parturition 
were  secured,  and  a  complete  series  of  early  stages  obtained.  The  time  of  ferti- 
lization was  controlled  by  artificial  insemination.  It  is  shown  that  the  whole 
process  of  maturation  is  completed  in  from  4  to  15  hours,  viz.,  during  a  period 
extending  from  about  14  hours  to  about  29  hours  after  parturition;  that  ovulation 
may  occur  at  any  time  during  that  period,  usually  when  the  egg  exhibits  the  first 
polar  cell  and  the  second  maturation  s.pindle ;  that  all  eggs  from  the  first  polar  cell, 
and  that  all  eggs  which  are  penetrated  by  a  spermatozoon,  also  abstrict  the  second 
polar  cell.  The  apparent  exception  to  the  rule  is  believed  to  be  due  to  the  over- 
looked fact  that  the  first  polar  cell  may  degenerate,  thus  leaving  only  the  second 
polar  cell,  which  has  been  mistaken  for  the  first. 

No.  228.  Crampton,  Henry  E.  Studies  on  the  Variation,  Distribution,  and  Evolu- 
tion of  the  Genus  Partula:  The  Species  Inhabiting  Tahiti.  Quarto. 
In  press. 

The  genus  Partula  comprises  certain  terrestrial  snails  in  Polynesia,  Micronesia, 
and  Melonesia,  which  are  relatives  of  the  classic  Achatinellidse  of  the  Hawaiian 
Islands.  The  present  monograph  is  an  exhaustive  analysis  of  the  species  inhabiting 
Tahiti — the  largest  member  of  the  Society  Islands — on  the  basis  of  material  col- 
lected by  the  author  during  four  journeys,  from  1906-1909.  Of  the  many  problems 
investigated,  the  most  fundamental  is  concerned  with  the  relative  value  of  congeni- 
tal and  external  factors  in  the  differentiation  of  the  species  under  consideration. 
The  geographical,  biological,  and  meteorological  features  of  the  Polynesian  realm 
are  described  in  detail,  as  a  basis  for  the  determination  of  the  subservience  of  the 
snails  to  environmental  influences.  Then  follows  a  special  description  of  Tahiti, 
and  of  the  sixty  separate  areas  from  which  the  many  thousands  of  individuals 
were  taken. 

In  the  main  body  of  the  volume  each  of  the  six  important  species  is  described 
and  analysed,  and  by  the  employment  of  statistical  methods  colonial  differentia  are 
brought  to  light  which  would  otherwise  escape  detection.  The  peculiar  features 
of  the  description,  variation,  and  genetic  relations  are  em.phasized  in  every  case. 
In  briefest  form  the  general  results  are  as  follows:  (1)  The  snails  are  far  from 
uniform  in  their  distribution ;  with  only  one  exception  each  group  of  islands  has 
its  own  characteristic  species  which  occur  nowhere  else.  (2)  The  same  correlation 
between  geographical  and  specific  discontinuity  is  displayed  by  the  species  of  the 
different  islands  of  one  and  the  same  group,  for  each  member  possesses  distinct 
species  not  found  in  the  others,  although  in  a  very  few  instances  important  ex- 
ceptions occur  which  throw  much  light  upon  the  processes  of  dispersal  and  migra- 
tion as  well  as  upon  certain  geological  relations.  (3)  As  in  the  Achatinellidse,  the 
species  of  Partula  may  vary  from  valley  to  valley  of  an  island;  a  form  sometimes 
extends  over  a  wide  range,  while  another  may  be  restricted  to  a  few  valleys  or 
even  to  one;  less  frequently  differences  are  displayed  by  types  which  inhabit  dif- 
ferent parts  of  one  valley.  Statistical  results  prove  the  essential  difference  of 
races  belonging  to  a  species  that  has  been  heretofore  regarded  as  invariable,  while 
in  other  cases  close  relationships  have  been  established  for  species  previously  con- 
sidered as  separate.  The  study  of  the  relations  between  young  and  parent  snails 
is  of  the  highest  importance  in  establishing  these  results.  (4)  The  abundant 
material,  taken  in  connection  with  the  results  of  Garrett,  gives  astonishingly  clear 
evidence  of  a  recent  origin  of  some  types  where  it  is  possible  also  to  determine 
their  parentage  and  rate  of  dispersal  when  this  has  occurred,  as  well  as  the  fixity 
of  the  new  characteristics.  (5)  Mutation  has  been  demonstrated  in  numerous 
instances,  and  in  many  species  belonging  to  several  islands,  so  that  it  can  not  be 
regarded  as  a  unique  process.  (6)  The  influence  of  the  "environment"  seems  to 
be  little  or  nothing.  Isolation  proves  to  be  a  "condition"  and  not  a  "factor"  in 
the  differentiation  of  forms  belonging  to  the  genus  Partula.    (7)  A  result  with 


Experimental  Evolution,  Variation,  and  Heredity  105 


a  wider  scientific  bearing  is  established  by  the  comparison  with  one  another  of  the 
snail  populations  of  islands  of  the  same  group  and  of  the  species  of  different  groups. 
All  the  evidence  goes  to  show  that  the  dominant  geological  process  in  South 
Pacific  regions  has  been  one  of  subsidence,  which  has  progressively  isolated  various 
mountain  ranges  previously  connected  so  that  they  have  become  separate  island- 
masses,  which  in  their  turn  have  been  subsequently  converted  into  the  disconnected 
islands  of  the  several  groups. 

No.  237.    Morgan,  T.  H.,  and  C.  B.  Bridges.   Sex-linked  Inheritance  in  Dro- 
sophila.    Octavo,  87  pages,  2  plates,  8  figs.    Published  1916.   Price  $1.50. 

An  account  of  36  sex-linked  mutations  in  Drosophila  ampelophila,  of  which  15 
are  described  here  for  the  first  time.  The  numerical  data  (obtained  in  the  experi- 
ments upon  the  linkage  relations  of  the  factors  for  these  mutations)  furnish  the 
material  by  means  of  which  the  location  of  the  factors  in  the  sex  chromosome 
is  determined.  A  compilation  of  all  the  previously  published  data  on  the  inter- 
linkage  of  the  sex-linked  factors  was  made  and  on  the  basis  of  all  the  available 
data  a  new  map  of  the  location  of  the  factors  in  the  X  chromosome  is  constructed. 
An  introduction  points  out  how  the  Mendelian  ratios  and  the  peculiar  distributions 
seen  in  linkage  are  explicable  by  means  of  the  chromosome  mechanism  and  states 
the  argument  for  the  chromosome  theory  of  heredity,  especially  with  relation  to 
the  inheritance  of  sex-linked  characters  and  the  determination  of  sex;  some  of 
the  latest  evidence  for  this  theory  is  given  in  the  discussion  of  non-disjunction  of 
the  sex  chromosomes,  and  some  of  the  general  methods  of  procedure  in  working 
with  sex-linked  characters,  such  as  balanced  viability,  are  explained.  Other  gen- 
eral subjects  discussed  are  the  determination  of  multiple  allelomorphism;  the 
detection  of  sex-linked  lethals;  the  formation  of  polymorphic  races;  sterility; 
and  the  influence  of  the  environment.  Explanations  are  given  of  the  nomenclature 
followed,  and  of  the  procedure  used  in  calculations  of  cross-over  values  and 
chromosome  loci. 


106  Stereochemistry  Applied  to  Biology 


STEREOCHEMISTRY  APPLIED  TO  BIOLOGY. 

No.  116.   Reichert,  Edward  T.,  and  Amos  P.  Brown.    The  Differentiation  and 
Specificity  of  Corresponding  Proteins  and  other  Vital  Substances  in 
Relation  to  Biological  Classification  and  Organic  Evolution:  The  Crys- 
tallography of  Hemoglobins.    Quarto,  xix-|-338  pages,  100  plates,  411 
text  figures.   In  cloth  binding.   Published  1909.   Price  $9.00. 
This  work  is  designed  to  show  that  corresponding  proteins  and  other  organic  vital 
substances  differ  in  chemical  constitution,  and  that  these  differences  are  definitely 
related  to  genera,  species,  etc.,  and  thus  establish  a  principle  which  may  prove  of 
great  importance  in  the  explanation  of  heredity,  mutations,  the  influences  of  food 
and  environment,  the  differentiation  of  sex,  and  in  other  problems  of  biology,  nor- 
mal and  abnormal.  Differences  in  corresponding  substances  are  shown  to  offer  a  new 
and  important  method  in  the  study  of  the  relationships  of  genera  and  species,  and 
in  general  to  indicate  extremely  important  applications  of  stereochemistry  to  proto- 
plasmic processes  and  products. 

The  volume  embodies  the  results  of  the  detailed  crystallographic  studies  of  the 
hemoglobins  of  107  species,  mostly  mammals,  including  representatives  of  Pisces, 
Batrachia,  Aves,  Marsupialia,  Edentata,  Sirenia,  Ungulata,  Rodentia,  Otariidae, 
Phocidas,  Mustelidas,  Procyonidae,  Ursidae,  Canidse,  Felidae,  Viveridae,  Insectivora, 
Chiroptera,  and  Primates;  also  a  considerable  amount  of  incidental  matter,  cm- 
bracing  a  consideration  of  the  alliance  between  chlorophyll  and  hemoglobin ;  the  dis- 
tribution of  hemoglobin,  hemocyanin,  and  other  respiratory  substances  among  the 
animal  kingdom ;  the  general  chemical  and  physical  characters  and  specificities  of  the 
hemoglobins  of  different  species ;  the  specificity  of  the  blood,  as  regards  its  various 
constituents,  in  relation  to  zoological  classification ;  method  for  preparing,  examining, 
measuring,  and  differentiating  the  hemoglobin  crystals  from  different  species,  etc. 

Exceptional  crystallographic  interest  and  value  are  attached  to  the  results  of  this 
research  because  chiefly  of  the  hemoglobins  constituting  an  extraordinary  isomor- 
phous  series ;  of  the  description  not  only  of  almost  every  known  kind  of  twin,  but 
also  of  forms  of  twinning  entirely  new  and  of  unusual  interest;  and  of  the  profusc- 
ness  and  accuracy  with  which  the  various  crystalline  forms  have  been  illustrated  by 
line  drawings  and  photomicrographs. 

No.  173.  Reichert,  Edward  T.  The  Differentiation  and  Specificity  of  Starches  in 
relation  to  Genera,  Species,  etc.:  Stereochemistry  applied  to  Proto- 
plasmic Processes  and  Products,  and  as  a  strictly  Scientific  Basis  for 
the  Classification  of  Plants  and  Anitnals.  Quarto,  in  two  parts.  Pub- 
lished 1913.    Price  $16.00. 

Part  I.  The  Starch-Substance  and  Starch-Grain.   Pages  i-xvii-f-1-342,  102 

plates  containing  612  photomicrographs,  charts  A-J. 
Part  II.  The  Differentiation  and  Specificity  of  Starches.    Pages  i-xvii-f- 
343-900  and  400  charts. 
This  research  is  in  the  nature  of  a  preliminary  investigation,  and  is  supplemen- 
tary and  complementary  to  Publication  No.  116.    Previous  investigators  found  that 
starch-grains  exist  in  a  considerable  variety  of  forms,  and  that  while  the  histological 
peculiarities  of  a  given  starch  may  sometimes  be  characteristic  of  the  species  or 
genus  it  would  be  hazardous  to  depend  upon  them  generally  as  indicating  the  plant- 
source.    In  this  research  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  starches  from  different 
plants  vary  in  their  physical  and  physico-chemical  properties,  and  that  the  differences 
are  distinctive  of  the  plant  and  can  be  plotted  out  in  the  form  of  reaction-curves 
which  give  pictures,  as  it  were,  by  means  of  which  varieties,  species,  and  genera  can 
be  distinguished  and  classified. 

In  Part  I,  the  first  chapter  gives,  among  various  topics  presented,  a  brief  state- 
ment of  the  crystalline  nature  and  of  the  conditions  which  influence  the  form  of 
the  starch-grain,  with  the  object  of  showing  that  histological  differences  do  not 
necessarily  imply  any  inherent  differences  in  the  constitution  of  the  starch  per  se. 
Especial  attention  is  given  to  the  recent  developments  of  stereochemistry,  many 


Stereochemistry  Applied  to  Biology 


107 


instances  being  cited  to  show  that  not  only  may  complex  organic  substances  exist 
in  a  number  of  stercoisomeric  forms,  but  also  that  (in  accordance  with  the  modi- 
fications in  the  arrangements  of  the  elements,  groups,  or  masses  of  the  molecules 
of  corresponding  substances)  there  are  associated  related  dependent  differences  in 
physiological,  toxicological,  or  other  properties.  Evidence  is  given  which  leads  to 
the  deduction  that  starch  may  exist  in  countless  stereoisomeric  forms,  each  having 
distinctive  properties.  Subsequent  chapters  contain  descriptions  of  the  starch- 
substance  and  the  structure,  form,  and  mechanism  of  formation  of  the  starch- 
grain;  of  peculiar  kinds  of  starch  and  starch-like  bodies;  of  the  primary  and  re- 
verted decomposition  products  of  starches,  including  references  to  the  processes 
involved  in  giving  rise  to  them,  and  to  the  various  forms  of  dextrins  and  sugars  and 
unusual  products;  and  of  assumed  processes  in  the  synthesis  of  starch.  Then  are 
given  the  methods  heretofore  used  to  differentiate  starches  and  a  consideration  of 
the  digestibility  of  raw  and  boiled  starches,  with  especial  reference  to  certain 
popular  misconceptions  regarding  the  latter.  A  chapter  is  devoted  to  quotations 
of  histological  descriptions  of  over  1,200  starches  obtained  from  an  exceedingly 
large  variety  of  plants  and  plant-parts.  The  final  chapters  embrace  statements  of 
the  m.ethods  employed  in  the  investigation  and  the  demonstration  of  the  differen- 
tiation and  specificity  of  starches  in  relation  to  genera,  species,  etc.,  as  shown  by 
the  results  recorded.  Included  in  Part  I  are  the  plates  and  an  index  of  the  starches. 

Part  II  comprises  the  laboratory  records  of  the  histological,  physical,  and 
physico-chemical  properties  of  over  300  starches,  representing  105  genera  and  34 
families,  which  serve  as  the  basis  of  the  research,  including  10  text  charts  of  re- 
action-intensities and  an  index  of  the  starches. 

The  general  conclusion  reached  from  the  results  of  these  two  researches  is  that 
corresponding  complex  organic  m.etabolites  (such  as  proteins,  starches,  glycogen, 
fats,  cholesterms,  etc.)  are  m.odified  specifically  in  relation  to  genera,  species,  etc' 
and  that,  as  a  corollary,  differences  in  the  properties  of  such  corresponding  stereo- 
isomers constitute  a  strictly  scientific  basis  for  the  classification  of  plants  and 
animals  and  also  offer  a  logical  basis  for  the  study  of  those  structural,  chemical 
and  physiological  properties  of  protoplasm  which  have  their  expression  in  heredity' 
mutations,  variations,  sex,  and  a  host  of  problems  of  normal  and  abnormal  biolocry 
general  and  special. 


BOTANY. 


No,  8.  Farlow,  W.  G.    Bibliographic  Index  of  North  American  Fungi.  Octavo, 
Vol.  1,  part  1,  xxxv+312  pages.   Published  1905.   Price  $2.00. 
Vol.  1,  part  2,  and  vol.  2. 
A  compilation  of  the  references  to  species  of  fungi  in  North  America  southward 
to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  and  including  the  West  Indies.  About  one-fourth  of  this 
projected  work  was  issued  in  1905,  and  no  definite  statement  can  be  made  as  to  the 
appearance  of  the  remainder. 

No.  15.   MoTTiER,  D.  M.   Fecundation  in  Plants.    Octavo,  viii+187  pages,  75  text 
figures.    Published  1904.    Price  $1.50.    (Out  of  print.) 
The  subject  of  fecundation  in  plants  is  presented  by  a  discussion  of  the  more 
thoroughly  investigated  concrete  cases. 

No.  6.  CoviLLE,  F.  v.,  and  D.  T.  MacDougal.  Desert  Botanical  Laboratory  of 
the  Carnegie  Institution.  Octavo,  vi+58  pages,  29  plates.  Published 
1903.    Price  $0.50. 

^  A  discussion  of  the  general  features  of  deserts  with  respect  to  the  climate  and 
soil  formations,  together  with  a  presentation  of  the  principal  problems  presented  by 
the  specialized  forms  of  plants  which  characterize  arid  areas.    Detailed  descriptive 
sketches  are  given  of  the  arid  regions  in  western  Texas,  the  sand  dunes  of  Chi- 
huahua, the  Tularosa  desert,  Nogales,  Torres,  Guaymas,  the  Colorado  and  Mohave 
deserts,  the  Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado,  and  the  Tucson  region. 
No.  99.   MacDougal,  D.  T.   Botanical  Features  of  North  American  Deserts.  Oc- 
tavo, 115  pages,  62  plates,  6  figures.    Published  1908.    Price  $1.75. 
^    The  more  important  features  of  deserts  in  North  America  from  the  Great  Basin 
m  Nevada  to  southern  Mexico  are  described  and  amply  illustrated.    The  initial 
mvestigations  by  the  members  of  the  staff  of  the  Desert  Laboratory  in  the  Salton 
Basm  are  given,  as  well  as  various  other  physiological  and  geographical  researches. 
Especial  attention  is  given  to  the  Tucson  region,  the  geology  of  which  was  contrib- 
uted by  Prof.  W.  P.  Blake.   Some  consideration  is  also  given  to  soils,  temperatures, 
conditions  contributory  to  deserts,  and  environmental  relations  of  desert  plants. 
No.  24.   MacDougal,  D.  T.,  A.  M.  Vail,  G.  H.  Shull,  and  J.  K.  Small.  Mutants 
and  Hybrids  of  the  Oenotheras.    (Paper  No.  2,  Station  for  Experi- 
mental Evolution.)   Octavo,  57  pages,  22  plates.   Published  1905.  Price 
$1.00.    (Out  of  print.) 
An  account  of  cultural  investigations  of  the  evening  primroses  for  the  purpose  of 
testing  the  recurrence  and  stability  of  mutants,  and  an  estimation  of  their  fluctuating 
variabihty  compared  with  the  parental  type. 

No.  81.   MacDougal,  D.  T.,  A.  M.  Vail,  and  G.  H.  Shull.   Mutations,  Variations 
and  Relationships  of  the  Oenotheras.    (Paoer  No.  9,  Station  for  Ex- 
perimental Evolution.)    Octavo,  92  pages,  22  plates,  73  text  figures 
Pubhshed  1907.    Price  $1.00. 
Includes  a  continuance  of  the  investigations  described  in  No.  24.  The  identity  dis- 
tribution, and  coefficient  of  mutability  of  Lamarck's  evening  primrose  are  discussed. 
No.  141.   MacDougal,  D.  T.,  and  E.  S.  Spalding.    The  IVater-balance  of  Succu^ 

iZ^r.^^^^^-  Octavo,  iv+77  pages,  8  plates,  16  text  figures.  Published 
1910.   Price  $1.00. 

This  book  contains  the  results  of  several  years'  measurement  of  various  cacti 
by  which  their  xorm-alterations  and  growth  were  apprehended.  The  massive  bodies 
of  Larnegtea,  Opuntia,  and  Echinocactus  undergo  alterations  in  volume  and  form 
with  the  increase  or  decrease  of  the  soil-moisture  and  evaporation,  these  changes 
being  modified  to  some  extent  by  insolation  and  air-temperatures.  The  external 
folds  of  Carnegtea  (the  tree  cactus)  and  Echinocactus  (melon  cactus)  allow  rapid 


110 


Botany 


expansicn  and  contraction  of  their  great  trunks,  and  observations  upon  these  move- 
ments for  several  years  are  given.  The  results  of  variations  in  the  amount  and 
composition  of  the  water-balance  carried  by  desert  plants  are  also  shown.  The 
depletion  of  the  water-balance  is  accompanied  by  reversible  changes  of  form;  its 
repletion  may  or  may  not  be  accompanied  by  irreversible  growth  alterations.  The 
osmotic  activity  of  the  sap  and  its  content  of  mineral  salts  and  organic  matter  are 
increased  with  a  lowered  water-balance,  but  the  acidity  remains  practically  un- 
changed. Succulents  are  regarded  as  representing  the  highest  type  of  specializa- 
tion under  arid  conditions.  A  speculative  consideration  is  given  to  the  origination 
and  evolutionary  developmicnt  of  these  forms. 

No.  129.  MacDougal,  D.  T.,  and  W.  A.  Cannon.  The  Conditions  of  Parasitism 
in  Plants.  Octavo,  iii-|-60  pages,  10  plates,  2  text  figures.  Published 
1910.    Price  $1.00. 

A  description  is  given  of  the  newly  discovered  parasitism  of  Krameria  can- 
escens  and  K.  parvifolia,  with  details  of  the  relations  of  the  parasite  to  its  prin- 
cipal hosts.  The  more  important  features  of  structure  and  the  results  of  some 
experimental  tests  of  the  action  of  the  parasite  are  set  out.  Cannon  adds  a  tenth 
family  of  plants  to  the  list  of  parasites  among  the  higher  plants.  The  results  of 
an  experimental  analysis  of  parasitism  are  given.  Regenerated  cuttings  of  a  num- 
ber of  desert  plants  were  inserted  in  the  bodies  of  cacti  and  other  succulents,  upon 
which  many  were  successfully  grown  as  xeno-parasites.  Chemical  analysis  of  the 
sap  of  the  plants  reveals  the  fact  that  a  higher  osm.otic  activity  is  necessary  to 
enable  one  form  to  become  parasitic  upon  another,  but  the  actual  assumption  of 
dependent  relations  may  be  prevented  by  many  things,  such  as  excretions  and  vig- 
orous form.ation  of  scar-tissue. 

No.  117.   Cannon,  W.  A.   Studies  in  Heredity  as  Illustrated  by  the  Trichomes  of 
Species  and  Hybrids  of  Juglans,  Oenothera,  Papaver,  and  Solanum. 
Octavo,  III+67  pages,  10  plates,  20  figures.   Published  1909.   Price  $0.75. 
A  cj-'tological  study  of  the  origin,  development,  variations,  and  inheritance  of  the 
hairs  of  several  plants,  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether  or  not  the 
hairs  or  systems  of  hairs  borne  by  a  plant  might  be  considered  as  unit  characters. 
When  two  plants  were  hybridized  which  bore  the  same  types  of  hairs  but  of  different 
dimensions,  the  hybrid  resulting  showed  intermediate  organs,  but  a  distinct  type  borne 
by  either  parent  was  transmitted  unchanged,  or  as  an  indivisible  unit  character. 

No.  131.  Cannon,  W.  A.  The  Root  Habits  of  Desert  Plants.  Octavo,  96  pages, 
23  plates,  17  text  figures.  Published  1911.  Price  $1.50. 
The  results  of  a  study  of  the  root  habits  of  representatives  of  the  principal  types 
of  desert  species  are  given  in  detail  in  this  contribution.  Among  these  forms  it  is 
found  that  the  general  aspect  of  the  root-system  is  characteristic,  and  that,  like  the 
shoot,  modifications  induced  by  environmental  agencies  lie  within  well-defined  limits. 
This  range  of  variation  being  thus  comparatively  narrow,  a  high  degree  of  special- 
ization in  habitat  results  in  desert  soils.  The  root-systems  of  the  rapidly  growing 
summer  annuals  of  the  desert  are  difl^erent  from  those  of  winter  annuals  in  show- 
ing a  fuller  development  of  all  components,  but  neither  type  penetrates  the  soil  to  a 
greater  depth  than  20  cm.  (8  inches).  Perennials  have  three  types  of  roots,  namely, 
the  generalized  type,  with  the  tap-root  and  the  laterals  both  well  developed,  and  the 
specialized  forms,  of  which  one  type  has  a  prominent  tap-root  and  the  other  promi- 
nent laterals.  Covillea  tridentata  and  Prosopis  velutma  are  representatives  of  plants 
with  generalized  roots,  while  Kceberlinia  spinosa  and  a  few  other  plants  have  spec- 
ialized roots  of  the  second  type. 

No.  178.  Cannon,  W.  A.  Botanical  Features  of  the  Algerian  Sahara.  Octavo, 
vi-l-81  pages,  37  plates.  Published  1913.  Price  $2.50. 
This  report  gives  the  more  important  observations  made  by  the  author  in  the  au- 
tumn of  1910  and  early  spring  of  1911  in  southern  Algeria,  and  interprets  the  main 
characters  of  the  flora  in  the  light  of  results  previously  attained  at  the  Desert  Labo- 
ratory at  Tucson,  Arizona.   The  territory  visited  was  from  Laghouat,  just  south  of 


No.  98.  ^ 


Published 
1908. 

Price  $0.75 


Botany  111 

the  Saharan  Atlas  Mountains,  across  the  regions  of  the  Daya  and  the  Chebka,  to 
Ghardaia,  the  chief  city  of  the  M'Zabites.  From  Ghardaia  the  Gantara  was  crossed 
to  Ouargla,  and  thence  the  route  followed  was  by  Touggourt  and  the  Oued  Rirh 
to  Biskra.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  root  habits  of  the  shrubs  and  semi- 
shrubs  which  are  related  so  far  as  possible  to  the  environment.  A  portion  of  this 
region  visited  has  been  little  seen  by  botanists,  and  the  descriptions  of  plant  habits 
and  their  habitats  are  thus  far  new.  The  study  is  illustrated  by  many  detailed 
and  general  pictures  of  plants  and  of  their  environment. 

Cannon,  W.  A.  The  Topography  of  the  Chlorophyll 
Apparatus  in  Desert  Plants.  Octavo,  42  pages,  15 
text  figures,  5  plates. 
Knox,  Alice  A.  Induction,  Development,  and  Herita- 
bility  of  Fasciations.  Octavo,  20  pages,  1  text  figure, 
5  plates. 

(a)  The  results  of  a  developmental  study  of  the  chlorophyll  apparatus  of  a  num- 
ber of  species  characteristic  of  southwestern  deserts.  Essentially  different  mechan- 
ical arrangements  and  functional  specializations  are  found  in  species  with  reduced 
leaves  and  those  with  extensive,  deciduous,  laminar  formations.  The  conditions 
governing  the  thickness  and  duration  of  chlorophyllaceous  layers  in  organs  subject 
to  secondary  thickening  are  analyzed  and  some  interesting  arrangements  in  succu- 
lents and  green  stems  described. 

{b)  A  morphological  study  based  upon  living  material,  showing  the  principal 
anatomical  features  in  a  number  of  types  of  fasciations,  together  with  the  results  of 
some  extensive  experimental  observations  upon  their  induction.  The  heritability  of 
the  structures  in  question  was  tested  by  pedigree  cultures  through  several  generations. 

No.  140.  Campbell,  Douglas  H.  The  Eusporangiatce:  The  Comparative  Mor- 
phology of  the  Ophioglossaceoe  and  Marattiacece.  Quarto,  vi-f229 
pages,  13  plates,  192  text  figures.  Published  1911.  Price  $4.00. 
This  memoir  is  a  study  of  the  comparative  morphology  of  two  orders  of  ferns 
which  are  sometimes  known  as  the  Eusporangiata;.  These  are  probably  the  most 
primitive  of  living  ferns,  and  a  thorough  knowledge  of  their  morphology  is  essen- 
tial for  a  complete  understanding  of  many  fossil  types,  as  well  as  for  a  clear  com- 
prehension of  the  relationships  existing  between  the  living  ferns.  The  object  of 
the  investigations  here  presented  was  to  make  a  thorough  study  of  the  develop- 
mental^ history  of  as  many  of  the  living  genera  as  could  be  obtained.  To  this  end 
extensive  collections  were  made  by  the  writer  in  various  parts  of  the  world,  and 
much  of  the  material  presented  is  the  result  of  investigations  made  upon  these  col- 
lections. Fairly  complete  material  was  secured  of  all  but  two  of  the  living  genera, 
and  the  investigations  include  a  careful  study  of  the  gametophyte  and  embryo  of  all 
the  genera  investigated,  as  well  as  the  structure  of  the  adult  sporophyte. 
No.  58.  Pearl,  Raymond.  Variation  and  Differentiation  in  Ceratophyllum.  Oc- 
tavo, 136  pages,  2  plates,  26  text  figures.  Published  1907.  Price  $1.00. 
The  purpose  of  this  study  was  to  determine,  so  far  as  possible,  the  biological 
factors  concerned  in  the  production  of  the  particular  kind  of  frequency  curves  of 
fluctuating  variation  observed  for  the  plant  Ceratophyllurd.  A  detailed  analysis  or 
"dissection"  of  the  gross  frequency  curves  of  variation  in  terms  of  the  individual 
variant  is  made.  As  a  result  of  this  analysis,  it  is  possible  to  give  a  clear  and 
definite  statement  of  the  factors  which  immediately  determine  the  degree  and  kind 
of  fluctuating  variation  exhibited  by  the  different  parts  of  this  plant.  The  effect  of 
environmental  forces  on  growth  and  differentiation,  and  the  relationship  between 
intra-individual,  intra-racial,  and  inter-racial  variation  and  correlation  are  consid- 
ered. 

No.  113.    Spalding,  V.  M.    Distribution  and  Movements  of  Desert  Plants.  Oc- 
tavo, v-l-144  pages,  31  plates,  3  figures.    Published  1909.    Price  $2.00. 
This  paper  embodies  the  results  of  a  study  of  the  factors  governing  distribution 
over  an  area  of  4  square  miles,  including  a  varied  topography,  together  with  col- 


112 


Botany 


lateral  data  from  a  much  larger  area.  The  author  has  made  an  exhaustive  experi- 
mental analysis  of  the  relations  of  the  plants  of  the  desert  to  habitat  conditions. 

The  species  encountered  may  be  divided  into  four  main  groups  according  to 
their  habitats  in  the  river,  in  the  flood-plain,  on  the  slopes  or  bajadas,  and  on  the 
hills  or  cliffs.  Physical  properties  of  the  soil,  such  as  soil-moisture  and  aspect  or 
exposure,  are  found  to  be  the  paramount  factors  in  the  determination  of  local  dis- 
tribution. A  large  number  of  the  species  exhibit  a  wide  range  of  adjustment  and 
accommodation,  particularly  with  respect  to  water-supply  and  temperature.  The 
competitive  feature  among  plants  is  emphasized  as  a  result  of  these  studies. 

No.  4.    CoNARD,  H.  S.    The  Waterlilies.    A  Monograph  of  the  Genus  Nymphcta. 

Quarto,  xiii-}-279  pages,  30  plates,  including  12  plates  colored  to  life, 

82  text  figures.  Published  1905.  Price  $6.50. 
The  paper  embodies  the  results  of  an  attempt  to  bring  together  the  knowledge 
of  this  group  in  all  of  its  botanical  relations,  inclusive  of  the  results  of  hybridiza- 
tions, and  some  of  the  details  of  culture  and  uses.  The  general  life-history  and 
physiology  of  the  group,  as  well  as  the  distribution  of  the  separate  species  in 
geologic  and  present  time,  receive  full  consideration.  The  taxonomic  conclusions 
are  based  upon  the  fullest  anatomical  detail,  and  the  principal  forms  are  well  illus- 
trated.  An  extensive  bibliography  is  appended. 

No.  94.  CoNARD,  Henry  S.  The  Structure  and  Life-history  of  the  Hay-scented 
Fern.    Octavo,  56  pages,  25  plates.    Published  1908.    Price  $0.50. 

Presents  a  detailed  description  of  the  life-history  of  Dennstcedtia  punctilobula, 
with  results  of  cultures  and  detailed  anatomical  studies. 

No.  37.  Harper,  R.  A.  Sexual  Reproduction  and  the  Organization  of  the  Nucleus 
in  certain  Mildews.  Octavo,  104  pages,  7  plates.  Published  1905. 
Price  $0.75. 

A  presentation  of  the  results  of  the  author's  researches  upon  the  organization  of 
the  resting  nucleus  and  its  relation  to  the  processes  of  nuclear  fusion  and  division  in 
the  mildev/s.  Evidence  bearing  upon  the  individuality  of  chromosomes  is  pre- 
sented, alternation  of  generations  in  the  Ascomycetes  is  predicted,  and  it  is  con- 
cluded that  the  ascocarp  originates  in  a  sexual  apparatus.  The  desirability  of 
basing  phylogenetic  conclusions  primarily  upon  morphological  data  is  made  evident. 

No.  50.  Livingston,  Burton  E.  The  Relation  of  Desert  Plants  to  Soil  Moisture 
and  to  Evaporation.  Octavo,  78  pp.,  16  figs.  Published  1906.  Price  $0.40. 

Embodying  the  results  of  quantitative  studies  of  the  moisture  conditions  in  desert 
soil  and  desert  atm.osphere,  especially  in  their  relation  to  absorption  and  transpira- 
tion of  plants.  The  conception  of  relative  transpiration  is  developed  and  its  useful- 
ness in  such  studies  demonstrated.  Some  important  data  on  periodic  fluctuations  in 
water-loss  and  exact  measurements  of  the  soil-moisture  requirements  of  several 
species  of  desert  plants  are  given. 

No.  30.  Shull,  G.  H.  Stages  in  the  Development  of  Sium  cicutcefolium.  (Paper 
No.  3,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Octavo,  28  pages,  7 
plates,  11  text  figures.    Published  1905.    Price  $0.25. 

No.  112.  Shull,  G.  H.  Bursa  hursa-pastoris  and  Bursa  heegeri:  Biotypes  and 
Hybrids.  (Paper  No.  12,  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.)  Oc- 
tavo, 57  pages,  4  plates,  23  text  figures.    Published  1909.    Price  $0.50. 

No.  82.  Lloyd,  Francis  E.  The  Physiology  of  Stomata.  Octavo,  142  pages,  40 
text  figures,  14  plates.  Published  1908.  Price  $1.50. 
The  investigation  described  in  this  paper  concerns  the  questions  as  to  the  part 
played  by  stomata  in  the  regulation  of  transpiration  and  the  cause  of  stomata  move- 
ment The  physiological  rather  than  the  physical  view  of  transpiration  is  favored 
by  the  results.  Some  new  facts  concerning  guard-cells  tend  to  show  that  these  or- 
gans arc  secretory  rather  than  photosynthetic    Methods  of  fixing  stomatal  struc- 


Botany 


113 


tures  for  examination  and  a  great  mass  of  data  bearing  on  the  daily  periodicity  of 
transpiration  are  given.    An  important  contribution  on  a  much-vexed  question. 
No.  139.    Lloyd,  Francis  E.    Guayule:  A  Rubber  Plant  of  the  Chihuahuan  Desert. 

Octavo,  viii+213  pp.,  46  pis.,  20  figs.  Published  1911.  Price  $3.50. 
This  publication  embodies  the  results  of  an  organized  attempt  to  bring  under  cul- 
tivation a  hitherto  feral  desert  plant,  together  with  an  extensive  ecological  study  of 
the  same  under  normal  and  cultural  conditions.  Careful  consideration  is  given  to  the 
questions  of  rate  of  grov/th  and  reproduction  of  the  guayule  in  its  native  habitat, 
and  a  large  body  of  pertinent  data  is  given.  The  various  conditions  of  climate,  soil, 
vegetational  environment,  and  parasitism  affecting  the  plant  are  presented  in  this 
connection.  The  life  history,  habit,  anatomical  and  histological  structure  of  the 
wild  and  cultivated  forms  are  minutely  described  and  compared,  with  the  purpose  of 
developing  exact  knowledge  concerning  the  relation  between  growth  and  the  rate  of 
rubber  secretion. 

No.  193.  MacDougal,  D.  T.,  and  Collaborators.  The  Saltan  Sea:  A  Study  of 
the  Geography,  the  Geology,  the  Floristics,  and  the  Ecology  of  a  Des- 
ert Basin.  Quarto,  xi+182  pages,  32  plates,  4  figures.  Published  1914. 
Price  $5.00. 

The  geological  and  biological  processes  of  the  surface  layers  of  the  earth's  crust 
are  profoundly  different  under  subasrial  exposures  to  those  which  prevail  under 
subaqueous  conditions.  Any  region,  therefore,  which  may  be  subjected  to  sub- 
mergence and  to  weathering,  alternately,  will  offer  a  changing  complex  of  envi- 
ronic  conditions,  with  accompanying  disturbances  in  the  balance  and  distributional 
movements  ot  the  organisms  of  the  region. 

The  great  Cahuilla  Basin,  which  lies  to  the  westward  of  the  lower  or  southern 
part  of  the  mam  stream  of  the  Colorado  River,  has  been  the  scene  of  alternations  of 
the  kind  m  question.  The  lower  part  of  this  basin  has  been  submerged  and  des- 
iccated many  times  in  the  last  few  hundred  years,  as  attested  by  the  numerous  beach 
or  strand  formations  and  layers  of  travertine  on  the  shores.  The  making  of  the 
lake  in  1904,  1905,  and  1906,  at  the  time  of  the  organization  of  the  work  of  ^he 
Desert  Laboratory,  offered  opportunities  for  some  studies  the  results  of  which 
arc  presented  in  the  present  paper.  The  facts  to  be  considered  were  so  diverse  in 
character,  and  the  necessary  methods  of  calibration  and  estimation  so  unlike  that 
the  co-operation  of  a  number  of  workers  in  various  branches  of  science  was  enlic;ted 
A  general  sketch  of  the  geology  and  topography  of  the  basin  was  furnished  by 
f  '  barometric  measurements  as  a  member  of 

the  Williamson  expedition  in  1853  first  established  the  fact  that  the  region  was  an 
inclosed  basm,  the  lowermost  part  of  which  was  below  sea-level.  The  history  of 
earlier  travel  and  the  general  geography  of  the  basin  is  described  by  Mr  G  Sykes 
geographer  of  the  Desert  Laboratory.  The  analyses  of  water  samples  have  been 
carried  out  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  R.  H.  Forbes,  at  the  Agricultural  Exocri- 
ment  Station  of  Arizona,  by  the  aid  of  Dr.  W.  H.  Ross  and  Prof.  A.  E.  Vinson 
The  surface  geology,  with  especial  reference  to  the  soil  formations,  has  been  the 
subject  of  careful  examination  by  Mr.  E.  E.  Free,  formerly  of  the  United  States 
Bureau  of  Soils.  Prof.  G.  J.  Peirce,  of  Stanford  University,  has  contributed  the 
results  of  studies  of  organism.s  living  in  brackish  and  saline  waters,  which  are  of 
especial  concern  with  the  subject,  particularly  in  the  stages  of  the  desiccation  of  the 
lake  yet  to  come.  Prof.  M.  A.  Brannon,  of  the  University  of  North  Dakota  has 
carried  on  a  series  of  cultures  by  which  the  specific  action  of  micro-organisms  to 
sulphates,  iron,  and  calcium  compounds  has  been  determined  and  some  important 
facts  bearing  upon  the  changes  in  woody  tissue  probably  initial  to  the  formation 
of  coal  have  been  obtained.  Prof.  J.  C.  Jones,  of  the  University  of  Nevada,  has 
made  brief  studies  of  the  travertine  coatings  found  on  the  solid  granite  near  the 
level  of  the  highest  beach  line,  estabhshing  the  participation  of  biological  agencies 
m  their  formation.  Mr.  S.  B.  Parish,  of  San  Bernardino,  has  written  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  plants  which  form  the  vegetative  setting  of  the  drama  of  the  appear- 
ance and  disappearance  of  the  lake.  Dr.  MacDougal  has  devoted  attention  chiefly 
to  the  rcvegetation  of  the  areas  laid  bare  by  the  desiccation  of  the  lake  in  which 


114 


Botany 


abcmt  sixty  species  have  participated.  Important  contributions  have  been  made 
to  the  subjects  of  dissemination  by  birds,  winds,  and  by  flotation  of  seeds  and 
seedlings.  The  re-occupation  of  sterilized  islands  has  been  followed,  and  the  effi- 
ciency of  various  agencies  in  distribution  evaluated. 

Livingston,  Burton  E.,  and  Lon  A.  Hawkins.  The 
Water  Relation  Between  Plant  and  Soil.  Oc- 
tavo, pages  1-48,  3  text  figures. 


No.  204. 


Published 
1915. 
Price 
$0.75. 


Pulling,  Howard  E.,  and  Burton  E.  Livingston. 
The  Water  Supplying  Power  of  the  Soil  as  In- 
dicated by  Osmometers.  Octavo,  pages  49-84, 
2  text  figures. 

The  paper  by  Livingston  and  Hawkins  gives  a  discussion  of  the  dynamics  of  the 
water  relation  between  plant  and  soil.  The  results  of  experiments  with  three 
different  species  of  potted  plants  are  presented,  these  experiments  involving  the  use 
of  the  Livingston  auto-irrigator  as  an  indicator  of  soil-moisture  conditions  and  that 
of  the  porous  cup  atmometer  for  measuring  air-moisture  conditions.  A  method  for 
obtaining  a  quantitative  index  of  environmental  aridity  (including  both  air  and 
soil)  is  here  tentatively  set  forth. 

The  paper  by  Pulling  and  Livingston  presents  the  results  of  a  study  of  the  re- 
sistance offered  by  soils  of  various  water-contents  to  the  absorption  of  water  by 
osmometers,  these  instruments  simulating  the  action  of  the  absorbing  surfaces  of 
plant  roots.  Collodion  membranes  and  cane-sugar  solution  were  employed  in  the 
osmometers.  The  paper  includes  a  discussion  of  the  water-supplying  power  of 
soils  and  of  the  decrease  in  this  power  as  water  is  withdrawn. 

No.  206.  Johnson,  Duncan  S.,  and  Harlan  H.  York.  The  Relation  of  Plants 
to  Tide  Levels:  A  Study  of  Factors  affecting  the  Distribution  of 
Marine  Plants.  Octavo,  162  pages,  24  plates,  5  text  figures.  Published 
1915.    Price  $2.50. 

The  vertical  and  horizontal  distributions  of  some  200  species  of  plants  growing 
in  and  about  the  Inner  Harbor  at  Cold  Spring  Harbor,  Long  Island,  New  York, 
and  the  factors  determining  these  have  been  carefully  studied.  The  tidal  changes 
in  water-level  for  all  shore  habitats  have  been  accurately  measured.  The  dependent 
or  associated  changes  in  other  factors  affecting  plant  distribution  have  been  either 
measured  or  estimated  and  their  relative  effects  analyzed.  The  distribution  of 
most  shore  plants  in  relation  to  tidal  submergence  and  exposure  is  much  more 
precisely  limited  than  is  indicated  by  the  terms,  "between  tide  marks,"  "near  low- 
water  mark,"  etc.,  commonly  used  to  indicate  the  distribution  of  littoral  organisms. 
An  adequately  exact  definition  is  given  for  the  variously  used  term  "littoral."  The 
chief  vegetational  zones  distinguished,  with  their  upper  and  lower  limits,  reckoned 
from  mean  low-v/ater,  are:  (1)  Plankton  of  diatoms  and  Peridinese.  (2)  The 
bottom  vegetation  (—5  to  +  1.5  feet)  of  alg^,  Zostera  and  Ruppia.  (3)  The 
very  sharply  m.arked  mid-littoral  belt  (1.5  to  6.5  feet)  including  a  Spartina  glabra 
association  on  beaches  and  marshes  and  a  rockweed  association  on  the  wharves. 
(4)  The  upper  littoral  belt  (6.5  to  8  feet)  with  quite  varied  vegetation  of  algae, 
dicotyledons,  and  monocotyledons.  (5)  The  supra-littoral  belt  (8  to  12  feet)  with 
indefinite  upper  limit,  and  embracing  diverse  structural  types  from  fresh-water 
aquatics  to  xerophytic  dune  plants. 

The  environmental  factors,  v/hose  influences  on  the  distribution  of  the  plants 
of  this  harbor  are  considered,  are  the  following:  (1)  Substratum,  including  its  physi- 
cal character,  its  mobility,  and  its  capacity  for  drainage  and  aeration.  (2)  Water 
currents,  including  the  dispersal  of  spores,  seeds,  and  shoot-fragments,  the  me- 
chanical injury  of  the  plants,  the  shifting  of  soil,  and  the  favoring  of  interchange 
between  the  plant  and  the  surrounding  water.  (3)  The  submergence  and  exposure 
due  to  tides,  which  affect  the  aeration  and  transpiration,  the  light  supply,  the  ex- 
posure to  rain  at  low-water,  and  the  salinity  of  the  soil  water  at  high  levels. 
(4)  The  salinity  of  the  soil  water  and  the  submerging  water,  including  especially 
the  chan-ges  in  density  during  the  course  of  the  tide  near  the  numerous  fresh-water 
streams.    (5)  Temperature  of  the  water,  including  daily  atid  seasonal  changes. 


Botany  115 

The  important  general  conclusion  is  reached,  as  a  result  of  observations  here 
and  at  other  points  on  the  Atlantic  Coast,  that  the  vertical  range  of  a  plant  common 
to  two  localities  with  different  ranges  of  tide  will  be  found  exactly  proportional  in 
each  place  to  the  local  range  of  tide. 

No.  209.  Richards,  Herbert  M.  Acidity  and  Gas  Interchange  in  Cacti.  Octavo,, 
107  pages,  6  figs.  Published  1915.  Price  $1.00. 
This  paper  presents  the  results  of  a  somewhat  detailed  study  of  the  behavior 
of  the  acidity  and  gas  interchange  of  Opuntia  versicolor,  together  with  some  data 
from  other  cacti.  The  section  on  acidity  determinations  embodies  a  consideration 
of  the  periodicity  of  acid  formation  and  disappearance,  with  experimental  data 
and  discussion  of  the  various  external  factors  which  influence  the  acid  content  of 
the  tissues.  Following  this  is  a  chapter  on  the  respiration  of  cacti  as  determined 
by  the  Pettenkofer  method  in  which  especial  attention  is  called  to  the  lag  in  re- 
sponse of  the  rate  of  carbon-dioxide  evolution  with  changing  temperatures.  The 
third  part  of  the  paper  treats  of  gas  interchange  in  connection  with  the  determina- 
tion of  what  is  commonly  termed  the  respiratory  quotient.  The  effect  of  light, 
darkness,  increased  or  diminished  oxygen  supply,  rising  and  falling  temperatures, 
wounding,  etc.,  are  described.  The  paper  closes  with  a  short  consideration  of  the 
question  of  respiration  in  general,  especially  in  connection  with  the  peculiar  phe- 
nomena presented  by  the  cacti. 

No.  218.    Stout,  A.  B.    The  Establishment  of  Varieties  in  Coleus  by  the  Selec- 
tion of  Somatic  Variations.    Octavo,  80  pages,  4  plates,  29  figs  Pub- 
lished 1915.    Price  $2.00. 
This  study  pertains  to  the  frequency,  the  permanence,  and  the  nature  of  somatic 
variations  mvolvmg  leaf-shape  and  variegation  in  Coleus,  and  to  an  analysis  of 
such  phenomena  with  reference  to  the  expression  and  the  inheritance  of  char- 
acters.   A  single  variety  of  Coleus  propagated  vegetatively  in  pedigreed  cultures 
through  six  generations  (833  plants)  developed  two  types  of  changes:  (1)  fluctu- 
ations, and  (2)  mutations,  giving  a  total  of  16  distinct  color  patterns  and  a  type 
of  plant  with  periodically  laciniate  leaves.    Selection  was  effective  in  maintaining 
15  color  patterns  remarkably  constant  in  vegetative  propagation;  these  exhibited 
however,  further  variations. 

The  phenomena  associated  with  the  appearance  and  the  subsequent  behavior  of 
the  different  variations  are  quite  similar  to  variation  and  mutation  in  seed  progenies 
and  to  alternative  inheritance  in  hybrid  progenies.  The  results  show  that  in  Coleus 
asexual  and  sexual  reproduction  are  not  fundamentally  different  in  respect  to  the 
extent  and  range  of  variation.  Furthermore,  the  phenomena  illustrate  in  the  de- 
velopment of  green,  yellow,  and  red  coloration,  the  behavior  of  metidentical 
qualities  and  show  equally  well  that  the  distribution  of  colors  in  patterns  is  due  to 
inter-celluIar  and  inter-tissue  relations  and  is  without  doubt  due  to  physical  and 
chemical  processes  quite  analogous  to  the  Liesegang  precipitation  phenomena. 

No.  194.  Shreve,  Edith  B  The  Daily  March  of  Transpiration  in  a  Desert  Peren- 
nial. Octavo,  64  pages,  1  plate,  27  figures.  Published  1914.  Price  $0.75. 
A  study  of  Parkinsonia  microphylla  was  undertaken  with  a  desire  to  determine  ' 
some  of  the  means  by  which  a  non-succulent  desert  perennial  passes  the  drou-ht 
periods  which  occur  twice  each  year  in  the  climate  in  which  it  flourishes  The 
results  found  can  be  divided  into  two  classes:  the  external  means  and  the  internal 
Ihe  external  means  involves  the  lessening  of  the  transpiring  surface  caused  by  the 
dying  and  dropping  of  leaves,  twigs,  and  sometimes  whole  branches  without  injury 
to  the  life  of  the  plant.  The  internal  means  involves  the  lessening  of  the  water 
loss  per  unit  area  during  the  forenoon,  when  the  evaporating  power  of  the  air  is 
mcreasing.  This  decrease  is  accompanied  by  a  lowering  of  water  content  of  leaves 
and  twigs,  by  a  partial  closure  of  stomatal  openings,  and  by  a  rise  in  leaf  tempera- 
ture. The  transpiration  rate  was  greatly  decreased  when  the  soil  moisture  be- 
came low. 


116 


Botany 


No.  199.  Shreve,  Forrest.  A  Montane  Rain-forest:  A  Contribution  to  the  Physi- 
ological Plant  Geography  of  Jamaica.  Octavo,  110  pages,  29  plates, 
18  figs.  Published  1914.  Price  $1.50. 
The  Blue  Mountains  of  Jamaica  are  covered  with  a  virgin  rain-forest,  in 
which  some  of  the  habitats  are  among  the  most  moist  of  the  western  hemisphere, 
A  description  of  the  ecological  and  floristic  characteristics  of  the  rain-forest 
above  4,500  feet  elevation  is  given,  and  the  various  habitats  of  the  region  arc 
described.  The  climatic  factors  of  environment  are  tabulated  for  the  Blue  Moun- 
tain region  as  a  whole,  and  particular  attention  is  given  to  the  measurement  of 
the  differences  of  climatic  conditions  which  underlie  the  dissimilarity  of  the  condi- 
tions on  the  floor  of  the  rain-forest  and  in  its  canopy.  The  periodicity  of  growth 
and  flowering  in  the  commonest  trees  and  shrubs  is  described,  and  detailed 
measurements  of  the  rate  of  growth  are  given.  The  influence  of  the  low  and 
constant  temperatures,  the  high  percentages  of  cloudiness  and  fog,  and  of  the 
high  and  sustained  humidities  of  the  rain-forest  are  such  as  to  retard  both 
photosynthetic  and  transpirational  activity,  an  effect  which  is  registered  in  the 
slow  rates  of  growth  and  is  so  pronounced  as  to  make  the  montane  rain-forest 
a  very  unfavorable  environment  for  plants  as  contrasted  with  tropical  lowlands 
and  the  moist  temperate  regions.  Studies  of  the  transpiration  of  plants  from  un- 
like habitats  within  the  rain-forest  indicate  that  dissimilarities  of  transpiration 
behavior  with  respect  to  moisture  conditions  underlie  the  localization  of  species 
in  the  several  habitats. 

No.  217.  Shreve,  Forrest.  The  Vegetation  of  a  Desert  Mountain  Range  as  Con- 
ditioned by  Climatic  Factors.  Octavo,  112  pages,  37  plates,  18  figs. 
Published  1915.  Price  $2.00. 
The  principal  aim  of  this  work  has  been  to  correlate  the  climatic  gradients  of  a 
relatively  isolated  desert  mountain  range  with  the  vertical  differences  of  vegetation 
which  it  exhibits.  The  Santa  Catalina  Mountains  are  characterized  by  desert  on 
their  lower  slopes,  by  encinal  (evergreen  oak  forest)  at  their  middle  elevations,  by 
pine  forests  above  7,000  feet,  and  by  fir  forest  on  the  highest  summits.  These  types 
of  vegetation  have  been  fully  described  and  illustrated.  Nearly  all  the  species  of 
plants  are  distributed  so  definitely  v/ith  relation  to  altitude  and  habitat  as  to  indi- 
cate that  they  are  controlled  in  their  movements  and  establishment  by  the  oper- 
ation of  physical  factors.  The  major  differentiation  of  vegetation  on  the  mountain 
is  controlled  by  the  factors  which  are  in  turn  due  to  differences  of  altitude.  The 
major  influences  of  slope  exposure  and  other  topographic  features  cause  local 
departures  from  the  normal  altitudinal  gradient  of  vegetation,  but  these  departures 
are  merely  such  as  to  bring  a  given  type  of  vegetation  to  an  altitude  higher  or 
lower  than  that  in  which  it  is  commonly  found.  Rainfall,  soil  moisture,  evaporation, 
and  temperature  have  been  studied  at  a  series  of  stations  reaching  from  3,000  to 
9,000  feet,  at  1,000-foot  intervals.  The  influence  of  slope  exposure  on  the  condi- 
tions of  soil  moisture  and  evaporation  and  the  influence  of  topography  in  m.odifying 
the  theoretical  conditions  of  temperature  have  been  particularly  emphasized.  It 
has  been  necessary  to  study  the  vertical  gradient  of  temperature  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  operation  of  cold-air  drainage,  which  is  very  pronounced  throughout 
the  lightly  forested  or  unforested  portions  of  the  mountain.  Comparisons  have 
been  made  between  the  climatic  gradients  of  the  Santa  Catallnas  and  gradients 
derived  from  the  Weather  Bureau  stations  of  southern  Arizona,  situated  at  dif- 
ferent elevations  in  the  valleys  of  the  adjacent  region.  These  comparisons  are 
particularly  significant  with  respect  to  the  rainfall  conditions,  showing  that  the 
isolated  mountains  have  a  greater  rainfall  at  4,000  and  5,000  feet  than  localities 
in  the  valleys  at  the  same  elevations.  The  coldest  temperatures  of  winter  at 
8,000  and  9,000  feet  are  much  milder  on  an  isolated  mountain,  surrounded  by 
desert,  than  they  are  at  the  same  elevation  on  extensive  plateaus. 


Botany 


117 


No.  242.  Clements,  Frederic  E.  Plant  Succession:  An  Analysis  of  the  Devel- 
opment of  Vegetation.  Octavo,  xiii-f512  pages,  61  plates,  50  figs. 
Published  1916.  Price  $5.00. 
This  treatise  is  an  endeavor  to  give  a  complete  account  of  the  development 
of  vegetation  and  to  lay  down  the  basic  procedure  upon  which  future  research 
must  rest.  The  analysis  falls  into  three  general  divisions.  One  of  these  is  his- 
torical, and  brings  together  practically  all  the  results  so  far  obtained  in  the  field. 
The  development  of  successional  ideas  is  traced  by  an  analysis  of  major  con- 
tributions from  the  seventeenth  century  to  the  present.  For  North  America 
abstracts  are  given  of  all  the  works  upon  succession,  and  these  are  arranged 
under  the  various  climaxes  and  seres.  The  studies  of  European  succession  are 
summarized  by  regions,  while  a  special  section  is  devoted  to  investigations  of 
peat  horizons.  A  consistent  attempt  is  made  to  take  into  account  all  existing 
results  and  interpretations.  A  chapter  is  devoted  to  the  quadrat  and  instrument 
methods  which  are  regarded  as  indispensable  to  adequate  research. 

The  treatment  of  present-day  succession  falls  under  several  heads,  namely, 
concept  and  causes  of  succession,  initial  causes,  ecesic  causes,  reactions,  stabili- 
zation and  climax,  structure  and  units  of  vegetation,  direction  of  development 
and  classification  of  seres.  An  account  is  given  of  the  topographic,  climatic,  and 
biotic  forces  which  initiate  succession,  and  of  the  processes,  aggregation,  migra- 
tion, ecesis,  competition,  and  reaction,  which  carry  it  on.  The  relation  of  stabili- 
zation to  climax  is  discussed,  and  subclimax,  preclimax,  and  postclimax  are  dis- 
tinguished. Vegetation  structures  are  interpreted  as  the  outcome  of  develop- 
ment, and  hence  as  universal  evidences  of  it.  The  concept  of  the  formation  is 
made  as  objective  as  possible  by  basing  it  wholly  upon  development.  As  a  result, 
each  climax  becomes  a  formation,  in  which  it  is  necessary  to  recognize  certain 
climax  units,  association,  consociation,  and  society,  and  developmental  ones, 
associes,  consocies,  and  socies. 

In  analyzing  the  various  views  upon  regression  and  retrogression,  the  conclu- 
sion is  reached  that  development  is  always  progressive.  Regression  is  only  the 
halting  of  succession  in  consequence  of  partial  or  complete  denudation,  followed 
by  the  resumption  of  the  normal  progressive  movement.  The  various  bases  for 
the  classification  of  seres  or  unit  successions  are  examined,  and  a  system  is  pro- 
posed in  which  the  clim.ax  is  adopted  as  the  primary  criterion.  Within  each  cli- 
max, seres  are  distinguished  as  priseres  and  subseres"  v/ith  respect  to  the  course 
of  developm.ent,  and  as  hydroseres  and  xeroseres  with  reference  to  the  initial 
water-content  of  the  bare  area. 

The^  assumption  is  made  that  succession  took  place  during  the  geological  past 
essentially  as  at  present,  and  the  field  of  paleo-ecology  is  organized  upon  this  basis. 
In  the  discussion  of  past  climates  and  climaxes,  an  account  is  given  of  vegetation 
eras,  the  plant  record,  deformation  and  gradation,  past  climates,  with  geologic, 
botanic  and  zooic  evidences  of  them,  climatic  changes,  climatic  cycles,  and  "the 
correlation  of  cycles  and  succession.  On  the  basis  of  climax  vegetations,  four 
great  eras  are  recognized,  viz.,  Eophytic,  Paleophytic,  Mesophytic,  and  Cenophytic. 
Successionally,  each  of  these  is  characterized  by  an  eosere,  e.g.,  the  Ceneosere, 
while  collectively,  the  four  eoseres  constitute  the  geosere,  the  total  succession  of 
the  geological  past.  The  various  kinds  of  cycles  are  dealt  with  at  length,  and  a 
tentative  chart  of  them  is  constructed.  The  general  principles  of  the  phylogeny 
and  ontogeny  of  vegetation  are  formailated,  and  a  somewhat  detailed  sketch  is 
given  of  succession  during  the  Cenophytic  and  Mesophytic  eras,  and  a  gen'-ral 
account  of  the  Paleophytic  era. 


For  other  works  relating  to  Botany,  see  Nos.  24  and  30  on  page  94;  81  on 
page  95;  112  on  page  96;  and  192  on  page  63. 


118 


Botany 

BACTERIA  IN  RELATION  TO  PLANT  DISEASES. 


No.  27.   Smith,  Erwin  F.   Bacteria  in  Relation  to  Plant  Diseases.  Vol.  I,  quarto, 

XII4-285  pages,  31  plates,  146  figures.  Published  1905.  Price  $4.00. 
An  outline  of  methods  of  investigation  of  bacterial  diseases  of  plants  in  the 
laboratory,  field,  and  greenhouse  is  given,  with  figures  and  descriptions  of  various 
pieces  of  apparatus  and  of  various  diseases;  among  the  latter:  Pear  and  apple 
blight;  brown  rot  of  potato,  tomato,  and  tobacco;  walnut  blight;  wilt  of  cucumber 
and  melon;  leaf -stripe  of  broom-corn;  black-spot  of  the  plum;  larkspur  disease; 
angular  leaf-spot  of  cotton;  soft  rot  of  cucumber;  black-rot  of  cabbage  and  turnip; 
Stewart's  disease  of  sweet  corn;  iris  rhizome  rot;  olive  tubercle.  A  bibliography 
of  general  bacteriology  exclusive  of  plant  diseases  is  included  and  is  arranged 
under  57  heads ;  it  gives  brief  abstracts  of  some  of  the  papers,  and  the  chronological 
arrangement  shows  at  a  glance  the  development  of  the  subject. 

— - — Vol.  11.  History,  General  Considerations,  Vascular  Diseases.  Quarto, 
VIII4-368  pages,  22  plates,  149  figures.    Published  1911.    Price  $5.00. 

Volume  II,  although  intended  primarily  for  plant  pathologists,  contains  much 
of  interest  to  the  general  reader.  To  the  student  it  gives,  in  easily  understood 
phraseology,  authentic  descriptions,  methods,  and  definitions.  It  is  the  result  of 
personal  research  of  the  author  and  his  assistants  through  a  long  series  of  years. 

The  first  200  pages  are  devoted  to  a  general  discussion  of  the  problems  of  plant 
bacteriology,  such  as  the  supposed  normal  occurrence  of  bacteria  in  plants ;  bacteria 
on  the  surface  of  plants;  entrance  of  bacteria  into  plants;  the  question  of  para- 
sitism; carriers  of  infection;  specific  diseases;  the  experimental  production  of 
parasites;  manner  of  infection;  reaction  of  host  to  parasite;  a  discussion  of  the 
newest  ideas  on  plant  tumors,  t.  e.,  relating  them  to  animal  tumors  (with  some  strik- 
ing illustrations)  ;  tissues  attacked;  solvent  action  of  bacteria;  enzymes;  resistance 
to  bacterial  attack;  immunity;  symbiosis;  cross  inoculations  with  plant  and  animal 
parasites;  plants  as  carriers  of  disease;  plant  hygiene.  Several  pages  are  devoted 
to  germicides  and  insecticides  with  abstracts  of  the  more  important  papers  published 
on  these  subjects.  Chronological  bibliographies  are  also  appended.  Under  symbiosis 
there  is  a  full  account  of  the  root-tubercles  of  legumes. 

The  last  150  pages  are  devoted  to  three  vascular  diseases:  wilt  of  cucurbits, 
black-rot  of  cruciferous  plants,  and  the  yellow  disease  of  hyacinths.  On  the  first  of 
these  diseases  little  has  been  published  and  the  author's  observations  and  experi- 
ments, covering  a  period  of  19  years,  are  reported  in  full.  Each  disease  is  dis- 
cussed under  the  heads :  Definition,  host  plants,  geographical  distribution,  signs, 
etiology,  morbid  anatomy,  the  parasite,  treatment,  pecuniary  losses,  history,  literature, 

 .  Vol.  III.  Vascular  Diseases.  Quarto,  viiT-f309  pages,  47  plates  (4  col- 
ored), 155  text  figures.  Published  1914.  Price  $5.00. 
This  volume  deals  about  equally  with  diseases  of  monocotyledons  and  dicotyle- 
dons, principally  with  diseases  of  sugar-cane  and  maize  and  with  those  of  potato, 
tomato,  and  tobacco.  There  is  a  chapter  on  a  very  curious  and  interesting  grass 
disease,  namely  that  of  Dactylis;  also  chapters  on  some  other  little-known  European 
and  tropical  diseases,  including  those  of  the  banana.  In  connection  with  Cobb's 
disease  of  sugar-cane,  there  is  a  discussion  of  the  East  Indian  Sereh  and  of  the 
South  American  disease  known  as  Polvillo.  A  full  account  is  given  of  Stewart's 
disease  of  sv/eet  corn  and  all  the  evidence  going  to  show  that  it  is  disseminated 
on  the  seed.  The  morphology  and  cultural  characters  of  Bacterium  solanacearum 
are  given  in  full.  The  destructive  tomato  disease,  due  to  Aplanobacter  michi' 
ganense,  is  also  illustrated  and  distinguished  from  that  due  to  Bacterium  solana- 
cearum. Growers  of  tobacco  will  find  a  separate  chapter  on  the  bacterial  wilts  of 
tobacco.  Original  illustrations  have  been  used,  many  representing  all  phases  of  the 
disease  and  the  morphology  and  cultural  characters,  of  the  parasite.  As  in  volume 
II  the  results  given  depend  in  most  cases  primarily  on  the  author's  own  researches, 
but  the  literature  on  each  disease  is  carefully  reviewed,  and  that  difficult  to  obtain 
is  abstracted  in  full,  when  it  is  of  special  interest,  as  in  case  of  the  copious  Dutch 
East  Indian  literature  on  the  tobacco  wilt.  The  chronological  bibliographies  show- 
ing the  historical  development  of  each  subject  are  continued. 


ZOOLOGY. 


No.  16.  Jennings,  Herbert  S.  Contributions  to  the  Study  of  the  Behavior  of 
Lower  Organisms.  Octavo,  256  oages,  81  text  figures.  Published  1904. 
Price  $1.00. 

This  consists  of  a  series  of  investigations  of  the  behavior  and  reactions  of  a 
number  of  lower  organisms,  chiefly  unicellular  forms ;  together  with  a  discussion  of 
the  theories  dealing  with  these  matters.  Detailed  experimental  results  are  given  for 
the  reactions  of  infusoria  to  heat  and  cold,  and  to  light;  for  the  reactions  of  certain 
Rotif era  to  various  stimuli ;  and  a  full  account  is  presented  of  the  movements  and 
reactions  of  Amoeba.  The  general  chapters  deal  with  the  Theory  of  Tropisms,  with 
Physiological  States  as  determining  factors  in  Behavior,  and  with  the  "Method  of 
Trial  and  Error." 

No.  20.  DuERDEN,  J.  E.  The  Coral  Siderastrea  radians.  Quarto^  v-f  130  pages, 
11  plates,  13  text  figures.  Published  1904.  Price  $1.00. 
This  book  sets  forth  the  results  of  studies  in  the  early  stages  of  the  development 
of  the  coral  Siderastrea  radians,  including  the  development  of  the  tentacles  and 
septa  as  far  as  the  third  cycle  and  that  of  the  mesenteries  to  the  completion  of  the 
second  cycle.  An  account  is  first  given  of  the  external  characters  and  internal 
anatomy  of  the  adult  colony,  and  afterv/ard  of  the  development  of  the  young 
polyp  from  the  free-swimming  larva.  The  manner  of  appearance  and  the  rela- 
tionship of  the  tentacles,  mesenteries,  and  septa  are  considered  at  some  length,  their 
establishment  being  the  principal  object  of  the  investigation. 

No.  32.    Dean,  Bashford.    ChivAceroid  Fishes  and  Their  Development.  Quarto, 
194  pages,  11  plates,  144  text  fi.gures.   Published  1906.    Price  $4.00. 
A  general  account  of  a  group  of  fishes  which  by  some  investigators  has  been 
described  as  the  most  primitive  of  all  vertebrates.    The  present  memoir  considers 
this  claim  especially  from  the  evidence  contributed  by  the  fossil  members  of  the 
group  and  by  the  embryonic  history  of  a  living  species,  the  Californian  Chimcera 
coUiei.    It  is  shown  that  chimasroids  are  -widely  modified  rather  than  primitive, 
and  in  all  probability  are  descendants  of  the  early  type  of  the  Port  Jackson  shark 
(Cestracion).    The  work  is  illustrated  by  beautifully  executed  text  figures  and 
colored  plates,  and  presents  a  complete  list  of  the  literature  of  the  subject. 
No.  47.    Mayer,  Alfred  G.    Rhythmical  Pulsation  in  Scyphomeduscn.    Octavo,  62 
pages,  2  plates,  36  text  figures.    Published  1906.    Price  $0.50. 
This  paper  describes  the  effects  of  the  cations  of  sea-water,  sodium,  magnesium, 
calcium,  and  potassium,  upon  pulsation  in  jellyfishes,  and  the  hearts  of  salpae  and  of 
turtles.    It  is  shown  that  if  any  strip  of  tissue  capable  of  pulsation  be  cut  into  the 
shape  of  a  closed  circuit,  and  then  set  into  pulsation,  it  will  maintain  itself  in 
movement  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time.    This  paper  should  be  read  in  connec- 
tion with  the  author's  second  paper  on  the  same  subject  in  Publication  No.  102. 
No.  109.   Mayer,  Alfred  G.    The  Medusce  of  the  World.   Quarto.   In  three  vol- 
umes.   Published  1911.   Price  $6.00  per  volume. 

I.  The  Hydromedusa;,  pp.  i-230  +  xv,  plates  1-29,  text  figures  1-119. 
II.  The  Hydromedusae  (continued),  pp.  23i-498-}-xv,  plates  30-55;  text  figures  120-327. 
III.  The  Scyphomedusas,  pp.  iii+499-73S,  plates  56-76,  text  figures  328-428. 

This  work  is  the  only  general  treatise  upon  medusae  which  has  appeared  since 
Haeckel  published  Das  System  der  Medusen  in  1879-80. 

The  first  two  volumes  treat  of  the  Hydromedusae  and  the  third  is  devoted  to  the 
Scyphomedusae.  The  colored  plates  are  all  drawn  from  life,  and,  with  few  excep- 
tions, are  confined  to  the  representation  of  American  Medusas.  The  text  figures,  on 
the  other  hand,  chiefly  represent  foreign  forms,  and  are  mostly  reproductions  from 
the  drawings  of  other  authors.  The  work  presents  not  only  a  system  of  classifica- 
tion for  the  medusae,  but  also  devotes  much  attention  to  the  philogeny,  embryology, 
physiology,  regeneration,  habits,  and  oecology  of  the  medusas. 


120 


Zoology 


121 


No.  162.   Mayer,  Alfred  G.   Ctenophores  of  Atlantic  Coast  of  North  America. 

Octavo,  58  pages,  17  plates,  12  figures.  Published  1912.  Price  $2.75. 
This  paper  gives  a  systematic  description,  accompanied  by  drawings  from  life, 
of  all  ctenophores  known  to  occur  off  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North  America  from 
the  Arctic  Ocean  to  the  tropics.  The  embryology,  physiology,  habits,  and  anatomy 
of  the  American  Atlantic  ctenophores  are  also  discussed,  and  reviews  of  all  papers 
bearing  upon  these  subjects  are  presented. 

No.  102.    Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington.    Vol.  I.    Octavo,  v+191  pages,  41  text  figures,  43  plates. 
Published  1908.    Price  $2.00. 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

ORDAN,  H.  E. — The  Germinal  Spot  in  Echinoderm  Eggs.    12  pages. 
OEDAN,  H.  E. — The  Spermatogenesis  of  Aplopus  mayeri.    2^3^  pages,  3  plates. 
Jordan,  H.  E. — The  Relation  of  the  Nucleolus  to  the  Chromosomes  in  the  Primary  Oocyts 

of  Asterias  forbesii.    36  pages,  7  plates. 
Brooks,  W.  K.— Pelagic  Tunicata  of  the  Gulf  Stream:  Part  II,  Salpa  fioridana.    Part  III, 
The  Subgenus  Cyclosalpa.    Part  IV,  On  Oikopleura  tortugensis,  a  new  Appendicularian 
from  the  Dry  Tortugas,  with  Notes  on  its  Embryology.    16  pp.,  8  pi. 
Brooks,  W.  K.,  and  B.  McGlone. — Origin  of  the  Lung  of  Ampullaria.    8  pp.,  7  pi. 
Mayer,  A.  G. — The  Annual  Breeding-swarm  of  the  Atlantic  Palolo.    8  pp.,  i  pi. 
Mayer,  A.  G. — Rhythmical  Pulsation  in  Scj'phomedusae.    18  pages. 
Perkins,  H.  F. — Notes  on  Medusae  of  the  Western  Atlantic.    84  pages,  4  plates. 
Linton,  Edwin. — Helminth  Fauna  of  the  Dry  Tortugas.    I,  Cestodes.    34  pages,  11  plates. 
Edmondson,  C.  H. — A  Variety  of  Anisonema  vitrea.    1  page. 

Jordan's  paper  upon  Echinoderm  eggs  casts  doubt  upon  the  theory  of  the  indi- 
viduality of  the  chromosomes  in  inheritance.  His  paper  upon  Aplopus  shows  that 
one  half  of  the  spermatozoa  contain  18  and  the  other  half  17  chromosomes,  the 
accessory  chromosome  apparently  being  a  sex  determinant. 

Brooks  corrects  certain  errors  in  previous  descriptions  of  Salpce,  and  also  de- 
scribes a  new  Appendicularian,  with  an  account  of  its  house  and  its  embryology. 

Brooks  and  McGlone  find  that  there  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  there  is  any 
ancestral  connection  or  relationship  between  the  lung  of  the  prosobranchiate  gas- 
tropod Ampullaria  and  that  of  the  pulmonates,  although  the  embryonic  history  of 
the  lung  of  Ampullaria  shows  that  the  origin  of  the  lung  of  the  pulmonates  through 
the  modification  of  a  gill  is  not  impossible. 

Mayer  finds  that  the  tidal  rise  and  fall  has  nothing  to  do  with  causing  the  re- 
markable breeding  swarm  of  the  Atlantic  palolo  {Eunice  fucata),  which  swarms 
in  great  numbers  upon  the  surface  of  the  sea  early  in  the  morning  of  the  day  of 
the  last  quarter  of  the  July  moon. 

Mayer  also  finds  that  the  pulsation  of  Scyphomedusse  is  caused  by  the  stimulus 
due  to  the  maintenance  of  a  slight  excess  of  ionic  sodium  at  the  nerve  centers, 
also  that  sea  water  is  a  balanced  fluid  for  pulsation,  containing  both  stimulants 
and  inhibitors,  which  exactly  offset  one  another. 

Perkins  describes  a  new  species  of  Cladonema  and  gives  an  account  of  its 
hydroid,  and  an  Aglaura  is  also  described  as  new.  The  habits  and  embryology  of 
Cassiopea  are  discussed. 

Linton  describes  a  considerable  number  of  fish  parasites  from  the  Tortugas 
region,  and  establishes  new  genera  and  species. 

No.  103.    Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington.   Vol.  IL    Octavo,  v+325  pages,  62  text  figures,  41  plates. 
Published  1908.    Price  $3.00. 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

CowLES,  R.  p. — Habits,  Reactions,  and  Associations  in  Ocypoda  arenaria.    41  pp.,  4  pi. 
Stockard,  C.  R. — Habits,  Reactions,  and  Mating  Instincts  of  the  Walking-stick.    17  pp.,  3  p!. 
Stockard,  C.  R. — Studies  of  Tissue  Growth:      i.    An  Experimental  Study  of  the  Rate  o£ 

Regeneration  in  Cassiopea  xamachana.    4.2  pages. 
Zeleny,  Charles. — Some  Internal  Factors  Concerned  with  the  Regeneration  of  the  Chcls  of 

the  Gulf-weed  Crab.    36  pages. 
Chapman,  F.  M. — A  Contribution  to  the  Life-histories  of  the  Booby  and  Man-o'-war  Birtl. 

13  pages,  6  plates. 

CoNKLiN,  E.  G. — The  Habits  and  Early  Development  of  Linerges  mercurius.    18  pp.,  8  pi, 
Conklin,  E.  G. — Two  Peculiar  Actinian  Larvse  from  Tortugas,  Florida.    16  pp.,  4  pi. 
Watson,  J.  B. — The  Behavior  of  Noddy  and  Sooty  Terns.    69  pp.,  11  pi, 
Reighaed,  Jacob, — An  Experimental  Field-study  of  Warning  Coloration  in  Coral-reef  FiBhaa 
^'9  pp.,  5  pi- 


122 


Zoology 


Dr.  Cowles  shows  that  the  sand  crab  Ocypoda  arenaria  has  memory  and  can 
profit  by  experience,  and  also  that  it  can  not  detect  color,  although  it  readily  per- 
ceives a  moving  object.  The  color-pattern  of  the  crab  changes  under  different 
conditions  of  light  and  heat. 

Stockard  shows  that  the  habits  of  the  walking-stick  insect  Aplopus  accord  with 
and  enhance  the  value  of  its  remarkable  protective  coloration. 

In  his  second  paper,  Stockard  finds  that  regenerating  tissue  grows,  if  necessary, 
at  the  expense  of  the  body  itself,  and  if  starved  the  old  body  actually  decreases  in 
size  to  provide  nutriment  for  the  rapidly  proliferating  cells  of  the  regenerating 
tissue.  He  shows  that  in  its  remarkable  ability  to  absorb  nutriment  regenerating 
tissue  resembles  cancer  and  other  malignant  tumors.  He  finds  that  CaCla  and 
NaCl  tend  to  retard  regeneration,  as  do  also  strong  solutions  of  KG,  but  weak 
solutions  of  KCl  accelerate  the  process. 

Zeleny  studied  the  regeneration  of  the  chelae  of  the  gulf-weed  crab  (Portunus 
sayi)  and  found  that  there  is  no  change  in  the  power  of  regeneration  as  a  result 
of^  successive  removal  in  the  chelas,  also  that  there  is  no  appreciable  change  in  the 
left  chela  as  a  result  of  the  removal  and  regeneration  of  the  right  chela.  He  also 
studied  regeneration  in  the  medusa  Cassiopea  and  discovered  that  the  rate  of  re- 
generation is  independent  of  the  functional  activity  or  inactivity  of  the  medusa. 

Chapman  discovered  that  the  booby  {Sula  fiber),  which  nests  upon  Cay  Verde, 
Bahamas,  between  February  and  April,  lays  two  eggs,  but  rears  only  one  young 
bird.  His  observations  and  collections  upon  Cay  Verde  have  led  to  the  construc- 
tion of  a  group  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  illustrating  the 
nesting  habits  of  the  frigate-bird  and  the  booby. 

Prof.  Edwin  G.  Conklin  finds  that  the  egg  of  the  Scyphomedusa  Linerges  con- 
sists of  a  peripheral  layer  of  clear  protoplasm,  an  intermediate  shell  of  densely 
packed  yolk-spherules,  and  a  central  sphere  of  dissolved  yolk.  The  peripheral 
layer  of  the  egg  forms  the  peripheral  layer  of  the  gastrula  and  blastula  and  gives 
rise  to  the  cilia  of  the  ectoderm.  The  middle  layer  constitutes  the  principal  part 
of  all  of  the  cells  of  the  body,  while  the  central  yolk  serves  for  nourishment.  Thus 
animals  so  low  as  the  medusae  show  the  beginning  of  that  differentiation  of  organ- 
forming  substances  in  the  egg  which  Professor  Conklin  discovered  was  so  charac- 
teristic of  the  eggs  of  higher  forms. 

In  another  paper  Conklin  treats  of  the  anatomy  and  habits  of  two  peculiar, 
free-swimming  Actinian  larv^. 

Prof.  John  B.  Watson  conducted  very  elaborate  analytical  studies  of  the  nesting 
habits  of  sea  gulls.  He  caused  birds  to  be  taken  from  Bird  Key  to  Havana,  80 
miles,  to  Key  West,  66  miles,  and  to  Cape  Hatteras,  850  miles  from  Bird  Key. 
Liberated  at  these  places  they  soon  returned  to  their  nests  on  Bird  Key. 

Professor  Reighard  gives  an  account  of  his  experiments,  performed  at  Tor- 
tugas,  which  are  by  far  the  most  convincing  that  have  ever  been  carried  out  upon 
the  subject  of  warning  coloration,  being  performed  in  surroundings  natural  to  the 
animals  themselves.  He  concludes  that  the  conspicuous  coloration  of  coral-reef 
fishes  is  the  result  of  race  tendency  imchecked  by  selection.  Warning  coloration 
may,  however,  be  artificially  established,  but  appears  not  to  exist  in  nature,  at 
least  in  so  far  as  the  Tortugas  reef-fishes  are  concerned. 

No.  132.    Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 

Washington.  Vol.  IIL  Octavo,  152  pages,  38  text  figures,  17  plates. 
Published  1911.    Price  $3.00. 

This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Mayer,  Alfred  G. — The  Converse  Relation  between  Ciliarj'-  and  Ncuro-muscular  Atovements 
25  pages,  8  text  figures, 

HaTvVev,  E.  Newton. — Efifect  of  Different  Temperatures  on  the  Medusa  Cassiopea,  with  Spe- 
cial Reference  to  the  Rate  of  Conduction  of  the  Nerve  Impulse.    13  pages,  5  text  figures. 

Stockard,  Charles  R. — The  Influence  of  Regenerating  Tissue  on  the  Animal  Body.  8  pages! 
3  text  figures. 

Hargitt,  Charles  W. — Cradactis  variabilis:  An  Apparently  New  Tortugan  Actinian.  5 
pages,  I  plate. 

McClendon,  J.  F. — On  Adaptations  in  Structure  and  Habits  of  Some  Marine  Animals  of 
Tortugas,  Florida.    8  pages,  2  plates,  1  text  figure. 


Zoology 


123 


Mast,  S.  O. — Behavior  of  the  Loggerhead  Turtle  in  Depositing  its  Eggs.    5  pages. 
Hooker,  Davenport. — Certain  Reactions  to  Color  in  the  Young  Loggerhead  Turtle.    8  pages, 

2  plates,  I  text  figure. 

Stromsten,  Frank  A. — A  Contribution  to  the  Anatomy  and  Development  of  the  Postenor 

Lymph  Hearts  of  the  Turtle.    11  pages,  2  plates,  5  text  figures. 
Hartmeyer,  R. — Polvcitor  (Eudistoma)  mayeri  nov.  sp.,  from  the  Tortugas.    5  pages,  i  plate. 
CowLES,  R.  P. — Reaction  to  Light  and  other  points  in  the  Behavior  of  the  Starfish.  16 

pages,  6  figures,  , 
Tknnent,  D.  H..  and  V.  H.  Keiller. — ^The  Anatomy  of  Pentaceros  rettculatus.     6  pages,  3 

plates,  2  figures. 

Teknent,  D.  H. — Echinoderm  Hybridization.    36  pages,  6  plates,  7  text  figures, 

Mayer  states  that,  whatever  effect  the  cations  sodium,  magnesium,  potassium, 
calcium,  ammonium,  hydrogen,  or  CO3  may  have  upon  neuro-muscular  movements, 
their  effects  upon  the  movements  of  cilia  are  the  exact  opposite. 

Harvey  shows  that  it  is  probable  that  in  the  Scyphomedusa  Cassiopea  the 
origination  of  stimuli  in  the  nerve-organs  is  dependent  upon  the  progressing  of 
some  chemical  reaction.  He  finds  also  that  nerve  conduction  exhibits  a  falling  off 
in  rate  with  rise  of  temperature  similar  to  that  observed  in  enzyme  action,  and  he 
is  led  to  conclude  that  the  propagation  of  the  nerve  impulse  is  not  only  dependent 
upon  the  velocity  of  a  chemical  reaction,  but  that  the  reaction  is  still  further  accel- 
erated by  the  presence  of  an  enzyme, 

Stockard  shows  that  regenerating  tissue  possesses  an  excessive  capacity  for 
the  absorption  of  nutriment,  which  it  obtains  at  the  expense  of  the  old  body-tissues, 
causing  them  to  decrease  in  size  as  does  the  growth  of  a  rapidly  growing  tumor. 
The  rate  of  regeneration  is  independent  of  the  extent  of  injury  and  either  remains 
constant  or  decreases  with  greater  injury. 

Hargitt  describes  an  actinian  Cradactis  variabilis,  which  is  believed  to  be  new 
to  science  and  which  lives  in  the  crevices  of  the  coral  reefs. 

McClendon  shows  that  a  Pontoniid,  Typton  tortugcB,  displays  a  convergence  in 
structure  and  habits  with  Alpheus  and  lives  with  the  latter  in  the  cavities  of  logger- 
head sponges.  Both  forms  are  thigmotactic  and  prefer  to  remain  in  glass  tubes 
rather  than  in  an  open  aquarium.  He  also  describes  the  habits  of  the  sea-anemone 
Cradactis  variabilis  Hargitt,  which  can  detach  its  base  from  the  rocks  and  move 
about  upon  the  tips  of  its  tentacles. 

Mast  gives  a  detailed  description  of  the  behavior  of  the  loggerhead  turtle  in 
scooping  out  the  sand  and  depositing  its  eggs  in  the  nest  thus  formed. 

Hooker  finds  that  the  newly  hatched  loggerhead  turtles  are  strongly  attracted 
by  the  blue  of  the  sea  or  of  the  sky  above  the  sea,  and  thus  under  normal  condi- 
tions move  away  from  the  green  bushes  and  go  straight  toward  the  ocean. 

Stromsten  shows  that  in  the  embryo  of  the  loggerhead  turtle  the  mesenchymal 
spaces  capture  certain  capillaries  and  convert  them  into  the  anlagen  of  the  posterior 
lymph  hearts. 

Hartmeyer  describes  a  new  species  of  ascidian,  Polycitor  (Eudistoma)  mayeri, 
from  the  Tortugas. 

Cowles  finds  that  the  starfish  Echinaster  crassispina  usually  moves  from  dimly 
to  brightly  lighted  regions  independent  of  the  direction  or  color  of  the  light  rays. 
At  temperatures  lower  than  17,8°  or  higher  than  34.4°  C.  it  ceases  to  move.  It 
perceives  light  not  only  by  means  of  the  eye  spots  at  the  tips  of  the  arms,  but  a 
large  part  of  the  aboral  surface  is  sensitive  to  light;  and  in  Pentaceros  the  tube- 
feet  and  gills  react  definitely  to  changes  in  intensity  of  light. 

Tennent  and  Keiller  give  a  description  of  the  anatomy  of  the  giant  starfish 
Pentaceros  reticulatus  and  find  that  there  are  two  contractile  intestinal  casca  in 
each  arm. 

Tennent  reviews  the  whole  history  of  the  study  of  Echinoderm  hybridization, 
describes  many  new  experiments  of  his  own,  and  gives  a  detailed  account  of  the 
results  of  his  research  wherein  in  reciprocal  crosses  between  Hipponoe  and  Tox- 
opneustes  he  finds  that  in  ordinary  or  in  alkaline  sea-water  Hipponoe  is  dominant, 
while  in  sea-water  to  which  a  slight  amount  of  acetic  or  hydrochloric  acid  has  been 
added  Toxopnettstes  becomes  dominant. 


124 


Zoology 


No.  133.    Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 

Washington.  Vol.  IV.   Octavo,  iii+lSS  pages,  43  plates,  17  text  figures. 
Published  1910.    Price  $4.00. 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Pratt,  Henry  S.—^lonocotyle  floridana,  a  new  Monogenetic  Trematode.    o  pp.,  ii  figs. 
Linton,  Edwin.— Helramth  Fauna  of  the  Dry  Tortugas.   II.  Trematodes.   87  pages,  28  plates. 
Vaughan,  Thomas  Wayland.— A  Contribution  to  the  Geologic  History  of  the  Flondian 
Plateau.    86  pages,  15  plates,  6  text  figures. 

Professor  Pratt  describes  the  only  Trematode  known  to  have  a  complete  in- 
testinal tract,  the  two  intestinal  trunks  uniting  to  form  a  posterior  csecum  which 
may  open  to  the  exterior  by  a  terminal  pore  on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  animal. 

Professor  Linton  describes  46  new  species  of  parasitic  Trematodes  from  the 
fishes  and  turtles  of  the  Tortugas  region. 

Dr.  T.  Wayland  Vaughan  traces  the  geologic  history-  of  the  Floridian  Plateau 
from^Oligocene  to  Recent  time:  records  the  results  of  his  exploration  of  the  Flor- 
ida Keys^  in  the  yacht  Physalia,  and  presents  a  report  on  material  from  the  sea- 
bottom ;  he  traces  the  several  elevations  and  depressions,  and  calls  special  atten- 
tion to  the  important  role  currents  have  played  in  shaping  the  contours  of  the 
banks  of  southern  Florida. 

No.  182.    Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington.    Vol.  V.    Octavo,  ni-i-222  pages,  7  plates,  3  maps,  68 
figures.    Published  1914.    Price  $2.00. 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Mayes,  A.  G. — In  ^lemoriam.  George  Harold  Drew.    6  pages,  i  plate. 

Drew,  G.  _H. — On  the  Precipitation  of  Calcium  Carbonate  in  the  Sea  by  Marine 

Bacteria,  and  on  the  Action  of  Denitrifying  Bacteria  in  Tropical  and  Temperate 

Seas.    39  pages,  2  maps,  4  figs. 
Vaughan,  T.  W. — Preliminary  Remarks  on  the  Geology  of  the  Bahamas,  with  Special 

Reference  to  the  Origin  of  the  Bahaman  and  Floridian  Oolites.    8  pages. 
Vaughan,  T.  W.— Building  of  the  Marquesas  and  Tortugas  Atolls  and  a  Sketch  of 

the  Geologic  History  of  the  Florida  Reef  Tract.    13  paees. 
Dole,  R.  B. — Some  Chemical  Characteristics  of  Sea-Water  at  Tortugas,  Florida,  o 

pages,  I  map. 

Gary,  L.  R. — Observations  upon  the  Growth-Rate  and  CEcology  of  Gorgonians.  12 
pages,  2  plates. 

Clark,  H.  L. — Growth-Changes  in  Brittle-Stars.    36  pages,  3  plates. 

Tennent,  D.  H. — The  Early  Influence  of  the  Sperm.atozoan  upon  the  Characters 
of  Echinoid  Larvce.    12  pages,  11  figs. 

Jackson,  Robert  T. — Studies  of  Jamaica  Echini.    24  pages,  21  figs. 

Jordan,  H.  E.— The  Spermatogenesis  of  the  Mongoose;  and  a  Further  Comparative 
Study  of  Mammalian  Spermatogenesis,  with  Special  Reference  to  Sex  Chromo- 
somes.   20  pages,  I  plate,  9  figs. 

OsBURN,  R.  C— The  Bryozoa  of  the  Tortugas  Islands,  Florida.    42  pages,  23  figs. 

The  posthumous  paper  of  George  Harold  Drew  states  that  the  fine  unorganized 
chalky  mud  of  the  Bahama  Banks  and  Florida  Keys  is  a  precipitate  due  to  bac- 
terial action  on  the  calcium  salts  present  in  solution  in  the  sea-water.  Also  bacterial 
denitrification  of  the  sea-water  is  far  more  complete  in  tropical  than  in  temperate 
parts  of  the  Atlantic  and  this  explains  the  relative  scarcity  of  plankton  and  plant- 
growth  in  tropical  seas,  as  v/as  first  determined  by  Brandt. 

Dr.  T.  Wayland_  Vaughan  shows  that  the  unorganized  chalky  mud  which  is  pre- 
cipitated by  bacterial  action  may  eventually  become  converted  through  accretion 
into  oolite  in  the  manner  explained  by  Linck.  Dr.  Vaughan  also  traces  the  history 
of  the  several  submergences  and  uplifts  which  have  resulted  in  the  formation  of  the 
present  Bahama  and  Florida  reef  regions.  He  states  also  that  the  lagoons  and  - 
sounds  of  this  region  are  due  to  constructional  geologic  processes  and  not  to 
marine  solution  of  limestone.  The  Barrier  Reef  of  Florida,  like  that  of  AustraHa, 
is  growing  along  the  seaward  edge  of  a  submerged  platform  which  v;as  subm.erged 
and  formed  before  the  reefs  began  to  grow  upon  it.  Thus  the  reefs  are  a  mere  in- 
cident and  not  a  cause  of  the  platform. 

Mr.  R._B.  Dole  concludes  that  the  water  of  the  Tortugas  lagoon  and  of  Biscayne 
Bay,  Florida,  contains  no  free  carbon  dioxide,  and  can  not  dissolve  limestone  by 
virtue  of  its  content  of  carbonic  acid.  This  accords  with  Vaughan's  conclusion 
that  the  lagoons  and  sounds  of  southern  Florida  are  fiJIing  up  and  are  not  being 
dissolved  out  by  the  sea- water. 


Zoology 


125 


Dr.  L.  R.  Gary  has  determined  the  growth  rate  of  various  Gorgonians  and  de- 
cides that,  at  Tortugas,  hurricanes  are  the  most  serious  factor  interfering  with 
the  growth  of  these  animals.  The  average  rate  of  growth  in  young  specimens  is 
about  50  mm.  in  height  per  annum,  but  it  ranges  greatly  in  different  individuals  and 
under  different  environmental  conditions. 

Dr.  Hubert  Lyman  Clark  points  out  the  importance  of  the  study  of  the  develop- 
ment, growth  stages,  and  paleontological  history  of  the  brittle  stars  in  order  to 
determine  a  natural  system  for  their  classification.  He  then  proceeds  to  present 
the  results  of  his  study  of  the  growth  changes  in  three  species  of  brittle  stars  be- 
longing to  the  genera  Ophiactis,  AmphiphoHs,  and  Ophiothrix. 

Professor  David  H.  Tennent  shov/s  that  in  hybrid  larvae  between  the  two  echini, 
the  male  of  Toxopneusfes  and  female  of  Cidaris,  the  sperm  shows  its  influence  over 
the  developmicnt  from  the  earliest  stages  of  gastrulation  and  mesenchyme  formation. 

Professor  Robert  Tracy  Jackson  describes  the  results  from  his  study  of  the 
ocular  plates  of  2,878  specimens  of  Echini  from  Montego  Bay,  Jamaica;  the  re- 
search being  an  extension  of  his  notable  work,  the  'Thylogeny  of  the  Echini." 

Professor  H.  E.  Jordan  shows  that  there  are  no  accessory  chromosomes  in  the 
male  Mongoose,  cat,  squirrel,  pig,  and  rabbit,  but  these  are  apparently  found  in  the 
white  mouse,  sheep,  horse,  mule,  bull,  and  dog.  The  accessory  chromosome  may 
act  as  a  deterrent  to  the  development  of  maleness. 

Dr.  Raymond  C.  Osburn  describes  76  species  of  Bryozoa  from  the  shallow  water 
down  to  22  fathoms,  in  the  region  of  the  Tortugas,  Florida.  8  are  new  to  science 
and  40  are  new  to  the  Florida  region. 

No.  183.    Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  of  the  Garnegie  Institution  of 
Washington.    Vol.  VL    Octavo,  iii+323  pages,  27  plates,  97  figures. 
Published  1914.    Price  $3.50. 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Mayer,  A.  G. — The  Effects  of  Temperature  upon  Tropical  Marine  Animals.  24 
pages,  12  figs. 

Mayer,  A.  G. — The  Relation  between  the  Degree  of  Concentration  of  the  Electrolytes 
of  Sea- Water  and  the  Rate  of  Nerve-Conduction  in  Cassiopea.   30  pages,  13  figs. 

Mayer,  A.  G. — The  Law  Governing  the  Loss  of  Weight  in  Starving  Cassiopea.  28 
pages,  I  plate,  21  figs. 

GoLDFARB,  A.  J. — Changes  in  Salinity  and  Their  Effects  upon  the  Regeneration  of 
Cassiopea  xamachana.    12  pages,  4  figs. 

Goldfarb,  a.  J. — Regeneration  in  the  Annelid  Worm,  Amphinoma  pacifica,  after 
removal  of  the  Central  Nervous  System.    8  paces._ 

Goldfasb,  a.  J. — Experimentally  Fused  Larvss  of  Echinoderms  with  Special  Refer- 
ence to  their  Skeletons.    20  pages,  15  figs. 

McClendon,  J.  F. — Experiments  on  the  Permeability  of  Cells.    8  pages,  3  figs. 

Harvey,  E.  N. — The  Relation  between  the  Rate  of  Penetration  of  Marine  Tissues 
of  Alkali  and  the  Change  in  Functional  Activity  induced  by  the  Alkali.  16 
pages,  1  fig. 

Jacobs,  M.  H. — Physiological  Studies  on  Certain  Protozoan  Parasites  of  Diadcma 
seiosum.    11  pages. 

Dahlgren,  Ulric. — Origin   of  the   Electric  Tissues   of   Gymnarchus  niloticus.  36 

pages,  9  plates,  9  figs. 
Reinke,  E.   E. — The  Development   of  the  Apyrcne   Spermatozoa  of  Stronihus  hi- 

tuberculatus.    46  pages,  7  plates. 
Gucger,  E.  W. — ^The  History  of  the  Spotted  Eagle  Ray,  Aetohatiis  narinari,  together 

with  a  Study  of  its  External  Structures.    91  pages,  10  plates,  19  figs. 

Mayer  states  that  tropical  marine  animals  com.monly  live  v/ithin  5°  C.  of  their 
temperature  of  miaximum  activity  and  within  10°  to  15°  of  their  upper  death  tem- 
perature. Tropical  forms  are  less  resistant  to  temperature  changes  than  are  the 
animals  of  temperate  seas.  In  tropical  Scyphomedusse  depression  of  activity  due 
to  heat  or  cold  appears  to  augment  about  as  the  square  of  the  change  in  tempera- 
ture above  or  below  the  optimum.  Temperature  is  the  most  important  factor  in 
determining  the  ecological  distribution  of  coral  heads  of  various  species  over  the 
reefs.    High  temperature  probably  causes  death  through  asphyxiation. 

In  Cassiopea  the  rate  of  nerve  conduction  in  diluted  sea-v/ater  is  determined 
by  the  concentration  of  the  electrolytes  sodium,  potassium,  and  calcium,  and  not  to 
changes  in  osmotic  pressure.  It  mxakes  practically  no  difference  whether  the  sea- 
water  be  diluted  with  distilled  water,  0.9  molecular  dextrose,  or  0.4  molecular  mag- 
nesium chloride.  The  sodium  and  potassium  cations  are  active  stimulants  for  nerve 
conduction,  but  miagnesium  is  practically  negative,  being  neither  a  stimulant  nor  an 
active  inhibitor  of  nerve  conduction. 


126 


Zoology 


When  starved  Cassiopea  loses  weight  according  to  the  formula  y  =  w(l — a)^ 
where  y  is  the  weight  at  the  end  of  x  days,  w  is  the  weight  when  starving  begins, 
and  a  is  a  fractional  constant.  Thus  the  loss  in  weight  always  remains  propor- 
tional to  the  body-weight  of  the  animal. 

Dr.  A.  J.  Goldfarb  shows  that  in  Cassiopea  the  maximum  rate  of  regeneration 
is  attained  in  diluted  sea-water  containing  about  90  parts  of  sea-water  to  10  parts 
of  distilled  water.  Regeneration  is  normal  again  in  about  85  per  cent  sea-water  and 
declines  in  rate  on  further  dilution.  In  concentrations  of  sea-water  over  and  above 
normal,  the  rate  of  regeneration  declines  rapidly.  Thus  in  Cassiopea,  Eudendritim, 
and  Tuhularia  the  rate  of  regeneration  is  most  rapid  in  diluted  sea-water. 

Dr.  Goldfarb  shows  that  the  marine  annelid  Amphinoma  can  regenerate  without 
the  contact  of  or  stimulation  from  the  central  nerve  cord. 

By  treating  the  recently  fertilized  eggs  of  echini  with  sodium  chloride  in  sea- 
water.  Dr.  Goldfarb  succeeded  in  producing  large  numbers  of  fused  larvae.  He 
made  a  detailed  study  of  the  causes  of  these  fusions  and  the  various  fates  of  the 
fused  larvae,  and  the  causes  of  their  form  equilibrium. 

Dr.  J.  F.  McClendon  shows  experimicntally  that  the  permeability  of  eggs  to  ions 
increases  upon  being  fertilized. 

Dr.  E.  Newton  Harvey  found  that,  as  in  the  case  of  fresh-water  organisms,  the 
tissues  of  marine  animals  are  penetrated  more  rapidly  by  weakly  dissociated  than 
by  strongly  dissociated  alkalies. 

Dr.  Merkel  H.  Jacobs  shows  that  there  are  remarkable  differences  in  the  resist- 
ance of  the  four  common  internal  parasites  of  Diadema,  and  thus  the  similar  habit 
of  life  in  these  four  forms  is  not  due  to  physiological  similarity  except  in  certain 
adaptive  characters  which  are  a  sine  qua  non  for  life  v/ithin  the  same  host,  such  as 
ability  to  resist  the  digestive  juices.  Thus  physiological  characters  of  an  organism 
are  not  merely  the  result  of  its  environment,  but  may  be  as  fundamental  and  char- 
acteristic as  its  morphological  ones. 

Professor  Ulric  Dahlgren  finds  that  the  electric  tissues  of  Gymnarchus  are  de- 
veloped by  the  differentiation  of  certain  portions  of  its  striated  muscle-tissues  during 
the  larval  period  between  the  ninth  and  forty-second  day  of  embryonic  life.  He 
traces  this  process,  using  serial  sections,  and  gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  anatomy 
and  histology  of  the  electric  organs,  the  development  of  which  gives  a  strong  clew 
to  the  probable  development  of  the  electric  tissues  in  the  other  mormyrid  fishes. 

Dr.  Edwin  E.  Reinke  studied  the  origin  of  the  dimorphic  spermatozoa  of 
Stromhus  and  shows  that  the  apyrene  spermatozoa  in  their  adult  condition  are  de- 
void of  nuclear  material  and  may  serve  as  nurse  cells  to  the  eupyrene  spermatozoa  or 
liberate  some  substance  which  may  activate  or  sustain  the  eupyrene  sperm.  The 
eupyrene  spermatozoa  are  the  only  ones  concerned  in  the  direct  act  of  fertilization. 

Professor  E.  W.  Gudger  presents  a  scholarly  review  of  all  literature  relating  to 
the  spotted  eagle  ray,  and  gives  an  exhaustive  account  of  its  anatomy,  habits,  and 
distribution. 

No.  211.    Papers  from  the  Department  of  Marine  Biology  of  the  Carnegie  Institu- 
tion of  Washington.    Vol.  VII.    Octavo,  128  pages,  9  plates,  19  text 
figures.    Published  1915.    Price  $1.50. 
This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Watson,  J.   B.,  and  K.   S.   Lashley. — Homing  and  Related  Activities   of  Birds. 

75  pages,  7  plates,  7  figs. 
Watson,  J.  B. — Studies  on  the  Spectral  Sensitivity  of  Birds.    19  pages,  2  figs. 
Lashley,  K.  S. — The  Acquisition  of  Skill  in  Archery.    14  pages,  2  plates,  9  figs. 
The  principal  object  of  these  investigations  was  to  secure  exact  data  on  certain 
phases  of  distant  orientation  in  birds.    The  field  experiments  were  carried  out 
upon  the  noddy  and  sooty  terns  at  Bird  Key,  Tortugas,  Florida.    Several  flights 
were  made  from  distant  points,  e.g.,  Cape  Hatteras,  Mobile,  and  Galveston.  Re- 
turns were  secured  from  places  which  lie  north  of  the  limits  of  distribution  of  these 
(tropical)  birds  and  from  Galveston  Harbor,  which  is  nearly  900  miles  over  un- 
broken water  from  Tortugas.    This  last  flight  establishes  the  fact  that  birds  can 
home  over  territory  which  can  offer  no  visual  landmarks. 

In  order  properly  to  control  experiments  on  homing,  it  was  necessary  to  go 
further  into  tlie  instinctive  and  habit  life  of  the  terns  than  was  done  in  our  1907 


Zoology 


127 


work  (Publication  103).  The  principal  activities  studied  were  swimming;  reten- 
tion of  habits  of  reacting  to  nest,  mate,  and  nest  locality,  and  methods  of  locating 
nest  (proximate  orientation). 

A  beginning  was  made  upon  the  analysis  of  the  sensory  factors  involved  in 
homing.  It  was  found  that  both  chick  and  homing  pigeon  have  limits  of  spectral 
sensitivity  practically  coextensive  with  man's.  No  support  can  thus  be  given  to 
theories  of  homing  which  are  based  upon  the  use  by  the  birds  of  infra-luminous 
light  rays. 

This  volume  also  includes  the  report  of  an  investigation  on  the  acquisition  of 
skill  in  archery.  The  special  object  of  the  experiment  was  to  test  the  relative  effects 
of  shooting  a  large  number  of  shots  per  day  or  a  small  number  of  shots  (total 
amount  of  practice  being  the  same).  It  was  found  that  the  group  shooting  the 
smallest  number  of  shots  per  day  made  the  greatest  gain. 

No.  212.  Papers  from  the  Department  of  Marine  Biology  of  the  Carnegie  Insti- 
tution of  Washington.  Vol.  VIII.  Octavo,  261  pages,  23  plates,  73 
figures.    Published  1915.    Price  $3.50. 

This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

Potts,   F.   A.— On   the   Rhizocephalan   Genus    Thompsonia   and   Its   Relation  to 

the  Evolution  of  the  Group.     32  pages,  2  plates,  12  figs. 
Potts,   F.   A. — Hapalocarcinus,  The  Gall-forming  Crab,  with  some  Notes  on  the 

Related  Genus  Cryptochirus.    37  pages,  3  plates,  19  figs. 
Potts,  F.  A. — The  Fauna  Associated  with  the  Crinoids  of  a  Tropical  Coral  Reef; 

With  especial  reference  to  its  Colour  Variations.    26  pages,  i  plate,  7  figs. 
Clark,  Hubert  Lyman. — The  Comatulids  of  Torres  Straits,  with  Special  Reference 

to  Their  Habits  and  Reactions.    29  pages. 
Medes,  Grace. — The  Pluteus  of  Laganum  sp.    16  pages,  22  figs. 
Harvey,  E.  Newton.— The  Permeability  of  Cells  for  Acids    14  pages. 
Mayer,  Alfred  G. — Medusae  of  the  Philippines  and  of  Torres  Straits.    46  pages,  3 

plates,  7  figs. 

Bartsch,   Paul. — Report  on  the   Bahama   Cerions  planted   on   the   Florida  Keys. 
10  pages,  8  plates. 

Dahlgren,    Ulric. — The    Structure   and    Polarity   of   the    Electric   Motor  Nerve- 
Cell  in  Torpedoes.    44  pages,  6  plates,  6  figs. 

Lieutenant  Frank  A.  Potts,  M.A.,  describes  the  histology,  development,  and  re- 
lationships of  the  highly  specialized  Rhizocephalan  genus  Thompsonia  from  Torres 
Straits,  Australia. 

In  another  article  the  same  author  gives  the  results  of  his  exhaustive  study  of 
the  habits  of  the  gall-forming  crab  Hapalocarcinus,  which  forms  so-called  "galls" 
among  the  branches  of  the  coral  Pocillopora.  A  detailed  account  of  the  formation 
of  these  galls  is  given  together  with  the  first  description  of  the  minute  male  crab 
and  of  another  coral-infesting  crab  Cryptochirus,  and  other  semi-parasitic  or 
commensal  forms.  The  author  determines  their  various  hosts  and  draws  conclu- 
sions respecting  their  affinities. 

In  a  third  paper  Mr.  Potts  describes  the  habits  and  reactions  of  the  Crustacea, 
echinoderms,  worms,  and  mollusks  which  are  associated  with  the  Crinoids  of  the 
Murray  Island  reefs,  and  shows  that  while  in  general  the  color  of  these  animals  is 
similar  to  that  of  their  hosts,  there  are  some  striking  exceptions,  so  that  protective 
coloration  was  not  alv/ays  realized. 

Dr.  Hubert  Lyman  Clark  describes  22  species  of  Comatulids  from  Torres  Straits, 
7  of  which  are  believed  to  be  new  to  science.  Some  of  these  forms  are  very 
sluggish,  while  others  are  quite  active.  They  are  chiefly  vegetable  feeders,  but  also 
devour  protozoana;  all  are  negatively  phototactic,  and  are  sensitive  to  changes  in 
temperature  of  only  2°  C. 

Miss  Grace  Medes  gives  a  detailed  description  of  the  structure  and  anatomy 
of  the  pluteus  larvae  of  a  Laganum,  which  were  collected  by  Professor  David  H. 
Tennent  in  Torres  Straits.  The  larva  is  bilaterally  symm.etrical  even  at  a  late 
stage.  Early  growth  is  very  rapid,  the  larval  skeleton  is  complex.  The  amniotic 
cavity  is  formed  from  a  central  invagination,  and  the  interocoele  and  hydrocosle 
show  interesting  peculiarities. 


128 


Zoology 


Dr.  E.  Newton  Harvey  presents  a  notable  study  of  the  rates  at  which  various 
acids  penetrate  the  living  cells  of  a  holothurian  Stichopus  ananas,  the  pigment  of 
which  is  normally  purple  but  becomes  red  when  the  cell  is  penetrated  by  an  add 
There  appears  to  be  some  fat-like  body  on  the  cell  surface.  There  is  no  relation 
between  the  degree  of  dissociation  of  an  acid  and  its  rate  of  penetration,  but  the 
tcxic  acids  penetrate  most  readil}'-  irrespective  of  their  strength.  Acids  and  alkalies 
v.hich  are  soluble  in  fatty  substances  penetrate  living  cells  readily  while  those  which 
are  insoluble  are  poor  penetrators.    Acids  penetrate  more  rapidly  than  alkalies. 

Dr.  Alfred  G.  Mayer  describes  31  species  of  Scyphomedusss  obtained  by  the 
U.  S.  Fish  Commission  steamer  Albatross  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  9  of  which 
were  apparently  nevv  to  science.  He  also  describes  6  Hydromedusas  from  the 
^.lurray  Islands,  Torres  Straits,  and  speaks  of  the  physiology,  reactions,  and  habits 
of  the  Scyphomedusse,  and  of  the  poverty  of  the  region  of  the  Great  Barrier  Reef 
of  Australia  in  comparison  with  that  of  the  Philippines. 

Dr.  Paul  Bartsch  gives  an  account  of  an  extensive  series  of  experiments  in 
transplanting  Cerions  from  Andros  Island,  Bahamas,  to  the  Florida  Keys,  the  new 
colonies  ranging  from  near  Miami  to  the  Tortugas.  The  first  generation  of  these 
snails  born  in  Florida  differs  from  their  Baharxia-born  parents,  but  the  cause  of 
this  sudden  departure  remains  to  be  determined. 

Professor  Ulric  Dahlgren  describes  the  structure  and  polarity  of  the  electric 
Tiiotor  nerve-cell  in  various  species  of  Torpedo.  He  concludes  that  the  plasmosomc 
is  the  heaviest  body  in  the  nucleus,  and  is  probably  of  greater  specific  weight 
than  any  other  nuclear  constituent,  with  the  possible  exception  of  the  karyosomes. 
Thus  it  is  due  to  gravity  that  in  adult  fish  the  plasmosomes  camie  to  occupy  a 
ventral  position  within  the  nucleus.  Very  strong  electric  currents  may  move  this 
plasmosome  but  weak  currents  do  not  affect  it,  and  thus  the  author  dissents  from 
Magini's  theory  that  the  electric  discharge  is  coordinated  with  a  ventral-ward  move- 
ment of  the  plasmosome. 


No.  213.    Papers  from  the  Department  of  Marine  Biology  of  the  Carnegie  Insti- 
tution of  Washington.    Vol.  IX.    Quarto.    In  press. 

This  book  contains  the  following  papers,  not  sold  separately: 

M.WES,  Alfred  G. — Ecology  of  the  Murray  Island  Coral  Reef. 

Vaughan,    Thomas    AVaylaxd. — Some    Shoal-v.'ater    Corals    from    Murray  Island, 

Australia,   Cocos-Keeling  Islands,   and  Fanning  Island. 
Cary,  L.  R. — The  Gorgonaceae  as  a  Factor  in  the  Formation  of  Coral  Reefs. 

Mayer  finds  temiperature  to  be  a  very  important  factor  in  determining  the 
habitat  and  range  of  reef  corals.  High  temperature  asphyxiates  the  corals.  Thus 
the  shore-flat  corals,  which  must  survive  being  buried  under  mud,  are  usually  cor- 
respondingly resistant  to  heat;  while  the  off-shore  corals  are  easily  killed  by  heat 
or  by  silt.  The  corals  struggle  among  themselves  and  the  fittest  survives,  but  no 
species  of  coral  has  become  improved  as  a  result  of  the  struggle.  More  kinds  of 
corals  live  in  agitated  water  near  the  breakers  than  anywhere  else  upon  the  reef 
flat,  but  coral  heads  are  most  num^erous  about  200  feet  inward  from  the  inner  wash 
of  the  breakers.  Four  of  the  24  genera  of  corals,  Porites,  Pocillopora,  Seriatopora, 
and  Acropora,  constitute  91  per  cent  of  the  number  of  coral  heads.  The  author 
makes  the  first  quantitative,  intensive,  ecological  study  of  a  coral  reef  yet  attempted. 

Dr.  L.  R.  Cary  finds  that  at  Tortugas,  Florida,  the  Gorgonaces  contribute  more 
limestone  to  the  reefs  than  do  the  stony  corals. 


Zoology 


129 


No.  214.  Clark,  H.  L.  The  Echinoderms  of  Torres  Strait.  (Paper  from  the 
Department  of  Marine  Biology  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash- 
ington.)   Quarto.    In  press. 

No.  177.  LoEB,  Leo,  in  collaboration  v/ith  Carl  L.  Alsberg,  Elizabeth  Cooke, 
Ellen  P.  Corson-White,  M.  S.  Fleisher,  Henry  Fox,  T.  S.  Githens, 
Samuel  Leopold,  M.  K.  Meyers,  M.  E.  Rehfuss,  D.  Rivas,  and  Lucius 
Tuttle.  The  Venom  of  Heloderma.  Octavo,  vi-j-244  pages,  38  fig- 
ures.   Published  1913.    Price  $1.50. 

This  volume  contains  a  collection  of  papers  dealing  with  the  morphology  of  the 
renom  gland,  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  the  venom,  the  action  of  the 
venom  on  vertebrate  and  invertebrate  animals,  as  well  as  on  certain  cells  and  organs 
in  vitro.  In  an  introduction  a  summary  of  the  results  of  these  investigations  is 
given  with  special  reference  to  the  properties  of  snake  venoms,  and  problems  for 
further  research  arc  suggested. 

No.  12.  NoGUCHi,  HiDEYO.  The  Action  of  Snake  Venom  upon  Cold-blooded 
Animals.  Octavo,  16  pages.  (Embodied  in  Publication  No.  111.) 
Published  1904.   Price  $0.25. 

No.  111.    NoGUCHi,  Hideyo.   Snake   Venoms:   An  Investigation  of  Venomous 
Snakes  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Phenomena  of  their  Venoms. 
Octavo,  xvii+315  pages,  33  plates,  16  text  figures.    Published  1909. 
In  cloth.    Price  $10.50. 
Although  this  volume  refers  more  especially  to  the  phenomena  of  snake  venom, 
it  covers  much  broader  ground.    The  first  fifty  pages  are  devoted  to  a  descriptive 
and  systematic  morphological  and  a  distributional  account  of  the  poisonous  snakes 
of  the  world,  over  300  forms  being  enumerated,  followed  by  a  description  of  the 
poison  apparatus.    In  a  short  chapter  on  the  phylogeny  of  poisonous  snakes,  the 
author  states  that  the  poison  gland  was  probably  the  first  of  the  specialized  struc- 
tures to  appear,  and  that  the  elaborate,  erectile,  grooved  fangs  were  of  later  devel- 
opment. The  poison  gland  "is  equivalent  to,  if  not  identical  with,  the  parotid  of  the 
mammalia?"    The  remainder  of  the  work  is  given  up  to  a  consideration  of  the 
venom  itself.   There  are  chapters  on  its  physical  and  chemical  properties ;  symptoms 
of  venom  poisoning  in  man  and  in  lower  animals ;  and  on  the  organism  as  a  whole 
and  upon  specific  organs  and  tissues. 

There  follow  chapters  on  artificial  and  natural  immunity,  with  a  technical  dis- 
cussion of  antivenins.  The  final  chapter,  "Treatment  of  Snake  Bites,"  contains  a 
careful  review  of  the  various  so-called  antidotes  with  a  scientific  testing  of  their 
value.  The  monograph  ends  with  a  bibliography  of  about  400  titles  and  an  index. 

No.  159.  Howard,  L.  O.,  Harrison  G.  Dyar,  and  Frederick  Knab.  The  Mas- 
quitoes  of  North  and  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies.  In  4  vol- 
umes. Octavo.  Price  $10.00  per  set  of  4  volumes. 
Vol.  1.  A  General  Consideration  of  Mosquitoes,  their  Habits  and 
their  Relations  to  the  Human  Species,  vii+520  pages,  14  plates, 
6  text  figures.  Published  1912. 
Vol.  2.   X  pages,  150  plates.    Published  1912. 

Vol.  3.    Systematic  Description,  Part  I.  Pages  vi+523.  Published  1915. 

Vol.  4.  Systematic  Description,  Part  II.  In  press. 
This  report  contains  a  full  account  of  the  mosquitoes  of  North  America,  from 
the  Isthmus  of  Panama  northward,  including  the  West  Indies  and  Trinidad,  but 
exclusive  of  the  Arctic  regions.  Tables  are  given  for  determining  the  genera  and 
species,  both  as  larvze  and  adults,  with  full  accounts  of  each  species,  with  synonymy 
and  bibliography,  and  their  life-histories  and  habits  so  far  as  known,  illustrated  by 
numerous  drawings  of  male  genitalia,  larvs  and  larval  details,  eggs,  and  pupjc.  The 
introductory  first  volume  gives  a  general  consideration  of  the  anatomy  and  of  the 
different  stages  of  mosquitoes,  their  metamorphosis  and  habits;  also  an  outline  of 
the  most  recent  results  in  the  study  of  mosquitoes  as  carriers  of  disease,  accounts 


130 


Zoology 


of  other  relations  of  these  insects  to  man,  and  a  full  general  discussion  of  the  sub- 
ject. All  the  methods  of  control  of  the  noxious  species  are  discussed,  especially  in 
their  relations  to  the  individual  species  concerned  in  the  transfer  of  diseases,  of 
which  the  most  important  are  yellow  fever  and  malaria. 

No.  18.  MoKSE,  Albert  P.  Researches  on  North  American  Acridiidce.  Octavo,  56 
pages,  8  plates.  Published  1904.  Price  $0.50. 
The  investigation  on  which  this  report  is  made  was  directed  toward  the  acquisi- 
tion of  facts  of  faunal,  biological,  and  morphological  value  concerning  the  acridian 
fauna  of  the  southeastern  United  States  (a  portion  of  the  country  hitherto  largely 
unexplored)  with  reference  to  this  group  of  insects.  A  general  account  of  the 
investigation  is  given,  together  with  a  statement  of  the  results  secured;  the  data  on 
which  the  generalized  statements  are  based ;  an  annotated  list  of  the  species  taken, 
with  locality,  habitat,  and  the  date  of  capture;  brief  notes  on  the  geographical  and 
?:onal  distribution  of  the  genera  of  North  American  Acridiidse;  and  contributions  to 
locust  biology  in  the  shape  of  a  classification  of  locust  habitats  and  societies  and  an 
explanation  of  brachypterism  in  Orthoptera. 

No.  68.   Morse,  Albert  P.   Further  Researches  on  North  American  Acridiidet. 

Octavo,  54  pages,  10  plates,  1  text  figure.    Published  1907.    Price  $0.50. 

The  above  report  is  based  upon  data  obtained  during  the  second  field  trip  in  the 
summer  of  1905.  The  purpose  of  the  latter  trip,  like  that  of  the  former,  was  to  se- 
cure general  information  regarding  North  American  locust  fauna  and  its  ecology 
over  a  wide  extent  of  little-studied  territory.  A  large  amount  of  material  and 
biological  data  were  secured,  together  with  several  previously  undescribed  forms. 

No.  197.   Wright,  Albert  Hazen.   Life  Histories  of  North  American  Anura: 
The  Anura  of  Ithaca,  New  York.    Octavo,  98  pages,  21  plates.  Pub- 
lished 1914.    Price  $2.00. 
This  work  treats  of  eight  of  the  common  species  of  the  eastern  United  States 
and  considers  their  general  habits,  the  temperature  and  time  of  first  appearance  in 
the  spring,  the  mating  and  egg-laying  phenomena,  the  characters  of  the  eggs  and 
their  hatching  periods,  the  characters  of  the  tadpoles  and  their  larval  periods,  the 
transformation  sizes  and  seasons,  and  finally  the  autumn  disappearance.    The  plates 
and  the  text  figures  illustrate  the  amplexation  of  each  form,  the  egg  masses,  the 
individual  eggs,  the  tadpoles,  the  transformed  examples,  and  other  interesting  phases 
of  their  life  histories. 


For  other  works  relating  to  Zoology,  see  Nos.  23,  25,  48,  49,  52,  64,  67,  70,  95, 

101,  104,  114,  121,  122,  142,  143,  144,  149,  179,  188,  195,  196,  205,  228,  237,  241  and  243, 
on  pages  94-105. 


INDEX  OF  AUTHORS. 


In  the  following  pages  the  numbers  in  the  blacker  figures  which  immediately 
follow  the  names  of  authors  are  the  serial  numbers  of  the  publications  of  the 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.  Where  such  numbers  are  not  given  the  titles 
cited  refer  to  miscellaneous  reports  and  papers  contained  in  the  Year  Books  of  the 
Institution  and  to  some  unnumbered  works.  The  smaller  figures  arranged  in  a 
column  are  the  pages  of  this  pamphlet  containing  notice  of  the  work  referred  to. 
Where  the  entry  has  no  figure  in  this  column  further  information  is  to  be  sought  in 
the  index  of  the  Year  Book  or  other  w^orks  cited.  The  contraction  Y.  B.  signifies 
Year  Book,  and  the  following  figures  designate  the  serial  numbers  of  the  Year  Books. 
Abbe,  Cleveland,  concerning  Research  in  Meteorology.   Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  concerning  Astrophysical  Observatory.    Y.  B.  2. 

Abbot,  C.  G,,  concerning  Smithsonian  Expedition  on  Mount  Wilson.  Y.  B.  6. 
Abel,  Annie  H.,  concerning  Early  Indian  Policy  of  United  States.  Y.  B.  3. 
Abel,  John  J.,  on  Composition  of  Secretion  of  Supra-renal  Gland.  Y.B.  2,3,4. 
Agree,  S.  F.,  concerning  Pinacone-pinacolin  Rearrangement,  etc.   Y.  B.  4,  S. 

 ,  on  Physical  Investigations  on  the  Urazoles.    Y.  B.  6. 

 ,  on  Study  of  Tautomerism  and  Catalysis.    Y.  B.  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13. 


Adams,  Charles  Francis,  concerning  Research  in  History.   Y.  B.  1. 

Adams,  E.  D.,  18.   Influence  of  Grenville  on  Pitt's  Foreign  Policy   3,  65 

Adams,  Frank  D.,  46.   Investigation  into  Elastic  Constants  of  Rocks..      4,  52 

 ,  concerning  Geophysical  Investigations.    Y.  B.  2. 

 ,  Investigation  of  Flow  of  Rocks.   Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10. 

Adams,  Walter  S.,  138.    Investigation  of  the  Rotation  Period  of  the  Sun 

by  Spectroscopic  Methods    11,  23 

 ,  report  on  Mount  Wilson  Solar  Observatory.   Y.  B.  9,  10. 

Adler,  Cyrus,  report  concerning  Bibliography.    Y.  B.  1. 

Agassiz,  Alexander,  concerning  Exploration  and  Study  of  the  Tropical 
Pacific  Ocean,  Y.  B.  1. 

Allen,  E.  T.,  81.   Isomorphism  and  Thermal  Properties  of  Feldspars   3,  40 

 ,  157.   An  Investigation  of  Metals   12,  40 

Allen,  J.  A.,  concerning  Biological  Survey  of  Palearctic  Region.   Y.  B.  1. 

Allison,  William  H.,  137.  Inventory  of  Unpublished  Material  for  Ameri- 
can Religious  History  in  Protestant  Church  Archives  and 
other  Repositories    11,  65 

Alsberg,  Carl  L.,  177.   Venom  of  Heloderma   13,  129 

Ames,  Joseph  S.,  concerning  Standard  Wave-lengths.    Y.  B.  4. 

Anderson,  John  A.,  110.    Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions   9,  34 

Anderson,  R.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7,  52 

Andrews,    Charles    M.,  90.    Manuscript  Materials  for  United  States 

History  to  1783  in  the  British  Museum,  etc   7,  66 

 ,  90a.    Guide  to  the  Materials  for  American  History,  to  1783,  in 

the  Public  Record  Office  of  Great  Britain   7,  67 

 ,  on  Preparation  of  a  General  History  of  the  Colonies  in  America. 

Y.  B.  14. 

Angstrom,  K.,  concerning  Astrophysical  Observatory,  Y.  B.  2. 

Atwater,  W.  O.,  42.    Respiration  Calorimeter   4,  85 

 ,  concerning  Investigations  in  Nutrition.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4. 

AuLT,  J.  P.,  175.    (Vol.  III.)  Ocean  Magnetic  Observations  1905-1916,  and 

Reports  on  Special  Researches   13,  49 

Auwers,  Arthur,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.   Y.  B.  2. 

Ayala,  Balthazar.  De  Jure  et  Officiis  Bellicis  et  Disciplina  Militari :  Re- 
print and  translation  of    19 

Backlund,  O.,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.   Y.  B.  2. 

Baird,  B.  a.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  CaHfornia  Earthquake   7,  52 

Baird,  J.  W.,  29.    Color  Sensitivity  of  Peripheral  Retina   3,  39 

Baldwin,  A.  L.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7,  52 

Baldwin,  J.  Mark,  concerning  Research  in  Psychology.   Y.  B.  1. 


131 


132 


Index  of  Authors 


Bancroft,  V/ilder  D.,  concerning  Systematic  Chemical  Study  of  Alloys. 

Y.  B.  2.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7.  8,  9,'  10. 
Bandelier,  Adolf  F.,  Completion  of  a  Documentary  History  of  the  Rio 

Grande  Pueblo  Indians  of  New  Mexico.    Y.  B.  11,12,13,14. 

Banta,  a.  M.,  67.    Fauna  of  Mayfield's  Cave   5,  103 

Bar,  Ludwig  vox.  Introduction  to  Works  of  Rachel  and  Textor   19 

Barnard,  E.  E.,  247.    An  Atlas  of  the  Milky  Vvay   18,  26 

Barnett,  S.  J.,  concerning  Electric  Displacem.ents,  etc    Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7. 
Bartsch,  Paul,  212.    Report  on  the  Bahama  Cerions  planted  on  Florida  Keys  15,  127 

 ,  on  Attempt  to  Colonize  the  Tree  Snail.    Y.  B.  14. 

 ,  on  Birds  on  Florida  Keys.    Y.  B.  12,  13,  14. 

 ,  on  Planting  Baham.a  Cerions  on  Florida  Keys.    Y.  B.  11,  12,  13,  14. 

Barus,  Carl,  40.    Nucleation  of  Uncontaminated  Atmosphere   4,  40 

 ,  62,  96.    Condensation  of  Vapor  as  induced  by  Nuclei  and  Ions         5,  8,  41 

 ,  149.    Elliptic  Interferences  in  Relation  to  Interferometry    11,  41 

 ,  186.  Diffusion  of  Gases  through  Liquids,  and  Allied  Experiments     14,  42 

 ,  229.    Experiments  with  the  Displacement  Interferometer   17,  42 

 ,  249.    The  Interferometry  of  Reversed  and  Non-reversed  Spectra     18,  43 

 ,  concerning  Nucleation  of  the  Pure  Atm.osphere.    Y.  B.  4,  5. 


 ,  concerning  Properties  of  Condensation  Nuclei.    Y.  B.  7,  8,  9,  10. 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Physics.    Y.  B.  1,  2. 

 ,  concerning  Study  of  Diffusion  of  Gases  through  Liquids.  Y.B.11,14. 

 ,  on  Application  of  Displacem.ent  Interferometry.    Y.  B.  12,  13,  14. 

Baskerville,  Charles,  Investigations  of  Rare  Earths.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5, 


Bassett,  H.  p.,  60.    Hydrates  in  Aqueous  Solution   5,  33 

 ,  80.    Conductivity  and  Viscosity  in  Mixed  Solvents   6,  34 

Bassot,  L.,  concerning  Llagnetic  Research.   Y.  B.  2. 

Bate,  J.  P.,  Translator  of  works  of  Ayala,  Rachel,  Textor,  and  Victoria..  19 

Bauer,  L.  A.,  175.    Land  Magnetic  Observations,  1905-1910.  Researches 

of  the  Department  of  Terrestrial  Magnetism   13,  48 

 ,  175.  (Vol.  II.)  Land  Magnetic  Observations,  1911-1913,  and  Spe- 
cial Reports    13,  48 

 ,  175.    (Vol.  III.)    Ocean  Magnetic  Observations,  1905-1916,  and 

R.eports  on  Special  Researches   13,  49 

 ,  concerning  Magnetic  Survey  of  North  Pacific  Ocean.    Y.  B.  3. 

—  ,  concerning  Proposed  International  Magnetic  Bureau.    Y.  B.  2. 

 ,  report  on  Department  of  Terrestrial  Magnetism.    Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6, 

7,  8,  9, 10,11,12, 13, 14. 

Baxter,  Gregory  P.,  135.  Researches  upon  the  Atomic  Weights  of  Cad- 
mium, Manganese,  Bromine,  etc   11,  43 

 ,  concerning  Atomic  Weights.    Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. 

Becker,  E.,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 

Becker,  George  F.,  31.   Isomorphism  and  Therm.al  Properties  of  Feldspars.      3,  40 

—  ,  concerning  Elasticity  and  Plasticity  of  Solids.    Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7,  8. 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Geophysics.    Y.  B.  1,  2. 

Behr,  G.  E.,  61.  Electromotive  Force  of  Iron  under  Varying  Conditions..  5,  32 
Belopolsky,  a.,  concerning  Astrophysical  Observatory.   Y.  B.  2. 

Benedict,  Francis  G.,  42.    Respiration  Calorimeter   4,  85 

 ,  77.    Influence  of  Inanition  on  Metabolism     6,  85 

 ,  123.  Respiration  Calorimeters  for  Studying  the  Respiratory  Ex- 
change and  Energy  Transformations  of  Man   10,  85 

 ,  126.    Metabolism  and  Energj'  Transformations  of  Healthy  Man 

during  Rest    10,  86 

 ,  136.    Metabolism  in  Diabetes  Mellitus   11,  86 

 ,  155.    Temperature  Fluctuations  in  Different  Parts  of  the  Human 

Body   12,  87 

 ,  166.    Composition  of  the  Atmosphere,  with  Special  Reference  to 

its  Oxygen  Content    12,  88 

 ,  167.   A  Bicycle  Ergometer  with  an  Electric  Brake   12,  88 

~  ,  176.    Study  of  Metabolism  in  Severe  Diabetes   13,  86 


Index  of  Authors 


133 


Benedict,  Francis  G.,  187.  Muscular  Work :  A  Metabolic  Study  with  Special 

Reference  to  the  Efficiency  of  the  Human  Body  as  a  Machine    14,  88 

 ,  201.    The  Gaseous  Metabolism  of  Infants  with  Special  Reference 

to  its  Relation  to  Pulse-ratc  and  ^Muscular  Activity   15,  89 

 ,  208.    A  Study  of  Prolonged  Fasting    15,  89 

 ,  231.    Energy  Transiormations  during  Horizontal  Walking   17,  90 

 ,  232.    The  Psychological  Effects  of  Alcohol,  etc   17,  91 

 ,  238.    The  Physiology  of  the  New-born  Infant,  etc   17,  91 

 ,  concerning  Investigations  in  Nutrition.    Y.  B.  4,  5. 

 ,  report  on  Nutrition  Laboratory.    Y.  B.  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. 

BergeNj,  Henry,  Completion  of  Preparation  for  Publication  of  the  Text  of 
Lydgate's  Fall  of  Princes.    Y.  B.  11, 12, 13, 14. 

Billings,  John  S.,  Editor  Index  Medicus   83 

 ,  address  at  opening  of  Station  for  Experimental  EvolutiorL   Y.  B.  3. 

 ,  report  concerning  Bibliography.    Y.  B.  1. 

Bingham,  E.  C,  80.    Conductivity  and  Viscosity  in  Mixed  Solvents   6,  34 

BjERKNES,  v.,  88.    Dynamic  Meteorology  and  Hydrography   7,  45 

 ,  concerning  Application  of  Methods  of  Hydrodynamics  and  Ther- 
modynamics to  Practical  Meteorology  and  Hydrography.  Y. 
B.  5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14. 

Blackwelder,  Eliot,  54.   Research  in  China   5,  53 

Blake,  W.  P.,  198.   The  Cahuilla  Basin  and  the  Desert  of  the  Colorado..  14,  113 

Blakeslee,  Alfred  P.,  concerning  Sexuality  in  Lower  Fungi.   Y.  B.  4,  5. 

Bliss,  Frederick  J.,  Excavations  in  Syria  and  Palestine.    Y.  B.  3. 

Boas,  Franz,  concerning  Research  in  Anthropology.   Y.  B.  1. 

Bolton,  Herbert  E.,  168.   Guide  to  Materials  for  United  States  History  in 

the  Principal  Archives  of  Mexico    12,  68 

Bonnet,  F.,  jr.,  76.    Compressibilities  of  the  Elements    6,  32 

Boss,  Benjamin,  report  on  Dept.  of  Meridian  Astrometry.  Y.  B.  13, 14. 
Boss,  Lewis,  115.    Preliminary  General  Catalogue  of  6188  Stars  for  the 

Epoch  1900    9,  23 

 ,  248.    Catalogue  of  8276  Stars  between  20°  and  41°  of  South 

Declination    18,  24 

 — ,  concerning  Astronomical  Observations  and  Computations.  Y.  B.  2,  3. 

 ,  concerning  Investigations  of  Stellar  Motion.    Y,  B.  4. 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Astronomy.   Y.  B.  1. 

 -,  concerning  Southern  and  Solar  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2,  3. 

 ,  report  on  Dept.  of  Meridian  Astrometry.   Y.  B.  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12. 

Bottger,  W.,  63.    Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions   5,  33 

Bowditch,  H.  p.,  concerning  Research  in  Physiology.  Y.  B.  1. 
Bowman,  H.  H.  M.,  on  Botanical  Work  at  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  14. 

Branner,  J.  C,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7,  52 

Brannon,  M.  a.,  198.    Action  of  Salton  Sea  W^ater  on  Vegetable  Tissues  14,  113 

Bridges,  C.  B.,  237.    Sex-linked  Inheritance  in  Drosophila   17,  105 

Brierly,  John  L,,  Translator  of  work  of  Zouche   19 

BRiGHAM,W.T.,on  Ancient  Stone  Temples  of  the  Hawaiians.  Y.  B.  5,6,7,8,11. 

Brink,  F.  N.,  76.    Compressibilities  of  the  EIement<^,  etc   6,  32 

Britton,  N.  L.,  concerning  Research  in  Botany.    Y.  B.  1. 

Brooks,  W.  K.,  102.    Origin  of  the  Lung  of  Ampullaria   8,  121 

 ,102.    Pelagic  Tunicata  of  the  Gulf  Stream   8,  121 

 ,  concerning  Metamorphosis  of  Alpheus  heterochetes.    Y.  B.  4. 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Zoology.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  report  on  Investigation  at  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  5. 

Broughton,  L.  N.,  208.    A  Concordance  to  the  Poems  of  Keats   15,  76 

Brown,  Amos  P.,  116.    The  Crystallography  of  Hemoglobins   9,  106 

 ,  concerning  Crystallography  of  Hemoglobins.    Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7. 

Bruns,  H.,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 

Buchanan,  Daniel,  161.    Periodic  Orbits    12,  26 

Buck,  Thomas,  161.    Periodic  Orbits    12,  26 


Burbank,  Luther,  on  Experiments  in  Plant  Development.    Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7. 


134 


Index  of  Authors 


Burgess,  Charles  E.,  concerning  Properties  of  Electrolytic  Iron  and 
Alloys.   Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9. 

BuRNHAM,  S.  V/.,  6.    Catalogue  of  Double  Stars   2,  21 

 ,  168.    Measures  of  Proper  Motion  Stars   12,  21 

Burr,  W.  H.,  report  concerning  Engineering.    Y.  B.  1. 

Cady,  Walter  G.,  167.    A  Bicycle  Ergometer  with  an  Electric  Brake   12,  88 

Callaway,  Morgan,  Jr.,  169.   The  Infinitive  in  Anglo-Saxon   12,  78 

Campbell,  Douglas   H.,  140.   The  Eusporangiatse :    The  Comparative 

Morphology  of  the  Ophioglossacese  and  Marattiaceae   11,  111 

Campbell,  William,  on  Effect  of  Heat  Treatment  upon  Micro-structure 

and  Physical  Properties  of  Steel  and  Iron.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5. 
Campbell,  W.  W.,  on  Researches  at  Lick  Observatory.  Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7. 

 ,  concerning  Southern  and  Solar  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 

Cannon,  W.  A.,  SS.    Topography  of  the  Chlorophyll  Apparatus  in  Desert 

Plants    8,  111 

 ,  118.    Root  System  of  Cereus  giganteus   9,  111 

 ,  117.    Studies  in  Heredity  as  Illustrated  by  the  Trichomes  of 

Species  and  Hybrids  of  Juglans,  etc   9,  110 

 ,  129.    Conditions  of  Parasitism  in  Plants   10,  110 

■  ,  131.    Root  Habits  of  Desert  Plants   10,  110 

 ,  178.    Botanical  Features  of  the  Algerian  Sahara   13,  110 

 ,  investigation  of  Plant  Hybrids.    Y.  B.  2. 

Carhart,  H.  S.,  preparation  of  Material  for  Standard  Cells.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6. 

Carlson,  A.  J.,  Physiology  of  the  Invertebrate  Heart.   Y.  B.  3. 
Carnegie,  Andrew,  remarks  on  presenting  Trust  Deed.    Y.  B.  1. 
Carpenter,  Thorne  M.,  123.    Respiration  Calorimeters  for  Studying  the 

Respiratory  Exchange  and  Energy  Transformations  of  Man..     10,  85 
 ,  126.    Metabolism,  and  Energy  Transformations  of  Healthy  Man 

during  Rest    10,  86 

 ,  216.    A  Com.parison  of  Methods  for  determining  the  Respiratory 

Exchange  of  Man    16,  90 

Carroll,  C.  G.,  80.    Conductivity  and  Viscosity  in  Mixed  Solvents   6,  34 

Cary,  L,  R.,  182.    Growth-Rate  and  (Ecology  of  Gorgonians   13,  124 

 ,  213.    The  Gorgonacese  as  a  Factor  in  the  Formation  of  Coral  Reefs  16,  128 

 ,  concerning  Researches  upon  Actinians.    Y.  B.  9. 

 ,  on  rearing  of  Zoanthella  at  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  10. 

 ,  report  on  Anthozoa.    Y.  B.  11. 

 ,  report  on  Investigations  at  Tortugas,  on  Gorgonians,  Cassiopea, 

Centrechinus,  Palythoa,  and  Alcyonaria.    Y.  B.  12, 13, 14. 

Case,  E.  C,  55.    Revision  of  the  Pelycosauria  of  North  America   5,  56 

 ,  14-5.    Revision  of  the  Cotylosauria  of  North  America   11,  56 

 ,  146.    Revision  of  the  Amphibia  and  Pisces  of  the  Permian  of  North 

America    11,  56 

 ,  181.    Permo-Carboniferous  Vertebrates  of  New  Mexico   13,  56 

 ,  207.    The  Permo-Carboniferous  Red  Beds  of  North  Am.erica  and 

their  Vertebrate  Fauna    15,  57 

 ,  concerning  Work  or  Permian  Reptiles  and  Amphibia  of  North 

America.    Y.  B.  2,  4,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13. 

■  ,  on  Vertebrate  Fauna  and  Paleogeography  of  North  America  in 

the  Permian  Period,  with  Especial  Reference  to  World  Rela- 
tions.   Y.  B.  14. 

Castle,  W.  K,  23.   Heredity  of  Coat  Characters  in  Guinea-pigs  and 

Rabbits    3,  94 

■  ,  49.    Heredity  of  Hair-length  in  Guinea-pigs   4,  94 

 ,  49,    Origin  of  a  Polydactylous  Race  of  Guinea-pigs   4,  94 

 ,  70.    Inheritance  of  Coat-pigmicnts  and  Coat-patterns  in  Rats  and 

Guinea-pigs      6,  95 

 ,  114.    Studies  of  Inheritance  in  Rabbits   9,  96 

 ,  144.    On  Germinal  Transplantation  in  Vertebrates   11,  97 

 — ,  179.   Reversion  in  Guinea-pigs  and  its  Explanation   13,  97 


Index  of  Authors 


135 


Castle,  W.  E.,  195.    Piebald  Rats  and  Selection   14,  98 

 ,  196.    Size  Inheritance  in  Rabbits    14,  99 

 ,  206.    Genetic  Studies  on  a  Cavy  Species  Cross   15,  99 

 ,  241.    Studies  in  Inheritance  in  Guinea-pigs  and  Rats   18,  101 

 ,  on  Experimental  Studies  in  Heredity.  Y.  B.  3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14. 

Cathcart,  E.  p.,  187.    Muscular  Work:    A  Metabolic  Study  with  Special 

Reference  to  the  Efficiency  of  the  Human  Body  as  a  Machine    14,  88 

Cattell,  James  McKeen,  concerning  Research  in  Psychology.    Y.  B.  1. 

Chameerlin,  R.  T.,  106.  Contributions  to  Cosmogony  and  the  Funda- 
mental Problems  of  Geology    9,  51 

Chamberlin,  Thomas  C,  107.   Former  Rates  of  the  Earth's  Rotation  and 

their  Bearings  on  its  Deformation    9,  51 

 ,  107.   The  Bearing  of  Molecular  Activity  on  Spontaneous  Fission 

in  Gaseous  Spheroids    9,  51 

 ,  concerning  Researches  in  Geology  and  Geophysics.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  on  Fundamental  Problems  of  Geology.  Y.B.2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14. 

Chapman,  Frank  M.,  103.   A  Contribution  to  the  Life-histories  of  the 

Booby  and  Man-o'-war  Bird    8,  121 

 ,  concerning  Investigations  at  Tortugas  Laboratory.   Y.  B.  6. 

Child,  Clement  D.,  Investigation  of  Ionization  in  the  Neighborhood  of  a 
Mercury  Arc  in  a  Vacuum.   Y.  B.  3,  4. 

Chittenden,  Russell  H.,  concerning  Minimal  Proteid  Requirement  of  High 
Proteid  Animals.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6. 

Christie,  W.  H.  M.,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 

Churchill,  William,  134.    The  Polynesian  Wanderings   11,  78 

 ,  154.    Beach-la-mar:  The  Jargon  or  Trade  Speech  of  the  Western 

Pacific    12,  78 

 ,  174.  Easter  Island,  Rapanui  Speech,  and  the  Peopling  of  South- 
east Polynesia    13,  78 

 ,  184.    The  Subanu:  Studies  of  a  Sub-Visayan  Mountain  Folk  of 

Mindanao    14,  79 

 ,  244.    Sissano:    Movements    of    Migration   within   and  through 

Melanesia   18,  79 

 ,  on  Primitive  Philology.    Y.  B.  14. 

Clark,  Eliot  R.,  222.   An  Anomaly  of  the  Thoracic  Duct  with  a  bearing 

on  the  Embryology  of  the  Lymphatic  System    16,  81 

Clark,  H.  L.,  182.    Growth-Changes  in  Brittle-Stars   13,  124 

 ,  212.    The  Comatulids  of  Torres  Strait:  With  Special  Reference 

to  their  Habits  and  Reactions   15,  127 

 ,  214.    The  Echinoderms  of  Torres  Strait   16,  129 

 ,  investigations  on  Echinoderms  at  Montego  Bay.    Y.  B.  11. 

 ,  report  on  Work  at  Torres  Strait  Laboratory.    Y.  B.  13. 

Clark,  John  B.,  concerning  Research  in  Economics.    Y.  B.  1. 

Clark,  Victor  S.,  215b.    History  of  Manufactures  in  the  United  States..    16,  72 

Clawson,  a.  B.,  64.   Variation  and  Correlation  in  the  Crayfish   5,  103 

Clements,  Frederic  E.,  242.  Plant  Succession :  An  Analysis  of  the  Devel- 
opment  of   Vegetation   18,  117 

Clover,  A.  M.,  170.  Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 

Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids   12,  35 

Cobb,  S.,  114.    Studies  of  Inheritance  in  Rabbits   9,  96 

CoBLENTZ,  W.  W.,  85.    Investigations  of  Infra-red  Spectra   4,  38 

 ,  65.   Investigations  of  Infra-red  Spectra   5,  38 

 ,  97.    Supplementary  Investigations  of  Infra-red  Spectra   8,  38 

 164.    A  Physical  Study  of  the  Firefly   12,  39 

 ,  concerning  Infra-red  Spectra.    Y.  B.  4. 

Coffin,  F.  B.,  185.    Researches  upon  the  Atomic  Weights  of  Cadmium, 

Manganese,  Bromine,  etc   11,  43 

CoKER,  E.  G.,  46.    Investigation  into  Elastic  Constants  of  Rocks   4,  52 


136  Index  of  Authors 


Cole,  F.  N.,  concerning  Research  in  Mathematics.   Y.  B.  1. 

CoxARD,  Henry  S,,  4.  The  V.  aterlilies  :  A  monograph  of  the  Genus  Nymphaea    2,  112 

 ,  94.    Structure  and  Life-history  of  the  Hay-scented  Fern   8,  112 

 ,  Waterlilies  in  European  Herbaria.    Y.  B.  2, 

Cone,  L.  H.,  study  of  Triphenylmethyl  and  Analogous  Compounds.   Y.  B.  3. 
CoNKLiN,  E.  G.,  103.   Habits  and  Early  Development  of  Linerges  mercurius    8,  121 

 ,  103.    Two  Peculiar  Actinian  Larvae  from  Tortugas,  Florida   8.  121 

 ,  report  upon  Structure  of  Eggs  of  Linerges,  etc   Y.  B.  4. 

Connolly,  G.  C,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Cooke,  Elizabeth,  177.    Venom  of  Helodernia    13,  129 

CooLiDGE,  W.  D.,  Go.    Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions   5,  33 

Cooper,  H.  C,  63.    Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions   5,  33 

Cooper,  Lane,  202.    An  Exhaustive  Concordance  of  Horace   15,  76 

CoPELAND,  Ralph,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 
 ,  concerning  Astrophj^sical  Observatory.    Y.  B.  2. 

Corner,  G.  W.,  222.    The  Corpus  Luteum  of  Pregnancy,  as  it  is  in  Swine    16,  81 

Corson-White,  Ellen  P.,  177.   Venom  of  Heloderma   13,  129 

Co\aLLE,  Frederick  V,,  6.    Desert  Botanical  Laboratory   2,  109 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Botany.   Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  report  on  Desert  Botanical  Laboratory.    Y.  B.  2,  3. 

CowDRY,  E.  v.,  224.    Structure  of  Chromophile  Cells  of  the  Nervous 

System    17,  81 

Cowles,  R.  p.,  103.    Habits,  Reactions,  etc.,  in  Ocypoda  arenaria   8,  121 

 ,  132.    Reaction  to  Light  and  other  points  in  Behavior  of  Starfish..   10,  123 

 ,  concerning  Behavior  of  Echinoderms.    Y.  B.  8. 

 ,  concerning  Ocypoda  arenaria.    Y.  B.  4. 

 ■■ — ,  concerning  Reactions  of  Brittle-Stars.    Y.  B.  7. 

Crampton,  Henry  E.,  228.    Studies  on  the  Variation,  Distribution,  and 

Evolution  of  the  Genus  Partula   17,  104 

 ,  concerning  Laws  of  Variation  and  Inheritance  of  Certain  Lepidop- 

tera.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  6. 

 ,  concerning  Gasteropod  Mollusca  of  the  genus  Partula.  Y.B.7,8,9,10. 

Crandall,  R.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7,  52 

Creak,  E.  W.,  Proposed  Magnetic  Survey  of  North  Pacific  Ocean.    Y.  B.  3. 

Crew,  Henry,  concerning  Solar  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 

 ,  concerning  Certain  Arc  Spectra.    Y.  B.  2,  3. 

Cross,  Whitman,  concerning  Geophysical  Investigations.    Y.  B.  2. 

Cunningham,  R.  S.,  224.    On  the  Development  of  the  Lymphatics  of 

the  Lungs  in  the  Embryo  Pig   17,  81 

CusHMAN,  J.  A.,  on  Studies  of  Foraminifera  of  Montego  Bay.   Y.  B.  11. 

Dahlgren,  Ulric,  183.    Origin  of  the  Electric  Tissues  of  Gymnarchus 

niloticus    14,  125 

 ,  212.  The  Structure  and  Polarity  of  the  Electric  Motor  Nerve- 
Cell  in  Torpedos    15,  127 

 ,  report  on  Investigation  at  Tortugas.   Y.  B.  5. 

 ,  on  the  Habits  of  Astrocopus  and  the  Development  of  its  Electric 

Organs.    Y.  B.  13. 
Darwin,  G.  H.,  concerning  Methods  for  Promoting  Research  in  the  Exact 
Sciences.    Y.  B.  1,  3. 

Davenport,  Charles  B.,  62.    Inheritance  in  Poultry   4,  95 

 ,  95.    Inheritance  in  Canaries    8,  95 

 ,  121.    Inheritance  of  Characteristics  in  Domestic  Fowl...   10,  96 

 ,  188.    Heredity  of  Skin  Color  in  Negro-White  Crosses   14,  98 

 ,236.    The  Feebly  Inhibited  _   17,100 


-,  Address  at  opening  of  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution.    Y.  B.  3. 

concerning  Heredity  in  Canary  Birds  and  Poultry.    Y.  B.  6. 

concerning  Station  for  Studying  Evolution.    Y.  B.  1. 
-,  report  on  Station  for  Experim.ental  Evolution.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8, 
9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. 


Index  of  Authors 


137 


Davenport,  Frances  G.,  00.  Manuscript  materials  for  United  States  His- 
tory to  1783  in  the  British  Museum,  etc   7,  66 

 ,  254.    European  Treaties  bearing  on  the  History  of  the  United  States     18,  70 

Davidson,  George,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake      7,  52 

Davis,  Herman  S.,  on  Reduction  of  Piazzi's  Star  Observations.  Y.  B.  2,  3,  4. 

Davis,  P.  B.,  180.    Freezing-point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Viscosity 

of  Solutions  of  Certain  Electrolytes,  Methyl  Alcohol,  etc   13,  36 

 ,  210.    Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by  means  of  the 

Radiomicrometer,  etc   15,  37 

■  ,  280.    Conductivities    and    Viscosities    in    Pure    and    in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Davis,  W.  M.,  26.    Explorations  in  Turkestan  3,  53,  59 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Geography.   Y.  B.  1. 

Day,  Arthur  L.,  31.    Isomorphism  and  Thermal  Properties  of  Feldspars. .      3,  40 

 ,  157.    High  Temperature  Gas  Thermometry   12,  40 

 ,  report   on   Geophysical   Laboratory.     Y.  B.  4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14. 

Dean,  Bashford,  S2.    Chimseroid  Fishes   3,  120 

Decker,  Floyd  F.,  120.  Symmetric  Function  Tables  of  the  Fifteenthic. .  .  10,  28 
Dennis,  L.  M.,  Investigation  of  Rare  Earths.   Y.  B.  2. 

Detlefsen,  J.  A.,  205.    Genetic  Studies  on  a  Cavy  Species  Cross   15,  99 

Devik,  O.,  88.    Dynamic  Meteorology  and  Hydrography    7,  45 

DkVries,  Hugo,  Address  at  opening  of  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution. 
Y.  B.  3. 

Dickson,  L.  E.,  completion  of  an  Historical  Report  on  the  Theory  of 
Numbers.   Y.  B.  11. 

Dodge,  Raymond,  232.    Psychological  Effects  of  Alcohol    17,  91 

Dole,  R.  B.,  182.    Some  Chemical  Characteristics  of  Sea-water  at  Tortugas  13,  124 

Dorsey,  George  A.,  17.   Traditions  of  the  Arikara   3,  80 

 ,  21.    Mythology  of  the  Wichita    3,  80 

 ,  41.   Traditions  of  the  Caddo   4,  80 

 ,  59.    The  Pawnee:  Mythology  (part  1)   5,  80 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Anthropology.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  Ethnological  Investigation  among  the  Pawnees.    Y.  B.  2. 

 ,  Investigation  among  Tribes  of  the  Caddoan  Stock.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6. 

Douglass,  A.  E.,  192.  The  Climatic  Factor  as  Illustrated  in  Arid  America  14,  63 
Drew,  G.  Harold,  182.    On  the  Precipitation  of  Calcium  Carbonate  in  the 

Sea  by  Marine  Bacteria,  and  on  the  Action  of  Denitrifying 

Bacteria  in  Tropical  and  Temperate  Seas   13,  124 

 ,  report  of  Investigations  on  Marine  Bacteria  at  Andros  Island, 

Bahamas,  British  West  Indies,  May  1912.    Y,  B.  11. 
 ,  report  on  Preliminary  Investigations  on  the  Marine  Denitrifying 

Bacteria,  made  at  Port  Royal,  Jamaica,  and  at  Tortugas  during 

May  and  June  1911.    Y.  B.  10. 
Drew,  Gilman  A.,  Structure  of  Sperm.atophores  of  Octopus.    Y.  B.  11. 

DuERDEN,  James  E.,  20.    Coral  Siderastrea  radians   3,  120 

 ,  Investigations  of  Recent  and  Fossil  Corals.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6. 

DuERST,  J.  U.,  78.    Explorations  in  Turkestan   6,  59 

DuESBERG,   J.,   223.    Recherches    Cytologiques   sur   la   Fecondation  des 

Ascidiens  et  sur  leur  Developpement   16,  81 

DuRAND,  W.  F.,  79.    Researches  on  Performance  of  Screw  Propeller   6,  30 

 ,  on  Experiments  on  Ship  Resistance  and  Propulsion.   Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5. 

Dyar,  Harrison  G.,  169.    Mosquitoes  of  North  and  Central  America 

and  the  West  Indies    12,  129 

Eaklk,  a.  S.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7,  52 

Eames,  Wilberforce,  concerning  Dictionary  of  Books  Relating  to  America. 

Y.  B.  5,  6,  7. 

Eastman,  G.  W.,  63.   Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions..   5,  33 

Edmondson,  C.  H.,  102.   A  Variety  of  Anisonema  vitrea   8,  121 

 ,  report  on  Investigation  at  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  5. 


138 


Index  of  Authors 


EiGENMANN,  Carl  H.,  104.    Cavc  Vertebrates  of  America:  A  Study  in 

Degenerative  Evolution    8,  103 

 ,  concerning  Blind  Fishes  in  Cuba.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  6. 

Elster,  ].,  concerning  Magnetic  Research.    Y.  B,  2. 

Enteman,  Wilhelmine  M.,  19.    Coloration  in  Polistes   3,  103 

EssicK,  Charles  R.,  222.    Transitory  Cavities  in  the  Corpus  Striatum  of 

the  Human  Embryo    16,  81 

Estabrook,  a.  H.,  240.    The  Jukes  in  1915   18,  100 

Fairbanks,  H.  V/.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  Cahfornia  Earthquake      7,  52 

Farlow,  W.  G.,  8.    Index  of  North  American  Fungi   2,  109 

Farnam,  Henry  W.,  215a.    History  of  Domestic  and  Foreign  Commerce 

of  the  United  States    16,  72 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Economics.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  report  on  Dept.  of  Economics  and  Sociology.   Y.B.8,9,10,11, 12,13,14. 

Farrar,  C.  B.,  concerning  certain  Psychological  Investigations.  Y.  B.  4,  5. 
Faust,  A.  B.,  220.    Guide  to  Materials  for  American  History  in  Swiss  and 

Austrian  Archives    16,  69 

Fenwick,  Charles  G.,  Translator  of  Vattel   19 

Ferguson,  W.  S.,  concerning  History  of  Athens  from  Demosthenes  to 

Plutarch.    Y.  B.  5,  6,  7. 
Ferry,  Edna  L.,  156.    Feeding  Experiments  with  Isolated  Food-substances     12,  92 

Fink,  Bruce,  113.   Lichens  of  the  Desert  Laboratory  Domain   9,  111 

FiNLEY,  John  P.,  184.   The  Subanu:  Studies  of  a  Sub-Visayan  Mountain 

Folk  of  Mindanao   14,  79 

Fish,  C.  R.,  128.    Guide  to  Materials  for  American  History  in  Roman 

and  other  Italian  Archives    10,  68 

Fleisher,  Moyer  S.,  177.    Venom  of  Heloderma   13,  129 

Fleming,  J.  A.,  175.    (Vol.  2).   Land  Magnetic  Observations,  1911-1913, 

and  Special  Reports    13,  48 

 ,  175.    (Vol.  III.)     Ocean  Magnetic  Observations,  1905-1916,  and 

Reports  on  Special  Researches   13,  49 

Fletcher,  Robert,  report  on  Index  Medicus.  Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10. 
Flugel,  Ewald,  concerning  Lexicon  to  works  of  Chaucer.  Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7. 

Forbes,  Alexander,  49.    Heredity  of  Hair-length  in  Guinea-pigs   4,  94 

Forbes,  G.  S.,  56.    Energy  Changes  Involved  in  the  Dilution  of  Zinc  and 

Cadmium  Amalgams    5,  31 

 ,  69.    Atomic  Weights  of  Potassium,  Silver,  Chlorine,  etc   6,  32 

Forbes,  R.  H.,198.  The  Cahuilla  Basin  and  the  Desert  of  the  Colorado  14,  113 
Ford,  Worthington  C,  Historical  Archives  of  Washington.    Y.  B.  2. 

Fox,  Henry,  177.    Venom  of  Heloderma   13,  129 

Fox,  Philip,  93.    The  Rotation  Period  cf  the  Sun   8,  23 


Franklin,  W.  S.,  concerning  a  New  Method  of  Measuring  Electrolytic 

Resistances.    Y.  B.  5. 
Franz,  S.  I.,  concerning  certain  Cerebrum  Investigations.    Y.B. 8,9, 10,12,14. 

 ,  concerning  certain  Psychological  Investigations.    Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7. 

Free,  E.  E.,  193.    Sketch  of  the  Geology  and  Soils  of  the  Cahuilla  Basin  14,  113 


Freudenberger,  L.  a.,  concerning  a  New  Method  of  Measuring  Electrolytic 

Resistances.    Y.  B.  5. 
Frevert,  H.  L.,  135.    Researches  upon  the  Atomic  Weights  of  Cadmium, 

Manganese,  Bromine,  etc   11,  43 

Frost,  Edwin  B.,  43.    Editor  of  Peter's  Heliographic  Positions  of  Sun 

Spots  Observed  at  Hamilton  College  from  1860-1870   4,  25 

Frothingham,  a.  L.    Preparation  of  Memoir  on  Memorial  and  Triumphal 

Arches  in  Roman  Em.pire.    Y.  B.  12. 
FuRNESS,  Caroline  E.,  45.    Catalogue  of  Stars  within  two  degrees  of 

North  Pole    4,  22 

Gamgee,  Arthur,  concerning  Physiology  of  Nutrition.    Y.  B.  2,  3. 

Garrison,  F.  H.,  Editor  of  Index  Medicus   2,  83 

 ,  report  on  Index  Medicus.    Y.  B.  11,  12,  13,  14, 

Garrod-Thomas,  R.  N.,  118,    Electrochemical  Investigation  of  Liquid 

Amalgams  of  Thallium,  Indium,  Tin,  Zinc,  Cadmium,  Lead,  etc      9,  32 


Index  of  Authors 


139 


Geitel,  H.,  concerning  Magnetic  Research.   Y,  B.  2. 

Gerould,  John  H.,  on  Breeding  Experiments  with  Porto  Rican  Lepidoptera. 


Y.  B.  14. 

Getman,  F.  H.,  60.    Hydrates  in  Aqueous  Solution   5,  33 

GiBBS,  George,  report  concerning  Engineering.    Y.  B.  1. 

Gilbert,  Grove  K,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake  .      7,  52 
 ,  concerning  Investigation  of  Subterranean  Temperatures  and  Gra- 
dients.   Y.  B.  1,  3. 

Gill,  David,  concerning  Astrophysics  and  Southern  Observatories.  Y.  B.  2. 

Gill,  Theodore^  concerning  Biological  Survey  of  Palearctic  region.   Y,  B.  1. 
GiLMAN,  Daniel  C,  on  Plans  and  Methods  of  Administration.   Y.  B.  1. 

GiRTY,  George  H.,  51-.    Research  in  China   5,  53 

Githens,  T.  S.,  177.    Venom  of  Heloderma   13,  129 

Colder,  Frank  A.,  230.    Guide  to  Materials  for  American  History  in 

Russian  Archives    17,  70 

Goldfarb,  a.  J.,  183.    Changes  in  Salinity  and  Their  Effects  upon  the 

Regeneration  of  Cassiopea  xamachana   14,  125 

 ,  183.    Regeneration  in  the  Annelid  Worm,  Amphinoma  pacifica, 

after  removal  of  the  Central  Nervous  System   14,  125 

 ,  183.    Experimentally  Fused  Larvae  of  Echinoderms  with  Special 

Reference  to  their  Skeletons    14,  125 

 ,  on  Experiments  in  Regeneration  of  Cassiopea  xamachana.  Y.B. 11,14. 

 ,  on  Experiments  with  Eggs  of  Toxopneustes.    Y.  B.  11,  12,  14. 

Goldthwaite,  J.  E.,  on  Etiology  of  so-called  "Rheumatoid  Diseases."  Y.B.7. 
GoMBERG,  M.,  on  Triphenylmethyl  and  Analogous  Compounds.    Y.  B.  3,  4. 

GoocH,  F.  A.,  73.    Explorations  in  Turkestan   6,  59 

Goodale,  H.  D.,  243.    Gonadectomy  in  Relation  to  the  Secondary  Sexual 

Characters  of  Some  Domestic  Birds   18,  101 

Goss,  W.  F.  M.,  66.    High  Steam  Pressures  in  Locomotive  Service   5,  30 

 ,  127.    Superheated  Steam  in  Locomotive  Service   10,  30 

 ,  concerning  Superheated  Steam  Employed  in  Single  Expansion 

Locomotives,  etc.    Y.  B.  7. 

 ,  on  High  Steam  Pressure  in  Locomotive  Service.    Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6. 

Gray,  G.  M.,  report  upon  Montego  Bay  as  a  Collecting  Station  for  Marine 

Animals.    Y.  B.  11. 

Gregory,  G.  D.,  Translator  of  Introduction  to  Works  of  Vattel   19 

Griffin,  Frank  L.,  161.    Periodic  Orbits   12,  26 

Griffin,  Lawrence  E.,  concerning  Embryology,  Histology,  and  Physi- 
ology of  the  Nautilus.   Y.  B.  4. 

Grotius,  Hugo.    De  Jure  Belli  ac  Pacis  :  Reprint  and  Translation  of   19 

GuDGER,  E.  W.,  183.    History  of  the  Spotted  Eagle  Ray,  Aetobatus  nari- 

nari,  together  with  a  Study  of  its  External  Structures   14,  125 

 ,  on    Breeding-habits    and    Life-history    of    Gaff-topsail  Catfish. 

Y.  B.  7,  9,  11. 

 ,  on  Work  done  on  Fishes  at  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  11,  12,  13,  14. 

GuLiCK,  J.  T.,  25.    Evolution,  Racial  and  Habitudinal   3,  102 

Guy,  J.  S.,  180.    Freezing-point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Viscosity  of 
Solutions  of  Certain  Electrolytes  in  Water,  Methyl  Alcohol, 

Ethyl  Alcohol,  etc   13,  36 

 ,  190.    Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Affected  by  Tempera- 
ture and  by  Dilution,  etc   14,  36 

Hale,  George  E.,  93.   The  Rotation  Period  of  the  Sun  ,   8^  23 

 ,  235.    Ten  Years'  Work  of  a  Mountain  Observatory,  etc   17,  23 


-,  concerning  Measurements  of  Stellar  Parallaxes,  etc.    Y.  B.  2,  3. 

concerning  Research  in  Astronomy.   Y.  B.  1. 
-,  concerning  Southern  and  Solar  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 
-,  on  Conditions  for  Solar  Research  at  Mount  Wilson.    Y.  B.  3. 
-,  on  Fused  Quartz  in  Constructing  Optical  Mirrors.    Y.  B.  3. 
-,  report  on  Mt.  Wilson  Solar  Observatory.  Y.B.3,4,5,6,7,8,11,12,13,14. 


140 


Index  of  Authors 


Hall,  G.  Stanley,  concerning  Anthropology  of  Childhood.    Y.  B.  2. 

Hanchett,  D.  S.,  215a.    History  of  Domestic  and  Foreign  Commerce  of 

the  United  States    16,  72 

Hargitt,  Charles  W.,  182.    Cradactis  variabilis:    An  Apparently  New 

Tortugan  Actinian    10,  122 

Harmon,  Morris  A.,  concerning  Caeretan  Red  Ware.   Y.  B.  6. 

Harper,  R.  A.,  37.    Organization  of  Nucleus  in  certain  Mildews   4,  112 

Hartmann,  J.,  concerning  Astrophysical  Observatory.    Y.  B.  2. 

Hartmeyer,  R.,  132.    Polycitor  mayeri,  nov.  sp.,  from  the  Tortugas   10,  122 

■  J  concerning  Ascidians  of  the  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  6. 

Harvey,  E.  Nev/ton,  132.  Effect  of  Different  Temperatures  on  the  Medusa 
Cassiopea  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Rate  of  Conduction  of 
the  Nerve  Impulse    10,  122 

 ,  183,    Relation  between  the  Rate  of  Penetration  of  Marine  Tissues 

of  Alkali  and  the  Change  in  Functional  Activity  induced  by 

the  Alkali    14,  125 

 ,  212.    The  Permeability  of  Cells  for  Acids    15,  127 

 ,  concerning  investigations  at  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  8,  9,  10. 

 ,  concerning  researches  at  Murray  Island.    Y.  B.  13. 

 ,  on  Chemistry  of  Light  Production  by  Luminous  Animals.   Y.  B.14. 

Haskins,  Charles  H.,  concerning  Documentary  Materials  for  Anglo- 
Norman  History.   Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7. 

Hasse,  Adelaide  R.,  85.   Index  of  Economic  Material  in  Documents  of 

the  States  of  the  United  States   7,  74 

 ,  185.    Index  to  United   States  Documents  relating  to  Foreign 

Affairs,  1828-1861    14,  74 

Hatcher,  J.  B.,  concerning  an  Antarctic  Expedition.   Y.  B.  1. 

Hawkins,  L.  A.,  204.   Water-Relation  between  Plant  and  Soil   15,  114 

Hay,  O.  p.,  75.   Fossil  Turtles  of  North  America   6,  57 

— ,  concerning  Fossil  Turtles  of  North  America.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5. 

 ,  on  Vertebrate  Paleontology  of  Pleistocene  Epoch.   Y.  B.  11,12,13,14. 

Hayford,  J.  F.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake  ...      7,  52 

 ,  on  Investigation  of  the  Laws  of  Evaporation  and  Stream  Flow. 

Y.  B.  12,  13,  14. 

Hedrick,  H.  B.,  245.  Interpolation  Table  or  Tables  of  Proportional  Parts, 
containing  the  products  to  the  nearest  unit  of  all  numbers  from 
1  to  100  by  each  hundredth  from  0.01  to  0.99  and  of  all  numbers 

from  1  to  1000  by  each  thousandth  from  0.001  to  0.999   18,  28 

Hempl,  George,  concerning  Researches  on  the  Origin  and  Nature  of  Runic 
Inscriptions  and  on  the  Etruscan  Language.   Y.  B.  10,  12. 

Hesselberg,  Th.,  88.   Dynamic  Meteorology  and  Hydrography   7,  45 

Heldebrandt,  F.  M.,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in 

Mixed  Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Hill,  George  William,  9.    Collected  Mathematical  Works    2,  22 

Hill,  Roscoe  R.,  284.  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  the  Documents  relating  to 
the  History  of  the  United  States  in  the  Papeles  Procedentes 

de  Cuba,  in  the  Archivo  General  de  Indias  at  Seville..    17,  69 

Hines,  M.  a.,  135.   Researches  upon  the  Atomic  V/eights  of  Cadmium, 

Manganese,  Bromine,  etc   11,  43 

HiRTH,  Friedrich,  54.   Research  in  China   5,  53 

Hobe,  Adelaide  M.,  119.    Determination  of  Solar  Parallax  with  Crossley 

Reflector    9,  24 

HoDELL,  Charles  W.,  89.   The  Old  Yellow  Book:   Source  of  Browning's 

"The  Ring  and  the  Book"   7,  75 

Hodge,  Clifton  F.,  concerning  Domestication  and  Evolution  of  Grouse, 

Partridge,  and  Quails  of  North  America.  Y.  B.  6. 
HoFF,  J.  H.  van't,  concerning  research  in  Geophysics.  Y.  B.  1, 
Hoffman,  G.  F.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake..      7,  52 

Holland,  T.  K,  Introduction  of  work  of  Zouche   19 

Holland,  W.  J.,  concerning  an  Antarctic  Expedition.   Y.  B.  1. 


Index  of  Authors 


141 


Holmes,  A.,  210.  The  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by- 
means  of  the  Radiomicrometer,  etc   15,  37 

Holmes,  F.  S.,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Holmes,  J.  E.  L.,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Holmes,  William  H.,  concerning  Research  in  Anthropology.   Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  Evidence  Relative  to  the  Early  History  of  Man  in  America. 

Y.  B.  2,  3. 

HoLWAY,  R.  S.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7,  52 

Hooker,  Davenport,  133.  Certain  Reactions  to  Color  in  Young  Logger- 
head Turtle   ,   10,  122 

 ,  concerning  Behavior  of  Loggerhead  Turtles.   Y.  B.  6,  7. 

HosFORD,  H.  H.,  170.  Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 

Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids    12,  35 

Howard,  L.  O.,  159.    Mosquitoes  of  North  and  Central  America  and  the 

West  Indies    12,  129 

 ,  concerning  American  Mosquitoes.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9. 

Howard,  S.  F.,  170.  Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 
Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids   12,  35 


Howe,  Henry  M.,  Investigations  concerning  Steel  Ingots.   Y.  B.  6,  7,  8,  9. 

— ■  ,  determination  of  Refining  Temperature  of  Steel.    Y.  B.  10,  11. 

 ,  Life  History  of  Constituents  of  Carbon  Steel,  etc.    Y.  B.  12. 

 ,  investigation  into  the  Heat  Treatment  of  Steel.    Y.  B.  13. 

 ,  investigation  into  Physics  of  Iron  Carbon  Alloys.    Y.  B.  14. 

Howe,  William  Wirt,  Investigation  on  Legal  History  and  Comparative 

Jurisprudence.    Y.  B.  3. 
Howell,  W.  H.,  concerning  Research  in  Physiology.   Y.  B.  1. 


Huebner,  G.  G.,  215a.  History  of  Domestic  and  Foreign  Commerce..  16,  72 
Huggins,  William,  concerning  Astronomical  Research.    Y.  B.  2. 

Hughes,  E.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7,  52 

Hughes,  H.,  210.    The  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by 

means  of  the  Radiomicrometer,  etc   15,  37 

Huntington,  Ellsworth,  2G.    Explorations  in  Turkestan  3,  53,  59 

 ,  73.   Explorations  in  Turkestan    6,  59 

 ,  192.    The  Climatic  Factor  as  Illustrated  in  Arid  America   14,  63 

Hussakof,  Louis,  146.   The  Permian  Fishes  of  North  America   11,  56 

Hussey,  W.  J.,  concerning  Sites  for  Astronomical  Work  in  California 

and  Arizona.   Y.  B.  2. 
Hutchinson,  J.  F.,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in 

Alixed  Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Iddings,  Joseph  P.,  31,    Isomorphism  and  Therm.al  Properties  of  Feldspars      3,  40 

 ,  concerning  Geophysical  Investigations.    Y.  B.  2. 

Ivens,  Walter  G.,  253.    Dictionary  of  Sa'a  and  Ulawa  of  the  Melanesian 

Group  of  the  Oceanic  Family  of  Languages   18,  79 

Jackson,  Robert  T.,  182.    Studies  of  Jamaica  Echini   13,  124 

 ,  concerning  Studies  of  Echini  of  Montego  Bay.    Y.  B.  11. 

Jacobs,  M.  H.,  183.    Physiological  Studies  on  Certain  Protozoan  Parasites 

of  Diadema  setosum    14,  125 

—  ,  concerning  Physiological  Studies  on  the  Protozoan  Parasites  of 

Diadema  setosum.    Y.  B.  10. 
Jacobson,  C.  a.,  170.    Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 

Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids   12,  35 

Jameson,  J.  Franklin,  concerning  Research  in  History.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  report  on  Dept.  of  Historical  Research.    Y.B.5,6,7,8,9,10,11, 12,13,14. 

Jastrow,  Joseph,  concerning  Research  in  Psychology.   Y.  B.  1. 


142 


Index  of  Authors 


Jenks^  a.  E.,  200.   Report  upon  the  Present  Condition  and  Future  Needs 

of  the  Science  of  Anthropology   15,  61 

Jennings,  H.  S.,  16.    Study  of  Behavior  of  Lower  Organisms   3,  120 

 1  Experiments  on  the  Behavior  of  Lower  Animals.   Y.  B.  2. 

 ,  report  on  Investigations  at  Tortugas  Station.   Y.  B.  4. 

Jepson,  W.  L.,  87.    Concerning  Examination  of  Plants  of  Bolinas  Lagoon  .      7,  52 

Jesse,  R,  H.,  jr.,  185.    Researches  upon  the  Atomic  Weights  of  Cadmium, 

Manganese,  Bromine,  etc   11,  43 

Johnson,  Duncan  S.,  206.    The  Relation  of  Plants  to  Tide  Levels:  A 

Study  of  Factors  affecting  the  Distribution  of  Marine  Plants  .   15,  114 

Johnson,  E.  R.,  215a.    History  of  Domestic  and  Foreign  Commerce  of 

the  United  States    16,  72 

Johnson,  Franklin  P.,  226.    A  Human  Embryo  of  Twenty-four  pairs  of 

Somites    17,  82 

Johnson,  Roswell  H.,  122.    Determinate  Evolution  in  the  Color  Pattern 

of  the  Lady  Beetles    10,  97 

 1  concerning  Investigations  at  Cold  Spring  Harbor.   Y.  B.  4,  5. 

 ,  concerning  Station  for  Studying  Evolution.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  concerning  Variation  and  Heredity  in  Coccinellids.   Y.  B.  6. 

Johnston,  E.  S.,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Jones,  Grinnell,  69.   Atomic  Weights  of  Potassium,  Silver,  Chlorine,  etc      6,  32 

 ,  1S5.    Researches  on  Atomic  Weights  of  Cadmium,  Bromine,  etc.      11,  43 

Jones,  Harry  C,  60.    Hydrates  in  Aqueous  Solution   5,  33 

 ,  80.    Conductivity  and  Viscosity  in  Mixed  Solvents   6,  34 

—  ,  110.   Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions    9,  34 

—  ,  130.   A  Study  of  the  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  of  Certain 

Salts  of  Potassium,  Cobalt,  etc.,  as  affected  by  Chemical  Agents 

and  by  Temperature    10,  35 

 ^  160.    Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  of  Comparatively  Rare 

Salts,  etc   12,  35 

 ,  170.     Electrical    Conductivity,    Dissociation,    and  Temperature 

Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a  Number 

of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids   12,  35 

 ,  180.  Freezing-point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Viscosity  of  So- 
lutions of  Certain  Electrolytes  in  Water,  Methyl  Alcohol,  Ethyl 
Alcohol,  Acetone,  and  Glycerol,  and  in  Mixtures  of  these  Sol- 
vents with  one  another    13,  36 

—  ,  190.  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Affected  by  Tempera- 
ture and  by  Dilution :  Quantitative  Study  of  Absorption  Spectra 
by  Means  of  the  Radiomicrometer    14,  36 

 ,  210.    Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by  means  of 

the  Radiomicrometer.  The  Conductivities,  Dissociations,  and 
Viscosities  of  Solutions  of  Electrolytes  in  Aqueous,  Non- 
aqueous,  and   Mixed   Solvents   15,  37 

 ,  2S0.    Conductivities    and    Viscosities    in    Pure    and    in  Mixed 

Solvents.    The  Radiometric  Measurements,  of  the  Ionization 
Constants  of  Indicators    17,  37 

— — ,  concerning  certain  Investigations  in  Physical  Chemistry.  Y.  B.  3, 
4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14. 

Jones,  J.  C,  193.   Tufa  Deposits  of  the  Salton  Sink     14,  113 

Jones,  William,  concerning  Religion  of  Central  Algonkin  Indians,  Y.  B.  4,  5. 

Jones,  W.  R.  T.,  Address  at  opening  of  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution. 
Y.  B.  3. 

Jordan,  David  Starr,  on  Biological  Survey  of  Palearctic  Region.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  concerning  Ichthyology  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.    Y.  B.  1. 

 f  concerning  Station  for  Studying  Evolution.    Y.  B.  1. 

JoKDAN,  H.  E.,  102.    Germinal  Spot  in  Echinoderm  Eggs    8,  121 


Index  of  Authors 


143 


Jordan,  H.  E.,  102.   Relation  of  the  Nucleolus  to  the  Chromosomes  in  the 


Primary  Oocyte  of  Asterias  for.besii   8,  121 

,  102.    Spermatogenesis  of  Aplopus  mayeri   8,  121 

-— ,  182.  The  Spermatogenesis  of  the  Mongoose;  and  a  Further  Com- 
parative Study  of  Mammalian  Spermatogenesis,  with  Special 

Reference  to  Sex  Chromosomes    13,  124 

 ;  concerning  Study  of  Echinoderm  Eggs.    Y.  B.  6. 

 ,  concerning  the  Spermatogenesis  of  Jamaica  Mongoose.   Y.  B.  11. 

JoRGENSEN,  E.,  Concerning  Investigation  at  Tortugas  Station.    Y.  B.  9. 

JosLiN,  Elliott  P.,  186.    Metabolism  in  Diabetes  Mellitus   11,  86 

,  176.    Study  of  Metabolism  in  Severe  Diabetes   13,  86 

Kanolt,  C.  W.,  63.    Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions   5,  33 

Kapteyn,  J.  C,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 

Kato,  Yogoro,  63.   Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions   5,  33 

Kayser,  H.,  concerning  Solar  Observatory.   Y.  B.  2. 

Keiller,  V.  H.,  132.   Anatomy  of  Pentaceros  reticulatus   10,  122 

Kellner,  Carl,  report  on  Investigation  at  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  5. 

Kelvin,  Lord,  concerning  Research  in  Geophysics.   Y.  B.  1. 

Kemp,  James  F.,  concerning  Geophysical  Investigations.    Y.  B.  2. 

Kidder,  Homer,  73.    Explorations  in  Turkestan   6,  59 

King,  Arthur  S.,  153.   Influence  of  a  Magnetic  Field  upon  the  Spark 

Spectra  of  Iron  and  Titanium    11,  44 

 ,  concerning  Emission  Spectra  at  High  Temperatures.   Y.  B.  4. 

Knab,  Frederick,  159.    Mosquitoes  of  North  and  Central  America  and 

the  West  Indies    12,  129 

Knobel,  E.  B.,  86.    Ptolemy's  Catalogue  of  Stars   7,  25 

 ,  250.    Ulugh  Beg's  Catalogue  of  Stars,  revised  from  all  Persian 

manuscripts  existing  in  Great  Britain,  with  a  Vocabulary  of 
Persian  and  Arabic  words   18,  25 

Knox,  Alice  A.,  08.   Induction,  Development,  and  Heritability  of  Fascia- 

tions    8,  111 

KoFOiD,  C.  H.,  87.    Concerning  Biological  Reconnaissance  of  Tomales  Bay 

and  Bolinas  Lagoon  Region    7,  52 

Kohlrausch,  C,  concerning  Research  in  Geophysics.    Y.  B.  1. 

Kreider,  H.  R.,  170.  Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 
Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids   12,  35 

 ,  180.  Freezing-point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Viscosity  of  So- 
lutions of  Certain  Electrolytes  in  Water,  Methyl  Alcohol,  etc.    13,  36 

Kullmer,  C.  J.,  192.  The  Climatic  Factor  as  Illustrated  in  Arid  America.    14,  63 

Kunz,  George  F.,  concerning  Precious  Stones  and  Minerals  used  in  Ancient 
Babylonia.   Y.  B.  2,  3. 

KusTNER,  C.  F.,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.   Y.  B.  2. 

Ladd,  George  T.,  concerning  Research  in  Psychology.   Y.  B.  1. 

Lancaster,  H.  C,  171.    Pierre  Du  Ryer,  Dramatist   12,  76 

Lane,  Alfred  C,  concerning  Geophysical  Investigations.    Y.  B.  2. 

Lane,  Henry  H.,  104.  On  the  Ovary  and  Ova  in  Lucifuga  and  Stygicola. '    8,  103 

Langley,  S.  P.,  concerning  Research  in  Astronomy.    Y.  B.  1. 

Lapradelle,  Albert  de.  Introduction  to  Works  of  Vattel   19 

Lasby,  Jennie  B.,  138.   Investigation  of  the  Rotation  Period  of  the  Sun 

by  Spectroscopic  Methods    11,  23 

Lashley,  K.  S.,  211.    Homing  and  Related  Activities  of  Birds   15,  126 

 ,  211.    Acquisition  of  Skill  in  Archery   15,  126 

 ,  on  Homing  and  Nesting  Instincts  in  the  Noddy  and  Sooty  Tern. 

Y.  B.  12. 

 ,  on  Practice  in  Learning  Archery.   Y.  B.  12. 

Lawson,  Andrew  C,  87.  The  California  Earthquake  of  April  18,  1906...  7,  52 
Learned,  Marion  D.,  160.   Guide  to  Manuscript  Material  relating  to 

American  History  in  German  State  Archives   11,  69 


144 


Index  of  Authors 


Lehmer,  Derrick  N.,  105.   Factor  Table  for  the  First  Ten  Millions   9,  27 

 ,  166.   Tables  giving  a  Complete  List  of  Prime  Numbers  between 

the  limits  1  and  10,006,721    12,  27 

 ,  concerning  a  Complete  List  of  Prime  Numbers  between  Limits  1 

and  10,006,721.    Y.  B.  11. 

 ,  concerning  Factor  Tables  of  First  Ten  Million  Numbers.  Y.  B.  3,  5,  6. 

Leland,  W.  G.,  14.    Guide  to  the  Archives  of  the  Government  of  the 

United  States  in  Washington    3,  65 

  ,  92.    Guide  to  the  Archives  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States 

in  Washington    7,  65 

Leopold,  Samuel,  177.   Venom  of  Heloderma   13,  129 

Leuschner,  a.  O.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake      7,  52 

Lewis,  E.  D.,  38.   Writings  on  American  History,  1903    4,  65 

Lewis,  E.  Percival,  concerning  Vacuum  tube  Spectra  of  Gases  and  Vapors. 

Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  14. 
Lewis,  Margaret  R.,  226.    The  Development  of  Connective  Tissue  Fibers 

in  Tissue  Cultures  of  Chick  Embryos   17,  82 

Lillh,  Ralph  S.,  concerning  Relation  of  Ions  to  Various  Forms  of  Proto- 
plasmic Movement.   Y.  B.  4. 

Lindsay,  C.  F.,  80.    Conductivity  and  Viscosity  in  Mixed  Solvents   6,  34 

Linton,  Edwin,  102.    Helminth  Fauna  of  the  Dry  Tortugas   8,  121 

—  ,  133.    Helminth  Fauna  of  the  Dry  Tortugas   10,  124 

 concerning  Investigations  at  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  5,  6,  7. 

Little,  C.  C,  179.  Experimental  Studies  of  Inheritance  of  Color  in  Mice  13,  97 
Littlehales,  G.  W.,  concerning  Proposed  Magnetic  Survey  of  the  North 

Pacific  Ocean.   Y.  B.  3. 
Livingston,  Burton  E.,  50.   Relation  of  Desert  Plants  to  Soil  Moisture 

and  to  Evaporation   4,  112 

 ,  113.    Soils  of  the  Desert  Laboratory  Domain    9,  111 

 ,  204.     The  Water-Relation  between  Plant  and  Soil   15,  114 

 ,  204.    The  Water-Supplying  Power  of  the  Soil  as  Indicated  by 

Osmometers    15,  114 

 ,  concerning  Relation  of  Desert  Plants  to  Soil  Moisture.   Y.  B.  3,  4. 

Lloyd,  Francis  E.,  82.    Physiology  of  Stomata   6,  112 

 ,  139.    Guayule;  A  Rubber  Plant  of  the  Chihuahuan  Desert   11,  113 

 ,  concerning  Correlation  between  Stomatal  Action  and  Transpiration 

in  Types  of  Desert  Plants.   Y.  B.  4. 
Lloyd,  H.  H.,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

LocKYER,  Norman,  concerning  Astrophysical  Observatory.    Y.  B.  2. 

LoEB,  Leo,  177.   Venom  of  Heloderma   13,  129 

 ,  concerning  Toxic  Action  of  the  Venom  of  Heloderma  suspectum. 

Y.  B.  6,  7,  8,  9,  11. 
LoEW,  E.  A.,  concerning  Researches  and  Publication  of  the  Scriptura  Bene- 

ventana.    Y.  B.  11,  12,  13,  14. 
LoEWY,  M.,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 

Long,  J.  A.,  142.    Maturation  of  the  Egg  of  the  Mouse   11,  104 

Longley,  W.  H.,  on  Color  of  Gulf-v/eed  Fauna  and  Reef  Fishes.  Y.B.12,14. 
 ,  report  on  Researches  at  Murray  Island.    Y.  B.  13. 

Longley,  William  R.,  161.    Periodic  Orbits    12,  26 

LouDERBACK,  G.  D.,  87.  Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake  7,  52 
 ,  study  of  certain  Geological  Problems.    Y.  B.  4. 

LuNN,  A.  C,  107.   Geophysical  Theory  under  the  Planetesimal  Hypothesis      9,  51 
Lutz,  Anne  M.,  Investigations  at  Cold  Spring  Harbor.   Y.  B.  5,  6,  8. 
LuTZ,  Frank  E.,  101.   Variation  and  Correlation  of  the  Taxonomic 

Characters  of  Gryllus    8,  96 

 ^  143.    Experiments  with  Drosophila  ampelophila   11,  97 

 ,  concerning  Investigations  at  Cold  Spring  Harbor.    Y.  B.  4,  5,  6. 


Index  of  Authors  145 

MacCurdy,  Hansford,  70.    Inheritance  of  Coat-pigments  and  Coat-patterns 

in  Rats  and  Guinea-pigs    6,  95 

MacDougal,  D.  T.,  6.    Desert  Botanical  Laboratory   2,  109 

 ,  24.    Mutants  and  Hybrids  of  the  Oenotheras   3,  94,  109 

 ,  81.    Mutations,  Variations,  and  Relationships  of  the  Oenotheras  6,  95,  109 

 ,  99.    Botanical  Features  of  North  American  Deserts   8,  109 

—  ,  113.    Origin  of  Desert  Floras    9,  111 

 ,  129.    Conditions  of  Parasitism  in  Plants   10,  110 

 ,  141.    Water-Balance  of  Succulent  Plants    11,  109 

 ,  193.    The  Salton  Sea:  A  Study  of  the  Geography,  the  Geology, 

the  Floristics,  and  the  Ecology  of  a  Desert  Basin   14,  113 

 ,  Desert  Botanical  Laboratory.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4. 

 ,  report  on  Dept.  for  Botanical  Research.    Y.B.5,6,7,8,9,10,1 1,12,13,14. 

MacDowell,  E.  C,  196.    Size  Inheritance  in  Rabbits   14,  99 

Macfarlane,  John  M.,  concerning  Research  in  Botany.   Y.  B.  1. 
MacGill,  Caroline  E.,  215c.    History  of  Transportation  in  the  United 

States  before  1860   16,  72 

Mach,  Ernst,  concerning  Research  in  Geophysics.    Y.  B.  1. 

Macklin,  Charles  C,  224.    Binucleate  Cells  in  Tissue  Cultures   17,  81 

MacMillan,  W.  D.,  107.    On  the  Loss  of  Energy  by  Friction  of  the  Tides.      9,  51 

 ,  161.    Periodic  Orbits    12,  26 

Mahin,  E.  G.,  180.    Freezing-point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Viscosity 

of  Solutions  of  Certain  Electrolytes  in  Water,  Methyl  Alcohol, 

Ethyl  Alcohol,  etc   13,  36 

Mall,  Franklin  P.,  221.    On  the  Fate  of  the  Human  Embryo  in  Tubal 

Pregnancy    16,  81 

 ,  224.    Human  Magma  Reticule  in  Normal  and  in  Pathological 

Development    17,  81 

 ,  226.    Cyclopia  in  the  Human  Embryo   17,  82 

 ,  report  on  Embryological  Research.    Y.  B.  12. 

 ,  report  on  Department  of  Embryology.    Y.  B.  13,  14. 

Mark,  E.  L,,  142.    Maturation  of  the  Egg  of  the  Mouse   11,  104 

—  ,  concerning  Development  of  the  Ova  of  Mice.    Y.  B.  6,  7,  8. 

—  ,  concerning  Studies  in  Heredity.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9. 

Mascart,  E.,  concerning  Magnetic  Research.   Y.  B.  2. 

Mast,  S.  O.,  132.    Behavior  of  Loggerhead  Turtle  in  Depositing  its  Eggs.  10,  123 

 ,  concerning  Reactions  to  Light  on  Marine  Turbellaria.    Y.  B.  9. 

Matthai,  George,  on  Comparative  Morphology  of  Recent  Madreporaria 

around  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  14. 
Matthes,  F.  E.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake.       7,  52 
Maunder,  E.  Walter,  concerning  Astrophysical  Observatory.   Y.  B.  2. 

Mayer,  Alfred  G.,  47.   Rhythmical  Pulsation  in  ScyphomeduscC   4,  120 

—  ,  102.   Annual  Breeding-swarm  of  the  Atlantic  Palolo   8,  121 

 ,  102.    Rhythmical  Pulsation  in  Scyphomedusse   8,  121 

 ,  109.   The  Medusae  of  the  World   9,  120 

 ,  132.   Converse    Relation    between    Ciliary    and  Neuro-muscular 

Movements    10  122 

 ,  162.    Ctenophores  of  the  Atlantic  Coast  of  North  America.  ....   12,'  121 

 ,  182.    In  Memoriam:  George  Harold  Drew   13,  124 

 ,  183.    Effects  of  Temperature  upon  Tropical  Marine  Animals          14,  125 

 ,  183.    Law  Governing  the  Loss  of  Weight  in  Starving  Cassiopea  14,  125 

 ,  183.    Relation  between  Degree  of  Concentration  of  Electrolytes 

of  Sea- Water  and  Rate  of  Nerve  Conduction  in  Cassiopea...   14,  125 

 ,  212.    Medusae  of  the  Philippines  and  of  Torres  Straits   15,  127 

 ,  213.    (Ecology  of  the  Murray  Island  Coral  Reef   16,  128 

 ,  concerning  Rhythmical  Pulsation  of  Scyphomedusse.    Y.  B.  4. 

 ,  concerning  Swarming  of  the  Atlantic  Palolo.   Y.  B.  4. 

 ,  report  on  Dept.  of  Marine  Biology.  Y.B.3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14. 

McCall,  A.  G.,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17^  37 


146 


Index  of  Authors 


McClendon,  J.  F.,  132.   On  Adaptations  in  Structure  and  Habits  of  Some 

Marine  Animals  of  Tortugas,  Florida   10,  122 

 ,  188.   Experiments  on  the  Permeability  of  Cells   14,  125 

 ,  concerning  Investigations  at  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  7,  9. 

McClung,  C.  E.,  concerning  Spermatogenesis  of  Insects.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4. 

McGlone,  B.,  102.    Origin  of  the  Lung  of  Ampullaria   8,  121 

McLaughlin,  A.  C,  22.   Report  on  the  Diplomatic  Archives  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  1789-1840    3,  65 

 ,  38.    Writings  on  American  History,  1903   4,  65 

 y  concerning  Research  in  History.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  report  of  Department  of  Historical  Research.   Y.  B.  3,  4. 

McMaster,  L.,  60.    Hydrates  in  Aqueous  Solution   5,  33 

 .  80-    Conductivity  and  Viscosity  in  Mixed  Solvents   6,  34 

Medes,  Grace,  212.   The  Pluteus  of  Laganum  sp   15,  127 

Mehl,  M.  G.,  181.  Permo-Carboniferous  Vertebrates  of  New  Mexico.  13,  56 
Melcher,  a.  C,  63.    Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions   5,  33 


Mellor,  C.  C,  concerning  an  Antarctic  Expedition.   Y.  B.  1. 
Mendel,  L.  B.,  156.   Feeding  Experiments  with  Isolated  Food-Substances    12,  92 

 ,  concerning  Physiology  of  Growth.    Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7. 

 ,  concerning  Vegetable  Proteids.    Y.  B.  11,  12,  13,  14. 

Mendenhall,  C.  K,  concerning  Solar  Observatory.   Y.  B.  2. 

Merriam,  C.  Hart,  concerning  Biological  Survey  of  South  and  Central 

America,   Y.  B.  1. 
 ,  concerning  Research  in  Zoology.   Y.  B.  1. 


Merritt,  Ernest,  152.    Studies  in  Luminescence   11,  44 

Meyer,  A.  W.,  222.    Fields,  Graphs,  and  other  Data  on  Fetal  Growth   16,  81 

Meyer,  B.  H.,  215c.    History  of  Transportation  in  the  United  States 

before   1860    16,  72 

Meyers,  M.  K.,  177.   Venom  of  Heloderma    13,  129 

Michelson,  a.  a.,  concerning  Diffraction  Gratings.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  14. 
—  ,  concerning  Research  in  Geophysics.   Y.  B.  1. 

Miller,  G.  S.,  concerning  Biological  Survey  of  Palearctic  Region.  Y.  B,  1. 
Miller,  W.  L.,  concerning  study  of  Electric  Migrations  in  Solutions  of 
Weak  Acids.    Y.  B.  3. 


MiNOT,  Charles  S.,  study  of  Nuclei  of  Cells  in  Various  Vertebrates,  and 

other  Investigations  in  Cytomorphosis.    Y.  B.  14. 
Mitchell,  S.  Weir,  concerning  Research  in  Physiology.   Y.  B.  1. 
MoENKHAus,  W.  J.,  on  Investigations  at  Cold  Spring  Harbor.   Y.  B.  4,  5. 


MoLLisoN,  Th.,  73.   Explorations  in  Turkestan   6,  59 

MooDiE,  Roy  L.,  238.    Coal  Measures  Amphibia  of  North  America   17,  58 

MooRE,  E.  H.,  concerning  Research  in  Mathematics.   Y.  B.  1. 

MooRE,  Fredrica  C,  110.   Determination  of  Solar  Parallax  with  Crossley 

Reflector    9^  24 

Morgan,  T.  H.,  237.    Sex-linked  Inheritance  in  Drosophila   17,  105 

MoRisoN,  George  S.,  report  concerning  Engineering.    Y.  B.  1. 
Morley,  Frank,  concerning  Research  in  Mathematics.   Y.  B.  1. 
 ,  concerning  Application  of  Cremona  Groups  to  the  Solution  of  Alge- 
braic Equations.    Y.  B.  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14. 
Morley,  S.  G..  200.   Report  upon  the  Present  Condition  and  Future  Needs 

of  the  Science  of  Anthropology    15,  61 

 ,  219.    The  Maya  Inscriptions    16,  61 

 ,  concerning  researches  in  American  Archeology.    Y.  B.  13,  14. 

Morse,  Albert  P.,  18.    North  American  Acridiids   3,  130 

 ,  68.     North  American  Acridiidae   5,  130 

— ,  concerning  North  American  Acridiidse.   Y.  B.  4,  5. 
Morse,  H.  N.,  198.   The  Osmotic  Pressure  of  Aqueous  Solutions :  Report 
on  Investigations  made  in  the  Chemical  Laboratory  of  the 

Johns  Hopkins  University  during  the  years  1899-1913   15,  45 

 ,  concerning  Measurement  of  Osmotic  Pressure  of  Solutions.   Y.  B. 

2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14. 


Index  of  Authors  147 

Mother,  D.  M.,  16.   Fecundation  in  Plants    3  109 

MouLTON,  F.  R.,  107.   Notes  on  the  Possibility  of  Fission  of  a 'Contracting 

Rotating  Fluid  Mass    9  51 

 ,  107.    Certain  Relations  among  Possible  Changes  in  Motions  of 

Mutually  Attracting  Spheres  Disturbed  by  Tidal  Interactions     9,  51 

 ,  161.    Periodic  Orbits    12  26 

■  ,  concerning  Fundamental  Problems  in  Geologj'.   Y.  B.*  4,  5,*  *6,  7,  *8. 

 ,  concerning  Investigations  in  Cosmogony  and  Celestial  Mechanics! 

Y.  B.  10,  11  12,  13,  14. 
 ,  concerning  the  Planetesimal  Hypothesis.    Y.  B.  9. 

Mueller,  E,  m.    Atomic  Weights  of  Potassium,  Silver,  Chlorine,  etc...      6,  32 
—  ,  136,   Researches  upon  the  Atomic  Weights  of  Cadmium,  Manga- 
nese, Bromine,  etc   \\  43 

MuHSE,  Effa  Funk,  104.    On  Typhlops  lumbricalis  ............  \  \  \ ....      8  'l03 

MuLLENix,  R.  C,  114.    Studies  of  Inheritance  in  Rabbits   9,  96 

MuLLER,  G.,  concerning  Astrophysical  Observatory.  Y.  B.  2. 

MuLLER,  W.  Max,  63.   Egyptological  Researches    4,  60 

 ,  concerning  Archeological  Researches  in  Egypt.   Y.  B.  5,  6,  9,  10. 

— - — ,  concerning  Monuments  of  Egypt  and  Nubia.    Y.  B.  3. 
Munsterberg,  Hugo,  concerning  Research  in  Psychology.    Y.  B.  1. 
MURSCHHAUSER,  H.,  231.    Energy   Transformations   during  Horizontal 

Walking    9q 

Nernst,  W.,  concerning  Research  in  Geophysics.   Y.  B.  1. 

Neumayer,  G.,  concerning  Magnetic  Research.    Y.  B.  2. 

New  ALL,  H.  F.,  concerning  Astrophysical  Observatory.     Y.  B.  2. 

Newcomb,  Simon,  10.    Contributions  to  Stellar  Statistics   2,  22 

 ,  11.    Statistical  Inquiry  into  Probability  of  Causes  of  Production  of 

Sex  in  Human  Offspring    2  102 

•  ,  72.    Inequalities  in  Motion  of  the  Moon   6,  22 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Astronomy.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  Determination  of  Elements  of  the  Moon's  Motions.   Y.  B.  2,  3. 

 ,  Investigations  in  Mathematical  Astronomy,  etc.    Y.  B.  6,  7,  8. 

 ,  Investigations  of  Mean  Motion  of  the  Moon.   Y.  B.  4,  5. 

 ,  on  Methods  for  Promoting  Research  in  the  Exact  Sciences.  Y.  B.  3. 

Nichols,  E.  F.,  concerning  National  Observatories.   Y.  B.  2. 

Nichols,  Edward  L.,  162.    Studies  in  Luminescence   11,  44 

 ,  concerning  Study  of  the  Properties  of  Matter  through  a  Wide 

Range  of  Temperatures.    Y.  B.  11,  12,  13,  14. 

 ,  on  Study  of  Fluorescence  and  Phosphorescence.   Y.  B.  4,5,6,7,8,9,10. 

Nipher,  Francis  E.,  on  Determination  of  Magnetic  Effects  of  an  Explosion 

of  Dynamite.    Y.  B.  14. 
Noguchi,  Hideyo,  12.   Action  of  Snake  Venom  upon  Cold-blooded  Animals    2,  129 

 ,  111.    Snake  Venoms    9  i29 

 ,  concerning  Snake  Venoms.    Y.  B.  3. 

Noyes,  Arthur  a.,  63.   Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions....      5,  33 

 ,  concerning  Certain  Investigations  in  Physical  Chemistry.    Y.  B.  2 

3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14. 
NyrI:n,  M.,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.   Y.  B.  2. 

Nys,  Ernest,  Introduction  to  the  works  of  Victoria   19 

Olive,  Edgar  W.,  Cytological  Relations  to  the  Amoebae,  Acrasise,  and  Myx- 

omycetes.    Y.  B.  2. 

 ,  on  Life  Histories  and  Cytology  of  Certain  Lower  Plants.  Y.B.3,4,5. 

Omori,  F.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7;  52 

Ordeman,  G.  F.,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc.   17  37 

OsBORN,  Henry  F.,  on  Researches  in  Paleontology  and  Zoology.   Y.  B.  1. 

Osborne,  Thomas  B.,  84.   Proteins  of  Wheat  Kernel   7,  92 

 ,  156.   Feeding  Experiments  with  Isolated  Food-Substances  .*.  12*92 

 ,  concerning  Comparative   Study  of  Certain  Vegetable  Proteins. 

Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14. 


148 


Index  of  Authors 


Osborne,  Thomas  B.,  concerning  research  on  Chemical  Substances  yielded 

by  Proteins  of  the  Wheat  Kernel.    Y.  B.  3. 
OsBURN,  Raymond  C,  182.   The  Bryozoa  of  the  Tortugas  Islands,  Florida  13,  124 

Osgood,  Charles  G.,  189.    Concordance  to  the  Poems  of  Spenser   14,  76 

Osgood,  Herbert  L.,  Completion  of  an  Institutional  History  of  the  American 
Colonies  during  Period  of  French  Wars.    Y.  B.  11, 12, 13, 14. 
Palmesi,  H.  K.,  119.   Determination  of  Solar  Parallax  with  Crossley  Re- 
flector   9,  24 

Parish,  S.  B.,  193.    Plant  Ecology  and  Floristics  of  the  Salton  Sink.  ...  14,  113 
Parker,  David  W.,  148.    Calendar  of  Papers  in  Washington  Archives  re- 
lating to  the  Territories  of  the  United  States   11,  66 

 f  172.    Guide  to  Materials  for  United  States  History  in  Canadian 

Archives    12,  66 

Parkhurst,  J.  A.,  33.    Researches  in  Stellar  Photometry   3,  22 

Patten,  William,  concerning  Origin  of  Vertebrates.     Y.  B.  3,  4. 
Paullin,  C.  O.,  90b.   Guide  to  Materials  in  London  Archives  for  the  His- 
tory of  the  United  States  since  1783   7,  67 

Paulus,  M.  G.,  210.    The  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by 

means  of  the  Radiomicrometer,  etc   15,  37 

 ,  230.    Conductivities    and   Viscosities   in   Pure   and   in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Paxson,  F.  L.,  90b.    Guide  to  Materials  in  London  Archives  for  the  His- 
tory of  the  United  States  since  1783   7,  67 

Payne,  Fernandus,  104.  Blind  Reptiles :  Feeding  Habits  of  Amblyopsis,  etc.  8,  103 
Pearce,  J.  N.,  180.   Freezing-point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Viscosity 
of  Solutions  of  Certain  Electrolytes  in  Water,  Methyl  Alcohol, 

Ethyl  Alcohol,  etc   13,  36 

Pearl,  Raymond,  58.    Variation  and  Differentiation  in  Ceratophyllum. .  .5, 103,  111 

 ,  64.    Variation  and  Correlation  in  the  Crayfish   5,  103 

 ,  on  Statistical  Methods  of  Correlation  in  Variation.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5. 

Pearson,  Karl,  concerning  Methods  for  Promoting  Research  in  the  Exact 
Sciences.   Y.  B.  3. 

Peirce,  G.  J.,  193.    Behavior  of  Certain  Micro-Organisms  in  Brine   14,  113 

Pender,  Harold,  Magnetic  Effect  of  Electrical  Convection.    Y.  B.  2. 
Perez,  Luis  M.,  83.    Guide  to  Materials  for  American  History  in  Cuban 

Archives    7,  68 

Perkins,  Henry  F.,  102.   Notes  on  Medusae  of  the  Western  Atlantic   8,  121 

 ,  report  upon  Investigations  at  Tortugas  Station.   Y.  B.  4. 

Perkins,  Janet,  studies  on  the  Philippine  Flora.    Y.  B.  2. 

Perrine,  Charles  D.,  119.   Determination  of  the  Solar  Parallax  from 

Photographs  of  Eros    9,  24 

Peters,  C.  H.  F.,  43.   Heliographic  Positions  of  Sun-Spots   4,  25 

 ,  86.    Ptolemy's  Catalogue  of  Stars    7,  25 

Peters,  W.  J.,  175.    (Vol.  III.)    Ocean  Magnetic  Observations,  1905-1916, 

and  Reports  on  Special  Researches  13,49 

Phillips,  A.  H.,  on  Examination  of  Marine  Organisms  to  determine  their 

Capacities  for  Storing  or  Accumulating  Metals.    Y.  B.  14. 

Phillips,  J.  C,  144.   On  Germinal  Transplantation  in  Vertebrates   11,  97 

 ,  196.    Piebald  Rats  and  Selection    14,  98 


Phillips,  Ulrich  B.,  concerning  Plantation  System  in  the  Ante-bellum 
South.   Y.  B.  4. 

Pickering,  Edward  C,  concerning  Research  in  Astronomy.   Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  on  Methods  for  Promoting  Research  in  the  Exact  Sciences.  Y.  B.  3. 

 ,  study  of  Astronomical  Photographs.   Y.  B.  2. 

Pinchot,  Gifford,  concerning  Research  in  Botany.    Y.  B.  1. 
Pirsson,  Louis  V.,  concerning  Geophysical  Investigations.   Y.  B.  2. 
Poincar6,  Jules-Henri,  9.   Introduction  to  the  Collected  Mathematical 

Works  of  George  William  Hill   ^   2,  22 

Porter,  James  P.,  concerning  Certain  Psychological  Investigations.  Y.  B.  6. 


Index  of  Authors  149 

Potts,  F.  A.,  212.    On  the  Rhizocephalan  Genus  Thompsonia  and  its 

Relation  to  the  Evolution  of  the  Group   15,  127 

•  ,  212.    Hapalocarcinus,  the  Gall-forming  Crab,  with  some  Notes  on 

the  Related  Genus   Cryptochirus   15,  127 

 ,  212.    The  Fauna  Associated  with  the  Crinoids  of  a  Tropical  Coral 

Reef;  With  especial  reference  to  its  Colour  Variations   15,  127 

 ,  concerning  Researches  at  Murray  Island.    Y.  B.  13. 

Pratt,  H.  S.,  133.    Monocotyle  floridana,  a  New  Monogenetic  Trematode  10,  124 

 — ,  concerning  Trematodes  and  Cestodes  of  Tortugas.    Y.  B.  8,  9. 

Pulling,  H.  E.,  204.    The  Water-Supplying  Power  of  the  Soil  as  indicated 

by  Osmometers    15  114 

PuMPELLY,  Raphael,  26.    Explorations  in  Turkestan  .Z,  53,  59 

 ,  73.    Explorations  in  Turkestan    '   6,'  59 

Pumpelly,  R.  W.,  26.    Explorations  in  Turkestan  .3,  53*  59 

 ,  78.    Explorations  in  Turkestan   5]  59 

 ,  concerning  Archeological  and  Physico-geographical  Reconnaissance 

in  Turkestan.    Y.  B.  2. 

—  ,  concerning  Trans-Caspian  Archeological  Expedition.   Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5. 

Putnam,  Herbert,  report  concerning  Bibliography.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  report  on  Handbook  of  Learned  Societies.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4. 

Putnam,  W.  S.,  210.    Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by 

means  of  the  Radiomicrometer,  etc   IS,  37 

 ,  230.    Conductivities    and    Viscosities    in    Pure    and    in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   \y  37 

Rachel,  Samuel.    De  Jure  Naturae  et  Gentium  Dissertationes  Duje   '  19 

Ramsey,  E.  E.,  104.   Brain  of  Amblyopsis    8,  103 

Rayleigh,  Lord,  concerning  Methods  for  Promoting  Research  in  the  Exact 
Sciences.    Y.  B.  3. 

Reed,  William  M.,  Observation  of  Variable  Stars.    Y.  B.  2,  3. 

Rehfuss,  M.  E.,  177.   Venom  of  Heloderma  '.   13,  129 

Reichert,  Edward  T.,  116.  Differentiation  and  Specificity  of  Correspond- 
ing Proteins  and  other  Vital  Substances  in  relation  to  Biologi- 
cal Classification  and  Organic  Evolution:  The  Crystallography 
of  Hemoglobins    9  jQg 

 ,  17S.    Differentiation  and  Specificity  of  Starches  in  Relation  to 

Genera,  Species,  etc. :  Stereochemistry  applied  to  Protoplasmic 
Processes  and  Products,  and  as  a  strictly  Scientific  Basis  for  the 
Classification  of  Plants  and  Animals    13,  106 

 ,  concerning  Crystallography  of  Hemogoblins.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8. 

 concerning  Differentiation  and  Specificity  of  Homologous  Vital 

Substances.    Y.  B.  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14. 

Reid,  Harry  Fielding,  87.  (California  Earthquake,  Vol.  2.)  The  Me- 
chanics of  the  Earthquake    7  52 

Reighard,  Jacob,  108.  An  Experimental  Field-study  of  Warning" Col- 
oration in  Coral-reef  Fishes    g  121 

 concerning  Color  Discrimination,  Association,  and  Memory  in  the 

Gray  Snapper,  etc.   Y.  B.  6. 

 ,  concerning  Warning  Coloration  in  Reef-fishes.   Y.  B.  4. 

Reinke,  E.  E.,  183.  Development  of  the  Apyrene  Spermatozoa  of  Strom- 
bus  bituberculatus    I4  i25 

 ,  on  Dimorphic  Spermatozoa  of  Marine  Prosobranchs.  Y.B.10,11,12,13. 

Remsen,  Ira,  concerning  Research  in  Chemistry,    Y.  B.  1. 
Ricco,  A.,  concerning  Solar  Observatory.    Y.  B.  2. 

Richards,  Herbert  M.,  209.  Acidity  and  Gas  interchange  in  Cacti  ...  15,  115 
Richards,  Theodore  W.,  7.    Method  for  Determining  Compressibility....      2,  31 

 ,  28.    Atomic  V/eights  of  Sodium  and  Chlorine   3,  31 

 y  56.    Energy  Changes  involved  in  the  Dilution  of  Zinc  and  Cadmium 

Amalgams    5  31 

 ,  61.    Electromotive  Force  of  Iron  under  Varying  Conditions   5^  32 

 ,  69.   Atomic  Weights  of  Potassium,  Silver,  Chlorine,  etc   6^3^ 


150 


Index  of  Authors 


Richards,  Theodore  W.,  76.   Compressibilities  of  the  Elements,  and  Their 

Periodic  Relations    6,  32 

— — ,  118.  Electrochemical  Investigation  of  Liquid  Amalgams  of  Thal- 
lium, Indium,  Tin,  Zinc,  Cadmium,  Lead,  Copper,  Lithium ...      9,  32 

 ,  125.    Determinations  of  Atomic  Weights   10,  33 

—— ,  concerning  Research  in  Chemistry.    Y.  B.  1. 

,  on  Determination  of  Atomic  Weights  and  other  Fundamental  Phys- 
ico-Chemical  Constants.   Y.  B.  2, 3, 4,  5,  6,  7,  8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. 

Riddle,  Oscar,  concerning  Publication  of  Manuscripts  of  Dr.  C.  O.  Whit- 
man.   Y.  B.  11,  12,  13. 

RiTTER,  W.  K,  87.    Concerning  Biological  Reconnaissance  of  Bodega  Bay     7,  52 

RiVAS,  D.,  177.    Venom  of  Heloderma   13,  129 

Rivers,  W.  H.  R.,  200.    Report  upon  the  Present  Condition  and  Future 

Needs  of  the  Science  of  Anthropology   15,  61 

Robertson,  James  A.,  124.  List  of  Documents  in  Spanish  Archives  re- 
lating to  the  History  of  the  United  States,  which  have  been 
Printed  or  of  which  Transcripts  are  in  American  Libraries.,     10,  68 

Rogers,  F.  J.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7,  52 

Ross,  Frank  E.,  72.    Inequalities  in  Motion  of  the  Moon   6,  22 

Ross,  W.  H.,  193.    Chemical  Composition  of  the  Water  of  the  Salton  Sea, 

and  Its  Annual  Variation  in  Concentration,  1906-1912   14,  113 

RouiLLER,  C.  A.,  80.    Conductivity  and  Viscosity  in  Mixed  Solvents   6,  34 

RowE,  L.  S.,  on  Federal  System  of  Argentine  Republic.    Y.  B.  7,  8,  9. 

 -,  concerning  Federal  System  of  Mexico.    Y.  B.  10,  11,  12. 

Roy,  Arthur  J.,  246.    Catalogue  of  2800  Stars  between  2°  of  South  and  1" 

of  North  Declination   18,  24 

Russell,  Henry  Norris,  147.   Determinations  of  Stellar  Parallax   11,  24 

 concerning  Determination  of  Stellar  Parallaxes.    Y.  B.  3,  5,  6,  7. 

Sabin,  Florence  R.,  223.  On  the  Fate  of  the  Posterior  Cardinal  Veins 
and  their  Relation  to  the  Development  of  the  Vena  Cava  and 
Azygos  in  the  Embryo  Pig   16,  81 

 ,  220.    Origin  and  Development  of  the  Primitive  Vessels  of  the 

Chick  and  the  Pig   17,  82 

Sandstrom,  J.  W.,  88.    Dynamic  Meteorology  and  Hydrography   7,  45 

 ,  Methods  of  Hydrodynamics  and  Thermodynamics.    Y.  B.  5,  6,  7. 

Sargent,  R.  H.,  54.   Research  in  China   5,  53 

Schellenberg,  H.  C,  78.    Explorations  in  Turkestan   6,  59 

Schlesinger,  Frank,  concerning  Parallax  Computations.    Y.  B.  6,  7,  10. 

Schmidt,  Hubert,  73.   Explorations  in  Turkestan   6,  59 

Schmidt,  M.  R.,  180.  Freezing-point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Vis- 
cosity of  Solutions  of  Certain  Electrolytes  in  Water,  Methyl 
Alcohol,  Ethyl  Alcohol,  etc   13,  36 

ScnucHERT,  Charles,  192.   The  Climatic  Factor  as  illustrated  in  Arid 

America    14,  63 

Schuster,  Arthur,  concerning  Magnetic  Research.   Y.  B.  2. 

 ,  on  Methods  for  Promoting  Research  in  the  Exact  Sciences.  Y.  B.  3. 

 ,  concerning  Solar  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 

ScoTT,  G.  W.,  concerning  Private  Claims  against  Foreign  Nations.   Y.  B.  4. 

ScoTT,  James  Brown.    General  Editor  of  Classics  of  International  Law...  19 

 -,  report  as  General  Editor  of  Classics  of  International  Law.   Y.  B. 

10,  11,  12,  14. 

Scripture,  E.  W.,  M.   Researches  in  Experimental  Phonetics   4,  39 

 ,  concerning  Experimental  Phonetics.   Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5. 

Seeliger,  H.,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.   Y.  B.  2. 

Sellards,  E.  H.,  146.    Two  New  Insects  from  the  Permian  of  Texas   11,  56 

Sergi,  G.,  73.   Explorations  in  Turkestan    6,  59 

Seymour,  T.  D.,  concerning  Archeological  Investigations  in  Greece  and 
Asia  Minor.   Y.  B.  2. 


Index  of  Authors 


151 


Shaeffer,  E.  J.,  170.  Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 
Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids   12,  35 

 ,  210.    Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by  means  of 

the  Radiomicrometer,  etc   15,  37 

 ,  2S0.    Conductivities    and    Viscosities    in    Pure    and    in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Shaw,  James  Byrnie,  78.    Synopsis  of  Linear  Associative  Algebra   6,  28 

Shaw,  Wesley,  on  Geologic  Investigations  of  the  Florida  Coral  Reef 
Tract.    Y.  B.  14. 

Shepherd,  W.  R.,  91.   Guide  to  Materials  for  United  States  History  in 

Spanish  Archives    7,  68 

Sherman,  H.  C.,  Chemical  Investigations  of  Amylases.  Y.  B.  11, 12, 13, 14. 
Shipley,  Paul  G.,  223.    Histology  of  the  Poison  Glands  of  Bufo  agua  and 

its  bearing  upon  the  formation  of  Epinephrin  within  the  Glands     16,  81 
Shreve,  Edith  B.,  194.   The  Daily  March  of  Transpiration  in  a  Desert 

Perennial  •   H  115 

Shreve,  Forrest,  199.   A  Montane  Rain-forest:   A  Contribution  to  the 

Physiological  Plant  Geography  of  Jamaica    15,  116 

 ,  217.   The  Vegetation  of  a  Desert  Mountain  Range  as  Conditioned 

by  Climatic  Factors   16,  116 

Shull,  George  H.,  24.    Mutants  and  Hybrids  of  the  Oenotheras  3,  94,  109 

 ,  30.   Development  of  Slum  cicutsefolium  3,  94,  112 

 ,  81.    Mutations,  Variations,  and  Relationships  of  the  Oenotheras. 6,  95,  109 

 ,  112.    Bursa  bursa-pastoris   and   Bursa  heegeri;   Biotypes  and 

Hybrids   9,  96,  112 

 ,  concerning  Investigations  at  Cold  Spring  Harbor.    Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  8. 

Silvester,  Charles  F.,  on  Fishes  New  to  the  Fauna  of  Porto  Rico.  Y.B.14. 
Slack,  Edgar  P.,  155.   Temperature  Fluctuations  in  Different  Parts  of  the 

Human  Body   12,  87 

Slade,  W.  a.,  88.   Writings  on  American  History,  1903    4,  65 

Suchter,  C.  S.,  107.   The  Rotation  Period  of  a  Heterogeneous  Spheroid     9,  51 

Small,  J.  K,  24.   Mutants  and  Hybrids  of  the  Oenotheras  3,  94,  109 

Smith,  Erwin  F.,  27.    Bacteria  in  Relation  to  Plant  Diseases    3,  118 

 ,  concerning  Research  in  Chemistry.   Y.  B.  1. 

Smith,  L.  D.,  170.  Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 

Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids   12,  35 

 ,  210.   Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by  mxcans  of 

the  Radiomicrometer,  etc   15,  37 

Smith,  Mary  R.,  concerning  Chinese  Immigration  to  Pacific  Coast.  Y.  B.  4. 

Sommer,  H.  Oskar,  74.   Vulgate  Version  of  the  Arthurian  Romances   6,  75 

 ,  concerning  Arthurian  Romances.   Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12. 

SosMAN,  Robert  B.,  03.    Electrical  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions....      5,  33 

 ,  157.    High  Temperature  Gas  Thermometry   12,  40 

Spalding,  E.  S.,  141.    Water-Balance  of  Succulent  Plants   11,  109 

Spalding,  V.  M.,  113.    Distribution  and  Movements  of  Desert  Plants   9,  111 

 ,  concerning  Absorption  and  Transpiration  of  Water  by  Desert 

Shrubs.   Y.  B.  3,  4. 
Springer,  A.,  jr.,  170.    Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation  ,and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 

Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids    12,  35 

Staehler,  A.,  69.   Atomic  Weights  of  Potassium,  Silver,  Chlorine,  etc.  . .      6,  32 
Stages,  Henry  W.,  151.   A  Sylow  Factor  Table  of  the  First  Twelve 
Thousand  Numbers,  giving  the  Possible  Number  of  Sylow 
Sub-Groups  of  a  Group  of  Given  Order  between  the  Limits  of 

0  and  12000    11,  28 

Steinmetz,  Charles  P.,  report  concerning  Engineering.    Y.  B.  1. 
Stejneger,  L.,  concerning  Biological  Survey  of  the  Palearctic  Region.  Y.  B.  1. 


152  Index  of  Authors 

Stevens,  Nettie  M.,  36.   Studies  in  Spermatogenesis   4,  102 

 1  61.    Studies  on  Germ-Cells  of  Aphids   4,  103 

 ,  concerning  Problems  relating  to  Sex  Determination.    Y.  B.  4,  5. 

Stieglitz,  Julius,  107.   Relations  of  Equilibrium  between  the  Carbon 

Dioxide  of  the  Atmosphere  and  the  Calcium  Sulphate,  etc.  ..      9,  51 

Stine,  C.  M.,  180.  Freezing-point  Lowering,  Conductivity,  and  Viscosity 
of  Solutions  of  Certain  Electrolytes  in  Water,  Methyl  Alcohol, 
Ethyl  Alcohol,  etc   13,  36 

Stockard,  Charles  R.,  103.   Habits,  Reactions,  and  Mating  Instincts  of 

the   Walking-stick    8,  121 

 ,  108.   Studies  of  Tissue  Growth:  An  Experimental  Study  of  the 

Rate  of  Regeneration  in  Cassiopea  xamachana   8,  121 

 ,  132.   Influence  of  Regenerating  Tissues  on  the  Animal  Body         10,  122 

 ,  concerning  Investigations  at  the  Tortugas  Laboratory.   Y.  B.  6,  7,  8. 

Stone,  Alfred  H.,  concerning  Negro  in  Slavery  and  Freedom.    Y.  B.  6. 

Stone,  Ormond,  concerning  Research  in  Mathematics.    Y.  B.  1. 

Stout,  A.  B.,  218.  The  Establishment  of  Varieties  in  Coleus  by  the  Selec- 
tion of  Somatic  Variations   16,  115 

Stromsten,  Frank  A.,  132.  A  Contribution  to  the  Anatomy  and  Devel- 
opment of  the  Posterior  Lymph  Hearts  of  the  Turtle   10,  123 

 ,  concerning  Lymphatic  System  of  the  Turtle.   Y.  B.  9. 

Strong,  W.  W.,  130.   A  Study  of  the  Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  of 

Certain  Salts  of  Potassium,  Cobalt,  etc   10,  35 

 ,  160.   Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  of  Comparatively  Rare 

Salts,  etc   12,  35 

Stull,  W.  N.,  7.    Method  for  Determining  Compressibility   2,  31 

 ,  76.    Compressibilities  of  the  Elements  and  their  Periodic  Relations     A  31 

SuESs,  E.,  concerning  Research  in  Geophysics.   Y.  B.  1. 

Swann,  W.  F.  G.,  175.    (Vol.  III.)    Ocean  Magnetic  Observations,  1905- 

1916,  and  Reports  on  Special  Researches   13,  49 

Swingle,  Walter  T.,  concerning  Electromagnetic  and  Electrostatic  Effects 
on  Lines  of  Force  in  Living  Plant  Cells.   Y.  B.  4,  5. 

Sykes,  Godfrey,  193.   Geographical  Features  of  the  Cahuilla  Basin         14,  113 

Talbot,  Fritz  B.,  201.   The  Gaseous  Metabolism  of  Infants  with  Special 

Reference  to  its  Relation  to  Pulse-rate  and  Muscular  Activity    15,  89 

 — ,  233.    Physiology  of  the  New-born  Infant   17,  91 

Tashiro,  Shiro,  on  CO2  Production  in  Tropical  and  Temperate  Marine 
Animals.  Y.  B.  13,  14. 

Tennent,  David  H.,  132.    Echinoderm  Hybridization    10,  123 

 ,  182.   Anatomy  of  Pentaceros  reticulatus    10,  123 

— ,  182.  The  Early  Influence  of  the  Spermatozoan  upon  the  Char- 
acters of  Echinoid  Larvae    13,  124 

 ,  concerning  Hybridization  of  Echinoids.    Y.  B.  8,  9,  11. 

Textor,  Johann  Wolfgang.    Synopsis  Juris  Gentium   19 

Thayer,  M.  R.,  208.   A  Concordance  to  the  Poems  of  Keats   15,  76 

Thompson,  J.  David,  39.    Handbook  of  Learned  Societies   4,  70 

Thornber,  J.  J.,  113.   Vegetation  Groups  of  Desert  Laboratory  Domain.  .    9,  111 

Thurlow,  Madge  DeG,,  226.    Quantitative  Studies  on  Mitochondria  in 

Nerve  Cells    17,  82 

Thurston,  R.  H.,  report  concerning  Engineering.    Y.  B.  1. 

Tilley,  G.  S.,  185.   Researches  upon  the  Atomic  Weights  of  Cadmium, 

Manganese,  Bromine,  etc   11,  43 

Tingle,  J.  Bishop,  on  Derivatives  of  Camphor  and  Allied  Bodies.  Y.B.2,4. 
Titchener,  Edward  Bradford,  concerning  Research  in  History.   Y.  B.  1. 
Tittman,  O.  H.,  concerning  Magnetic  Research.    Y.  B.  2. 

 ,  concerning  Proposed  Magnetic  Survey  of  North  Pacific  Ocean.  Y.  B.  3. 

ToLMAN,  C.  F.,  113.   Geology  of  Vicinity  of  Tumamoc  Hills   9,  111 

Tower,  W.  L.,  48.   An  Investigation  of  Evolution  in  Chrysomelid  Beetles     4,  94 
■ '   ,  concerning  Production  and  Preservation  of  New  Character  Races 
and  Species  in  Certain  Beetles.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5. 


Index  of  Authors 


153 


Teanseau,  E.  M.,  Report  on  Investigation  at  Cold  Spring  Harbor.  Y.  B.  5. 
Treadwell,  a.  L.,  on  Annelid  Fauna  of  Tortugas.   Y.  B.  8,  9,  12,  13. 

 ,  on  Systematic  Study  of  the  Leodicid^,  1915.    Y.  B.  14. 

Tkelease^  S.  F.,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 


Solvents,  etc   17,  37 

Turner,  H.  H.,  concerning  Southern  Observatories.   Y.  B.  2. 

 ,  on  Methods  for  Promoting  Research  in  the  Exact  Sciences.  Y.  B.  3. 

TuTTLE,  Lucius,  177.   Venom  of  Heloderma   13,  129 

Uhler,  H.  S.,  60.    Hydrates  in  Aqueous  Solution   5,  33 

 ,  71.   Atlas  of  Absorption  Spectra    6,  39 

Vail,  A.  M.,  24.   Mutants  and  Hybrids  of  the  Oenotheras  3,  94,  109 

 ,  81.    Mutations,  Variations,  and  Relationships  of  the  Oenotheras  6,  95,  109 

Van  Deman,  Esther  B.,  108.   The  Atrium  Vestse   9,  61 


 ,  on  Research  in  Roman  Archeology.    Y.  B.  6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14. 

Van  Hise,  Charles  R.,  concerning  Research  in  Geology.   Y.  B.  1. 

'  1  concerning  Research  in  Geophysics.    Y.  B.  1,  2. 

Van  Ingen,  Gilbert,  on  Examination  of  Marine  Organisms  to  determine 
their  Capacities  for  Storing  or  Accumulating  Metals.   Y.  B.  14. 
Van  Metre,  T.  W.,  215a.   History  of  Domestic  and  Foreign  Commerce 


of  the  United  States    16,  72 

Van  Tyne,  C.  H.,  14.   Guide  to  Archives  of  the  Government  of  the  United 

States  in  Washington    3,  65 

'  ,  92.   Guide  to  Archives  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States 

in  Washington    7,  65 

Vattel,  E.  de.    Le  Droit  des  Gens:  Reprint  and  translation  of   19 

Vaughan,  T.  Wayland,  133.   A  Contribution  to  the  Geologic  History  of 

the  Floridian  Plateau  ,   10,  124 

 ,  182.    On  the  Geology  of  the  Bahamas,  with  Special  Reference  to 

the  Origin  of  the  Bahaman  and  Floridian  Oolites   13,  124 

 1  182.   Building  of  the  Marquesas  and  Tortugas  Atolls  and  a  Sketch 

of  the  Geologic  History  of  the  Florida  Reef  Tract   13,  124 

 ,  213.    The  Shoal-water  Coral  Faunas  of  Murray  Island,  Australia, 

Cocos-Keeling  Islands,  and  Fanning  Island   16,  128 

 ,  on  Investigations  at  Tortugas  .  Y.  B.  7,  8,  9, 10, 11,  12, 13, 14. 

 ,  on  the  Stratigraphic  Geology  and  Fossil  Corals  and  Associated 

Organisms  in  West  Indian  Islands.    Y.  B.  13,  14. 
Veazey,  W.  R.,  80.    Conductivity  and  Viscosity  in  Mixed  Solvents..  ... .      6,  34 

Victoria,  Franciscus  A.   Relectiones:  De  Indis  and  De  Jure  Belli   19 

Vinson,  E.  A.,  1S3.   Variations  in  Composition  and  Concentration  of 

Water  of  Salton  Sea  in  1912  and  1913   14,  113 

VoGEL,  H.  C,  concerning  Astrophysical  Observatory.   Y.  B.  2. 
VoN  Bezold,  W.,  concerning  Magnetic  Research.   Y.  B.  2. 

Walcott,  Charles  D.,  54.   Research  in  China   5,  53 

 ,  concerning  Researches  in  Geology  and  Geophysics.   Y.  B.  1. 

Waldo,  Leonard,  study  of  Aluminum  Bronzes.  Y.  B.  2. 

Wallace,  W.  S.,  report  on  Hydroids  collected  at  the  Tortugas.   Y.  B.  7. 

Waller,  J.  C,  on  Electrical  State  in  Leaves.    Y.  B.  14. 

Walter,  H.  E.,  114.    Studies  of  Inheritance  in  Rabbits   9,  96 

Ward,  William  Hayes,  100.  Seal  Cylinders  of  Western  Asia   8,  60 

 ,  concerning  Study  of  Oriental  Art  Recorded  on  Seals  from  Western 

Asia  and  Egypt.   Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7. 

Warner,  Langdon,  73.   Explorations  in  Turkestan    6,  59 

Warring,  G.  A.,  87.   Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake..      7,  52 

Washington,  Henry  S.,  67.   Roman  Comagmatic  Region    5,  52 

 ,  concerning  Geophysical  Investigations.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6. 

Watkins,  C,  230.    Conductivities  and  Viscosities  in  Pure  and  in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc   17,  37 


154 


Index  of  Authors 


Watson,  John  B,  103.   Behavior  of  Noddy  and  Sooty  Terns  

 ,  211.    Homing  and  Related  Activities  of  Birds  \ 

 ,  211.    Studies  on  the  Spectral  Sensitivity  of  Birds.  .*.*.'.*.*.*.*.*.* 

 ,  concerning  Behavior  of  Noddy  and  Sooty  Terns.   Y.  B.  6,  12. 

 ,  concerning  work  on  Distant  Orientation  at  Bird  Key.   Y.  B.  9. 

 ,  note  upon  the  Audibility  of  Sounds  produced  under  Water.  Y.  B.  11. 

 ,  report  on  the  Limits  of  the  Spectrum  for  Birds.   Y.  B.  11. 

 f  report  on  Practice  in  Learning  Archery.    Y.  B.  12,  13. 

Watt,  James  C,  222.   Description  of  Young  Twin  Human  Embryos  with 

17-19  paired  Somites   

Weed,  Lewis  H.,  191.   A  Reconstruction  of  the  Nuclear  Masses  in  the 

^  Lower  Portion  of  the  Adult  Human  Brain  Stem  

 ,  225.    Development  of  the  Cerebro-Spinal  Spaces  

Weeks,  F.  B.,  report  on  Bibliography  of  Geophysics.   Y.  B.  4,  5,  6. 

Weller,  Stuart,  64.   Research  in  China  

Wells,  R.  C,  28.    Atomic  Weights  of  Sodium  and  Chlorine! 
Werber,  E.  I.,  on  Experiments  Aiming  at  Control  of  Defective  and  Mon- 
strous Development.    Y.  B.  14. 
West,  Andrew  F.,  concerning  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  in 

Rome.   Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11. 
West,  A.  P.,  170.   Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 

Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids  ,  

Westlak,e  John.,  Introduction  of  Works  of  Ayala  

Wheeler,  James  R.,  concerning  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  at 

Athens.   Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11. 
White,  G.  F.,  170.    Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 

Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids  " 

Whitehead,  J.  B.,  on  Magnetic  Effect  of  Electric  Displacement.  Y.  B.  4. 
Whitman,  C.  O.,  concerning  Establishment  of  a  Biological  Farm.  Y.  B.  1. 
Whitney,  M.  W.,  Measurements  of  Astronomical  Photographs,   Y.  B.  2,  3. 

WiELAND,  George  R.,  34.   American  Fossil  Cycads  

 '  concerning  Fossil  Cycads.    Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5, 6,  7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. 

Wiesel,  J.  B.,  210.   Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by  means 

of  the  Radiomicrometer,  etc  

 ,  230.    Conductivities   and   Viscosities    in    Pure   and   in  Mixed 

Solvents,  etc  

WiGHTMAN,  E.  P.,  170.  Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 

Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids  

 ,  210.    Absorption  Spectra  of  Solutions  as  Studied  by  means  of 

the  Radiomicrometer,  etc  

WiLCZYNSKi,  E.  J.,  Investigation  of  Ruled  Surfaces.    Y.  B.  3. 

WiLLARD,  H.  H.,  125.   Determinations  of  Atomic  Weights  

Williams,  Henry  S.,  concerning  Research  in  Paleontology.   Y.  B.  1. 

WttLis,  Bailey,  54.   Research  in  China  

 ,  concerning  Artesian  Water  Conditions  at  Peking,  China.   Y.  B.  4. 

 ,  concerning  Geological  Research  in  China.   Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5. 

 ,  Geologic  Research  in  Continental  Histories.    Y.  B.  4. 

WiLLiSTON,  S.  W.,  181.    Permo-Carboniferous  Vertebrates  of  New  Mexico. 

 ,  concerning  Extinct  Mesozoic  Reptiles  of  North  America.   Y.  B.  4. 

 y  concerning  Plesiosaurian  Group.    Y.  B.  2. 

Wilson,  Edmund  B.,  concerning  Research  in  Zoology.  Y.  B.  1,  2. 
•  ,  concerning  Chromosomes  of  Insects,  etc.,  and  Mendelian  Inheri- 
tance. Y.  B.  5,  6,  7. 

 ,  concerning  Experimental  Embryology.    Y.  B.  2. 

Wilson,  H.  V.,  concerning  Morphology  and  Classification  of  Deep-sea 
Sponges.  Y.  B.  2,  3. 


Index  of  Authors 


155 


Wilson,  J.  Hunt,  118.  Electrochemical  Investigation  of  Liquid  Amal- 
gams of  Thallium,  Indium,  Tin,  Zinc,  Cadmium,  Lead,  etc   9,  32 

 ,  135.  Researches  upon  the  Atomic  Weights  of  Cadmium,  Manga- 
nese, Bromine,  etc   11,  43 

Wilson,  W.  E.,  concerning  Solar  Observatory.    Y.  B.  2. 

Winston,  L.  G.,  170.  Electrical  Conductivity,  Dissociation,  and  Tempera- 
ture Coefficients  of  Conductivity  of  Aqueous  Solutions  of  a 
Number  of  Salts  and  Organic  Acids   12,  35 

WiSLOCKi,  G.  B.,  22-3.    Histology  of  Poison  Glands  of  Bufo  agua  and  its 

bearing  upon  the  formation  of  Epinephrin  within  the  Glands     16,  81 

Wolff,  John  E.,  concerning  Geophysical  Investigations.    Y.  B.  2. 

Wood,  H.  O.,  87.    Collaborator  in  Report  on  California  Earthquake   7,  52 

Wood,  Robert  W.,  71.   Atlas  of  Absorption  Spectra   6,  39 

 ,  concerning  Theory  of  Light.   Y.  B.  2,  3,  4,  5. 

Woodward,  Robert  S.,  on  Research  in  Physics  and  in  Geophysics.    Y.  B.  1. 

 ,  report  as  President  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington. 

Y.  B.  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14. 

Wright,  Albert  Hazen,  197.    Life  Histories  of  North  American  Anura: 

The  Anura  of  Ithaca,  New  York   14,  130 

Wright,  Carroll  D.,  concerning  Research  in  Economics.   Y.  B.  1. 

,  report  of  Department  of  Economics  and  Sociology.   Y.  B.  3,  4,  5,  6,  7. 

Wright,  Fred.  E.,  158.   Methods  of  Petrographic-Microscopic  Research.      12,  40 

Wright,  James  M.,  concerning  History  of  the  Bahama  Islands.  Y.  B.  4,  5. 

Wright,  S.,  241.    Studies  of  Inheritance  in  Guinea-pigs  and  Rats   18,  101 

Yatsu,  N.,  concerning  Study  of  the  Nemertine  Egg.  Y.  B.  3,  4,  5. 

York,  Harlan  H.,  206.   The  Relation  of  Plants  to  Tide  Levels :  A  Study 

of  Factors  affecting  the  Distribution  of  Marine  Plants   15,  114 

Young,  C.  A.,  concerning  Solar  Observatories.    Y.  B.  2. 

Zahm,  Albert  F.,  concerning  Determination  of  Resistance  of  Air  to  Mov- 
ing Bodies.   Y.  B.  4,  5. 

Zeleny,  Charles,  103.  Some  Internal  Factors  Concerned  with  the  Re- 
generation of  the  Chelae  of  the  Gulf-weed  Crab   8,  121 

Zouche,  Richard,  Juris  et  Judicii  Fecialis,  sive.  Juris  Inter  Gentes  Explicatio  19 


